header advert
Orthopaedic Proceedings Logo

Receive monthly Table of Contents alerts from Orthopaedic Proceedings

Comprehensive article alerts can be set up and managed through your account settings

View my account settings

Visit Orthopaedic Proceedings at:

Loading...

Loading...

Volume 87-B, Issue SUPP_II April 2005

A. Raould L. Rillardon A. Templier P. Guigui

Purpose: It is widely agreed that fusion of a spinal segment modifies the mechanical behaviour of sub-jacent vertebrae. The mean centre of rotation (MCR) is defined to study changes in the mechanical behaviour at junctions. This parameter describes the relative movement of an object moving from one position to another. The purpose of this study was to describe changes in the position of the MCR after posterolateral lumbar spine fusion and to determine factors influencing these changes.

Material and methods: Fifty-one patients with posterolateral fusion with or without instrumentation of the lumbar spine limited to one or two levels were reviewed. Preoperative and last follow-up stress x-rays of the lumber spine were studied. The following parameters were determined with Spinview, a devoted software, at the level of fusion, at the three suprajacent levels, and when appropriate, at subjacent levels: disc height, intervetebral angular mobility, position of the MCR. Pre and postoperative positions of the MCR were compared with the Wilcoxon test for paired variables. Univariate and multivariate analyses were performed to search for factors influencing changes in the position of the MCR. Variables studied were: age, follow-up, extent of the fusion and its anatomic position, instrumentation, preoperative mobility of the zone to be fused, and quality of the arthrodesis at last follow-up.

Results: There were no significant changes in the position of the MCR of the first suprajacent level. Two variables exhibited significant correlation with these changes: pre and postoperative angular mobility of the future zone of fusion, and use of instrumentation. Instrumentation significantly increased variability in the position of the MCR. Postoperative mobility of the zone of fusion minimised this variability.

Discussion: Studying variations in the position of the MCR appears to reflect well changes in the mechanical behaviour of levels adjacent to the spinal fusion. Use of appropriate software should be helpful for routine applications. In our series, changes in the position of the MCR correlated well with significant increase in angular and anteroposterior mobility and also with decreased disc height at the first suprajacent level. These observations explain early degradation of junction zones observed after arthrodesis.


D. O. Ricciardi A.J. Sarotto G. G. Carrioli

Purpose: The presence of a congenital anomaly of the lumborsacral unit must be taken into consideration during the preoperative planning for lumbosacral surgery. We present our clinical and surgical experience, analysing the pre-, per- and postoperative aspects.

Material and methods: The clinical files,operative reports, and radiolographic results of 281 adult patients who had undergone lumbosacral surgery between March 1988 and January 2003 were analysed. Incomplete files were excluded. Clinical and radiological data were discordant in nine cases. These nine patients underwent extended laminectomy via a 3 cm posteromedial incision. Peroperative findings were noted with the Postacchini classification. Pain was assessed with a visual analogue scale.

Results: Mean age of the nine patients (five men) was 44.2 years (range 17–69). Mean follow-up was 22.3 months (range 2–48). The symptomatic roots were: L5 (n=2), L5–S1 (n=1), S1 (n=2) and S1–S2 (n=1). Lasegue sign was positive in all patients. An anomaly was identified on the preoperative radiograms in three patients. The anomalies observed intraoperatively were type I (n=1), type II (n=1), type III (n=6), type IV (n=1). In addition to the laminectomy discectomy was performed in six patients and factetectomy in two. The neurological structures presented significant resistance to medial displacement in all cases. Pain was scored 8.6 preoperatively (range 7–10) and 1.4 in the early postoperative period (rang 0–3). Pain worsened after six months (sacralgia).There were no neurological or infectious complications.

Discussion: For Kikuchi, presence of pain at two clinical levels can have four possible causes, nerve root anomalies being one of the potential causes. Aota proposed coronal MRI with fat suppression and Akbapak emphasised the need for ample exposure of the zone and pre-surgical diagnosis before percutaneous surgery to avoid catastrophic results.

Conclusion: Nerve root anomalies should be suspected when the clinical presentation is in disagreement with the radiological findings. Frontal or oblique MR imaging should be obtained. Likewise, intraoperative resistance of the neurological structures is suggestive of nerve root anomalies. Unless identified before lumbosacral surgery, the presence of nerve root anomalies may lead to irreparable neurological damage, particularly for minimally invasive or percutaneous procedures.


N. Levassor L. Rillardon A. Deburge P. Guigui

Purpose: Analysis of the sagittal balance of the spine is a fundamental step in understanding spinal disease and proposing appropriate treatment. The objectives of this prospective study were to establish the physiological values of pelvic and spinal parameters of sagittal spinal balance and to study their interrelations.

Material and methods: Two hundred fifty lateral views of the spine taken in the standing position and including the head, the spine and the pelvis were studied. The following variables were noted: lumbar lordosis, thoracic kyphosis, sagittal tilt at 9, sacral slope, pelvic incidence, pelvic version, intervertebral angle, and the vertebral wedge angle from T9 to S1. These measures were taken after digitalising the x-rays. Two types of analysis were performed. A descriptive univariate analysis was used to characterise angular parameters and a multivariate analysis (correlation, principal component analysis) was used to compare interrelations between the variables and determine how economic balance is achieved.

Results and discussion: Mean angular values were: maximal lumbar lordosis 61±12.7°, maximal thoracic kyphosis 41.4±9.2°, sacral slope 42±8.5°, pelvic version 13±6°, pelvic incidence 55±11.2°, sagittal tilt at T9 10.5±3.1°. There was a strong correlation between sacral slope and pelvic incidence (r=0.8), lumbar lordosis and sacral slope (r=0.86), pelvic version and pelvic incidence (r=0.66), lumbar lordosis pelvic incidence pelvic version and thoracic kyphosis (r=0.9), and finally between pelvic incidence and sagittal tilt at T9, sacral slope, pelvic version, lumbar lordosis, and thoracic kyphosis (r=0.98). Multivariate analysis demonstrated three independent parameters influencing sagittal tilt at T9, reflecting the lateral balance of the spine. The first was a linear combination of the pelvic incidence, lumbar lordosis and sacral slope. The second was pelvic version and the third thoracic kyphosis.

Conclusion: This work provides an aid for analysis and comprehension of anteroposterior imbalance observed in spinal disease and also to calculate with the linear regression equations describing the corrections to be obtained with treatment.


J.P. Scheiner B. Ripoll

Purpose: Minimally invasive video-assisted thoracotomy can be proposed for potentially unstable fractures of the thoracolumbar junction with rupture of the anterior column after satisfactory posterior reduction and osteo-synthesis. Long-term results are improved in terms of graft quality and stability of the postoperative angular gain.

Material and methods: Ninety-one patients, mean age 36 years, with spinal fractures involving T12 to L2 underwent video-assisted mini-thoracotomy for arthrodesis as a complementary procedure after posterior reduction and osteosynthesis without bone graft. The left approach was preferred over the right due to the lower risk of bleeding. A massive tricortical anterolateral iliac graft was inserted in the intersomatic space. Perfect stability was achieved with the MIASPAS system which provides an exact measure of the intersomatic space and the bone graft.

Results: Follow-up was five years for the first patients and ten months for those operated on after January 2003. At last follow-up, functional outcome (Stauffer-Coventry score) was excellent or good in 52% and 41% of the patients respectively. Outcome was poor in 7%. Postoperative radiograms demonstrated 100% graft fusion which was confirmed by tomography. There was no loss of angular gain.

Discussion: This novel approach provides a means of preserving the posterior instrumentation and achieving anterior fusion in the zone of maximal stress. Because of the relative facility of the technique together with the operative time and the relatively low risk of postoperative complications, surgical indications for complementary intersomatic arthrodesis can be revisited. Anterior fusion is, in our opinion, the only sure means of maintaining long-term correction. The ability to access the disc, generally without metameric hemostasis, eliminates the risk of vascular cord lesions.

Conclusion: This thoracoscopic technique for anterior fusion after a short posterior osteosyntheis without graft will greatly modify indications for complementary anterior fusion for the treatment of unstable thoracolumbar fractures.


Y. Julien J. Beaurain L. Devilliers P. Leclerc E. Baulot P. Trouilloud

Purpose: The purpose of this study was to analyse the results and morbidity of video-assisted minimally invasive thoracoctomy for anterior arthrodesis of thoracolumbar fractures treated with a two-stage procedure and to evaluate mid-term outcome.

Material and methods: This retrospective series included 6 patients with an unstable thoracolumbar fracture who underwent surgery between November 1997 and June 2002. A two-stage procedure was used: posterior reduction osteosynthesis and anterior arthrodesis with a tricortico-cancellous graft via video-assisted minimally invasive thoracotomy. The cohort included six women and eighteen men, mean age 34.5 years. Fractures were located at: L1 (n=4), T12 (n=10), T11 (n=2). At initial assessment the Franckel classification was: A (n=3), B (n=1), C (n=1), D (n=3), 3 (n=18). Time between the posterior procedure and the anterior thoracotomy was 30.2 days (range 6–86). Postoperative results as well as the time to fusion were recorded. Mean follow-up was 21 months (range 6–45) for functional and radiological assessment. No patient was lost to follow-up.

Results: Mean operative time was 188 min (range 80–240). Mean blood loss was 235 ml (range150–1000) with no intraoperative event requiring conversion to open thoracotomy. Mean duration of morphine administered postoperatively was 2.2 days, the same as for thoracic drainage. Residual pleural effusion was observed in one patient and residual pneumothorax in two; all resolved spontaneously. Mean hospital stay was 12 days (range 6–27). Twenty-five patients had achieved fusion at four months. One patient developed a radiological non-union which was asymptomatic at one year. At last follow-up, the Oswestry function score was 22.6% for the entire series, 18% for Franckel D or E patients (n=21) and 42% for Franckel A, B and C patients (n=5). Loss of angular correction of the spinal kyphosis and regional traumatic angulation between the postoperative films and the last follow-up films was 2 (mean).

Discussion: This series of complementary anterior arthrodesis by video-assisted minimally invasive thoracotomy confirmed the minimally invasive nature of this approach in comparison with thoracophrenolaparotomy and its complications. At mid term, this technique has provided satisfactory functional and radiographic results. Applied for thoracolumbar fractures, this combined surgical option can limit intraoperative morbidity and assure good mid-term results.


N. Passuti J. Delécrin M. Romih

Purpose: Circumferential arthrodesis of the lumbar spine is necessary in certain selected situations (lumbar stenosis with instability and preserved disc height or spondylolisthesis). Posterior lumbar interbody fusion (PLIF) raises the risk of significant bleeding and fibrosis around the roots as well as neurological complications. Transforaminal lumbar interbody fusion (TLIF) can avoid excessive bleeding and root displacement. The cages are inserted via a unilateral approach.

Material and methods: This prospective single-centre study included twenty patients (nine men and eleven women), mean age 49 years. Indications for lumbar surgery were degenerative spondylolisthesis in nine patients and discal lumbar pain with foraminal stenosis in five. The clinical status was assessed with the Oswestry score, SF-36 and a visual analogue scale (VAS). Radiological assessment was based on inter-body fusion, segmentary lordosis, and lumbopelvic parameters. TLIF was associated with a posterior approach for insertion of titanium pedicular screws (CDH, Medtronic Sofamor Danek). Temporary unilateral distraction opened the foramen. Unilateral arthrectomy enabled a lateral approach to the disc without involving the roots and avoiding any movement of the dural sac. The disc was resected and the body endplates were prepared before introducing two cages (pyramesh) filled with macroporous ceramic granules (BCP) mixed with autologous bone marrow. Installation to two contourned rods enabled segmentary compression to stabilise the cages in association with posterolateral fusion.

Results: Mean operative time was three hours. Mean blood loss was 400 ml. The patients were verticalised on day three without a corset. Mean follow-up was six months with retrospective evaluation of the Oswestry score, SF-36, and VAS. Postoperative pain resolved rapidly. Two patients developed transient incomplete L5 deficit. Bony bridges around the cases and posterolaterally were identified on the six-month x-rays. Spine view confirmed the quality of the fusion and lumbopelvic parameters revealed restoration of segmentary lordosis.

Conclusion: The unilateral approach for TLIF is a reliable technique which does not compromise the roots. It enables very reliable primary stability and recovery of local segmentary lordosis. We are developing a minimally invasive percutaneous technique for this procedure.


L. Rillardon P. Guigui A. Veil-Picard H. Slulittel A. Deburge

Purpose: The quality of the functional result for surgical treatment of lumbar stenosis has been the subject of much debate. The objectives of this retrospective review were to assess functional outcome ten years after surgical treatment of lumbar stenosis and determine the rate of revision in order to identify factors influencing outcome at last follow-up.

Material and methods: One hundred forty-one patients underwent surgery for lumbar stenosis between January 1990 and December 1992. Mean follow-up was ten years. Functional outcome at last follow-up was assessed with a specific questionnaire with items for lumbar and radicular pain and signs of radicular ischemia and with a self-administered satisfaction questionnaire as well as two visual analogue scales (VAS) for lumbar and radicular pain. Other data noted were: epidemiological and morphological features, comorbidity, presence or not of objective signs of neurological involvement, the SF-36, and a self-assessed anxiety-depression score (GHQ28). Two types of analysis were performed. A descriptive analysis to determine the severity of functional signs observed at last follow-up, patient satisfaction and incidence and reasons for surgical revision. Multivariate analysis was designed to search for factors affecting the self-administered senosis score.

Results: During the study period, fifteen patients underwent a revision procedure involving the lumbar spine. At last follow-up the overall satisfaction index was 71%. The best results were obtained for radiculalgia and intermittent neurogenic claudication. Residual lumbalgia was the main complaint at last follow-up. The patient’s psychological profile was the predominant factor affecting functional outcome. Other factors influencing functional outcome were revision surgery, persistent objective neurological disorders, and comorbidity.

Conclusion: Surgical treatment of lumbar stenosis allows satisfactory long-term results in the majority of patients. At ten years, the risk of revision surgery was 10%. A review of the literature shows that these results are better than those obtained with medical treatment and that these surgical interventions enable quality-of-life similar to that observed in an age-matched population.


J.L. Clement J. Breaud E. Chau M.J. Vallande C. Hayem

Purpose: We present our experience with thoracic and lumbar pedicular screws for surgical correction of thoracic scoliosis.

Material and methods: Fifty patients with idiopathic scoliosis (mean age 20 years), underwent instrumentation with Moss Miami long-arm polyaxial pedicular screws. The point of entry into the pedicule was identified by progressive probing. Results were analysed at a mean follow-up of 3.5 years.

Results: Mean angle of the main instrumented curvature was 54° preoperatively and 14° postoperatively (75% initial reduction, 53% bending), and 15° at last-follow-up (74% correction). The non-instrumented lumbar curvature improved from 34° to 10°, giving a spontaneous correction of 72° (49° bending) at last follow-up. Inclination of of the first non-instrumented vertebra was 11° preoperatively and 6° at last follow-up. Kyphosis was improved in all cases with a mean gain of 10° for kyphotic spines.

Discussion: Morphological correction of scoliosis deformation and the long-term outcome depend on the quality of the initial reduction. Monitoring the spinal cord during the procedure enables best quality reduction.

In the frontal plane, corrections with hooks have varied from 38% to 55% depending on the series. This percentage improves to 60% when the lumbar curvature is instrumented with screws. Like Suk and Harms, we have found greater than 70% correction when the entire curvature is screwed using lumbar and thoracic pedicular screws. In the sagittal plane, results of hook instrumentations have been less than satisfactory for many authors (Betz, Rhee...). The improvement obtained with pedicular screws results from two effects: the stability of the construct which remains stable during reduction manœuvres allowing application of strong force, and the polyaxis arrangement allowing inserting the rods in all the screws simultaneously and thus distributing the reduction forces. The long-arm screws are brought into contact with the rod progressively by tightening the nuts bringing the vertebrae into line with the rod. We have not had any complication after insertion of 550 screws. We have not used distraction which we consider dangerous for the neurological structures nor contraction at the thoracic stage which induces lordosis.

Conclusion: The stability of the pedicular screw instrumentation for scoliosis allows clear improvement in the quality of the reduction.


H. Pascal-Mousselard R. Despeignes S. Olindo J.L. Rouvillain

Purpose: We report results obtained after surgical treatment of cervical myelopathy in 42 patients.

Material and methods: This prospective study included 42 consecutive patients who underwent surgical treatment performed by the same operator between 1999 and 2002. Inclusion criteria were clinical expression of cervical cord suffering and radiological evidence (high-intensity intramedullary signal on the T2-weighted MRI). Anterior (corporectomy associated with autologous graft and plate-screw fixation) or posterior (laminoplasty or laminectomy) decompression was performed. The approach was chosen according to the number of levels requiring decompression and static disorders. The Japanese Orthopaedic Association (JAO) score was determined prepoperatively and at six months.

Results: Forty-two patients (25 men and 17 women), mean age 65.7 years (38–80) were included, 18 anterior approaches and 24 posterior approaches. There were no neurological or infectious complications. One suffocating haematoma required early revision after an anterior decompression. Metameric hyperpathy occurred in two patients after segmentary laminectomy. The mean pre-operative JOA score was 8.3/17 (2–15); the postoperative score was 13.4 (5–17). There was no significant difference in the JOA score for anterior and posterior decompression.

Discussion: The JOA score is one of the rare scores which has been validated for cervical myelopathy. This easy to use scale does not however estimate the importance of manipulation disorders and heaviness in the hands. Most of the items are based on history taking. Recently described scores with measurable parameters appear to be essential to achieve better assessment of these patients. Severe myelopathy (three patients in our series) is considered a poor indication for surgical management although prognosis does not appear to be so bad for active disease or when the objective is limited decompression. Choice of the anterior or posterior approach is based on the predicted position of the cord after surgery. This position depends on static parameters of the cervical spine measured on the lateral view and has not been studied extensively.

Conclusion: Proper study of cervical myelopathy requires the development of objective scores using measurable and reproducible items. Study of the cervical spine statics on the lateral view should provide better criteria for choosing the surgical approach.


J.C. Le Huec S. Aunoble M. Liu L. Esermann

Purpose: The objective of this study was to examine the shock absorption capacity of two currently marketed lumbar disc prostheses, a metal-polyethylene prosthesis and a metal-metal prosthesis. Shock absorption capacity, which could be a useful parameter for choosing between implants, has not been examined in the literature.

Material and methods: Two types of implants were tested: the Maverick prosthesis marketed by Medtronic, and the Prodic proposed by Spine Solution. Five implants of each type were tested. The disc prostheses were mounted on a testing device designed to analyse shock transmission by application of a constant force. Force captors were positioned on the upper and lower parts of the implant being tested. The force delivered and the force perceived on the opposite side of the implant were recorded simultaneously. The implant was submitted to a static loading force of 350 N to which was added a 100 N oscillating vibration force delivered at a frequency varying from 0 to 100 Hz. A supplementary 250 N shock was also applied every 10 s. The spectrum and frequency of each input and output were recorded. Vibration and transmission of the shock though the implant were defined as the ratio of the output over input spectra. Measurements were taken for all frequencies between 0 and 100 Hz. Phase deviation was calculated to characterise the shock absorption effect.

Results: The phase deviation between the input and the output signal was less than 10 for both prostheses. Under loaded oscillating vibration, shock transmission was greater than 99.8% for both implants. In the 1–100 Hz frequency interval, the difference in shock transmission was less than 0.3±0.1% between the two implants. More than 98% of the supplementary 250 N shocks were transmitted by both implants. The difference between the two implants was thus less than 0.8% and can be considered negligible since the machine’s test sensitivity was 0.5%.

Conclusion: The two implants tested exhibited the same capacity to absorb and transmit vibration and shocks. Shock absorption capacity was close to zero or at least less than the sensitivity threshold of the testing device. This degree of freedom is not sufficient to use shock absorption capacity as an argument for choosing between the two implants currently available.


P. Moreno J. Boulot

Purpose: The intervertebral disc prosthesis has been proposed as an alternative to fusion in cases of severe discal degeneration. The purpose of this study was to analyse long-term results in patients treated with a Charity III SB intervetebral disc prosthesis.

Material and methods: Clinical and radiological outcome were reviewed in 24 patients (66% women); 86% of the prostheses were L5–S1. Three patients had discectomy or nucleotomy. One patient underwent implantation at two levels. Mean age at surgery was 42 years (26–50). Eighty percent of the patients had an occupational activity and 70% were on sick leave for more than six months. Minimum follow-up was six years. Mean follow-up was eight years six months and was greater than ten years for thirteen patients. The Oswestry score, a visual analogue scale (VAS), and time to resumed occupational or sports activities were used to assess clinical outcome. Radiologically, prosthetic height, and status of adjacent discs were analysed.

Results: Outcome was considered good in 83% of the patients with an improvement in the VAS in 60% and in the Oswestry score in 50%. These results persisted at last follow-up. Twelve patients achieved excellent outcome with VAS at 0 and Oswestry at 10. For the occupationally active patients, 90% resumed their activities, 70% at three months and 80% at the same activity level. Only two patients were on disability compensation. Radiologially, prosthesis flexion-extension was scored 8 at level L4–L5, and 5 at level 5-S1 and persisted at last follow-up. There were no cases of spontaneous fusion or decreased prosthetic height. The status of a suprajacent disc degenerated in one patient requiring L4–L5 fusion nine years after disc implantation. There were two complications (8%): one eventration and one anterior dislocation six days after insertion of an L5–S1 prosthesis in the one patient who underwent a two-level procedure and required secondary fusion.

Conclusion: In light of this series with a sufficient follow-up, intervertebral disc prosthesis appears to be a satisfactory alternative to arthrodesis in well selected young patients with a single level of disc degeneration.


E. Garron S. Airaudi D. Bouillien P. Trouilloud P. Leclerc E. Baulot P.M. Grammont

Purpose: During the second half of the 80s, Grammont, Trouilloud and Guichet developed a centromedullary nail for progressive limb lengthening. We analysed retrospectively twenty lengthenings, studying the clinical and radiological results to examine the quality of callus formation.

Material and methods: This study included eighteen patients, thirteen men and five women, who underwent lengthening procedures between 1991 and 2000. The patient’s clinical files were analysed in addition to the results of a physical examination. A standardised x-ray protocol was used to analyse bone regeneration.

Results: Mean follow-up was 4.55 years (1.5–10.5). Mean lengthening was 46 mm (30–80) achieved at a mean rate of 1.28 mm/d. The Bastiani index was 26 j/cm. Complications were: one progressive external popliteal sciatic palsy, one persistent knee flexion, one premature callus consolidation, and two callus fractures after nail removal. All patients maintained their activity level. The quality of regenerated bone was better in the dorsal and medial segments exposed to more stress. The callus was cortical and remodelled after removal of the nail.

Discussion: Like all lengthening techniques, the Albizzia nail requires careful preoperative planning, particularly to determine the level of the endomedullary osteotomy. The clinical results in this series were globally satisfactory. The callus was similar to cortical bone and quite different from the callus obtained with external lengthening methods, but our study demonstrated the excellent quality of the regenerated bone. The Albizzia nail can also be left in place until a solid reliable callus has formed, an advantage compared with external fixation which is less well tolerated.


S. Aunoble J.C. Le Huec

Purpose: Intersomatic L5-S1 arthrodesis is a common procedure in orthopaedic surgery of the spine. Two approaches are generally proposed: the anterior trans or retroperitoneal approach and the posterior approach via the spinal canal or laterally. We conducted an anatomic animal study to examine the feasibility of a new approach to the L5–S1 disc.

Material and methods: Five anatomic specimens were used. The approach consisted in introducing via posterior laterosacral access a blunt 5 mm trocar into the sacrococcygeal joint. A 2 cm incision was made to identify the anterior aspect of the sacrum. Anterior and lateral scopic control was used to follow the progression of the trocar. The guide was medialised and slid into the median part of the sacrum. A larger tube with an oblique end was slid over the guide and impacted on the inferior border of the S1–S2 disc. The blunt trocar was then removed and the tube was impacted into the S2 bone under scopic control. A hollow bit was then inserted into the tube to perforate S2 and reach the L5-S1 disc. Angled instruments allowed nucleoctomy without injuring the annulus. All specimens were then explored anteriorly. The technique was tested on five 40–50 kg living pigs. After inserting the hollow bit, laparoscopy was performed to visualise the trajectory of the tube and search for possible complications.

Results: The anatomic study was conducted with the animals placed in a ventral position. The blunt trocar easily detached the presacral infraperitoneal region without any perforation of the neighbouring organs (sigmoid, colon). The presacral membrane was fragile in two cases but appeared to have been weakened by prior intra-peritoneal surgery due to the presence of pseudomembranes. It was possible to achieve perforation of S1 and partial L5–S1 discectomy in all cases. Nucleoctomy was difficult due to insufficient instrument design. There was no problem in inserting the trocar and reaching the L5–S1 disc in any of the piglets.It was sometimes difficult to impact the tube into the S1 bone because of the small angle between the sacrum and the lumbar spine. Laparoscopy revealed a small pre-sacral haematoma in four cases without significant bleeding. In one case, the haematoma was much larger and related to arterial or venous bleeding from presacral vessels. Insertion of the trocar was difficult. The instrument slid toward the promontory probably causing injury to a branch of the sacral vessels which have a large diameter in the piglet.

Discussion: This anatomic study demonstrated the feasibility of a new approach to the L5–S1 disc. This approach could be an interesting alternative in several indications: revision surgery for nonunion after other methods, treatment of certain types of spondylolisthesis. For partial prosthetic replacements (nucleoplasty) this approach would have the advantage of avoiding the need to open the annulus, the principal element of disc stability. Other trials would be necessary to design adequate instrumentation, but this new approach appears promising because it involves a minimally vascularised area. Video assistance for the trocar would help optimise presacral dissection.


J.Y. Hery E. Toledano B. Amara S. Terver

Purpose: Wound dressing is the last phase of any surgical intervention. The purpose is to isolate the surgical wound to reduce the risk of airborne contamination. In certain situations such as skin trauma, burns, acute or chronic loss of skin cover, or open fractures, wound dressings can however have a deleterious effect (maceration, adherence). Prevention of secondary infection of surgical wounds and spread of infection from septic patients is an integral part of our routine practice. We have developed a specific system useful in certain situations to isolate a septic or “at-risk” limb.

Material and methods: Our system is composed of a closed 100-cm polyvinyl chloride isolator measuring 40 cm in diameter. Two “absolute” filters allow internal ventilation with a variable flow filtered-air generator. Sterile products are introduced into the isolator via a shuttle chamber. With this system, the wound can be isolated without isolating the patient. We have used this system for more than 250 patients since 1986. A dedicated chart has been used to monitor results obtained with the system since 1993.

Results: The isolator was used for 258 patients, 185 men (71%), with 271 limb wounds on 227 lower limbs (83%) (63% legs and ankles). Half of the patients had open fractures associated with loss of skin cover. The clinical course was satisfactory in 75% of the patients (complete healing or complementary skin graft). The system was psychologically unacceptable for seven patients. There was only one case of a new germ isolated from a wound.

Conclusion: This dressing isolator requires a significant “logistic” investment but provides considerable bacteriological safety for difficult cases.


J. Rezzouk J. Leclerc O. Leger P. Boireau T. Fabre A. Durandeau

Purpose: Progress in medical and surgical management has reduced the incidence of osteitis. Nevertheless, this type of complication remains a difficult therapeutic challenge for frail polyoperted patients exposed to infection for several months. Based on a technique developed by A.C. Masquelet and cooperative work with the infectiology unit, we propose an alternative to eminent amputation.

Material and methods: The series included eighteen surgery patients (fifteen men and three women, mean age 37 years) Mean follow-up was fifteen months. Fourteen patients had undergone one or several operations. Bone loss varied from 5 to 17 cm with shaft loss in ten patients and metaphyseal loss in eight. Fifteen reconstructions involved the lower limb: three femurs, nine tibias and three tarsal bones. Three cases involved the upper limbs: elbow, radius, and radiocarpal bones, one each. Meti-R bacilli were identified in eleven patients. Reconstruction was based on the Masquelet spacer technique to induce membranes in all cases. External fixation was used in sixteen cases and pinning in two. A second operation was performed after normalisation of biological parameters and wound healing.

Results: There were no early complications. Late wound healing required a secondary flap in three patients. There was one graft failure after early reinfection. The spacer was in place for a mean four months. Healing was achieved at six months on the average. A second graft was required in two patients.

Discussion: This series demonstrates the usefulness of this bone reconstruction method irrespective of the soft tissue trophicity and the degree of bone loss. It allows maximal debridement of infected tissue, the only method allowing effective eradication of infection. The close cooperation with the infectiology unit was particularly helpful for the management of the more difficult cases allowing bone grafting beyond usual limits.


P. Turell A. Cousin J. Vialaneix P. Lascombes G. Dautel

Purpose: The bifoliated vascularised fibula graft is an attractive alternative for reconstruction of large bone segments. The purpose of this work was to evaluate mid-term results and the usefulness of two surgical techniques: skin island flap monitoring and the arterio-venous loop.

Material and methods: This retrospective analysis included fourteen patients (eleven men and three women) treated between 1992 and 2002. Mean age was 30 years (10–54). Indications were complications of open fractures in nine patients, major bone loss in two, septic nonunion in four, and aseptic nonunion in three. Reconstruction was performed after bone tumour resection in five patients involving immediate reconstruction after failure of an infected massive allograft in four of them. Localisations were: tibia (n=6), femur (n=5), humerus (n=2), and pelvis (n=1). Average bone loss was 10 cm (7–15 cm). Minimal pinning, cerclage or screwing was used to stabilise the flap completed by internal fixation in four patients and external fixation in ten. A monitoring skin island was used for twelve patients (the island was technically impossible in two patients). Vascular anastomoses were performed in seven patients using an arteriovenous loop, performed as a preliminary measure in six.

Results: Mean follow-up was 35 months. One patient died early from tumour progression. Among the seven patients who had an arteriovenous loop, one required revision for a vascular complication. For the seven “classical” bypasses, there were three intraoperative or early complications requiring revision of the anastomoses. Nonunion developed despite early revision in the four patients whose monitoring skin island suffered. Consolidation was achieved without revision in all patients who skin island did not suffer; time to bone healing was eleven months for seven of them.

Conclusion: Bone healing was related to the quality of graft vacularisation. Clinical observation of the monitoring island was the best way to identify vascular complications early and initiate treatment. Use of a preliminary arteriovenous loop decreased the risk of vascular insufficiency inherent with long bypasses and shortened operative time.


C. Laporte F. Faibis F. Boterel

Purpose: Operative site infections can have catastrophic consequences after orthopaedic surgery. Prevention is particularly difficult due to the large number of factors involved. We describe here an exceptional epidemic of meti-R Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA) operative site infections whose source was successfully identified and eradicated.

Material and methods: The epidemic affected seven patients who underwent orthopaedic surgery during a thirteen-month period. All patients developed acute MRSA operative site infection. The epidemic nature of the infections was confirmed by the bacteriological study which identified the causal germ as a specific MRSA strain very different from strains generally identified in hospital infections. The causal strain was sensitive to quinolones and resistant to amikacin. Antibiotic therapy prescribed in all cases was combined with surgical lavage in four patients. Search was undertaken to identify an environmental or human source. An audit of the operating theatre was performed and nasal swabs were obtained from all personnel present at the last operation complicated by operative site infection. One non-medical assistant was found to be a carrier of the same MRSA strain incriminated as the cause of the epidemic. Nasal application of mupirocin successfully eradicated the carrier-state. No new case of operative site infection was noted for more than fourteen months.

Discussion: Operative site infections in orthopaedic surgery led to longer inpatient care and can compromise functional outcome. These nosocomial infections have a significant impact on mortality and constitute a major cost burden for hospitals. Prevention, control and treatment of MRSA nosocomial infections is a major challenge in hospitals throughout the world. Most operative site infections are caused by direct contamination during the operation. This epidemic highlights the importance of strict application of rigorous preventive measures not only by the surgical team but also by all healthcare workers and hospital personnel in general.

Conclusion: The specific antibiotic susceptibility pattern of a Staphylococcus aureus strain incriminated in several operating site infections enabled identification of the source of the epidemic and its eradication.


J.Y. Jenny P. Piriou A. Lortat-Jacob C. Vielpeau

Purpose: We reviewed retrospectively 349 cases of infected total hip arthroplasty treated by prosthesis replacement. The surgical strategy, 127 single-stage procedures and 222 two-stage procedures, was determined by the surgeon on a case by case basis.

Material and methods: At least one positive sample during the clinical history was required for inclusion in the series. Results of all bacteriological samples collected pre- and intra-operatively were noted. Samples were considered reliable if obtained from a deep site (puncture, biopsy, intraoperative specimen) and non-reliable if obtained from any other site. We studied the agreement between preoperative and intraoperative samples, taking the intraoperative samples as the reference, in order to determine the effect of complete preoperative knowledge of the causal germ on the outcome of infection treatment at last follow-up.

Results: For single-stage replacement procedures, preoperative samples were reliable in 74 cases (58%) and non reliable in seven (6%); they were sterile or absent in 46 cases (36%). Intra-operative samples were positive in 103 cases (81%). Agreement between the preoperative and intraoperative samples was observed in 48 cases (38%). The rate of success was not different if the surgeon had or did not have reliable knowledge of the causal germ(s) preoperatively: successful treatment in 66 cases (89%) with knowledge and successful in 46 cases (87%) without knowledge. For two-stage procedures, preoperative samples were reliable in 155 cases (70%) and non-reliable in 15 (7%); they were sterile or absent in 52 cases (23%). Intraoperative samples were positive in 178 cases (80%). Agreement between preoperative and intraoperative samples was observed in 107 cases (48%). The rate of success was not different if the surgeon had or did not have reliable knowledge of the causal germ(s) preoperatively: successful treatment in 133 cases (86%) with knowledge and successful treatment in 56 cases (84%) without knowledge.

Conclusion: Reliable preoperative knowledge of the causal germ(s) did not affect the rate of success for single-stage or two-stage total hip arthroplasty replacement procedures. These findings do not corroborate the notion that it is absolutely necessary to recognise the germ(s) causing the infection before undertaking a single-stage replacement procedure.


L. Obert A. Jarry B.E. Elias G. Candelier P. Garbuio Y. Tropet

Purpose: Pluridisciplinary therapeutic management is well defined for metastatic long bones. There are few prognostic criteria enabling an evidence-based choice between palliative surgery or abstention. We report a series of 24 metastatic femurs treated by palliative surgery and evaluated with the Tokuyashi score.

Material and methods: Sixteen women and eight men, mean age 71 years (5!-89) underwent centromedullary nailing of a metastatic femur (13/16 breast cancer in women, 20.24 other metastases. The Toskuhashi score was > 6 for 16/24 patients with pain unresponsive to morphine. Thirteen patients had fractured femurs and eleven had frail femurs due to the metastasis. Mean time to surgery was six days (1–15).

Results: A solid nail was used for four patients and a reconstruction nail for twenty. Operative time was 93 minutes (57–123). Blood loss was 200 l (150–350). There no intraoperative complications (fat embolus) excepting one tulip femur. Hospital stay was 23 days (8–55). Survival was 148 days (8–510) in patients with a frail metastatic tumour. Eight deaths occurred in patients with a fractured metastatic tumour (six within the first three postoperative weeks), two after preventive nailing. Weight bearing in living patients with a fractured femur was possible at 57 days (30–90). Only six patients required morphine in the early postoperative period. For the femurs with an isolated metastasis, the antalgesic effect of centromedullary nailing was significant (p< 0.05). There was a significant correlation between thee Tokuyashi score and mean survival. Mean survival in patients with a score < 3 was 2.1 months. Mean survival in patients with a score > 6 was 17 months.

Conclusion: Centromedullary nailing of the femur for metastatic fracture or fragilisation remains the treatment of choice for patients with short life expectancy. This technique limits pain while preserving independence as long as possible. The Tokuyashi score is correlated with patient survival. If this easy to establish score is too low (< 3), the survival can be expected to be insufficient for any surgical benefit.


Full Access
T. Ammari M Zrig Annabi M.R. Chérif M. Trabelsi M. M’Barak H. Essadem H. Ben Hassine M. Mongi

Purpose: First described in 1699, hydatid cyst in a muscle is extremely rare today, even in endemic areas.

Material and methods: We report a retrospective series of nine cases of primary hydatid cyst observed between 1985 and 1998. The patients were predominantly women living in a rural area (mean age 37 years), who consulted for an isolated tumefaction of the thigh (left side in 7/9 cases) which had evolved for twelve months on the average without affecting the general health status. Ultrasonography was highly contributive, suggesting the diagnosis in all cases. Hydatic serology was positive in five cases. Computed tomography (n=3) and magnetic resonance imaging (n=2) provided supplementary information. Hydatid cysts were identified in the adductors (n=4), the quadriceops (n==3) and the three compartments (n=1).

Results: Surgical treatment was performed in eight patients; en bloc resection of the hydatid cyst with peripheral muscle tissue in six cases and subtotal pericystectomy in two. Clinical and anatomic results are presented at mean six years follow-up.

Discussion: We discuss the role of each radiographic examination for the diagnosis and search for extension of hydatid cysts as well as the therapeutic options depending on the clinical course and soft tissue involvement.


P. Laudrin A. Babinet P. Anract B. Tomeno

Purpose: Hinged knee prostheses are mainly used for reconstruction after major tumour resection. Aseptic loosening is the main problem with these implants. One of the solutions proposed to reduce the rate of loosening is to add a hydroxyapatite collar on the shaft stems. This work was conducted to study bone ingrowth with a new hinged implant with a hydroxyapatite collar at the junction between the zone of resection and the shaft.

Material and methods: Twenty-nine massive prostheses with a hydroxyapatite collar were implanted between 1998 and 2001. Nine patients were excluded from the analysis because follow-up was less than two years. This retrospective analysis thus compared twenty massive prostheses with twenty matched hinged GUEPAR prostheses without a collar. Bony ingrowth was measured on plain x-rays (two orthogonal views) at 6, 12, 24, and 36 months. Filling of the gap between the bone and the implant was also assessed. Signs of loosening were noted.

Results: Mean bony ingrowth in implants with a hydroxyapatite collar was 6.58 mm at 6 months 9.84 mm at 12 months, 12.3 mm at 24 months and 13.25 mm at 36 months. Mean bony ingrowth in the implants without a hydroxyapatite collar was 1.65 mm at 6 months, 3.31 mm at 12 months, 4.8 mm at 24 months and 4.35 mm at 36 months. In the implants with a collar, gap filling was partial in five cases and total in 15. In implants without a collar, there was no gap filling in eight cases, partial filling in two cases and total filling in fifteen cases.

Discussion: Prostheses with a hydroxyapatite collar enable better radiological bony ingrowth than observed in implants without a hydroxyapatite collar. Gap filling is better for prostheses with a collar. There was no case of loosening at last follow-up for implants with a hydroxyapatite collar.

Conclusion: In light of these results, shaft anchorage appears to be better with implants with a hydrosyapatite collar. Confirmation of improvement in clinical outcome and lower rate of aseptic loosening will require longer follow-up.


Full Access
M.H. Sy A.G. Diouf J.M. Dangou G. Barberet I. Diakhaté A. Ndiaye C. Diémé A. Dansokho S.I. Laye-Seye

Purpose: Mycetomas are progressive pseudotumours affecting the skin, soft tissue or bone caused by bacterial or fungal infection. Although the foot and ankle are often affected and considered together, mycetoma of the ankle should be considered as a separate nosological entity. The purpose of this work was to study the frequency of primary mycetoma of the ankle and describe the different anatomicoclinical variants and prognostic factors.

Material and methods: Thirty-five cases of primary mycetoma of the ankle were reviewed retrospectively. This series was selected from a total of 141 mycetomas treated between July 1998 and November 2110. There were 22 men and 13 women. The patients were farmers or cattle raisers, mostly belonging to the toucoulour and peulh ethnic groups. Mean duration of the mycetoma was six months (nine months – twenty years). The right ankle was involved in 21 cases and the left in 12, the side was not noted in two cases. A fungal cause was identified in 25 cases [black grain = 24 (Madurella mycetomatis = 8, Leptospheria senegalensis = 6, unidentified = 11) and white grain = 1 (Pseudoallescheria boydii)]. Actinomycosal infection was identified in six cases [red grain = 2 (Actinomadura pelletieri), white grain = 4 (Actinomadura madurae) and yellow grain = 1 (Streptomyces somaliensis)]. The causal agent was unidentified in four cases. Sixteen patients underwent surgical treatment, surgical treatments were scheduled for four patients, and four were treated medically.

Results: Primary mycetoma affected the ankle in 16.3% of the cases. The presence of a benign encapsulatd (37.5%) often uniretromalleolar or biretromalleolar nodule was characteristic of the fungal form. A diffuse polyfistulated (41.6%) and premalleolar form which eventually covered the entire ankle was also noted. Secondary bone infection led to osteitis and or osteoarthrtis in 54.1% of the cases. Mycetomic osteitis required amputation in 5 patients (20.8%). We noted one case of recurrence among our direct admissions and five cases among referrals.

Conclusion: Mycetoma of the ankle should be distinguished from mycetoma of the foot. The benign encapuslated fungal form is situated behind the malleolus and can be distinguished from the diffuse polyfistulated osteophilic actinomycosic or fungal form that covers the entire ankle.


F. Gouin D. Heymann F. Blanchard P. Coipeau J.P. Thiery N. Passuti F. Rédini

Purpose: In osteosarcoma, tumour progression leads to osteolysis via direct proteolytic mechanisms and/or osteoclast activation. Nitrogen biphosphonates (N-BP) like zolebronate inhibit osteoclast function and apoptosis of osteoclasts and other tumour cells. In animal models, N-BP decrease bony progression of myeloma, bone metastasis, and breast and prostatic tumours. In vitro studies have demonstrated a synergetic action with classical anti-cancer drugs on apoptosis for myeloma and breast cancer cell lines. The purpose of the present study was to investigate the effect of zoebronic acid on osteosarcoma growth, alone or in combination with ifosfamide.

Material and methods: A rat model accepting osteosarcoma transplant was used for the study. Four series of seven rats were treated with zoledronate (100 mg/kg on day 7, 14, 21 and 28 after implantation) in combination or not with ifosfamide (30 mg/kg on day 1”, 14 and 15). Thirty-five days after implantation, the rats were sacrificed to evaluate tumour volume, presence of metastasis, radiography, and pathological examination of the tumour. Zoledronate was also studied in vitro on an OSRGA osteosarcoma cell line isolated from the same tumour.

Results: Zoledronate demonstrated efficacy by reducing the osteolysis induced by the sarcoma, but also on local tumour progression (75%) in comparison with untreated animals. In vitro, zoledronate inhibited cell proliferation by 60%. The ifosfsamide-zoledrnoate combination produced greater reduction in tumour progression than ifosfamide alone.

Conclusion: This work demonstrates for the first time that zoledronate has an effect on osteosarcoma tumour progression, either by a direct effect or by an antiosteoclastic effect and that the effet increases the efficacy of classical antitumour drugs such as ifosfamide.


G. Curvale S. Rosca S. Madougou A. Rochwerger A. Sbihi

Purpose: During revision procedures for total knee arthroplasty with reconstruction of the lower femur (TKA after tumour resection) it is difficult to extract the stem from the proximal femur (if noncemented) and spare bone stock. The purpose of this study was to describe and analyse aspects related to the use of a complementary approach for massive trochanterotomy allowing easier access to the centromedullary canal of the femur and thus facilitate extraction of the femoral stem and periprosthetic cement.

Material and methods: This technique was used for five patients between 1991 and 1999. There were four women and one man, aged 18–45 years. The femoral piece was changed in three patients because of a fractured non-loosened implant and in two cases because of loosening. The revision implant was a total reconstruction prosthesis in one case (Link) and a GUEPAR implant in four. Massive trochanterotomy or corticotrochanterotomy was performed in all cases sparing the muscle insertions.

Results: This retrospective analysis was performed at a mean follow-up of five years (3–12). There were no cases of loosening or implant fracture. The trochanteric fragment (or corticotrochanteric fragment) healed normally in all cases. One female patient experienced moderate pain in the sitting position related to the presence of osteosynthesis material in the hip, but no implant removal was necessary.

Conclusion: Complementary trochantotomy facilitated removal of the inferior femoral piece via a direct approach to the summit of the stem allowing direct expulsion with the periprosthetic cement. Direct vertical access to the medullary canal allows good control of the revision prosthesis and limits unnecessary bone loss without creating any particular iatrogenic problem other than longer time for trochanter healing.


I. Ghanem D. Nassar K. Kharrat F. Dagher

Purpose: Parent worry about torsional or angular anomalies of the lower limbs of their children is widespread. The relationship between a child’s postural habits and torsional anomalies of the lower limbs is often mentioned in the literature despite the lack of a single study demonstrating solid evidence. Active treatment of such anomalies is exceptionally necessary. Postural education is undoubtedly provided by parents. The purpose of this study was not to establish a cause and effect relationship between postural habits and torsional anomalies but rather to determine whether children who exhibit a preferential nocturnal and diurnal posture have torsional anomalies of the lower limbs.

Material and methods: This retrospective analysis included all patients consulting one paediatric orthopaedist for in-toeing during a period of six years. Patients with a neurological disorder, bone and joint disease, or a congenital malformation as well as those with a history of orthesis use for fracture or surgery of the lower limbs were excluded. The cohort was composed of 463 children aged 1.5 to 15 years. Five habitual postures were studied: sitting cross-legged, sitting on knees feet under the buttocks, laying on knees with buttocks upward and feet inward, laying on belly knees extended and feet inward, and indifferent sitting and reclining positions. Abnormal torsion was determined clinically. Internal hip rotation greater than 70 (Staheli) observed in the ventral decubitus position with knees flexed 90° was considered to indicate excessive femoral anteversion (EFAV). Internal tibial torsion (ITT) was considered to be present when the thigh-foot angle was 0 measured in the ventral decubitus position or sitting on the table legs hanging. We searched for correlations between habitual posture and abnormal torsion as well as the influence of gender and age using the chi-square test and 95% confidence intervals. Patients with both EFAV and ITT were stratified by group using the Woolf method associated with the Mantel-Haenszel test.

Results: Abnormal torsion was found more often in children aged less than 4 years with no difference between boys and girls. Among the children in this study presenting in-toeing, 31% did not have a preferred sitting or reclining position and only 7% presented clearly abnormal torsion. There was a significant direct correlation between EFAV and sitting crosslegged and a significant inverse correlation between EFAV and the other habitual postures. Conversely, there was no significant correlation between ITT and the habitual postures studied.

Discussion and conclusion: This study provided objective information concerning widely accepted but poorly documented notions. There were two limitations: 1) the lack of a control group not presenting in-toeing, 2) the absence of precise goniometric measurements, a problem encountered in most studies using clinical methods. Although the presence of abnormal torsion of the lower limb appears to significantly influence the gait pattern in children, it does not appear to affect habitual postures. A significant relationship was found only between habitual posture and EFAV, and not ITT. These results should be taken into consideration when planning treatment.


Full Access
G. Tagaris G. Christodoulou A. Vlachos G. Sdougos A. Kaspiris

Purpose: The purpose of this work was to study Monteggia fracture-dislocation in children and report results of treatment.

Material and methods: Thirty-two children were treated for Monteggia fracture-dislocation during a 12-year period from 1989 to 2001. The Bado classification was type I (n=22, 69%), type II (n=2, 7%), and type III (n=8, 24%). There were no type IV. Mean follow-up was seven years (1–12 yr). Mean age at treatment was six years (3–12 yr). There were 26 boys (81%) and 6 girls (19%). The right side was involved in 62% of patients. Orthopaedic treatment was use for 31 patients. Open surgery was performed for one child.

Results: Early complications were rupture and migration of the osteosynthesis material and transient palsy of the posterior interosseous in one patient. Late complications were malunion with 20° ulnar varus in four patients. Residual posterior tilt of the ulna (up to 10°) was observed in two children and anterior tilt in one other. Elbow function was perfect in all children. For children had minor cubital varus.

Discussion: Thirty-one children were given orthopaedic treatment with closed reduction of the ulnar fracture and radial head dislocation and immobilisation with a brachio-antebrachio-palmar brace. There were no cases of recurrent radial head dislocation, even with ulnar mal-union with 20° deviation. There were no cases of secondary displacement or recurrend dislocation despite rather unstable and oblique fractures. One patient required open reduction of the radial head followed by transcondylo-radial pinning. Closed reduction failed because of a ruptured annular ligament. In this patient, the pin was removed at three weeks because of pin fracture and migration to the wrist.

Conclusion: Early orthopaedic reduction is indicated as first-intention treatment for these fractures in children. The prognosis is excellent for patients treated early. When closed reduction is impossible or in the event of recurrent dislocation of the radial head, open surgery may be needed.


D. Popkov V. Shevtsov

Purpose: The purpose of this study was to evaluate centromedullary pinning for bone lengthening. We studied an animal model to discover the details of bone regeneration and assess the advantages of the technique. We present our early clinical results.

Material and methods: Progressive lengthenings of the tibia by centromedullary pinning were performed in eleven dogs. Distraction began on day 5 and lasted 28 days. Arteriograms were obtained after sacrifice.We also analysed 17 cases of limb lengthening in patients: one arm, two forearms, nine femurs, five tibias. Mean patient age was 14 years. Mean gain in bone length was 6.2 cm.

Results: The experimental work demonstrated that intensive bone regeneration requires faster distraction. Early bone union was observed in four dogs. Bone healing was complete at about 15 days in all dogs. The centromedullary pins were left in place in three dogs after removing the external fixator. There was no secondary deformation. The arteriogram showed that the nourishing artery was not ruptured. In our patients, delay to healing was shorter. The radiograms demonstrated intensive bone regeneration. Endosteal regeneration was significant and was never inhibited. Significant periosteal reaction was observed. The planned gain in length was achieved in all patients. We did not have any complications.

Discussion: Bone lengthening methods using a centromedullary nail provide absolute stability while avoiding external fixation but at the cost of complete destruction of the centromedullary vascular supply. Our animal experiments and clinical experience prove that elastic centromedullary pins do not inhibit endosteal regeneration but, on the contrary, partial destruction of the marrow with intact vascularisation stimulates bone regeneration. For bone lengthenings, centromedullary pinning is the only method of internal fixation allowing optimal conditions for bone regneration.

Conclusion: The progressive distraction of the elastic centromedullary pin during the lengthening period stimulates the regenerative processes. The biological effect of the vascular “displacement” from the centre to the periphery of the bone fragments leads to significant periosteal reaction. Elastic centromedullary pinning adds stability to the bone fragments. Associating the two methods allows removal of the external fixator leaving the centromedullary pins in place. By strengthening the regenerated bone, the pins provide a certain degree of additional stability.


F. Launay R. Bashyal J. Flynn P. Sponseller

Purpose: Since the advent of pinning for supracondylar fractures of the humerus, Volkmann syndrome has been exceptional and most of the posttraumatic compartment syndromes observed in children have been seen in the lower limb. We propose an analysis of the causes, the diagnosis, the treatment and the results of treatment of acute posttraumatic compartment syndrome of the leg in children.

Material and methods: Twenty-eight consecutive cases of acute posttraumatic compartment syndrome in 27 children were reviewed. These children were treated in two American paediatric traumatology units over a ten year period. We evaluated the cause of the trauma, associated lesions, clinical course, diagnostic methods, muscle compartment pressures, time from accident to diagnosis, and time from accident to surgery. Results were analysed at last follow-up.

Results: The study population was 24 boys and three girls, aged 4 months to 15 years. Twenty-four children were pedestrian traffic accident victims. Twenty-two had a tibial fracture, four a femoral fracture, and two no fracture. Twenty-five compartment syndromes were diagnosed on the basis of compartment pressure measurements. Mean time from accident to diagnosis was 19 hours (range 2.5–85 hr). At diagnosis, exacerbated pain was observed in 26 children, paraesthesia in eleven, motor deficit in seven, and diminished pulses in three. Mean time from accident to surgery was 21 hours. Mean follow-up was 15 months. The final outcome was remarkably good. At last follow-up, 24 children were pain free, with no functional or sensorial deficit. Aponeurotomy had been performed very late (43, 83, and 86 hr) in the three patients who developed functional deficit. There were no cases of infection even when surgery was performed late.

Discussion: Most children treated for acute posttraumatic compartment syndrome achieve a good result even when the time from accident to treatment is long, often more than 12 hours. All patients with sequellae at the last follow-up in our series had undergone aponeurotomy more than 36 hours after the accident.

Conclusion: This is the first series devoted exclusively to acute posttraumatic compartment syndrome of the leg in children. The results were generally good despite significant time from accident to treatment.


F.J. Cervigni C. Naser

Purpose: Congenital radioulnar syntosis (CRUS) is a rare malformation caused by the fusion of the proximal extremities of the radius and ulna associated with anomalies of the adjacent soft tissues. The purpose of this work was to analyse a series of 36 non-operated cases of CRUS in order to evaluate the functional impact and compensatory mechanisms.

Material and methods: Twenty-five patients (16 male, 9 female) presenting 36 CRUS (14 unilateral, 11 bilateral) were collected over a period of eight years (1994–2002). None of the patients underwent surgery. Mean age at evaluation was 8.3 years (range 2–25) Active and passive motion of the shoulder, elbow, wrist, and fingers was assessed clinically. The modified Jebsen and Taylor test was used to assess function. The size of the synostosis was assessed on plain x-rays of the forearm.

Results: The mean position of the fixed forearm was 35° pronation (range 10° supination to 90° pronation). Thirty-one percent of the patients had deficient elbow extension (5–15°). Shoulder motion was normal in all patients and all except two presented compensatory wrist laxity (two patients had a stiff wrist with CRUS associated with Poland syndrome). Function was normal except for four patients who complained of difficulties in certain activities (volleyball, cutting with scissors, face washing, lifting heavy objects). None of the patients requested corrective surgery.

Discussion: Reports in the literature discuss the technical difficulty of corrective surgery for CRUS and the problems in establishing appropriate indications. Fortunately, most of these patients do not have sufficiently serious impairment to justify surgical intervention. The degree of fixed pronosupination is not the only factor to be considered since function is also related to the bilateral or unilateral nature of the malformation as well as the side (dominant or non-dominant) and also with the efficacy of compensatory shoulder, wrist, and finger movements. The subject’s occupational activity must also be taken into account. In our series, functional impairment was minimal.

Conclusion: CRUS is a well tolerated malformation which only rarely requires surgical correction.


D. Moukoko D. Pourquier A. Diméglio

Purpose: The deleterious effects of blocking movement of normal joints has been demonstrated by numerous animal experiments and clinical observations. Conversely, mobilisation of the joints leads to metabolic and trophic effects commonly attributed to changes in the nutritional status of the cartilage. In vitro experiments and mechanobiological studies have however suggested that more fundamental mechanisms are operating, demonstrating the impact of physical factors on biological cell regulation and tissue organisation. The purpose of our experimentation was to study the biological effects of movement on a model of skeletal regeneration from mesenchymatous tissue. The tested hypothesis was that movement crossing a living tissue causes the emission of specific signals which contribute to its anatomic and functional organisation.

Material and methods: We used 27 immature rabbits for the model. We transferred a vascularised periosteal flap to the knee region in order to initiate a process of skeletal tissue regeneration. The regenerated tissue was submitted to joint movements caused by the animal’s spontaneous movements. In the first group of animals, the knee was left intact. In the second group, 25 mm of the distal femur was removed, including the condyles. Tissue regeneration was compared with that obtained without joint movement.

Results: Qualitative changes in regenerated tissue were found to be influenced by movement. The differentiation of the mesenchymatous precursors was oriented towards production of cartilage and fibrocartilage. In the group with a sectioned femur, a mobile cartilage joint space was obtained at the interface between the regenerated femur and the tibia. A functional neo-joint was formed.

Discussion: This model of tissue regeneration, similar to that observed in experimental nonunion, demonstrated the contribution of multipotent stem cells of diverse origins. Joint mobility and its mechanical consequences produced information which were perceived as a modification of the environment. They regulated the differentiation of pluripotent cell elements and thus guided the spatial and temporal organisation of in vivo tissue repair processes.

Conclusion: Our results confirm the major influence of mechanical constraints on the organisation of skeletal tissue. The effect is expressed by the remodelling of mature tissues, but is also observed in immature tissues implicated in morphogenesis and skeletal regeneration processes. The transduction mechanisms remain to be described. However, the results obtained for cartilage regeneration demonstrate the practical interest of periosteal arthroplasty. Further improvement of the model to optimise continuous passive movement would open new perspectives for in vivo joint regeneration.


P. Doménech P. Gutiérrez J.M. Valiente S. Soler J. Verdu J. Fenollosa

Purpose: In paediatric patients, autografts are limited by the quantity of available bony tissue in donor regions, the need for a second incision, the longer surgical time, and donor site morbidity. Bone substitutes would be an advantage in many cases. Serum and platelet autologous growth factors favouring osteo-induction can be obtained readily. When used in conjunction with osteoconductive materials, they can favour bone growth. The purpose of this work was to evaluate the use of combined autologous growth factors (AGF) and hydroxyapatite (HA) in paediatric patients instead of autologous grafts.

Material and methods: This prospective study was conducted in 14 children (16 grafts), nine boys and six girls, mean age 9.4 years. These children required bone grafting related to femoral osteotomy, osteomyelitis, benign cystic tumours, bone nonunion, triple arthrodesis with osteopenia, and insufficient autologous graft material. The AGF-HA combination with human thrombin was used in all cases. AGF was prepared after fractioning autologous blood according to the child’s blood volume, height and weight. A platelet ultraconcentrate was added to thrombin (500 IU) and HA (500 R) at the time of implantation. Mean preparation time was 20 minutes. An autologous graft was not used in any of the children.

Results: There were no cases of superficial or deep infection after implantation. Bone healing as assessed clinically and radiologically was obtained in eleven weeks on average (range 8–16) except in two cases (11%).

Discussion: The AGF-HA combination is a useful alternative to autologous bone grafting in children. It is a simple technique which accelerates bone healing and HA integration. There were no cases of rejection.

Conclusion: 1) In children, this method is a valid alternative which avoids the need for bone harvesting and the corresponding morbidity. 2) Use of AGF-HA in combination does not transmit infection, does not lengthen surgery time, and is an interesting alternative to autologous or heterologous bone grafting.


Full Access
V. Langlois J.M. Laville

Purpose: Physeal distraction can be used for the treatment of the consequences of epiphysiodesis bridges, correcting simultaneously angular deformations and length discrepancy.

Material and methods: Chondrodiastasis was performed in six children aged 13.1 years (range 10.4–15.7). The cause of the epiphysiodesis was trauma in three children (2 distal tibia, 1 distal radius), osteomyelitis in two (distal femur), and surgical sequela of a clubfoot (distal tibia). Mean follow-up was two years (18 months – 4 years). An Ilizarov device was used in four cases and an Orthofix in two.

Results: Limb length discrepancy was corrected in all cases. Angular correction was insufficient in two. Distraction was continued for four months (1–9) and total duration of treatment was 7.5 months (4–13). Minor complications were pin track infection (n=2) and joint stiffness (n=3). Major complications were one fracture of the femur on a pin site and premature closure of the growth cartilage treated by callotasis and one fracture after removal of the external fixator, treated by plaster cast immobilisation. The final outcome was good in both of these children.

Discussion: De-epiphysiodesis with surgical resection of the bony bridge can only be performed before a certain age (10–11 years) and the outcome in uncertain. The principle advantages of physeal distraction applied for angular deformation in growing patients is that it avoids the need for osteotomy and allows progressive correction. This noninvasive method allows angular correction in the upright patient, concomitant lengthening is also achieved. Chondrodiastasis makes an exact correction of the deformation without resection of the bony bride which can be ruptured by simple distraction. The fertility of the growth cartilage after distraction must be considered as lost so the amount of correction must be calculated on the basis of a complete and definitive postoperative epiphysiodesis.

Conclusion: Chondrodiastasis allows correction of acquired and predictable epiphysiodesis bridges at the apex of the deformation and without direct access. This method can be used for partial epiphysiodesis (less than 50%) in children who have not reached maturity. After distraction, the growth cartilage must be considered as definitively closed.


F. Fassier P. Duval A. Dujovne

Purpose: The use of telescopic nails has enabled a reduction in the rate of re-operation during growth from 51% observed with non-telescopic nails to 27%. This difference is less pronounced in the long term due to mechanical complications and secondary joint problems. We report our experience with the telescopic nail developed for osteogenesis imperfecta of the femur. This nail is inserted antegrade via a small superior incision, avoiding the problems associated with surgical approach via the knee joint. The distal and proximal fixation are achieved by screwing the nail into the epiphysis.

Material and methods: The telescopic nail was used for 43 femurs and 1 humerus in 29 children (osteogenesis imperfecta in 28, skeletal dysplasia in 1) who were reviewed at a mean 34 months. Mean age at surgery was 47 months (range 13 months – 11 years).

Results: The telescopic nail deployed normally in 93.2% of the children. Complications not requiring re-operation were observed in 20.5% of the patients: migration of the proximal part of the nail (n=3), material deformation or stress fracture (n=4), loss of distal epiphyseal fixation (n=1). Surgery was required because of complications in three children: intra-articular protrusion of the male part of the nail requiring repositioning, proximal migration of the female part of the nail into the buttocks subsequent to weight-bearing too early, and loss of distal epiphyseal fixation due to inappropriate intra-operative manipulation.

Discussion: These early results (follow-up less than three years) demonstrate that this new implant is useful in osteogenesis imperfecta. It enables minimally invasive treatment and reduces the rate of complications without the risk of knee arthrotomy.


J.F. Lepeintre C. Court F. Parker M. Tadié

Purpose: The purpose of this retrospective study was to report outcome after surgical treatment of posttraumatic syringomyelia (PTS) and examine the different techniques.

Material and methods: Between 1984 and 2001, 31 patients underwent surgery for cyst derivation (group D, n= 21) or arachnoid release (group R, n = 10). Outcome was assessed on the basis of postoperative changes in clinical presentation (pain) and function (measure of functional independence, MFI). Morphology results were assessed using the Vaquero index (VI) measured on the magnetic resonance images (MRI).

Results: After surgery, aggravation of posterior cord sensitivity was observed in 24% of the patients in group D and in 10% in group R. At last follow-up, there was a statistically significant improvement in pain in the supra- and infra-lesion levels. The Frankel score was stable in 77% and the MFImotor score was stable in 76%. Morphologically, there was a significant diminution in the VI in both groups. MRI velometric studies were performed in seven patients. Cystic systolic and diastolic flow rates were higher preoperatively in patients with more severe clinical grade. Postoperatively (mean 14 months), intra-cystic systolic flow rates decreased significantly (p=0.017). Perimedullary systolic flow rates, which were initially very low reached high levels postoperatively due to re-circulation in the perimedullary subarachnoid space. Re-operation rate was 43% at 39 months for patients in group D (man follow-up 36 months), and 20% in group R (mean follow-up 31 months). The complication rate was 11% (two scar infections, one meningitis, one pneumonia, one acute derivation dysfunction).

Discussion: Arachnoid release yielded a lower re-operation rate than derivations with a lower rate of postoperative posterior cord involvement and an identical functional and morphological outcome. We propose a schema for determining the indication for intra- and extra-dural interventions in the treatment of PTS.


C. Charbonnier P. Pedelucq A. Farès V. Tsimba G. Filipe

Purpose: The difficulty children with cerebral palsy have walking often worsens during adolescence due to permanent flexion of the hip, knee and ankle joints associated with limited active extension of the knee due to ascension of the patella and stretched patellar tendon. Surgical descent of the patella associated with release of hip flexion and sometimes lengthening of the hamstrings avoids the squatting position when walking facilitating function. The short- and mid-term efficacy of this intervention has been demonstrated. The purpose of this work was to evaluate the long-term functional outcome and its environmental dimension, that is its effect on ambulation in adult life.

Material and methods: Twenty-two subjects with cerebral palsy aged 19 to 35 years had undergone surgery at average age of 12 years. Mean postoperative follow-up was 11 years. All of the subjects were evaluated with a questionnaire used to class walking function in six levels. The current walking level (M3) was compared with the preoperative level (M1) and the level at the end of postoperative rehabilitation (M2). Functional gait categories were also assessed.

Results: Fifteen subjects progressed at least one functional category between M1 and M3. Five subjects remained at the same level from M1 to M2 and M3 but were nevertheless satisfied with the result (less knee pain, better balance in the upright position). Two subjects regressed one category between M2 and M3 after having progressed one category from M1 to M2. Twelve of the 22 subjects had functional walking capacity in their home. All of these subjects had to use a wheel chair in their home before the operation. For certain subjects, use of anti-flexion knee casts preoperatively avoided the need for hamstring lengthening.

Discussion: There have been few publications concerning this surgical procedure and its very long-term functional impact. For the majority of the subjects studied here, the functional result achieved at the end of postoperative rehabilitation was maintained in the long-term. The functional gait categories provide an easy way to assess functional outcome, even by telephone, in the subject’s personal environment.


C. Court J.F. Lepeintre J.Y. Nordin M. Tadié F. Parker

Purpose: The incidence of postraumatic vertebromedullary syringomyelia is difficult to estimate but the most recent series have reported 28%. The purpose of this retrospective study was to search for risk factors of symptomatic posttraumatic syringomyelia (PTS) and to propose an adapted approach for early management.

Material and methods: Forty-six patients consulted for symptomatic PTS 14 years (range 9 months – 45 years) after their trauma. Half of the patients had initially undergone treatment (osteosynthesis in 74% and laminectomy in 70%). Physical signs, the Frankel score, measure of functional independence (MFI) at discovery of PTS were compared with findings early after trauma. Local kyphosis and residual canal stenosis were measured. The location, length, and extension of the syringomyelic cavity, presence of arachnoiditis, and freedom of the subarachnoid spaces were studied on magnetic resonance images. Intra-cystic and perimedullary fluid flow was also quantified.

Results: Gender, age, vertebral level, and degree of initial neurological deficit were not predictive of symptomatic PTS. Clinical signs of PTS were pain, paraesthesia, or supra-lesion motor deficit in two-thirds of the patients, bladder sphincter disorders or aggravation of sub-lesion residual motricity in the others. The MFIwas statistically decreased compared with the initial evaluation. Clinical signs were significantly correlated with intracavitary velometric measures. There was no correlation between clinical severity, time to development of PTS, initial treatment (surgery versus orthopaedic), and the kyphosis value or degree of stenosis. When residual kyphosis was greater than 35° or when canal narrowing was greater than 30%, the cavity was more extensive.

Discussion: It is important to search for PTS in subjects with a history of vertebromedullary injury who present changes in the clinical or functional presentation (aggravation of MFI) late after trauma. MRI velometry provides a better understanding of progression of postraumatic cystic myelopathy. The degree of kyphosis and canal stenosis appear to be predictive of lesion extension.

Conclusion: Initial correction of spinal deformations after trauma and recalibration of the spinal canal help prevent development and aggravation of PTS.


F. Sailhan F. Chotel A.L. Guibal P. Adam J.P. Pracros J. Bérard

Purpose: Partial epiphysiodesis of the growth plate due to physeal aggression is a common problem in paediatric patients. Surgical management requires precise imaging. We recall other imaging techniques currently employed and describe a novel method for studying the characteristic features of epiphysiodesis bridges of the growth plate: 3D-magnetic resonance imaging (3D-MRI).

Material and methods: We analysed retrospectively MRI series of 27 epiphysiodesis bridges in 23 children (ten boys and thirteen girls) aged 11.3 years (range 2.5 – 15). We recorded information concerning the cause of the physeal aggression, the joint involved, the type of bony bridge (Ogden classification), the clinical deformation, and the proposed treatment. The 27 bridges were studied on coronal MRI acquired with echo-gradient and fat suppression sequences. Data were processed with a manual 3D reconstruction program in 15 minutes to precisely define the localisation, the volume, and the morphology of the bony bridge and the active physis.

Results: The epiphysiodeses were caused by trauma (65%), iatrogenic aggression (17%), ischemia-infection (purpura fulminans) (9%), juxta-physeal essential cyst (4.5%), and unknown causes (4.5%). Eighty-seven percent involved a lower limb joint, 75% of which involved the tibia. The surface of the epiphysiodesis bridge covered 20% of the physis. The bridges were peripheral (46.5%), central (46.5%), and linear (7%).

Discussion: It is difficult to determine the position and the 3D relations of an epiphysiodesis bridge in a healthy active physis with imaging techniques such as plain x-rays, scintigraphy, tomography and computed tomography. The 3D-MRI method described here provides a sure way to distinguish the active growth plate which gives a high intensity signal and the epiphyseal bridge which gives a low intensity signal. Morphological (size, form) and topographic characteristics of the bony bridge and the physis can be described with precision facilitating therapeutic decision making and guiding surgery. The lack of radiation risk is also an advantage of MRI.

Conclusion: The quality of the images obtained, the safety of MRI and the easy interpretation of 3D reconstructions makes this imaging technique an excellent method for pre-therapeutic analysis of epiphysiodesis bridges.


G. Kerhousse J.L. Polard P. Chatellier J.L. Husson

Purpose: Eary results of a prospective study of a homogeneous group of 45 patients treated by electrical stimulation of the posterior cords for refractory chronic pain subsequent to postoperative fibrosis demonstrated good results (function and pain relief) in 77% of patients with a mean follow-up of 51 months. We further examined the technique treating certain cases of post-surgical refractory chronic lumbar radiculaglia using spinal cord neurostimulation and posterior spinal restabilisation during the same procedure.

Material and methods: Results of a small series of eight patients, mean age 48 years were examined at a mean follow-up of 11 years. Five of the patients were manual labourers and five were occupational accident victims. All had a history of endocanal surgery (narrow lumbar canal, disc hernia). These eight patients had lumbar and radicular pain which were chronic and refractory to conservative treatment. The usual preoperative tests were: percutaneous epidural neurostimulation for radiculalgia by deafferentation and immobilisation test with a corset for lumbalgia. Chronic neurostimulation of the posterior cords was indicated if either test was positive. Metronic ITREL II or III was used. Posterior restabilisation was performed by arthrodesis with a posteriolateral graft, or for more recent patients, by dynamic lumbar neutralisation (Dynesys). Neurostimulation and posterior stabilisation were performed during the same operative procedure.

Results: This therapeutic association enabled four of the patients to resume their occupational activities. Two patients were retired. Radiculalgia: At last follow-up, antalgic effect of neurostimulation persisted for six patients. For one, radiculalgia recurred at eight years. For the last patient, despite rigorous preoperative selection, pain recurred early at two years. Lumbalgia: Improvement persisted at last follow-up in four of the eight patients. Lumbalgia recurred in three at eight to eleven years. This time corresponds to the usual duration of arthrodesis efficacy due to the development of a neo-junction, the reason for which we extened our indications for dynamic neutralisation. The last patient developed a neojunction at two years and underwent extension of the arthrodesis with good antalgesia at ten years.

Conclusion: Combining electrical stimulation and spinal restabilisation in the same procedure provides a real antalgesic effect for certain patients with postoperative lumboradicular pain. The quality of the results are less favourable for lumbalgia because the effect of the arthrodesis is less long-lasting. It is hoped that the new Synergy electrode, with promising effect on radiculalgia and lumbalgia and which is currently under evaluation, will meet its expectations.


G. Brunelli

Purpose: Spinal cord injury is definitive because the advancement of axon regeneration from cortical cells is blocked.

Material and methods: Research in the field began in 1980 with peripheral nerve grafts positioned between the stumps of the sectioned cord. Regenerated axons entered the grafts but were blocked when they reached the cord. We therefore developed the concept of connecting the fibres of the descending corticospinal cord directly to the nerves of selected muscles. Research was conducted over 22 years, first with rats then with monkeys. Mortality was high due to insufficient intensive care. For the surviving animals, muscles connected to the cord were trophic, moved, and responded to electrical stimulation of the nerve or the cord and presented histological features comparable to those of sutured peripheral nerves.

Results: After obtaining the approval of the national ethics commission, we performed the procedure in a young woman who was fully informed of the risks and volunteered for the operation. Before operating other patients, we decided to wait for the first clinical results. The operation consisted in connecting the corticospinal cord with the glutemus maximus and medius muscles and the quadriceps muscles (bilaterally). We expected to wait two years or more due to the distance between T10 and the innervated muscles. The patient moved and walked earlier than expected. At the present time, she is able to walk 10 to 15 minutes with a walking aid. In the pool, she is even able to climb a few steps. Her improvement continues.

Discussion: Since the innervation arises from the glutamatergic central motoneuron and the normal motor plaque is a cholinergic junction, research is continuing in rats to search for the genes which code for the receptors of the innervated muscle to learn whether the central motoneuron changes its transmittor or the muscle changes its receptors. Curarisation in these rats paralyses the normal muscles while the denervated muscles re-innervated with central motoneurons are not.

Conclusion: Apparently, the receptors of the motor plaque change. Further confirmation is needed.


C. Söderlund O. Gille P. Menegguon P. Mangione J.M. Vital

Purpose: Calcified thoracic discal herniation is an uncommon entity. The purpose of this study was to analyse the population concerned to search for radiological signs of sequellar Scheuermann disease and the characteristic features of hernias in this context and to compare computed tomography (CT) and magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) findings with intraoperative and histological findings.

Material and methods: A retrospective series of 13 patients with symptomatic calcified thoracic discal herniation (CTDH) who underwent surgery from 1996 to 2001 was analysed. Mean age was 50.7 years. The population included ten men and three women. CT was performed in all cases, with myelography in two. MRI was performed in eleven cases with DTPA-gadolinium injection in six. Two neuroradiologists blinded to intraoperative findings reviewed the images independently to search for radiological signs predictive of dural adherence and/or penetration and the presence of Scheuermann squellae. Pathology data were available for five patients.

Results: All herniations occurred in the mid to lower thoracic level in patients in their fourth or fifth decade. The disk was calcified at the zone of herniation in all cases. The hernia occupied more than half of the spinal canal in 70% of patients. The nature of the lesion was analysed on axial CT and T1/T2 weighted MRI sequences with fat suppression. Images confirmed the pathological findings: the majority of the calcified herniations were composed of mature haversian bone. In ten of the eleven cases, the radiological interpretation of the hernia/dural interface was found to correspond to the intraoperative observation.

Discussion: The sensitivity and specificity of T2 weighted MRI with gadolinium injection of the hernia/dural interface is superior, enabling prediction of dural penetration. Sequellae of Scheuermann disease found in five patients confirmed a probably non-fortuitous association.

Conclusion: The natural history of CTDH starts with discal calcification in a degenerative spine during posterior migration, followed by bone metaplasia which can involve neighbouring structures such as the longitudinal ligament and lead to penetration of the dura by the mature ossified lesion.


H. Pascal-Mousselard P. Cabre O. Labranda-Blanco Y. Catonné J.L. Rouvillain

Purpose: Ossification (YLO) and calcification (YLC) of the yellow ligaments constitute an exceptional pathological situation described almost exclusively in Japan. We report a retrospective series of 19 patients from the French West Indies followed between 1996 and 2003.

Material and methods: The series included six men and thirteen women, mean age 67.8 years (31–79). A neurological examination was performed in all patients. Positive diagnosis was based on computed tomography results. MRI was performed in fifteen patients. Twelve patients underwent surgery (eight for laminectomy and four for laminoplasty). Operative specimens were analysed. The Rankin score was used to assess treatment efficacy.

Results: The patients generally consulted for progressive aggravation of gait disorders. Physical examination disclosed spastic tetra- or paraparesia associated with a pyramidal reflex syndrome and sphincter disorders. Computed tomography provided the positive and differential diagnosis. YLO was seen as a linear hyperdensity underlining the laminae, generally at the lower thoracic level (T9–T12 in six of ten patients). YLC was found at the lower cervical level in nine of the nine patients and appeared as round bilateral hyperdensities independent of the laminae. MRI revealed cord involvement seen as a high intensity signal on T2 sequences. The fifteen operated patients improved 1 to 3 points on the Rankin scale. Prognosis was better for YLC. Pathology examination revealed cartilaginous metaplasia of the yellow ligament leading to laminar bone for the YLO and microcrystal deposits (calcium pyrophosphate and/or hydroxyapatite) for he YLC.

Discussion: YLO and YLC are exceptional pathologies. More than 90% of the cases have been described in Japan and only one case in a black patient has been reported. YLO generally affects men in the fifth decade, YLC more often women after the age of 65 years. Positive and differential diagnosis are provided by CT scan. MRI visualises cord involvement. Treatment is based on posterior decompression. Prudence is particularly important for YLO due to dural adherences and the risk of dural breaches.

Conclusion: The frequency of YLO and YLC appears to be underestimated in the black population. These conditions can lead to severe myelopathy. Treatment is based on posterior decompression, best performed before appearance of a high intensity signal on the MRI.


O. Gille N. Aurouer P. Bacon M. Pedram V. Pointillart C. Schaelderle J.M. Vital

Purpose: We examined our preliminary results in a series of nine patients treated for thoracolumbar callus deformitis using a technique associating simultaneous anterior and posterior approaches and in situ contourning.

Material and methods: The series included seven women and two men, mean age 42 years operated on after January 2001. The patients had deformed callus after fractures (n=8) or spondylodiscitis (n=1). Surgical treatment was used initially for five of the fracture patients. The deformed callus involved the thoracolumbar junction in 56% of the patients. Mean follow-up was 14 months (6–22). The same surgical technique was used in all nine patients by two surgery teams. The patient was positioned in lateral decubitus. After posterior arthrectomy and anterior osteotomy, the correction was obtained by combined anterior distraction and lordosis contourning of the posterior material. An intercorporeal graft was encastrated anteriorly.

Results: Preoperative regional kyphosis was 30°. It was 4° postoperatively and 5° at last follow-up. Kyphosis improved in 87% of patients. There was no neurological aggravation. The main complication was posterior infection with aggravation of the regional kyphosis to 10° in one patient.

Discussion: Posterior or anterior spinal approach, alone or in combination have been proposed for callus deformitis of the spine. Results in the literature have shown moderate and incomplete correction of the kyphosis.

Conclusion: The proposed technique allows good reduction of the deformed callus with results that appear to persist with time.


F. Bonnel A. Largey G. Captier F. Canovas

Purpose: The morphology and mechanical function of the metatarsosesamoid joint plays an important role in metatarsal head stability. The position of the sesamoids during the development of hallux valgus was evaluated by Inges, Haines and Tourne who distinguished three stages. Cartilage lesions in the context of hallux valgus have not been analysed with precision. The purpose of our work was to identify metatarsosesamoid lesions on anatomic specimens in patients who had undergone hallux valgus surgery.

Material and methods: We dissected 12 metatarsosesa-moid joints (4 right, 13 left) from laboratory specimens and evaluated the degenerative lesions. For each specimen, we noted the metatarsophalangial angle and the AADM. We also examined 17 metatarsal specimens to determine the persistence or absence of the median crest as a sign of wear. Using the same protocol, we examined the joints surfaces and determined degenerative lesions during 20 SCARF procedures for hallus valgus.

Results: For the twelve laboratory specimens, we observed: for the plantar joint surface of M1, the joint surfaces were perfectly intact in 2 specimens, the sagittal crest was worn away in 4, degenerative lesions appeared on the medial surface in 4, and on the lateral surface in 2. For the sesamoids, the degenerative lesions involved both sesamoids in 1 specimen, the lateral sesamoid in 2, the medial sesamoid in 4, and none in 3. Lesions of the metatarsophalangial joint were diffuse in 1 case, localised in 5 and absent in 6. For the 17 metatarsals, for an AADM between 4 and 12, no lesion was found in 6 cases, degenerative lesions involving both sesamoids in 1, the lateral sesamoid in 1 and the medial sesamoid in 2. For an AADM greater than 12, the metatarso-sesamoid joints surfaces were intact in 1 case, the sagittal crest was worn off in 4, and degenerative lesions involved the medial surface in 4 and the lateral surface in 1.

Conclusion: This anatomy study demonstrated the precise topography of degenerative lesions of the metata-sosesamoid joint. This data base should be useful for evaluating functional outcome as a function of the meta-tarsosesamoid lesions in the treatment of hallux valgus.


P. Merloz C. Huberson J. Tonetti A. Eid H. Vouaillat S. Plaweski J. Cazal C. Schuster A. Badulescu

Purpose: The purpose of this work was to study the reliability and the precision of a lumber vertebra reconstruction method using images obtained from a 3D statistical model and two calibrated radiograms. The technique is designed for surgical approach to the lumbar spine and implantation of osteosynthesis material using enhanced-reality technology.

Material and methods: A lumbar vertebra was reconstructed on several specimens using images issuing from a 3D statistical model and two calibrated radiograms. The images obtained from the model of this lumbar vertebra to be reconstructed constituted the preoperative images. Intra-operative images corresponded to two calibrated radiograms acquired with a fluoroscope using advanced technology (silicium receptor). The model was equipped with reflecting patches which can be detected in space using a 3D optical system. Correspondence between the 3D statistical model and the two calibrated radiograms was achieved with appropriate software. Navigation views were displayed on the screen to guide surgical tools at the vertebral level. Pedicular screws were implanted into several anatomic specimens to evaluate the reliability and precision of the system. The exact position of the implanted screws was established with computed tomography.

Results: This system demonstrated its reliability and precision for the reconstruction of a lumbar vertebra from a 3D statistical model and two calibrated radiograms. All the implanted screws were perfectly positioned in the pedicles. Precision was to the order of 1 mm.

Discussion: This method is a passive system not requiring intraoperative intervention. Reconstruction of a lumbar vertebra from a preoperative 3D statistical model and two intra-operative calibrated radiograms avoids the need to identify anatomic landmarks and/or surface points on the vertebra to be reconstructed. The level of precision is very similar to that obtained with CT-based systems. Preoperative CT is not needed for navigation.

Conclusion: With this system, new generation fluoroscopic equipment should appear in the operating room, allowing acquisition of successive calibrated images. The digital data could then be matched with statistical anatomic data, avoiding the need for preoperative imaging (CT or MRI). Progressive introduction of intra-operative ultrasound to replace the calibrated radiograms should open a new approach for percutaneous surgery of the lumbar spine.


V. Shevtsov V. Shchurov

Since the time of Charles Darwin, it is known that three principles of regeneration explain the similarity of neo-formed tissues, the dependence of regeneration rhythm on age and the position of the animal in the evolutionary chain. The latter principle is know as the Weisman-Pschibram principle. Regeneration depends on several factors: level of tissue specialisation and differentiation, tissue resistance to hypoxia, and other manifestations of generally recognised biological regulation.

According to a fourth principle, the regenerative potential of different parts of the body depend on a cranio-caudal gradient which rhythms their postnatal growth and development. Distinction of this principle is of importance because of its practical applications. Experience with increasing the height of persons with achrondroplasty by lengthening different limb segments reveals that the femur has less regeneration potential despite its long length. Leg lengthening is preferred; saving muscle function, there is a 20% potential for lengthening.

Male subjects are generally considered to be short in height when there is a 10% growth retardation of the longitudinal dimension of the body. In female subjects, generative function is considered deficient if the length of the trunk is less than 73 cm. Using these criteria, experience has shown that leg malformations are not observed in subjects with a 10% growth retardation of the limb. The rate of growth retardation has to reach 40% before growth ceases.

The relative moment of posterior leg muscle force increases with increasing leg length (F = 0.063 x L – 0.7; r=0.965, n=123).

With a 10% growth deficit, the leg lengthening operation limits the amplitude of ankle movement 15% on average. With the same 10% growth deficit, lengthening the femur with the same technique decreases the amplitude of knee movement 22%. It has been noted that a 40% decrease in leg muscle force after leg lengthening does not affect locomotor function. The same decrease in thigh muscles after femur lengthening alters function.

Like the first three principles, the fourth has its exceptions. It is important however to distinguish the influence of biological factors from other, for example technical, factors. Thus orthopaedic surgeons prefer the humerus for lengthening the upper limb, but this results from the difficulty in preserving rotation movements when lengthening the forearm. The important advances obtained in recent years in patients with bony defects of the hand and foot are further arguments clearly in favour of the existence of a cranio-caudal gradient in regenerative potential of the limbs.


T. Sofia J.Y. Lazennec G. Saillant

Purpose: Transverse fractures of the upper part of the sacrum are exceptional (3–5% of sacral fractures). The neurological implications are serious: loss of the anatomic relation between the pelvic girdle and spine.

Material and methods: We reviewed the cases of 50 patients treated between 1997 and 2001 (31 women, 19 men, mean age 31 years). Most of the patients had fallen from windows (n=46) and many had multiple injuries (n=38). There were 31 associated spinal fractures (18 L1 fractures). The Roy Camille classification was: type I (n=6), type II (n=34),and type III (n=20) with involvement of the pelvic girdle in 30, especially for type II and III (3 Tile A, 10 Tile B, 17 Tile C). Neurological lesions were observed in 42 patients: ten patients had paraplegia (seven total, three partial), 38 had L5 and/or S1 radicular pain, and 36 presented perineal involvement. Functional treatment was given in 11 patients (including five with neurological involvement and serious cutaneous lesions). Surgery was performed early in 25 patients (three with no deficit, 22 with neurological deficit), and late (one month) after callus formation in 14 (13 with neurological deficit, 1 for a cutaneous indication).

Results: Mean follow-up was nine years. The gravity of the pelvic injury corresponded with the degree of associated neurological deficit. Incomplete functional recovery was observed in three patients given functional treatment. For patients undergoing early surgery, ten achieved functional recovery (six total and four partial) with no case of aggravation. Surgery after formation of a callus was followed by total functional recovery in three and partial recovery in six. Surgical complications included infection (n=9) and cerebrospinal fluid fistula (n=2) which resolved after re-operation. Progress in surgical techniques (subtraction osteotomy, better stabilisation) has improved the mechanical results.

Discussion and conclusion : Analysis of these fractures must consider the frontal and sagittal planes to determine the degree of pelvic girdle involvement. The final outcome depends on the time to surgical treatment (particularly for type II and III fractures) and reconstitution of the sagittal alignment of the spine with the pelvis.


V. Dumaine A. Babinet B. Tomeno

Purpose: We report three cases of extensive resection of the ulna without reconstruction.

Material and methods: For the first two patients, resection was performed for ulnar tumour, on low-grade osteosarcoma and one adamantinoma. In the third patient with a voluminous giant-cell tumour, the distal part of the ulna was resected and used as a graft for arthrodesis after resection of the distal third of the homolateral radius. Resection involved the distal half, three-quarters, and one-third of the ulna in these three patients.

Results: At follow-up of 4, 23 and 1 year respectively, wrist motion is normal in the two patients and elbow motion is normal in two out of three. None of the patients experienced wrist pain or ulnar stump pain. Grip force decreased in the two patients who underwent isolated ulnar resection.

Discussion: Our observations corroborate reports in the literature leading to the conclusion that reconstruction of the ulna is not justified when one-quarter of the bone can be preserved. The ulna offers an exceptional graft material for reconstruction of the homolateral radius.


Full Access
H. Mnif S. Karray A. Bellasoued B. Karray M. Zouari T. Liaiem M. Douik

Purpose: Osteoid osteoma is a benign small-sized painful osteoblastic tumour usually observed in young subjects. The purpose of this work was to study the epidemiological, clinical, radiological, and histological features, focusing on clinical course after treatment and differences by location.

Material and methods: We report a retrospective series of 56 osteoid osteomas located in limbs treated over a 25-year period from 1976 to 2001. The tumour involved the femur (n=21), the tibia (n=14), the hand (n=8), the foot (n=7), and the olecranon, the lateral humeral condyle, the humeral neck, and the acetabulum (n=1 each). Pain was the pain symptom, found in all patients. The aspirin test was positive in 82%. The joint locations led to an arthropathy in 87%. The typical nidus aspect was found on 78.5% of the plain x-rays. Computed tomography was performed in 25 patients and scintigraphy in 10. Magnetic resonance imaging was performed in 4. Surgical treatment consisted in en bloc resection (n=48), intra-lesions curettage (n=6), computed tomography-guided percutaneous resection (n=2). Mechanical protection was obtained with a plaster cast (n=21) and osteosynthesis material (n=7). A bone graft was used in 22 patients. Pathology confirmed osteoid osteoma in all patients. Lymphocyte plasma cell infiltrations were observed in seven of the articular localisations.

Results: Mean follow-up was 5 years. Complete pain relief was achieved after a single resection in 53 patients and after re-operation of a second resection in the others. For the joint localisations, complete joint movement was recovered in three-quarters of the patients. Postoperative x-rays were performed in all cases. The main early complications were iatrogenic fracture (9%), mainly in patients with a tibial tumour. Late complications included osteoarthritis for the acetabular tumour and two cases of talal degeneration.

Conclusion: Osteoid osteoma is an uncommon tumour general easy to recognise. Atypical clinical and radiological presentations are rare. Computed tomography is the key to diagnosis and provides important therapeutic information.


K. Ajouy A. Babinet P. Anract B. Tomeno

Purpose: We report a retrospecitve series of 88 benign osteolytic tumours of the knee treated by curettage-filling between 1973 and 2000. The purpose of this analysis was to evaluate the role of curettage-filling in the treatment of this type of tumour.

Material and methods: Mean patient age was 31 years. The sex ratio was 1. Pain was the main sign and 9% of patients had a pathologic fracture. An equivalent number of tumours were found in the lower extremity of the femur and the upper extremity of the tibia. We analysed clinical features, imaging findings, treatments and complications, recurrence, and treatment of recurrence.

Results: Giant-cell tumours predominated (n=63), followed by aneurysmal cysts (n=7) and chondroblastomas (n=6). Tumours were treated by curettage associated with filling (n=83) and osteosynthesis (n=51). There were six cases of mechanical complications, but only two required total knee arthroplasty. No re-operations for arthrolysis were required. The recurrence rate after curettage was 23%; a second curettage-filling was performed after 90% of the recurrences.

Discussion: This study confirms that curettage-filling is the standard surgical treatment for benign osteolytic tumours of the knee, independently of histological type. This simple procedure with a low complication rate enables preservation of the joint in young subjects. We prefer this approach to resection-arthroplasty. We were unable to identify any factor predictive of local recurrence (histologic type of osteolytic tumour). Repeated curettage-filling is an appropriate treatment for recurrence.


G. Delepine F. Delipine E. Guikov D. Goutallier

Purpose: In our records on bone tumours, secondary chondrosarcomas account for slightly less than 15% of all chondrosarcomas (20/150). The presentation is quite variable making diagnosis relatively difficult. We reviewed our experience to evaluate diagnosis, frequency, and prognosis.

Material and methods: From 1981 to January 2002, we had 20 chondrosarcomas which developed on pre-existing lesions: solitary exostoses (n=11), solitary chondroma (n=1), multiple exostosis (n=6), multiple enchondromatosis (n=2). Localisations were: pelvis (n=9), femur (n=3), humerus (n=2), tibia (n=3), spine (n=2), scapula (n=1). Histological classification was: grade I (n=7), grade II (n=9), grade III (n=1), and dedifferentiated sarcoma (n=3). Surgery was performed in all patients, alone for grade I and II chondrosarcoma, in association with chemotherapy (n=3) and radiotherapy (n=1) in three patients with dedifferentiated sarcoma.

Results and prognostic factors: At last follow-up (mean 9 years 10 months), five patients had died after local recurrence (n=3) or metastatic dissemination (n=2). The other fifteen patients were living (mean follow-up 155 months). The main prognostic factor was histological grade of chondrosarcoma. All patients with grade I chondrosarcoma (n=7) survived versus only two-thirds of those with grade II chondrosarcoma and half (2/4) of those with grade III or dedifferentiated chondrosarcoma. The second prognostic factor was initial management. Inadequate care initially led to misdiagnosis or delayed diagnosis (n=4), local recurrence (n=3) and loss of chance of survival (n=3). Grade I chondrosarcoma was occasionally taken for benign exostosis despite a cartilage cuff measuring more than 1 cm, normally a sign of chondrosarcoma.

Conclusion: 1. Because of the severity of secondary dedifferentiated chondrosarcoma, resection should be performed in adults presenting exostosis with a large residual cartilage cuff, particularly in high-risk locations (pelvis). 2. Because of the difficulty in recognising the histological features of grade I chondrosarcoma, the diagnosis of degeneration should be retained in adults if the cartilage cuff exceeds 1 cm. Lesions are suspicious if the cartilage cuff exceeds 5 mm.


S. Kallel S. Kammoun T. Souhun A. Chtuourou M. Zouari S. Karray T. Liatiem M. Douik

Purpose: Aneurysmal bone cyst is a benign osteodystrophic pseudotumor. It can occur as a primary lesion or develop on a pre-existing lesion. The etiopathogenesis, diagnosis and treatment remain subjects of interest.

Material and methods: For this retrospective analysis, we collected 48 peripheral aneurysmal bone cysts over a 27-year period. Most cysts occurred in children, adolescents, or young adults, with a slight female predominance. Imaging included standard x-rays, computed tomography, and for the more recent cases magnetic resonance imaging (MRI). MRI provided new imaging features increasing diagnostic accuracy. Second readings of histology slides enabled establishment of the correct diagnosis in certain cases but differential diagnosis was established only with benign tumours. Surgical treatment predominated. Other treatments included curettage-filling with cancellous bone, resection, resection-reconstruction,curettage-filling with cement. Adjuvant treatments mainly involved use of calcitonin. Therapeutic abstention with surveillance confirmed the possibility of spontaneous regression after biopsy. Curettage-filling with cancellous bone was performed in 58% of cases, giving an Enneking function score of 95.7%.

Results: We reviewed outcome at mean 7 years follow-up. There were four recurrent cysts and the mean global Enneking score was 95%. Our series showed the several methods can be used for the treatment of aneurysmal bone cysts, the indication taking into consideration the patient’s age, the location of the lesion and is progression. We propose a therapeutic schema. The role of calcitonin remains to be determined.

Conclusion: The diagnosis of bone cysts requires a close collaboration between the surgeon, the radiologist, and the pathologist. The indication for surgery must be made case by case to achieve cure without sequelae.


G. Chick J.-Y. Alnot

Purpose: Isolated tumours of the peripheral nerves are exceptional and benign in 90% of the cases. They develop from the constitutive elements of the nerve and correspond to schwannomas in 80% of cases. Other tumours are much more rare and exhibit wide histological variability.

Material and methods: Fifty-one patients were reviewed at mean 4.6 years. Forty-one had a resectable tumour: schwannoma (n=39), intranervous lipoma (n=2). Ten an unresectable tumour: solitary neurofibroma (n=5), peri-nervous hemangioma (n=3), neurofibrolipoma (n=2). We detailed the type of lesion, diagnostic elements, and results of complementary explorations. Enucleation was performed for resectable tumours. Epineurotomy for decompression with systematic interfascicular biopsy was performed in the event of an unresectable tumour.

Results: Postoperative neurological deficits were exceptional and transient. In a first case, prognosis was excellent due to the absence of recurrence or degeneration. In the second, neurological disorders persisted but decreased (paraesthesia). The course remained stable.

Discussion: Our findings are in line with reports in the literature. The diagnosis of nerve tumour should be entertained in the event of tumefaction along a nerve trajectory or if palpation triggers pain. MRI is the most powerful complementary exploration, particularly for deep tumours. The nature of the tumour, its benignity, and the possibility for resection can be suspected on the basis of clinical and complementary findings, but surgery and pathology examination of the surgical specimen are required for confirmation. Preservation of nerve continuity is the key to the therapeutic approach. For resectable tumours, exceptional persistence of symptoms should be followed by a new exploration to search for small unrecognised tumour(s) at the same operative site. For all other cases, recent and rapid changes in the clinical presentation is a sign of recurrence and requires appropriate intervention. To our knowledge, malignant degeneration has never been observed.

Conclusion: First-intention resection of a nerve with a nerve tumour is never indicated.


F. Aribit J.-Y. Beaulieu J.-L. Charrissous J.-P. Arnaud

Purpose: Intra-osseous leiomyosarcoma (IOLM) is a rare tumour. Imaging aspects are not specific. Pathology is required to establish diagnosis. The appropriate treatment remains controversial because no method has demonstrated certain efficacy. We report two cases and review the literature on this malignant tumour.

Material and methods: The first patient was a 43-year-old woman who suffered right knee pain for six months. Plain x-rays of the tibia revealed an metaphyseo-epiphyseal zone of osteolysis with soft tissue involvement as did 18-FDG uptake on the scintigram and computed tomography. Pathology diagnosis was high-grade IOLM. Search for extension was negative. Tumour resection was performed with implantation of a massive prosthesis followed by chemotherapy and radiotherapy. The second patient was a 50-year-old man who was referred ten days after spontaneous fracture of the lower femur. Plain x-rays, computed tomography and magnetic resonance imagine as well as the PET-scan were difficult to interpret. Pathology examination of a biopsy specimen was in favour of a benign lesion. The final diagnosis was IOLM. Search for extension was negative and radiotherapy was given.

Results: At mean 18-month follow-up, both patients were living. The first patient was able to walk without crutches and the second patient achieved bipodal stance with crutches. Radiologically, the prosthesis was stable and the graft healed. Positive diagnosis was established on the basis of immunohistochemistry and study of the ultrastructure. Unfortunately, treatment of this malignant tumour remains difficult. Chemotherapy and radiotherapy are ineffective. Surgical treatment, even when oncological resection can be achieved, has not demonstrated superior efficacy compared with more conservative treatment in terms of survival or secondary spread. Associating medical and surgical treatment does not guarantee a better result.

Conclusion: IOLM is a rare tumour which requires immunohistochemistry and study of the ultrastructure for positive diagnosis. The appropriate therapeutic option cannot be established, but it would appear that tentatively curative surgery associated with radiotherapy may provide better outcome despite the poor short-term prognosis.


F. Fiorenza R. Grimer A. Bhangu J. Beard R. Tillman S. Abudu S. Carter

Purpose: The purpose of this work was to analyse follow-up and prognostic factors in a series of patients treated for soft tissue tumours as a function of the type of facility providing initial care: a supra-regional referral centre (Royal Orthopaedic Hospital, Birmingham), and 38 regional hospitals in the referral area.

Material and methods: This series included 260 patients (111 women and 149 men) treated between 1994 and 1996. Mean age at diagnosis was 61 years. Primary care was given to 96 patients (37%) in the referral centre and 164 (63%) in other centres. Minimum follow-up was five years. The risk of local recurrence and survival prognosis were studied by risk factor: grade, localisation (supra versus infra aponeurotic), tumour size, quality of resection margins.

Results: High-grade tumours were found in 73% of patients with a supra-aponeurotic localisation in 59%. Mean tumour size was 8.6 cm. Tumours in patients treated in the referral centre were larger (10.3 cm versus 7.5 cm) (p< 0.05). Frequency of local recurrence was 20% for the referral centre versus 37% for the other centres. Overall five-year survival rate was 58% and was correlated with grade, tumour size, and localisation (p< à.05). Overall survival of patients given primary care in the referral centre was not statistically different from those treated in the other centres, but for high-grade tumours (UICC grade III), five-year survival was 41% for the referral centre and 14% for the other centres (p< 0.05).

Discussion: Soft tissue sarcomas are rare tumours. For high-grade sarcomas, the rate of recurrence after treatment and the survival rate were better for patients given primary care in the referral centre. The question of centralising patients with this type of disease in referral centres is raised.


A. Babinet A. Milet V. Laurence J.-Y. Pierga B. Tomeno P. Anract

Purpose: The purpose of this work was to analyse and compare survival in patients with osteosarcoma (OS) or Ewing sarcoma (EW) of the pelvis as a function of treatment.

Material and methods: This retrospective series included 31 patients with OS (n=15) or EW (n=16) of the pelvis who were given a homogeneous therapeutic sequence associating chemotherapy, surgery and/or radiotherapy. Mean follow-up was 37 months (2–144). Mean age was 20 years for EW and 28 years for OS. Localisations in the pelvis were: zone I (n=12), zone I and II (n=4), zone II (n=1), zone II and III (n=7), zone III (n=1), and zone I, II and III (n=6). All patients were given chemotherapy, 15 underwent surgery, and 16 were given radiotherapy alone. Five patients were given complementary radiotherapy after surgery. Actuarial survival curves were compared with the logrank test. Comparison factors were presence of surgical resection, presence of initial or secondary metastasis, tumour response (radiographic measure), and pathology (good or poor responder) after chemotherapy.

Results: Five-year survival rate for patients with EW was 53%, 31% for OS. There was no significant difference in survival rates between tumour type. The only factor significantly correlated with lower survival rate was presence of initial metastasis.

Discussion and conclusion : The pelvic localisation of osteosarcoma and Ewing sarcoma is a factor of poor prognosis. Unlike data reported in the literature, surgery did not appear to influence outcome, not being found to be a factor of better prognosis. Surgery does however appear to improve short-term survival. In the pelvic localisation, osteosarcoma appears to have a poorer prognosis in terms of survival than Ewing tumour.


C. Court G. Missenard V. Molina J.-Y. Nordin

Purpose: Malignant primary tumours of the spine require wide resection with preservation of the cord and radicular elements. The purpose of this work was to report our oncological results and complications after spinal surgery for this indication.

Material and methods: Twenty-two patients, mean age 30 years (15–65) underwent surgery. The pathology diagnosis was made preoperatively. There were 16 high-grade tumours, Ewing (n=7), osteosarcoma (n=5), other (n=4), and six low-grade tumours, chondrosarcoma (n=5), osteosarcoma (n=1). Four patients experienced local recurrence after an insufficient initial resection and three required emergency laminectomy. Sagittal hemivertebrectomy was performed in 11 patients for pediculotransverse tumours and total vertebrectomy in 10 patients for corporeal tumours. Posterior fixation was not used in one patient (Ewing tumour) in order to preserve the Adamkiewitz artery.

Results: Complete oncological resection was achieved in 14 patients. The surgical margins were in a malignant zone in 7. At mean 6-year follow-up, ten patients were surviving disease-free (4 Ewing, 4 osteosarcoma, 2 chondrosarcoma), and one was living with active disease (chondrosarcoma). Eleven patients died: metastasis (n=4), local recurrence (n=6), infarction 3 months after surgery (n=1). Among the seven patients with local recurrence,osteosarcoma (n=5),chondrosarcoma (n=2), three had local recurrence at initial management and only one was living at last follow-up (active chondrosarcoma). There were no neurological complications; there were four mechanical complications (nonunion) after total vertebrectomy which required four re-operations.

Discussion: Survival rate in this series was 45% at six years, comparable with rates reported in the literature (40 – 50% at 5 years). Local recurrence was observed in 85% of patients whose surgical margins were in malignant tissue (67–100% in the literature). Among the four patients who had recurrent disease at the time of surgery, complete resection was possible in only one. This patient is living (Ewing sarcoma responding to adjuvant therapy). Incomplete surgery or a poor biopsy procedure aggravates the prognosis. Mechanical failure is observed after total vertebrectomy if anterior osteosynthesis is not associated with the posterior fixation.

Conclusion: Wide surgical resection of primary bone sarcomas of the spine provides encouraging results when the initial operation is successful. Better local control of Ewing sarcoma can be explained by its sensitivity to adjuvant therapy. Reconstruction after total vertebrectomy required anterior and posterior fixation.


S. Karray A. Ben Lassoued S. Kallel M. Tathi Ladeb M. Zouari M. Abdelkafi M. Douik T. Litaïem

Purpose: Surgery is generally proposed for the treatment of giant-cell bone tumours but other options are discussed. The problem is to decide between curettagefilling and enucleation, using or not local adjuvant treatment with curettage, and filling with an autograft, an allograft, or cement. The purpose of this work was to provide a new perspective to the treatment of giant-cell tumours based on the tumour pathophysiology and calcitonin infiltration.

Material and methods: We report 25 cases of benign giant-cell tumours treated by calcitonin. Mean patient age was 31 years. Female gender clearly predominated (75%). All of the tumours were located at the extremity of long bones. We grouped the tumours as quiescent benign tumours, and active or aggressive tumours according to the Enneking classification. Our treatment protocol included four stages after histological confirmation of the diagnosis on the biopsy specimen. The first stage was aggressive curettage, followed by intramuscular injection of calcitonin until cutaneous healing. The third stage involved daily washing of the tumour cavity with saline solution for one month. The final stage lasted two months with intramuscular injections of calcitonin.

Results: We analysed outcome at mean three years (range 2 – 20 years). Progressive filling of the tumour cavity was observed in the majority of patients starting with the first month of treatment even for the aggressive forms where tumour resection was tempting. Using the Enneking scale, our rates were near 90%, largely above the rates obtained with other conventional techniques. There were no complications. We did however have eight cases of recurrence including three which were treated again with the same protocol with good outcome.

Discussion and conclusion: Giant-cell bone tumours are clearly hormone sensitive. Calcitonin would appear to arrest the osteolytic process by attacking the osteoclast-like cell which bears calcitonin-receptors. Daily washing of the tumour cavity is designed to modify the microenvironment and eliminate tumour growth factors and cytokines expressed by giant-cells. More detailed studies of the cell membrane might reveal an explanation of certain calcitonin escape phenomena which are the cause of more or less long-term recurrence.


M. Mtaomi M. Mssedi J. Dehmen R. Ben Hamida R. Frikha T. Moula

Purpose: Echinococciasis or hydatid disease is a cosmopolite anthropozoonosis common to many mammalian species including humans. The disease is caused by development of the larval form of a canine tenia called Echinococcus granulosus. Muscle localisations are rare.

Material and methods: We report eleven cases of hydatic disease of muscle, generally with a unique primary hydatid. The proximal muscles of the lower limbs were predominantly involved. Diagnosis was suggested in patients with a soft tissue tumour in an endemic context. Ultrasonography was highly contributive to diagnosis. Surgical treatment was given in all cases, ideally by prudent enucleation of the cyst associated with pericystecomy in four patients.

Results: Early outcome was favourable with the exception of a suppuration of the resection zone in one patient. At mid term, there has been one secondary muscle localisation far from the initial site. At 2.5 years follow-up, there have been no cases of local or distant recurrence.

Discussion: It is important to establish the diagnosis of hydatid disease of muscle before surgery in order to limit the risk of anaphylactic shock and dissemination in the event of accidental puncture. Exclusively surgical treatment is indicated.

Conclusion: Hydatid disease of the muscle is a rare event. Diagnosis is basically provided by ultrasonography, avoiding the risk of puncture. Exclusive surgical treatment removes the cyst without puncture.


J.-L. Tricoire J.-M. Laffosse A. Nehme H. Bensafi J. Puget

Purpose: Improved surgical technique and facilities enable emergency salvage of very damaged limbs. Functional outcome after this type of conservative treatment is generally satisfactory but at the risk of more or less quiescent osteitis. In the event of chronic osteitis, the neighbouring skin can undergo malignant degeneration (squamous-cell carcinoma). The purpose of our work was to report three such transformations and discuss therapeutic indications.

Material and methods: The study series included three patients with chronic osteitis of the tibia after trauma. During surveillance, several years later we observed changes in local signs: increasing pain, purulent discharge and bleeding (Rowlands triad). In each patient, biopsy led to the diagnosis of transformation to squamous-cell carcinoma. All patients were treated by above knee amputation.

Results: Outcome was satisfactory with an excellent quality scar formation. The search for extension was still negative a three years follow-up.

Discussion: The frequency of carcinomatous degeneration near zones of chronic osteitis varies depending on the series to 0.2% to 1.7%. This is in sort the cost of conservative treatment. Changes in the clinical presentation, Rowland’s triad, associated with modification of the bacterial flora and development of a nauseous odour are important signs which should be followed by a biopsy. The treatment of choice for most authors is amputation in order to increase patient survival.

Conclusion: The desire to pursue conservative reconstruction surgery even in the most difficult cases should not mask the risk of potential malignant transformation. Secondary amputation should not be considered as a failure in these extreme clinical situations.


J.-D. Metaizeau J.-P. Metaizeau P. Journeau P. Lascombes

Purpose: Surgical epiphysiodesis is one technique used to correct lower limb length discrepancy. Methods described include: in situ graft (Phemister, 1993), stapling (Blount, 1949), percutaneous curettage (Bowen, 1984). The purpose of this work was to evaluate a new technique described in 1998 (Metaizeau) which uses two percutaneous transphyseal screws.

Material and methods: Forty-two patients (29 boys, 13 girls), mean age 13.1 years underwent the procedure. The cause of leg length discrepancy was unknown (n=12), fracture (n=16), congenital (n=7), other (n=7). Epiphysiodesis using two percutaneous screws was performed on the distal femur (n=24), the proximal tibia (n=7), both (n=11). Stance radiograms were obtained of the lower limbs before the intervention and at last follow-up to measure length of the lower limb, the tibia, and the femur. Difference with the healthy limb was determined as well as the percentage of growth comparing the healthy and epiphysiodesis sides. The operative time, duration of hospital stay and complications were studied.

Results: Preoperatively, mean limb length discrepancy was 22.3 mm (10 to 70); at skeletal maturity, the difference measured 11 mm (28 to −20). Mean percent growth from epiphysiodesis to last follow-up was 3.15% for the epiphysidesis side and 6.26% for the contralateral side. Mean operative time was 20 min per bone (15–40). Complication rate was 16% including 7% stiff knee postoperatively with total recovery in two weeks, and 9% discomfort due to the presence of the screws. The growth curves showed that the epiphysiodesis was effective before three months. Mean hospital stay was 1.3 days (1–4).

Discussion: The final outcome in terms of leg length discrepancy were comparable with other techniques. The rate of complications appears to be more favourable since there were no infections, no frontal or sagittal deviations, no vascular or nerve injuries, and since all complications resolved without sequelae. This intervention can be proposed as an outpatient procedure. Epithysiodesis is always obtained within three months.

Conclusion: Epiphysiodesis using a percutaneous transphyseal screw is a simple method with minimal complications which provides reliable results and many advantages compared with other methods.


L. N’Guyen T. Odent M. Bercovy P. Touzet A-M. Prieur C. Glorion J.-C. Pouliquen

Purpose: From 1985 to 2001, 31 total knee arthroplasties were performed for 17 adolescents or young adults with idiopathic juvenile osteoarthritis. The purpose of this work was to evaluate functional and radiological outcome.

Material and methods: Overall functional outcome was assessed with the Steinbrocker classification. Knee function was evaluated with the IKS score. Several types of prostheses were implanted: constrained GSB (n=14), cemented semi-constrained tri-CCC tri-compartment with a rotatory platform (n=10), non-cemented semi-constrained ROCC (n=1), LCS (n=2) including non-cemented, and FINN (n=2) (two custom-made rotation hinge prostheses implanted in the same patient). Fourteen prostheses involved bilateral implants, including three dual implantation procedures.

Results: Mean age at implantation was 20 years five months (14–29). There were fourteen girls and three boys. Eight had systemic idiopathic juvenile osteoarthritis and nine a polyarticular form. The Steinbrocker staging was: II (n=5,) III (n=6), IV or bedridden (n=4). Ten patients had two hip prostheses before bilateral knee arthroplasty. Mean follow-up was 4.5 years (1–12). Among the 31 operated knees, 16 were pain free, 14 minimally painful, and one painful due to loosening. The joint score was very good (n=18), good (n=4), and poor (n=5). Radiographically, normal alignment was found for 29 knees. Lucent lines were observed for 10 of the 14 GSB constrained prostheses. We did not observe any evidence of lucent lines for the non-cemented tri-compartment prostheses. Complications were: limited skin necrosis (n=1), bilateral supracondylar fracture one year after implantation (n=1).

Discussion: Outcome has been encouraging for total knee prostheses in patients with idiopathic juvenile osteoarthritis. These arthroplasties allow spectacular functional improvement. The few series reported have also reported very good results. Cemented tri-compartment semi-constrained implants appear to provide better stability at five years. Biologically sealed tri-compartment prostheses would be a very satisfactory solution due to the preservation of bone stock.


Y. Catonne M. Janoyer H. Pascal-Mousselard O. Delattre J.-L. Rouvillain D. Ribeyre J. Sommier

Purpose: Patients with advanced Blount disease present severe metaphyseal varus associated with an oblique medial tibial plateau. Prior to 1987, we used tibial wedge osteotomy to correct the varus deformation and in certain situations also raised the medial plateau with the wedge. From 1987, we performed both procedures during the same operation. The purpose of this work was to describe our technique and evaluate the results of the dual technique.

Material and methods: Between 1987 and 2000, we performed 31 dual procedures. Fifteen patients who had advanced-stage Blount disease were seen late (eight before complete fusion of the growth cartilage and seven as adults). Thirteen children presented recurrent varus deformation after osteotomy during childhood. One patient presented tibia vara during adolescence and three others had poly-epiphyseal dysplasia. Mean age at osteotomy was 17 years (range 10–40). For all patients, the operative technique consisted in lateral closed wedge osteotomy associated with a second access for an oblique osteotomy directed towards the tibial spikes to insert the lateral wedge medially and raise the medial plateau. A mid-third fibular osteotomy was also performed together with stapling for tibial epiphysiodesis superior and lateral when the growth cartilage was still active. We recorded pre- and postoperatively: mechanical femoro-tibial angle, the tibial and femoral mechanical angles to determine intra-osseous deformation, the slope of the medial plateau, and the length of the lower limbs at the end of growth.

Results: Mean follow-up was eight years. Fusion was achieved in all patients. The mechanical femoro-tibial angle was 148.5 (mean) preoperatively giving 31.5° (20–42) varus and 178° postoperatively. The mean femoral mechanical angle was 94°, giving 4° valgus (range 88–102°) preoperatively, with no change postoperatively. The mean mechanical tibial angle was 71° preoperatively (intra-osseous varus of 19°) and 89° postoperatively. The medial tibial plateau slope was 45° preoperatively and 22° postoperatively. Leg length discrepancy was 2.2 cm at last follow-up (range 0.5–5 cm).

Discussion: Different techniques have been described for correcting two deformation components during the same operation. Here, we used the metaphyso-epiphyseal oblique osteotomy technique. This technique assumes that the medial part of the cartilage has already fused and requires fusion of the lateral part when it is active. Currently, we use chondrodiastasis with a special external fixator when the cartilage is still active. This corrects the alignment and raises the plateau, treating the length discrepancy by lengthening. The dual osteotomy technique is reserved for patients with total physis fusion. A long-term analysis after dual osteotomy in comparison with chondrodiastasis will be needed to determine the relative merits of the two techniques and the frequency of secondary osteoarthritis. This work is being conducted at the orthopaedic surgery department of the Fort-de-France University Hospital in Martinique.


S. Airaudi E. Garron I. Gondrand P. Leclerc P.-M. Grammont E. Boulot P. Trouilloud

Purpose: Patellar instability raises serious clinical and therapeutic problems in children. We present our results with the “soft baguette” technique used since 1974.

Material and methods: Sixty-four patients (50 girls and 14 boys) (85 knees) treated between 1974 and 2000 were reviewed. Mean follow-up was 140 months (14–234). For eight knees, section of the lateral wing of the patella was associated. The five types of patellar instability, from permanent dislocation to potential instability, were represented.

Results: At last follow-up, 84% of our patients were satisfied with significant improvement in pain, instability and patellar track. We had minor complications in 23.5% of the knees (haematoma, effusions) and eleven recurrences (9.5%) at mid- or long-term which were considered failures. There were no cases of epiphysiodesis. A neoTTA developed in eight cases, proving the efficacy of realignment of the medialised patellar ligament. Following changes in the mechanical axis of these knees revealed a clear trend towards increased valgus.

Discussion: The soft baguette technique has fulfilled expectations: stabilisation of the extensor system without injuring the growth cartilage, and trochlear remodelling for the younger patients. The trend towards increased valgus raises a problem. Because of this risk, if the initial valgum is greater than 5° we emphasise the theoretical importance of temporary medial epiphysiodesis associated with the soft baguette to control this potential source of recurrence and therapeutic failure.


P. Adam F. Chotel P.-Y. Glas J. Henner F. Sailhan J. Bérard

Purpose: Treatment of femoral epiphysiolysis with major displacement remains a controversial subject. Open repositioning of the epiphysis via a lateral approach as proposed by Dunn allows nearly anatomic restitution but with a high rate of complications. We report our experience with open repositions via an anterior approach which has been more reliable in our hands.

Material and methods: During the last decade, we operated nine hips for epiphysiolysis with major displacement, using the anterior approach to spare the medial circumflex artery. External reduction was not attempted. Preoperative and residual displacement were evaluated using the Southwick technique and according to the position of the femoral head in relation to the Klein line. Early after surgery, a bone scintigram was obtained for all hips. We followed these patients to bone maturity, with a mean follow-up of four years.

Results: The early postoperative scintigrams did not reveal any case of insufficient uptake in the femoral head. Mean correction was 43° on the lateral view, with a mean preoperative displacement of 72°. Mean residual displacement after surgery was 23°. After repositioning, position of the epiphysis in relation to the Klein line was not significantly different from the position observed on the healthy side. Postoperatively, leg length discrepancy was 1 cm. At last follow-up, there have been no signs of osteonecrosis, chondrolysis or osteoarthritic degeneration. At mean 44 months follow-up, all of the patients have unlimited activities, including sports. Only one patient complained of mild climate-related pain.

Discussion: Compared with the lateral approach with trochanterotomy as proposed by Dunn, we have found the anterior approach technically easier and more reliable in terms of protecting the epiphyseal blood supply. The correction obtained, voluntarily preserving a certain degree of under-correction, associated with resection of a portion of the neck enables repositioning without risking vessel stress. Use of a stable internal fixation which allows early mobilisation would be an explanation of the absence of postoperative chondrolysis.

Conclusion: These results appear to be sufficiently encouraging to advocate this technique previously described by PH Martin in 1948.


Full Access
D. Moukoko M. Ezaki P. Carter A. Diméglio

Purpose: Hand localisations predominate in Ollier disease. There have however been few studies devoted to this topic and the one report available only presented a few cases. Treatment of multiple enchondromatosis is sometimes discussed with the treatment of solitary enchondromas despite different recurrence behaviour and aggressiveness. A specific approach is indicated.

Material and methods: We present a retrospective series of 22 children treated for multiple enchondromatosis of the hand. One hand was involved in 11 and both hands in 11. We thus identified 246 enchondromas on 33 hands. One girl with Maffucci syndrome died at the age of six years due to angiosarcomatous degeneration of the leg.

Results: At diagnosis, mean age was six years nine months. Pain and pathological fractures were exceptional, observed in three patients. Overall hand function remained satisfactory. We performed surgery for 14 patients (mean age 8 yr 8 mo) due to increasing symptoms and tumour volume. Five patients required two operations and one a third. We thus performed 18 interventions on 37 hand bones (51 surgical procedures). Simple curettage was performed in 21 cases, combined with autologous cancellous grafting in 30 others. One finger had to be amputated due to aggressive recurrence. Radio-lucent residual lesions were found in 62% of the children at mean 19 months follow-up.

Discussion: Hand function remained satisfactory despite a worrisome radiographic aspect. The decision for surgery was basically made to improve the aesthetic aspect of the hand. Many surgical techniques have been proposed. In our experience, it is difficult to eradicate a treated lesion but grafting appears to be more effective than simple curettage.

Conclusion: Function remains good during growth, fractures are exceptional. Lesions stabilise at the end of growth. We have not observed any case of chondrosarcomatous degeneration in our series of paediatric patients. There is however a risk of malignant degeneration which should be suspected in the event of pain, increased tumour volume or pathological fracture.


M. Bertrand T. Bentahar A. Diméglio

Purpose: The prognosis of congenital hip displacement basically depends on the time of diagnosis and treatment. Recognising high-risk hips early remains a number one priority. We conducted a prospective study over a 20-year period from 1992 to 2002 to analyse the epidemiology of congenital hip displacement.

Material and methods: The series included 1056 children with congenital hip disease (1491 hips). Epidemiological data, ultrasound and x-ray findings were recorded over 20 years. The objective was to identify risk factors and evaluate the impact of prevention measures.

Results: The sex ratio showed female predominance, 6:1. The left hip was involved 1.8 times more often, with 41% bilateral involvement. Risk factors were major: family history (31%), breech presentation (25%), postural syndrome (12%); or minor: primiparity (54.4%), birth weight > 4 kg (9.2%). One or more major risk factors were found in 60.5% of the children and 30% had at least one minor risk factor. No risk factor was found in 40%. Screening efficacy improved with a rate of diagnosis before 4 months of 59% in 1983 and 96% in 2002. The number of hips discovered after the age of one year was 15% in 1983 and 6% in 2002.

Discussion: The severity of the hip displacement is not influenced by risk factors nor bilateral involvement. Screening has enabled earlier diagnosis with a 37% increase in the rate of identification before the age of four months. This has been made possible by a systematic examination at birth and ultrasonography introduced in 1989.

Conclusion: A regional map showing the paediatrician : maternity : general practitioner distributions is an important tool for screening campaigns. Despite adequate screening 40% of these children do not have any risk factor. Repeated examinations, communication and information exchange between healthcare professionals are the keys to success.


L. Villet J.-M. Laville

Purpose: The purpose of this work was to demonstrate the usefulness of osteoplasty block for the treatment of primary hip osteochondritis.

Material and methods: Eighteen children underwent surgery between 1992 and 2001. Mean age at diagnosis was eight years five months (5–13 years). Preoperatively, mean motion limitation was −25 in abduction and internal rotation. Radiologically the series included: Catterall II Herring B with signs of high-risk head (n=2), III B (n=7), III C (n=1), IV B (n=1), IV C (n=2), and sequelar stage (n=2). Mean excentration was 6.5 mm and mean lateral overhang was 10.2 mm. Surgery was indicated because of an aggravation of the excentration with revascularisation. An iliac graft was encrusted in a limbic rail and covered with rectus femoris tendon left continuous to provide elastic support. A bermuda cast was used for 17 children with immediate weight bearing for eleven. Hospital stay was 36 hours for all children.

Results: Sixteen children were reviewed at mean follow-up of three years two months. There were no complications. Clinically, there all patients were pain free, but three developed persistent limping. Ten had a moderate limitation of hip movement and three had severe joint stiffness. Radiologically, there was good head coverage in fifteen hips and joint congruency in fifteen, including eleven with concentric congruency. The intervention was considered useful for twelve children, and not useful for one who developed complete lysis of a poorly positioned graft. Usefulness was uncertain for three children, including the two with a sequelar-stage hip at diagnosis.

Discussion: Femoral osteotomy to correct the valgus and pelvic osteotomy to reorient or widen the acetabulum are effective treatments but have many disadvantages (limited abduction movement, leg length discrepancy, re-intervention to remove material). The excellent integration of the plasty block at mid term is a sign of effective head-acetabulum adaptation. Clinical and radiological results have been similar to those obtained with other methods. Joint stiffness and postoperative limping are observed in very severe cases. Joint prognosis depends on the severity of the disease.

Conclusion: This series of paediatric patients who have not yet reached bone maturity shows that the plasty block meets expectations for the treatment of early-stage primary hip osteochondritis. Treatment time is short and there are no complications.


P. Lascombes J.-D. Metaizeau G. Navez T. Haumont P. Journeau

Purpose: The Harrington instrumentation without vertebral grafting associated with corset treatment was described by Joe Moe in 1978 for the treatment of severe scoliosis in young children. In 1989, Jean Dubousset described the ratchet-brace process which occurs after isolated posterior vertebral grafting performed before the end of growth. Thus several options should be discussed for young children with a severe evolving scoliosis inaccessible to orthopaedic treatment: a subcutaneous rod to be lengthened repeatedly without grafting, anterior epiphysiodesis fusion, or a combination of these methods. The purpose of this retrospective analysis was to examine the posterior approach using a subcutaneous rod without grafting.

Material and methods: Fourteen children with scoliosis were treated over a ten-year period: infantile spinal amyotrophy (n=10), cerebral palsy (n=3), congenital (n=1). Mean age at the first operation was 8.6 years. Mean preoperative Cobb angle was 72.5° (45–105°). From the third case onward, the treatment protocol was the same for all patients using proximally three hooks on three thoracic vertebrae mounted on a rod and distally two hooks (L4-L5) mounted on a second rod. The two subcutaneous rods were connected with a connecting device and the fusion grafts were inserted. The first lengthening was planned at about six months. Further lengthenings were planned for about once a year until Risser 2 when spinal fusion could be undertaken.

Results: The first operation corrected the curvature to 43.7° (28–70°) On average, four lengthenings were performed before definitive fusion. Each lengthening (mean 13.7 mm (10–20) produced an average 16.4° (4–31°) correction. Mechanical complications (one proximal hook pull out, one rod fracture) occurred during the learning period (first patient) before the present technique was instituted.

Discussion: The absence of mechanical complications with the described method and the quality of the results suggests this technique should be pursued, avoiding the anterior approach in certain patients where respiratory function is compromised. The inconvenience of the annual operations for lengthening may be avoided with the self-lengthening Phenix #1666 rods.


Full Access
I. Ghanem J. Chalouhi K. Kharrat F. Dagher

Purpose: Ligament laxity is a common feature of trisomy 21 and is incriminated in most of the orthopaedic disorders observed. Early diagnosis and management is essential. C1-C2 instability is a recognised manifestation in trisomy 21 and is associated, at least theoretically, with significant risk of cord complications. The purpose of this work was to provide a descriptive analysis of the C1-C2 joint in trisomy 21 and to analyse instability factors in order to determine the tolerable C1-C2 distance.

Material and methods: Within the framework of a French national epidemiology survey of trisomy 21, we focused on the C1-C2 joint. A total of 472 children with trisomy 21 were identified; 458 who were examined were included in this study. Careful history taking and a detailed physical examination with neurological tests (search for even minimal signs of neurological disorders) was conducted. The Carter and Wilkinson method was used to assess joint laxity. The same specialist searched for other orthopaedic disorders. Patients were divided into two groups depending on the presence or absence of neurological signs. Two groups were also distinguished according to the presence or absence of generalised laxity (Carter and Wilkinson). Lateral x-rays centred on C1-C2 were performed by the same technician on the same machine with the patient in a neutral position, hyperflexion and hyperextension. The same technique inspired by the method described by Singer et al. and modified for simplification was used in all cases. The same observer interpreted the images using a single-blinded protocol to search for congenital malformations and signs of degeneration, measure the C1-C2 distance the minimal sagittal diameter and the C1-C2 angle (not reported in the literature and described for this study). These measures were then compared with data in the literature as available and correlated by age, gender, presence of neurological signs and joint laxity. Seven patients were excluded from the study due to insufficient cooperation for the x-rays and nine because of incomplete clinical or radiological data. The statistical analysis was performed on data from 442 patients. Quantitative variables were compared with the Pearson test and parameteric ANOVA was used to search for correlations of quantitative and qualitative variables. Significance was set at p< 0.05.

Results: Mean patient age was 13.8 years. There were 184 girls and 258 boys. Minor neurological anomalies were found in 42% of the patients. There were no cases of major motor deficit. Generalised laxity as defined by Carter and Wilkinson was observed in 24% of patients. Other orthopaedic problems, basically of the foot, were found in 85%. The radiograms revealed a very wide range of measures were thus expressed as means. The C1-C2 distance was greater than 4 mm in 34 patients on the flexion films (limit established in the literature for instability in trisomy 21). The maximal C1-C2 distance in the neutral position was 8 mm, 9.6 mm in flexion. The lowest minimal sagittal distance was 8 mm in flexion and 10 mm in the neutral position (the lower limit reported in the literature before considering the cord to be threatened in 14 mm). The greatest variability was found for the C1-C2 angle. Ligament laxity and atlantoaxial distance were inversely proportional to patient age, but there was no significant correlation between atlantoaxial instability (C1-C2 distance > 4 mm) and gender or generalised hyperlaxity. There was no significant correlation between C1-C2 instability or laxity and neurological signs.

Discussion and conclusion: Compared with earlier publications, our series offers the advantage of a large unselected population providing epidemiological data on trisomy 21. A standard radiography protocol was used. The large majority of the radiographic measures reported in the literature do not take into account the magnification effect nor position variability between patients. Our findings confirm certain data in the literature and also provide new information suggesting it could be useful to revisit certain pathogenic hypotheses about C1-C2 instability and its neurological consequences in trisomy 21. Two important observations were the absence of a correlation between general laxity and C1-C2 instability and the absence of correlation between C1-C2 instability and the presence of neurological signs.


B. Dohin P. Filipeti P. Vernet

Purpose: The risk of injuring the radial nerves during spine instrumentation to correct spinal deformity is well known and accounts for about 50% of the neurological complications associated with this type of surgery. We describe a technique for monitoring the nerve roots during spinal surgery. Radicular monitoring was described by Hormes in 1993.

Material and methods: We report a retrospective analysis of 73 procedures for spinal deformity during which the nerve roots were monitored. The series included 27 men and 46 women, mean age 23.9 years (range 4.5–74.9). Forty patients were less than 18 years old. Procedures included posterior arthrodesis (n=65) and anterior arthrodesis (n=8). Indications were: idiopathic scoliosis (n=32), neurological scoliosis (n=21), congenital scoliosis (n=4), spondylolisthesis (n=2) and kyphosis (n=3). The study group included 68 patients (168 roots) with recordings obtained under the required conditions. The routine procedure involved permanent electrophysiological monitoring of muscle activity with a multi-channel electromyograph. We used microwires implanted within the muscle itself for electrodes. Target muscles depended on the position of the planned implants and the topography of the roots likely to be endangered during the surgical procedure or instrumentation. Explored roots were: T12 (n=9), L1 (n=24, L2 (n=40), L3 (n=24), L4 (n=23), L5 (n=11), S1 (n=22). Monitoring prohibited use of curare during anaesthesia.

Results: Prior to radicular monitoring, we had had two root injuries (T12 and L3) which resolved spontaneous (n=139). During the study, changes in the radicular signal were observed in seven patients. All signal anomalies triggered a modification of the surgical procedure and no postoperative deficit was observed. Incidents observed concerned congenital scoliosis (n=2), neurological scoliosis (n=2), and idiopathic scoliosis (n=3). Roots involved were L1 (n=1), L2 (n=2), L3 (n=2), L4 (n= 4), i.e. 11/163.

Discussion: Continuous intraoperative monitoring of the spinal roots exposed to surgery for spinal deformity enabled us to identify eleven cases of root suffering among 163 recordings. This permanent monitoring system enabled us to immediately modify the surgical procedure and to control and conflict between the instrumentation and the roots or possible stretching during the correction. This technique requires permanent monitoring during the spinal procedure to avoid false negatives. Curare cannot be used.

Conclusion: Intraoperative radicular monitoring is an effective way to avoid radicular complications of this type of surgery. The technique is sensitive and allows immediate adaptation of the surgical procedure. It requires close collaboration between the neurophysiologist, the orthopaedic surgeon and the anaesthesiologist.


B. Longis P. Peyrou D. Mouliès

Purpose: The purpose of this work was to compare outcome after simple posterior fusion with that after double anterior and posterior fusion for the treatment of scoliosis in cerebral palsy children.

Material and methods: We reviewed the files of 33 cerebral palsy children (mean age 16 years). Twenty-one children had a posterior fusion and twelve a double anterior-posterior fusion. The classical causes of cerebral palsy were represented. Simple posterior fusion was used for more moderate scoliosis (Cobb angle 50–80°), 31% could be reduced during the bending test. Double fusion was used for more severe cases (Cobb > 80°), 18% reducible. Classical procedures were used: CD instrumentation posteriorly, simple release or Colorado rod anteriorly. Thoracophreno-laparotomy (n=6) or thoracoscopy (n=3) was used for anterior fusion. For the double fusions, the posterior procedure was performed the same day in 11/12 patients.

Results: Operative time for double fusion was twice that for posterior fusions. There was no significant difference in blood loss between the two techniques. Complications were more frequent for double fusion but there were no deaths (one death due to respiratory failure after posterior fusion). All the double fusion patients remained in the intensive care unit for 2.5 – 21 days (mean 6.5 days). There was no significant difference between hospital stay (mean 18 days). Gain was better for double fusion (62% versus 52%).

Discussion: Double fusion for cerebral palsy scoliosis treated late is a major operation with significant but tolerable morbidity, particularly for major scoliosis > 80°. The double procedure enables good reduction and quality fusion. Considering the current reduction and fixation options, isolated posterior fusion can still be indicated in younger children with a reducible curvature.


S. Hacini R. Bertin B. Megy P. Kouyoumdjian A. Ben Lassoued

Purpose: Cephalo-tuberosity (CT) fractures are complex fractures with a serious prognosis. Appropriate treatment is highly debated. We report long-term clinical and radiological results in a series of 34 patients treated by osteosynthesis.

Material and methods: The series included 34 patients (21 women and 13 men) who underwent surgery between 1987 and 1997. Mean age was 61 years. The dominant side was involved in 18 cases. There were 14 traffic accident victims and 20 fall victims. Fracture types (Duparc classification) were: CT2 (n10), CT3 (n=18), CT4 (n=6). Nervous complications were associated in five cases. Treatment consisted in closed osteosynthesis for 16 cases and open plate fixation or pinning for 18 cases. Constant score was used to assess functional outcome using the pain, activity, motion, and force scales. Radiological results were assessed on the AP and lateral axillary views. Statview was used for statistical analysis. Immobilisation was maintained for 28 days.

Results: All patients were seen for physical examination and radiographs at a mean follow-up of 40 months. Only four patients were fully satisfied with the outcome. The Constant pain score was rated 9 points. Thirteen patients contralateralised since their trauma. Active antepulsion was 97 and external rotation 30 without a statistical correlation between mobility and type of fracture. The overall mean Constant score was 60 points. Reduction was considered anatomic in 12 cases with a deformed callus in 14 cases. There were eight cases of secondary cephalic necrosis (four among the CT4). The most common complication was pin migration (n=15) and disassembly (n=7) with a significant correlation between complications and age.

Conclusion: The objective and subjective results of this series demonstrated that complications increase with age. There is a significant correlation between external rotation and reduction of the greater tubercle. We did not find any radio-clinical correlation. Although the overall results were not satisfactory, they must be compared with those of arthroplasty.


M. Ehlinger X. Chiffolot J.-M. Cognet Y. Le Coniat E. Dagher P. Simon

Purpose: We report preliminary results after treatment of humeral fracturs with a Targon centromedullary nail (Aesculap(r)).

Material and methods: Forty-five patients, predominantly women, underwent surgery from June 2001 to June 2002. Mean age was 63.5 years. The right side predominated. The series included 28 proximal fractures (65.9 years): 3-4 fragments (n=14), two fragments (n=8), pathological fracture (n=3),metaphyseo-diaphyseal fracture (n=3); and 17 shaft fractures (59.5 years): pathological fractures (n=4), nonunion (n=3), trauma (n=10). The Beach position, fractured limb free, was used with a superolateral approach. We inserted 28 Targon PH nails, including nine long nails, for proximal fractures and 17 Targon H nails for shaft fractures. Nail diameter was 8 mm. Nails were locked with four self-locking proximal screws (5 mm) and two distal screws (3.5 mm). The patients were immobilised with an arm to body brace. Hanging limb exercises were initiated immediately and active exercises at bone healing. The Constant score and radiographic measures were recorded at last follow-up.

Results: Mean follow-up was 12.2 months. We had six deaths and five patients lost to follow-up. Bone healing was achieved at eight weeks on average. Fracture reduction was acceptable for 37 limbs, including three which required open reduction. There were nine postoperative complications: superficial infection (n=1), distal screw pull out (n= 3), distal screw fracture (n=1), nail fracture (n=1). The mean Constant score was 69 (30–96).

Discussion: Proximal fractures of the humerus are often comminuted displaced fractures requiring cephalic arthroplasty. Total functional recovery is often difficult leading to mid and long-term problems for this young population. Stable quadruple proximal locking, associated with good filling of the canal by the nail enables fracture stablisation and satisfactory maintenance of the tuberosities. This stable assembly allows early rehabilitation. These advantages are particularly important for shaft fractures in young patients. The material does however have certain limitations related to fragility of the distal screws which are situated near the circumflex bundle for the Targon PH nail.

Conclusion: Our early results are encouraging for humeral fractures, both in elderly and young patients. This type of osteosynthesis can be a useful alternative to arthroplasty and allows early rehabilitation necessary for good functional recovery.


C. Cadilhac C. Glorion M. Trigui G. Lavelle J.-P. Padovani

Purpose: We reviewed our pre-puberty patients whose scoliosis or kyphoscoliosis involved a hemivertebra. The purpose of our work was to evaluate the surgical technique used and evaluate spinal static as well as functional outcome at skeletal maturity.

Material and methods: This retrospective analysis included 21 patients who underwent surgery before the age of 10 years and were followed to skeletal maturity. We excluded children with a multiple malformation syndrome or multiple vertebral malformations. The type and localisation of the hemivertebra was noted. Deformation, transversal balance, and radiographic measures were recorded preoperatively. Elements contributing to the indication for surgery, the type of procedure, and complications were also recorded. Events recorded during growth were the clinical course, complementary treatments, and possible surgical revision. Functional and aesthetic outcome was assessed at last follow-up. Spinal deviation was measured and compared with the preoperative angles.

Results: Twenty-one children (13 girls, 8 boys), mean age three years ten months (range 10 months – 10 years) met the inclusion criteria. These children had a hemivertebra of the thoracic spine (n=9), the thoracolumbar junction (n=4), the lumbar spine (n=4), or the lumbosacral region (n=4). Surgery was indicated to arrest clinical and radiographic degradation. Several surgical procedures were used: fusion without resection for thoracic vertebrae and resection associated with arthrodesis or epiphysiodesis for other localisations. There were five complications: neurological (n=2), infectious (n=2) and disassembly (n=1). The clinical and radiographic course led to revision in ten children, including two who required a new operation. At mean follow-up of 14 years (9–23 years), the functional outcome was good in 19 patients, poor in one patient with a lumbosacral hemivertebra and in another with a thoracic hemivertebra. The aesthetic result was good in 16 patients. Five of the nine patients with a thoracic hemivertebra remained unsatisfied with the outcome. Mean curvature correction ranged from 26% at the thoracic level to 50% at the thoracolumbar and lumbosacral levels and 75% at the lumbar level.

Discussion: The long follow-up of this series is exceptional. Treatment of evolving spinal malformations is a difficult challenge. Early surgery does not guarantee the final outcome and 50% of patients have to be reoperated at the end of growth. The good long-term functional and aesthetic outcome is however encouraging, particularly when hemivertebrectomy can be performed.


F. Ibrahima C. Pisoh-Tagnyi S. Etom-Empimé L. Abolo-Mbenti M.-A. Sosso E. Eimo-Malonga

Purpose: Despite renewed interest in limb lengthening in western countries, the method is not widely used in Africa where congenital or acquired malformations produce a significant number of indications. We reviewed the first cases of limb lengthening procedures performed over the last five years.

Material and methods: The series included ten patients, five male five female, mean age 16.3 years (5–28). Indications for lengthening procedures were limb length discrepancy which was painful, bothersome, or disabling (n=8) or loss of bone substance (n=3). Indications were established after history taking, physical and radiographic examinations (telemetry of the lower limbs to determine leg length discrepancy or identify gap, or to identify associated anomalies). The classical technique was used: external fixator, osteotomy, progressive lengthening, 1 mm/d after a latency period.

Results: Initially mean length discrepancy was 7.8 cm (range 3 – 16). Mean duration of external fixation was 207.9 days (60–294). The de Bastiani consolidation index was 24 d/cm. Nine complications were recorded and there was one therapeutic failure requiring amputation.

Discussion: Limping due to congenital or acquired leg length discrepancy is common in our region. When seen late, the discrepancy is generally greater than in western countries (mean in our series greater than in the literature) and is often associated with multiple anomalies further complicating therapeutic management (prolonged use of external fixation). Filling bone gaps by lengthening techniques is a very attractive solution which could avoid numerous amputations in the African setting.

Conclusion: Limb lengthening procedures remains a difficult technique to implement in Africa. This challenging situation is even more stimulating due to the very great potential for patient benefit.


T. Cattaneo M. Catagni L. Loviseti

Purpose: Surgery offers a remarkable means for modifying the physical appearance of people desiring more acceptable conformity with aesthetic standards. Height is a qualifying element for each individual. Society sometimes views persons with a short stature as different. Leg lengthening surgery to improve one’s appearance has thus become a common request. We report our experience to demonstrate that the objective is both possible to achieve and useful.

Material and methods: From 1985 to 2000, we operated 54 patients (32 men and 22 women). Mean follow-up was five years three months (16 years – 1 year). For these patients, we found a valid justification for the request for increased height, while surgery was declined for 82 other patients. Mean age at surgery was 5.8 years (range 18–47) (28.1 years for men and 23.6 years for women). Mean height was 153 cm (159 for men and 147 for women). Patients were given psychological support. We performed simultaneous bilateral leg lengthening because of the better tolerance compared with the femur. The standard device had three rings and a proximal semi-ring. A two-level lengthening system was used, requiring double osteotomy, a proximal tibial metaphyseal osteotomy and a distal metaphyseal osteotomy. Seven days after trepan osteotomy and twelve days after Gigli saw osteotomy, we initiated the lengthening procedure with 1/4 turn (1/4 mm) three times a day. Achilles tendon lengthening was associated for 19 patients. For three patients (4 limbs) the regenerated bone collapsed requiring insertion of a new device.

Results: Mean lengthening was 7 cm (11- 5 cm). Mean duration of treatment was eight months ten days. Aesthetic outcome was considered excellent by 92% of patients and good by 8%.

Discussion: The patient’s desire for greater height must be well motivated and associated with good knowledge of possible risks (detailed informed consent). Using the circular device for leg lengthening allows correction of associated moderate alignment anomalies.

Conclusion: If the patient has a valid psychological justification and an objective height below the mean of the local population, leg lengthening procedures can be performed for aesthetic purposes with reasonable risk and satisfactory results.


D. Girard F. Pfeffer L. Galois R. Traversari D. Mainard J.-P. Delagoutte

Purpose: The purpose of this retrospective analysis over a seven-year period was to evaluate outcome of centromedullary nailing without reaming using the UTN for leg fractures.

Material and methods: A nailing procedure was performed in 106 patients (71 men and 35 women), mean age 38.2 years (16–76); 31.1% had multiple trauma injuries. Fractures were closed (77.4%) or open (22.6%): Gustilo I (n=19), Gustilo II (n=5). The fracture involved the shaft (77.4%), the lower quarter of the tibia (12.2%) or was bifocal (10.3%). There were five cases of vessel injury at diagnosis and two cases of neurological injury. A static assembly was used in all cases. Weight-bearing was resumed after a 6-week period of rest before unlocking.

Results: Mean follow-up was 13.1 months. Bone healing was achieved in 85.8% of the cases in 17 weeks on average. There were five cases of deformed callus (5–10° valgus or varus which did not require surgical revision). Late healing was noted in 7.5% and true nonunion in 6.6% which required either fibular osteotomy to achieve healing (n=6) or insertion of a new nail (Grosse and Kempf, n=1) after reaming. There were ten cases of locking screw fracture. Functional outcome was considered good or very good in 89.6% of patients. Twelve patients presented limited dorsal flexion of the foot and nine had pain at the upper end of the nail.

Discussion: Not reaming offers a clear advantage over reaming, particularly for preservation of endosteal vessels. Unreamed nailing is an interesting alternative to external fixation for open fractures. Despite the absence of infection, we do not have any argument in favour of a solid nail to decrease the risk of infection. The time to healing and the rate of true nonunion were not sufficient to clearly favour this method over reamed nailing.


B. Bauer P. Boyer F. Berger A. Fabre F. Lambert M. Levadoux S. Rigal

Purpose: Prognosis of open leg fractures is better when cover flaps are used early to cover tissue loss. Beyond eight days after high-energy trauma (Byrd stage III and IV), the therapeutic strategy requires discussion. The purpose of this study was to analyse the influence of flap covers on these complex fractures.

Material and methods: We conducted a retrospective analysis of 26 patients operated on from 1996 to 201. The therapeutic sequence was debridement, external fixation, and flap cover. High-energy trauma predominated (n=21). We used homolateral leg flaps (n=24, ten muscle flaps and 14 fasciocutaneous flaps) and free latissimus dorsi flaps (n=2). Flap cover was performed on day 8 (n=13), between day 8 and day 45 (n=11), or after day 45 (n=2).

Results: Cover flaps failed in eight cases requiring revision surgery. Time to cover or type of flap was not statistically related with initial severity of the injury. Time to cover influenced the type of flap chosen by the surgeons: 8/13 muscle flaps performed before day 8 versus 10/13 fasciocutaneous flaps after day 8 (p< 0.05). Complementary bone grafts were used for 18 patients before the third month leading to bone healing before ten months. Serious infection occurred in 16.6% of patients in the group treated before day 8 and in 36.66% of patients in the group treated after day 8. The severity of the initial injury and time to cover were not predictive of functional outcome.

Discussion: Proper management of high-energy leg fractures (Byrd stage III and IV) remains controversial. Most authors prefer external fixation to achieve skeletal stability. The growing interest for plastic surgery techniques for the leg segment has led to using locoregional homolateral leg flaps even after day 8. At this phase, we prefer muscle flaps. This attitude has demonstrated its usefulness in terms of healing time and its limitations due to the high risk of infection. Complementary bone grafting is performed before three months if signs of correct bone healing are absent on the control x-rays.


S. Durand K. Guelmi D. Biau R. Porcher J-P. Lemerle

Purpose: Appropriate management of complex trauma of the upper limb (CTUL) is a significant therapeutic challenge. The main difficulty is to determine in an emergency situation when ambitious conservative surgery is legitimate and when amputation in necessary. We propose a prognostic lesion score to determine the best option in the emergency setting.

Material and methods: This study included 48 patients operated on between 1987 and 1997. These patients presented total or partial amputation (n=23), devascularising injury with continuous limb (=7), complex non-devascularising injury with continuous limb (n=18) (Gustilo IIIa and IIIb). Isolated hand trauma was excluded. Each patient was attributed retrospectively a lesion score taking into account each tissue (bone, vessels, nerves, muscles, skin). At minimum two-year follow-up, the outcome was evaluated for the amputated or non-amputated limb. For each non-amputated patient, a more precise outcome was established using the Chen classification. Operative procedures used the same protocol for all patients.

Results: Considering the functional results, the statistical analysis enabled identifying prognostic factors for amputation among the five variables studied. Analysis using a classification tree enabled development of a decisional algorithm based on the muscle, nerve and skin injuries which provided 64.7% sensitivity and 100% specificity with a 100% positive predictive value and an 83.8% negative predictive value. A multiple logistic model was used to confirm these results and led to the selection of the same variables.

Discussion: The CTUL score is easy to use and is the only one in the literature using only variables statistically proven to have significant prognostic value for CTUL. Surgical experience is however indispensable for appropriate decision making in these emergency situations. This score thus provides an important therapeutic aid useful in borderline cases where amputation is discussed.

Conclusion: A prospective study including a larger number of patients would be helpful to better detail indications and preserve the 100% specificity for an irreversible therapeutic decision.


Full Access
C. De La Porte T. Bégué P. Thoreux A.-C. Masquelet

Purpose: The diversity of treatments proposed for septic nonunion of the femur demonstrates the lack of consensus. Treatment modalities validated for the leg appear to be transposable to the femur. The purpose of this work was to compare different treatments used in our centre and identify optimal management practices.

Material and methods: We report a retrospective series of eleven patients (nine men and two women) who developed septic nonunion of the femur subsequent to trauma (n=9) or tumour (n=2). Sepsis developed early in seven cases and late in four. Mean time to treatment was 34.8 months. We based our strategy on a succession of steps starting with cure of the soft tissue and bone infection, before attempting reconstruction and consolidation.The first step involved fixation, antibiotic therapy and interposition of an acrylic spacer. The second step involved bone reconstruction, removal of the spacer, vascularised fibular graft associated with a cancellous bone graft (n=4) or massive cancellous graft inserted into the pseudomembrane created by the spacer (n=7).

Results: Mean time to resolution of the infection was 10.9 months. Cure could not be achieved in three patients. Bone continuity was achieved in 8.8 months on average. The time to bone healing (i.e. duration of external fixation) was 22 months. Refracture occurred in four patients. Consolidation was not achieved in two patients.

Discussion: During the second step, we preferred massive cancellous bone reconstruction due to easier technique, shorter healing time, and better adaptation of the reconstruction volume. Optimal time for the first step is about six months in order to avoid recurrent infection. Our healing times are similar to those reported by others: the healing index (time to healing divided by gap length) was close to that obtained with the compression-distraction technique. Refractures related to specific mechanical problems inherent in the femur lead to longer time for external fixation, minimum 13 months.


O. Roche L. Zabée F. sirveaux E. Villanueva D. Molé

Purpose: Management of septic nonunion of long bones is a difficult challenge requiring a multidisciplinary approach. The purpose of this study was to report our results with a two-stage technique using a spacer (Masquelet technique).

Material and methods: Between June 1997 and July 2001, eleven patients were treated for septic nonunion (n=7) or suspected septic nonunion (n= =4). There were seven men and four women: mean age 38 years (26–51). Nonunion involved the humerus (n=1), the femur (n=1), and the tibia (n=9). The same surgical technique was used in all cases: “carcinologic” debridement with gap filling using antibiotic cement and osteosynthesis when necessary, followed by a second procedure two months later to remove the spacer and insert an autologous bone graft when laboratory results had returned to normal.

Results: Mean follow-up was three years (1–5). All patients achieved per primam bone healing within 4.5 months (3–6) despite a mean bone gap of 55 mm (15–100) after avivement. Intraoperative samples taken during the second procedure were negative and there was no recurrent infection or need for revision.

Discussion: This two-phase technique has provided encouraging results in terms of “infectious cure” and bone healing. A standardised approach to the treatment of septic nonunion of long bones as used in our centre should provide data validating this technique.


D. Souquet B. Locker F. Menguy G. Pierrard C. Hulet C. Lielpeau

Purpose: The risk of recurrence and progression to chronic instability after a first episode of anteromedial shoulder dislocation is high in young patients. Risk assessment has varied in published reports but is constantly high in subjects aged less than 25 years. The injuries occurring during the first episode are poorly identified and rarely treated. We thus propose an arthroscopic assessment for young subjects with sports activities to identify lesions and achieve stabilisation after the first dislocation. The purpose of this work was to report the lesions observed and present our surgical protocol.

Material and methods: Between February 2002 and March 2003, we included fifteen patients in a prospective study. All patients were aged 17–25 years at the first episode of traumatic anteromedial dislocation of the shoulder. The patients were informed of the “usual” orthpaedic treatment and of the risk of recurrence. We proposed an arthroscopic assessment of their lesions and concomitant treatment. All patients accepted this therapeutic alternative. All procedures were performed by the same operator within ten days of dislocation. Patients were immobilised for 21 days with an elbow to body brace followed by rehabilitation in an outpatient setting, avoiding external rotation for 21 days. The Duplay score was determined.

Results: In this prospective series of patients, we identified a haematoma, a Malgaigne notch, and disinsertion of the anteroinferior capsulolabral complex in all patients. We were unable to find any glenoid or ligament injury on the humerus. The cuff was intact in all patients except one who had a deep wound of the supraspinatus. Lesion suture with resorbable anchors was satisfactory in 14 patients. We have not observed any recurrences. Physical examination did not disclose any apprehension and there has been no case of altered external rotation (< 5).

Conclusion: Considering the major risk of recurrent dislocation after a first episode in these young patients, we have studied an alternative to orthopaedic treatment. All patients accepted the proposed arthroscopic treatment. All patients presented capsulolabral detachment which was easily treated. At last follow-up, all patients have recovered a pain-free stable shoulder. This was a small series with a short follow-up so these results must be considered with caution. They are nevertheless very encouraging.


V. Travers E. Camus

Purpose: Surgical treatment of anterior shoulder instability relies heavily on the Latarjet procedure which uses a coracoid block fixed to the anteroinferior rim of the glenoid. The procedure is technically difficult, leading to a substantial number of intraoperative complications, block nonunions and partial lysis, and most importantly long-term scapular osteoarthritis. Nevertheless, in certain cases, complete lysis or removal of the block does not alter stability. Furthermore, the current technique requires partial section or discision of the subscapular fibres, the only healthy element which persists anteriorly. The question is thus whether the greatest stabilising effect arises from the hammock effect of the coracobiceps on the subscapular. We report our experience with a prospective series.

Material and methods: We initiated a prospective study in 1997 in a series of patients treated by simple section of the coracobiceps, leaving the acromiocoracoid, coracoid, and subscapular ligaments totally intact. We used a reinforcement ligament passing by the roatator interval and fixed on the glenoid at the Latarjet site which tied the subscapular and was fixed to it with four sutures. The assemble was then covered with the coracobiceps which was fixed to the subscapular ligament. Our prospective series included 65 patients with shoulder instability and recurrent pure anterior dislocation. All patients were reviewed at 3 weeks, 6 weeks, 3 months, 6 months, 1 year and 2 years. A telephone interview was then made every year. Outcome was assessed with the Duplay score.

Results: The postoperative period was uneventful and time to recovery was shorter than with the traditional Latarjet procedure. There were no signs of reaction to the terephthalate polyethylene. At last follow-up the Duplay score was 23.6/25 for daily or sports activities, 23.6/25 for stability, 22.9/25 for pain, and 23.6/25 for motion giving a final score of 93.71/100.

Discussion: This technique has been particularly attractive for revision surgery. It appears that the block itself does not have a stabilising effect but that the predominant effect arises from the coracobiceps hammock. We are currently studying this technique with an arthroscopic approach which could be used to complement pure capsular techniques.


A. Durandeau B. Benquet L. Wiart E. Bacheville T. Fabre

Purpose: We report a retrospective consecutive series of 57 hemiplegic patients (32 men and 25 women) who underwent surgery between 1995 and 2000 for spastic talipes equinovarus associating fascicular neurotomy of the tibial nerve and tendon release in order to recover sole to floor walking capacity.

Material and methods: Mean patient age was 47 years (16–75). The hemiplegia resulted from stroke (n=41), trauma (n=8), and other causes (n=8). All patients had spastic talipes equinovarus and 46 required a walking aid. Triceps force and spasticity were scored 2.1 (MRC) and 3.66 (Ashworth) respectively. Pedial hypoaesthesia was present in 23 patients. The mean functional ambulation classification (FAC) score was 3.3, with severe disability (FAC 1 or 2) in 13 patients. Surgery was performed three years (average) after the causal event. After identification by electrical stimulation, we performed microsurgical section of 4/5 nerve fibres of the terminal branches of the tibial nerve in 55 patients. After physical exploration of musculotendon retraction (triceps and toes flexors) and dorsiflesion palsy, we released tendons as needed. The Achilles tendon was lengthened percutaneously in 13 patients, Bardot tenodesis or transfer of the anterior hemi-tibial anterior tendon was performed in 29, and tenotomy of the toe flexors in 12.

Results: Mean follow-up was three years (1–6). Triceps force and foot sensitivity were not modified by the surgery. Spasticity was scored 1.08 and 1.19 (Ashworth) postoperatively and at last follow-up respectively. The FAC walking score was 4.13 and 4.15 postoperatively and at last follow-up respectively. The walking aid was no longer necessary or was improved in 52 patients. Tibiotalal arthrodesis was necessary for recurrent spasticity in three patients.

Discussion: The preoperative assessment of foot deformity and gait is an essential element. Correct preoperative assessment enables microsurgery for fascicular neurotomy of the posterior tibial nerve and tendon lengthening or tenodesis during the same operation. These procedures are indicated for severe deformity and should be used as the first intention treatment before arthrodesis which involves greater morbidity.


T. Leemrijse C. Bastin J-J. Rombouts

Purpose: Dwyer osteotomy remains controversial as shown by the numerous series reported. Conclusions have varied and there is no real consensus. The cause of these divergent opinions is related to the variability of indications (association or not with active neurological disease) and surgical schools. Interpretation of outcome and comparisons are hindered.

Material and methods: We reviewed 22 cases of Dwyer osteotomy of the calcaneum performed between 1972 and 2002. The lateral approach was used for closed osteotomy. Mean follow-up was ten years (1–30). Patients were aged 8 to 55 years. The objective and subjective rating system of Laaveg and Panseti (1980) was used. Indications were: neurological pes cavus (n=13) including five unilateral and four bilateral cases, pes equinovarus sequela of clubfoot (n=n=2), idiopathic varus of the hindfood with ankle instability (n=5), posttraumatic varus sequela of a compartment syndrome (n=2).

Discussion: Dwyer osteotomy is rarely performed alone and is frequently associated with other interventions (tendon lengthening and transfer, forefoot procedure, toe procedure) making it difficult to interpret results. Our study was not designed to draw definitive conclusion but rather to compare our indications and results with earlier reports.

Conclusion: Dwyer osteotomy performed with a rigorous technique appears to be an effective means for correcting constitutional varus. The site of the osteotomy and bone resection are particularly important. There are few complications. Bone healing is generally achieved. The procedure is an excellent solution for patients with associated ankle instability because it provides an easy and effective way to correct moderate varus. It is also a good solution for revision of clubfoot when aponeurotic and tendon release is also indicated. Results are insufficient for neurological pes cavus when there is residual or active tendon imbalance. It can however be a temporary solution in the young patient who will undergo arthrodesis later.


P. Valenti C. Rueda C. Allende

Purpose: The purpose of this work was to determine whether the position of the coracoid block used for surgical stabilisation of the shoulder using the Patte procedure has an influence or not on persistent postoperative apprehension.

Material and methods: Forty patients, mean age 26 years (19–37) operated on by the same surgeon (PV) were reviewed retrospectively at mean 40 months (24–60). Instability was expressed by dislocation (70%), subluxation (20%), or both (10%). Hyperlaxity was not found in any of the patients. The same surgical technique was used in all cases: subscapular discision along the axis of the fibres and fixation of the coracoid block using a single cortical lag screw (4.5 mm) with a washer. Radiological assessment at review included a three-quarter AP view in rotation and a glenoid lateral view (Bernageau). The height of the block was measured from the equator of the glenoid and lateral position in relation to the glenohumeral joint line (medial, flush, lateral).

Results: The block was always in an inferior position, flush in 70%, medial in 22% and slightly overhanging in 8%. Twenty percent of the patients experienced persistent apprehension for extreme abduction and external rotation; only one patient with a flush block reported apprehension compared with seven among patients with a medial block. There were two cases of recurrent dislocation and two episodes of subluxation in the patients with a medial block; none required revision. Function was assessed with the DASH: mean score was 6.7 for the entire series, 10 for patients with a medial block and 4.2 for those with flush blocks.

Conclusion: This retrospective analysis emphasises the difficulty and the necessity of rigorous technique to obtain an “ideal” position of the coroacoid block. When the technique is perfectly performed in patients with posttraumatic chronic instability without hyperlaxity, apprehension disappears with little risk of recurrence.


E. Meuley T. Siguier P. Piriou C. Garreau de Loubresse T. Judet

Purpose: The purpose of this work was to evaluate the mid-term clinical and radiological outcome of a homogeneous and continuous series of third-generation total ankle prostheses (resurfacing, cylindric, noncemented, triple-compartment).

Material and methods: From March 1990 to June 1996, 26 patients aged 57 years (32–73) were treated with a New Jersey LCS (n=5) or Buechel-Pappas (n=21) prosthesis. Most of the patients (n=21) had a posttraumatic ankle. Preoperatively, mean ankle motion was 17°. The AOFAS score was used for the clinical assessment. The position of the prosthesis and its stability over time were assessed on the x-rays together with the insert, the bone-prosthesis interface, the bone structure and periprosthetic ossifications.

Results: Intra and postoperative complications were malleolar fracture (n=5), haematoma (n=1), late wound healing (n=1), insert instability (n=2), and medial malleolar conflict (n=1) requiring reoperation with preservation of the implant. At mean follow-up of seven years, two patients had died and one was lost to follow-up. Three had an arthrodesis: failed fixation at two years, secondary talar mobilisation at seven years, and secondary infection at eight years. For the other twenty patients: the AOFAS score was poor for two patients (including one with patent wear), fair in two, and good in 16. Mean joint motion at last follow-up was 24°. Radiographically, there were no significant changes in the position of the tibial and talar elements. Anchorage of the tibial element was fibrous in half of the patients and ossesous in the other half. A macro defect aspect was observed below the talar element in four patients. There were active periprosthetic ossifications in the majority of the patients.

Discussion: The insufficient ancillary for this prosthesis and its old concept explain the frequency of malleolar fractures and the level of the functional outcomes. Improved prostheses should be used. The stability of the results observed in this series of patients followed up to 12 years is an argument favouring indicating prosthesis insertion as an alternative to arthrodesis, particularly since revision of an arthrodesis is not particularly difficult, even with an iliac graft. The radiographic evidence of periprosthetic ossifications or bone resorption, particularly under the implant, emphasises the need for prolonged surveillance.


J. Cazal Y. Tourné D. Saragaglia

Purpose: Chronic ankle instability is generally related to lateral laxity of the tibiotalar joint. Stress x-rays may however be negative. Varus of the hindfoot is another possibility. In such cases, it would be logical to propose Dwyer valgus osteotomy of the calcaneum. The objective of this work was to review patients who underwent Dwyer osteotomy from 1992 to 2000.

Material and methods: The series included fifteen patients, nine men and six women, who complained of chronic ankle instability with no evidence of laxity. All presented a varus hindfoot (mean 5°, range 3–10°). Thirteen patients practiced sports, including eight at the competition level. Sixty percent had experienced instability accidents during sports activities. Associated lesions were fissures of the fibular tendons (n=2), osteochondral lesion of the talar dome (n=1), Haglund disease (n=1) and stage II pes cavus (n=2). Lateral closed Dwyer osteotomy was performed in all cases, generally with fixed with two screws in a 2-hole 1/3 plate. Associated procedures were: lateral ligamentoplasty (n=1), osteotomy to raise M1 (n=2), regularisation of an osteochondral lesion of the talar dome (n=1), Zadek osteotomy (n=1) and anterior arthrolysis (n=1). The same surgeon reviewed the patients clinically and radiologically, independent of the operator.

Results: Mean follow-up was 3.5 years (range 1–9, SD 2.5). There were no complications except one case of cutaneous necrosis in the patient who had simultaneous osteotomy and ligamentoplasty. Instability resolved in all patients. Ten patients experienced minor episodic pain (50% during sports activities). Eleven patients (70%) resumed their sports activities within eight months (3–36) and 33% at their former level. The mean Kitaoka score was 92 (85–100) and 80% of the patients were satisfied or very satisfied.

Conclusion: Dwyer osteotomy provides quite satisfactory results for patients with chronic ankle instability without evidence of laxity and hindfoot varus. When a complementary ligamentoplasty appears to be necessary, it is preferable to wait for a second operation in order to avoid the risk of cutaneous necrosis.


N. Graveleau P. Piriou C. Garreau de Loubresse T. Judet

Purpose: Prosthetic replacement of the ankle joint is a controversial issue. Minimally invasive noncemented third-generation implants with a third component have enabled improved clinical results and prolonged mid-term implant survival. These results authorise prosthetic implantation as an alternative to arthrodesis in selected patients. New developments in prosthesis concepts and design, aimed at overcoming the insufficient results of earlier implants, require early validation with a prospective clinical and radiological follow-up. The objective of this work was to present the mid-term results with the SALTO prosthesis implanted in 42 patients.

Material and methods: Forty-two SALTO prostheses implanted between February 1997 and December 2000 were followed prospectively for two to six years. The implant design, which mimics the anatomic asymmetry of the talar dome, uses a mobile polyethylene insert and optional fibular resurfacing for optimal primary and long-term stabilisation. Data were collected prospectively using a computer database which provides the AOFAS score. Metrological analysis of the digitalized x-rays (AP, lateral and stress) were used to study the precision of the insertion, implant stability, and prosthesis kinematics. Posttraumatic osteoarthritis predominated (n=29) in this series. Mean age was 54 years (30–79).

Results: None of the patients were lost to follow-up. Three patients had a revision procedure for arthrodesis (persistent pain in two and sepsis in one). The clinical score was excellent or good in 88% of patients. The mean clinical score was 20.5 points preoperatively and 70 points at last follow-up. The radiological analysis demonstrated the precision of the insertion technique and did not disclose any evidence of significant implant mobilisation with time. There were no failures related to the lateral malleolar implant (n=12). Radiographically, mean ankle movement was 15.2–23°. Changes in the periprosthetic bone were noted.

Discussion: The quality of the results with the prosthesis under study and the short- and mid-term stability enable envisaging implantation when the local or regional anatomic conditions suggest arthrodesis would produce unsatisfactory results. The improvement in function (exceptionally total recovery) remains difficult to predict. Further follow-up of these patients is needed.


S. Naudi S. Naudi P. Lesage C. Maynou H. Mestdagh

Purpose: Bipolar osteotomy of the first metatarsal with lateral release of the first metatarsophalangeal joint was performed in 19 cases of hallux valgus. The distal metatarsal surface was misaligned in all cases (increased DMMA). The purpose of our work was to evaluate outcome after Schnepp bipolar osteotomy.

Material and methods: The series included eleven women and three men who underwent the procedure between 1992 and 2001. All patients were reviewed retrospectively by the same clinician. Mean patient age was 56 years. Before surgery, mean values were: metatarsophalangeal valgus 39.6°, metatarsal varus 17.8°, and DMMA 21.1°. Mean foot opening measured preoperatively was 30°.

Results: The Groulier criteria, taking into consideration correction of the deformity, static disorders and function were assessed at mean follow-up of three years. Radiographically mean metatarsophalangeal valgus was 20.7°, metatarsal varus 10.3°, and DMMA 5.3°. The metatarsal span was 23°. The metatarsophalangeal joint was congruent and free of any sign of degeneration in 52%. Overall outcome was excellent or good in 57.5%, fair in 32% and poor in 10.5%.

Discussion: These results are rather modest but were obtained in a series of patients with severe hallux valgus. Bipolar osteotomy enables simultaneous correction of the phalangeal valgus, the metatarsal varus, and the increased DMMA, an advantage not obtained with any other procedure. Indications would include patients with increased DMMA > 15° or major metatarsal varus. Our series show that poor results can be observed in the event of incongruent joints, signs of osteoarthritic degeneration, or revision surgery.

Conclusion: Bipolar osteotomy of the first metatarsal remains indicated for the treatment of severe hallux valgus with increased DMMA. Metatarsophalanygeal arthrodesis should be reserved as a salvage procedure for non congruent or degenerated joints.


F. Groge G. Curvale A. Rochweger P.-O. Pinelli

Purpose: Osteonecrosis of the metatarsal heads is a source of metatarsalgia usually triggered by local overload. The Gauthier technique, described in 1974 consists in a dorsal flexion osteotomy with cuneiform resection of the necrotic zone. Results reported in the literature have generally been limited to mid-term. We evaluated the long-term outcome.

Material and methods: We conducted a clinical and radiological review of a small homogeneous series of ten patients (nine women and one man) who presented metatarsal head necrosis (generally the third metatarsal) causing mechanical pain. In one patient, the phalangeal surface was degenerative. Eight patients had associated asymptomatic hallux valgus which was left intact. Mean follow-up was 9.5 years (27 months – 19 years).

Results: The metatarsophalangeal joint was pain free in all patients. Mean plantar flexion was 25°, extension was free with no particular limitation. Radiographically, there was no evidence of recurrent osteochondritis nor long-term degeneration. The height of the joint space (measured by comparison with the length of the lateral sesamoid) displayed a gain in all patients postoperatively.

Discussion: The Gauthier intervention has regularly provided good short- and mid-term results with restitution of a good-quality metatarsophalangeal space. There is generally however a marked limitation of dorsal flexion. This small series with long-term follow-up demonstrates that dorsal flexion tends to normalise over time and that recurrent necrosis or osteoarthritic degeneration is not a problem. This result can be explained by the reduction of joint stress due to the shorter anteroposterior effect and the elevation of the metatarsal head. Although our one case of overall joint degeneration did not worsen, this technique is probably of limited value for advanced-stage osteonecrosis since it cannot reconstitute a healthy phalangeal cartilage damaged before the operation. Surgical correction of associated deformities of the first ray should be discussed: among the eight cases of asymptomatic hallux valgus preoperatively, three remained symptom free, five worsened, and two were treated surgically.

Conclusion: The regularly satisfactory early results of the Gauthier osteotomy performed for osteonecrosis of the metatarsal head persist in the long term and improve with time in terms of joint motion, making this method a choice technique.


Full Access
HS. Dojcinovic R. Maes M. Delmi

Purpose: We reviewed retrospectively 27 ankle arthrodesis procedures performed from 1990 to 2001 to assess the mid-term outcome. These patients had had on average 1.5 ankle interventions before the arthrodesis. Mean follow-up was seven years.

Material and methods: The arthrodeses were performed for posttraumatic degeneration (n=21), sequelae of septic arthritis (n=3), poliomyelitis (n=2), and rheumatoid arthritis (n=1). Forty-four percent of the patients had osteoarthritis of the subtalar joint. The transfibular approach was used for 21 patients and an external fixation for five. One woman was treated with a 90 LC-DCP 4.5 plate.

Results: Union was achieved in 13 weeks. There were three cases of wound necrosis (11%), two cases of superficial infection 7%) and one case each of axonotomesis of the posterior tibial nerve (3%) and malunion (3%) which required revision for insertion of a transplantar screw. Using the AOFAS system, the mean function score at last follow-up 88.4/92 compared with 42/92. Eighty-eight percent of the patients were satisfied. At last follow-up, 75% of patients had signs of active subtalar osteoarthritis. Three patients were symptomatic.

Conclusion: Ankle arthrodesis is a good indication for symptomatic osteoarthritis of the ankle joint despite that it in the long-term it accelerates the development of degenerative disease in the subjacent articulations.


C. Dauzac P. Guillon L. Schmider C. Meunier P. Moinet J.-M. Carcopino

Purpose: The vast majority of forefoot infectious in neuropathy patients are plantar ulcers in diabetics. When conservative treatment is unsuccessful, radical treatment may be indicated, but correct choice of the amputation level is essential. The purpose of this work was to evaluate outcome after tibiocalcaneal arthrodesis achieved with an Ilizarof fixator.

Material and methods: The procedure was performed in nine patients between 1991 and 2002. Male gender predominated (seven men). Mean age was 65 years. Eight patients had diabetes and seven of them had complicated mal perforant. Two patients had bilateral involvement so a total of eleven arthrodeses were performed. The procedure began with de-articulation of the Chopard space and talectomy. After high section of the lateral maleolus, the tibia was cut flush with the joint. The calcaneal cut was vertical passing just behind the tarsal sinus. After verticalising the calcaneum, the two cut surfaces were joined. Arthrodesis was maintained with a circular Ilizarof fixator using two rings on the tibia and one on the calcaneum.

Results: At mean 20 months, we reviewed ten arthrodeses. Good results were obtained for seven and failure was observed in three (necrosis = 2 and severe suppuration = 1). All these problems resolved and fusion was achieved at five months on average. The type of diabetes, renal failure, duration of the infection, presence of severe contralateral lesions, and type of germ involved appeared to affect outcome.

Discussion: Alternatives to the Pirogoff procedure include Chopard amputation, with or without subtalar arthrodesis, and Syme amputation. The technique used in this cohort offers several advantages. The circular external fixator avoids the classic cross screwing in an infectious setting. The mechanical properties of the Ilizarof fixator favour healing and bone fusion. Finally, vericalisation of the calcaneum produces a longer stump so excessively anterior cicatrisation, which can be bothersome for the orthesis, is avoided

Conclusion: This surgical technique provides a radical treatment for proximal osteoarticular infections of the forefoot, often observed in diabetics. Indications are exceptional and should be reserved for lesions which are inaccessible to transmetatarsal amputation. The arthrodesis cannot be achieved without healthy talar stock. The procedure produces a long stable stump which is painless and easy to fit.


D. Chauveaux V. Souillac O. Laffenetre G. Nourissat

Purpose: Endoscopy provides an attractive alternative to open surgery for diagnostic and therapeutic purposes in patients with ankle tendon disease. Early work was published by Van Dijk in 1994.

Material and methods: Twenty patients (mean age 34.7 years, range 20–59 years), 16 with posttraumatic lesions, underwent 22 tendinoscopy procedures using a slightly modified technique with a 4.5 optical. The procedures, conducted under general anaesthesia, were performed to explore fibular (n=15), posterior tibial (n=6), and anterior tibial (n=1) tendons. Prospective follow-up was at least six months (6 – 30). Preoperatively, all patients presented more or less localised pain with signs of tendon suffering. Fifteen had undergone prior explorations (ultrasound=4, MRI=7, CT scan=1, MRI+ultrasound=3) which had not revealed any anomaly in seven.

Results: Peritendinous adherences were observed intra-operatively in 18 cases with inflammatory reactions requiring resection in 13. A lesion of the tendon itself was found in seven cases-fissure (n=2), superficial dilaceration (n=2), induration (n=2), strangulation (n=1)-which required specific cure with forceps or motorised instrumentation. No explanation of the pain could be identified in one patient. Postoperatively, 17 patient achieved complete pain relief which persisted for at least six months. At last follow-up, one patient had not been reviewed, twelve were totally pain free and five had developed associated symptoms (cracking, swelling). Overall, four patients were very satisfied, eight were satisfied, four were disappointed, and three were dissatisfied (no improvement). There were no signs of worsening and no complications directly related to the method.

Conclusion: These results of early experience in France are less satisfactory than those reported by Van Dijk who had 80% good results for 85 tendinoscopic procedures in 70 patients. They do however confirm the usefulness of this technique for the management of patients with tenosynovitis, adherences, and partial ruptures of the ankle tendons which cannot always be identified with classical imaging techniques. Definitive evaluation will require analysis of a larger series of well selected patients.


F. Sirveaux C. Beyaert O. Roche J. Paysant J.-M. André D. Molé

Purpose: The purpose of this study was to analyse changes in foot dynamics secondary to tibiotalar arthrodesis and examine the adaptation mechanisms induced by wearing shoes.

Material and methods: A 3D gait analysis was performed (Vicon 370) in ten patients with a tibiotalar arthrodesis fixed in a neutral position and in ten matched controls. Recordings were made in three conditions: walking barefooted, walking at a comfortable self-chosen speed wearing shoes, and walking at maximal speed wearing shoes. We measured tibial inclination in the sagittal plane, knee flexion, and the tibia-forefoot angle produced at heel lift-off. The distance of the ground reaction force (GRF) from the heel was measured during the weight-bearing phase and at lift-off. Statistical comparisons were made with the contralateral side and the control group.

Results: Heel lift-off came significantly earlier on the arthrodesis side compared with the contralateral side and with the control group. At heel lift-off, the knee was in complete extension in all three groups. The GRF moved forward more rapidly but remained more posterior on the arthodesis side at heel lift-off in comparison with the contralateral side and the control group. Wearing shoes enabled later heel lift-off on the arthrodesis side and increased tibial inclination at lift-off as well as decreased speed of the anterior displacement of the GRF. The GRF however remained more posterior than in the control group. At maximal walking speed, heelk lift-off came earlier on the arthrodesis side and at the same time a lesser anterior tibial inclination and a more posterior position of the GRF.

Discussion: Early heel lift-off on the arthrodesis side allows anterior inclination of the tibia to continue and to increase stride length. Heel lift-off however occurs when the GRF has not yet advanced to the metatarsophalangeal position, thus increasing stress on the rear and mid foot. Wearing shoes improves the kinematic parameters and decreases stress on the joints below the arthrodesis. Increased walking speed aggravates the perturbed foot dynamics when walking.


G. Girard L. Galois F. Pfeffer D. Mainard J.P. Delagoutte

Purpose: Two questions arise after metatarsophalangeal hallux arthrodesis: what are the 3D changes observed when walking on flat ground ? and is the arthrodesis compensation essentially at the talocrural or interphalangeal level ?

Material and methods: Our series included twelve patients (ten women and two men) mean age 60.7 years. Nine patients had unilateral arthrodesis and three bilateral arthrodesis. The optoelectronic exploration was conducted barefoot. The patients wore underclothes and 27 reflectors. A miniaturised reflector was placed on the distal end of each hallux. Three valid recordings were made.

Results: General gait parameters and kinematic and kinetic values were unchanged (excepting nonsignificant maximal ankle dorsiflexion). On the arthrodesis side we observed: significant decline in propulsion force in the anteroposterior and vertical planes; significantly later heel lift-off; systematic anterior displacement of the ground reaction force of the metatarsophalangeal joint (not seen on the healthy side).

Discussion: We propose a coherent explanation of these observations. The kinetics of balance movement under the head of the first metatarsal head is changed. When the foot is flat on the ground, as the ankle balance movement occurs, the weight of the body is transferred earlier and massively to the forefoot. While in the healthy foot this occurs under the metatarsophalangeal joint of the great toe, in arthrodesis patients body weight is transferred under the interphalangeal joint of the great toe. The balance movement of the interphalangeal joint of the great toe occurs when the ankle balance movement is terminated. The centre of the balance movement is more distal and heel lift-off tends to occur later. During the propulsion phase, the greater lever arm limits the propulsion force, explaining the lesser peak force observed on the arthrodesis side. Use of reflectors on the distal end of the hallux demonstrated that the arthrodesis compensation occurs essentially at the interphalangeal level, exposing this joint to greater risk of degeneration.


Z. Belkheyar A.M. Abou-Chaaya A. Oueslati E. Chavannes P. Cottias

Purpose: Isolated paralysis of the great toe long extensor is a rare complication of leg fractures. In certain patients, an erroneous diagnosis of compartment syndrome or muscle incarceration may be made.

Material and methods: We dissected ten fresh cadavers.

Results: The great toe long extensor was innervated by a branch of the deep fibular nerve which arose 15 cm from the talocrural joint space and directly in contact with the periosteum of the tibial shaft. In this localisation, the branch can be directly sectioned during trauma, reduction, or reaming.

Discussion: We had one patient aged 30 years with a fracture of the mid third of the leg who was treated by centromedullar nailing. Postoperatively, this patient developed isolated paralysis of the great toe long extensor. The isolated neurogenic origin of this paralysis was confirmed by electromyography.

Conclusion: This case is illustrative of direct injury of the great toe long extensor innervation, a cause which to our knowledge has not been previously described.


C. Versier P. Chrisel C. Bures P. Djian Y. Serre

Purpose: Autologous osteochondral grafts using the Mosaicplasty(r) technique have been employed for more then a decade for the treatment of osteocartilaginous tissue loss in weight-bearing zones. The advantage is to repair damage using a hyaline cartilage. Application of this technique to the talar dome is more recent and has been inspired by the good results obtained at the knee level. The purpose of this retrospective analysis was to determine outcome in 36 patients presenting tissue loss of the talar dome who underwent surgery between June 1997 and September 2001 using the method described by L. Hangody and to determine the contribution of the malleolar osteotomy.

Material and methods: Patients, aged 17 to 53 years, complaining of ankle problems were managed in three centres. Surgery was performed by three senior surgeons experienced with knee Mosaicplasty(r). The Acufex Mosaicplasty(r) instrumentation furnished by Smith-Nephew was used in all cases. The ankle was rarely opened by direct arthrotomy. Osteotomy of the medial or lateral malleolus was preferred. Bone grafts were harvested, with the patient’s consent, from a non-weight-bearing articular zone of the homolateral knee. The International Cartilage Repair Society (ICRS) chart, modified for the ankle, was used to assess outcome. Epi-Info 6.0 was used for statistical analysis.

Results: The deep lesions were all ICRS grade III or IV and involved dissecting osteochondritis (n=21), chondral or osteochondral avulsion (n=13) and dome necrosis (n=2). Osteotomy of the medial malleolus was required to access the lesions in 27 ankles; a lateral osteotomy was used in six ankles. After a mean follow-up of 18 months, outcome was considered excellent or good in 81% (ICRS grade I and II). Mild knee pain was reported by 14 patients. All malleolar osteotomies healed without complication. None of the cases worsened.

Discussion: This technique is to be reserved for young symptomatic patients. Despite the more traumatic technique compared with the traditional method, Mosaicplasty(r) enables repair with hyaline cartilage giving more satisfactory short- and mid-term results. Use of a medial or lateral osteotomy does not create any major problem. This is the only was to obtain good lesion exposure, particularly for more posterior lesions. Morbidity at the donor site, though not significantly proven in this series, should be examined in more detail.

Conclusion: Autologous osteochondral grafts using Mosaicplasty(r) is a validated technique for ankle repair. Malleolar osteotomy has been found to be important to achieve proper repair. A long-term study will be needed to evaluate the persistence of these results, and possible donor site morbidity, as well as the preventive effect against osteoarthritis.


O. Jarde S. Massy G. Boulu G. Alovar A. Damotte

Purpose: We report a series of 46 cases of subtal instability associated or not with tibiotarsal lesions treated by Castaing ligamentoplasty between 1988 and 1999.

Material and methods: Preoperatively, symptoms were: instability, twisted ankle, recurrent ankle sprains, pain. A tarsal sinus syndrome was found in 39%. MRI was performed in all 46 patients and revealed ligamentary lesions in all case. Outcome was assessed with the Kitoaka score.

Results: At mean 5.7 years follow-up instability had resolved in 80% of the ankles. Total pain relief was noted in 63%. Physical examination demonstrated reduced motion of the subtalar joint with inversion in 43% ranging from 50% to 70% compared with healthy side, but without significant functional impact. Radiographic signs of early-stage degeneration were found in three patients. Overall outcome was very good in 82%, fair in 11%, and poor in 7%. The index of patient satisfaction was 87%.

Discussion: This series showed a correlation between body mass index greater than 26 or constitutional laxity and fair or poor results. Furthermore, longer time between the first sprain and surgical management of the residual instability led to less satisfactory final outcome. Comparison with other ligamentoplasty techniques showed similar results.

Conclusion: The Castaign procedure provides results similar to other ligamentoplasty techniques. Direct repair of the subtalar ligaments should however be preferred as the first-intention procedure, reserving Castaign ligamentoplasty for cases of failed repair.


H. Lelièvre J.F. Lelièvre M. Kassab

Purpose: Fusion of subtalar arthrodesis is achieved in 94% of cases. There is a significant superficial cutaneous and neurological risk. Since 1985, we have performed partial arthrodesis using curettage-filling of the tarsal sinus via a minimally invasive approach. We wanted to know whether this technique decreases morbidity while preserving maximal rate of fusion.

Material and methods: We reviewed 52 patients (55 arthrodeses) operated on by the same surgeon. Immediate weight-bearing was allowed in all patients with a walking boot cast worn for ten weeks. We studied speed of fusion, the hindfoot axis, the development of complications, and the functional outcome (Kitaoka score).

Results: Fusion was not achieved in one case at ten weeks. Cutaneous necrosis occurred on one patient who had required a wide approach for other procedures. There was one superficial infection and one reflex dystrophy. Defective residual alignment was observed in six feet where the deformation could not be reduced preoperatively. The mean function score was 39/100 preoperatively and 86/94 postoperatively.

Conclusion: This technique provides excellent results with minimal morbidity but can only be proposed if the misalignment can be reduced preoperatively.


V. Staquet X. Cassagnaud P. Barouk S. Audbert C. Maynou H. Mestdagh

Purpose: Mediotarsal arthrodesis can correct the deformation and relieve pain in adults with reducible talipes planovalgus. We assess clinical and radiological outcome.

Material and methods: This retrospective analysis involved 22 cases of reducible talipes planovalgus (Johson stage 2) in 19 patients (eleven men and eight women), mean age 43 years (15–75). Clinical assessment was based on pain, function and motion (AOFAS and Mann). AP and lateral weight-bearing radiographs with Meary cerclage were used to determine the Djian angle, talometatarsal alignment, talar tilt, calcaneal valgus, and stage of osteoarthritis in adjacent joints.

Results: Mean follow-up was 88 months (6–243). Two non-unions evolved favourably after cancellous graft. The Kitaoka score was 73.5 points/94 (53–94). Pain and function improved respectively from 2.8 to 1.1/4 points and 3.5 to 1.6/4 points on the de Mann scale. Flexion-extension remained unchanged. The foot was well aligned in 68% of the cases (7.5 points). Mean talar tilt and talocalcaneal divergence were normalised but defective Djian angle persisted with a broken de Meary line in 98% and 41% of cases respectively. Calcaneal valgus was reduced 6.6° (16.6 to 10°) and podoscopy showed that flat foot persisted in 86% of the cases. In 50%, neighbouring joints presented progressive osteoarthritic degeneration with clinical impact in only one patient (4.5%). Subjectively, 73% of the patients were satisfied or very satisfied and none of the patients were disappointed. The objective outcome was excellent or good in 68% of cases.

Discussion: Pain, function, motion, complications and rate of satisfaction were comparable with data in the literature (Mann, Baxter, Steinhäuser). Mediotarsal arthrodesis is effective against pain and allows satisfactory recovery of function without morbidity greater than talonavicular arthrodesis (Harper). However, while the foot is well aligned in the majority of the cases, the plantar vault is poorly restored clinically and radiologically. Compensatory over-motion of the adjacent joints probably leads to bone remodelling and moderate asymptomatic osteoarthritis seven years after the procedure.


E. Hoffmann N. Levassor L. Rillardon G. Lavelle P. Guigui

Purpose: Pelvic girdle fractures with vertical and horizontal instability (Tile classification class C) are classical indications for surgical stabilisation of the posterior and anterior lesions. There is general agreement concerning the anterior fixation, but several methods have been described for the posterior fixation: open or percutaneous sacroiliac screwing using fluoroscopic or computed tomographic guidance, sacral compression bar applied laterally on the posterior iliac masses, sacral screw for sacroiliac fixation using the Galveston technique, among others.

Material and methods: We propose a new sacroiliac fixation technique for fractures of the pelvic girdle associating vertical and horizontal instability (Tile classification class C). This fixation technique controls vertical displacement while authorising, if needed, a certain degree of mobility in the horizontal plane allowing easier reduction of the anterior fracture. This technique uses two sacral screws, one in S1 and the other in S2, and two iliac screws. The iliac screws are inserted in the posterior iliac crest passing through two sacroiliac connectors placed on a rod connecting the two sacral screws. Vertical displacement is controlled by blocking the two connectors on the screw heads. If needed, the connectors can be left unblocked allowing a certain degree of freedom for moving the half-pelvis in the horizontal plane.

Results: This technique was used in four cases. Anatomic reduction was achieved. There was no secondary movement of the osteosynthesis material and no secondary displacement. Because of the quality of the fixation, the sitting position was allowed rapidly as was full-weight bearing and walking. This type of fixation is reserved for type C12 fractures of the Tile classification.


T. Craviari J.-L. Besse G. Curvale M. Maestro Y. Tourne

Purpose: This prospective study focused on an interhospital collaboration for foot and ankle surgery. Collaboration was organised between the referring surgeon and four regional foot and ankle specialists. We evaluated concordance and discordance between expert opinions.

Material and methods: Patients for whom an opinion was requested were selected by the requesting surgeon based on problems involving diagnosis or therapeutic indications. Opinions were requested by email. Individual protocols were established for the clinical report and x-ray file of each type of condition. The final therapeutic decision was made by the requesting surgeon.

Results: Among the 450 patients seen for foot and ankle disorders, opinions were requested from experts for 30. The conditions involved: the forefoot (46%), the middle foot (16%), the hindfoot (7%) and the ankle (31%). Mean time for the response was eleven days (1–60). Experts responded to all requests (120 responses) but in four cases (3%) could not provide an opinion. The index of diagnostic agreement among the experts was 3.2/4. The index for therapeutic indications showed agreement at 2.6/4. Agreement between the therapy proposed to the patient and that proposed by the experts was 2.6/3.

Discussion: We analysed the advantages for the patient, the responsibility of the requesting and responding surgeon, and the problems related to remuneration of this type of counselling. Compared with other technologies, email was found to be simple, reliable, and low-cost with good quality images. This work showed that there was concordance between the opinions and that electronic expertise counselling is certainly very useful for foot disorders. Requests addressed to several experts increases precision and provides complementary information for difficult cases. It is important that the different participants know each other.

Conclusion: This work is the first step towards the development of a care network for foot and ankle disease enabling graduated patient management.


E. Taton J.-C. Le Huec

Purpose: We propose a simple surgical treatment with sustained efficacy for chronic symptomatic acromioclavicular instability.

Material and methods: Dissection of ten cadaver specimens (20 shoulders) enabled a detailed biometry of the acromiocoracoid ligament (ACCL) with measures of motion and clavicular fixation. We were also able to measure tear resistance with a dynamometer. The proposed surgical technique was designed from Weaver-Dunn reconstruction as modified by Bircher. Briefly, acromioplasty is used to dis-insert the ACCL which is folded back on the clavicular resection border then fixed by screws or wires.

Results: The size of the acromioplasty section varied from 18 to 25 mm in diameter. The ACCL had a quadrilateral aspect: mean anterior length 37.7 mm, mean posterior length 25.6 mm, mean middle (coracoid) width 16 mm, mean lateral width 22.3 mm and mean thickness 1.55 mm. The fold angle was 68° on average giving 10.8 mm in height and 21.8 thickness. The coracoclavicular distance varied from 15.7 mm to 50.1 mm. Mean tear force was 11.5 daN.

Discussion: Posttraumatic osteoarthritis of the unstable acromioclavicular joint requires resection of the lateral quarter of the clavicle using the Baccarani technique which should be completed by a stabilisation fixation. The Weaver-Dunn technique appears to be insufficient for Rockwood stage IV and B chronic instability. The distance between the anterior border of the coracoid and the posterior border of the clavicle is within the reach of the length of the acromiocoracoid ligament. The available length allows tension adjustments before fixation, which should be performed preferably using a wire fixation or a 3.5 compression screw set on a washer to achieve satisfactory stability and good pull-out resistance.

Conclusion: Biometrics of the ACCL and the width of the acromioplasty and clavicular osteotomy demonstrate several possibilities for regulating the fixation which can thus be adapted to the morphology of each case while assuring good compression and solid fixation necessary for excellent long-term results.


M. Ehlinger P. Gicquel P. Clavert F. Bonnomet J.-F. Kempf

Purpose: We compared three fixation systems for proximal fractures of the humerus to elaborate a rigid extra-medullary implant: the basket plate. This novel implant allows fixation of the tubercles with a claw system associated or not with a central cephalic locking screw. The objectives of this study were: check the resistance of the prototype, evaluate the contributions of the claws, and the usefulness of locking.

Material and methods: This was a prototype experimental study comparing a commonly used implant (Maconor2 plate) with the new implant using two series of static mechanical tests (Instrum). The tests were performed on 20 DMO-frozen anatomic specimens using the four-fragment fracture model. An implant was assigned to five groups of randomly selected specimens. The first tests (three groups) were axial compression tests mimicking abduction in the plane of the scaphoid. We analysed the overall mechanical behaviour of the implant and evaluated the locking system. The second tests (two groups) were traction tests. We analysed the behaviour of the fixed tuberosities. The mechanical resistance of the assemblies was noted as the limit load on the force: deformation curve and as the rigidity of the slope.

Results: The first tests showed that the implant was improved by the locking system and had better overall mechanical characteristics than the compared implant, although the difference was not statistically significant. The better hold in the tubercles provided by the claws was expected after the first tests and confirmed by the second tests, but the difference was not significant.

Discussion: The prototype improved with the locking system presented mechanical resistance equivalent to the compared model. The usefulness of locking could not be demonstrated but was considered to improve tolerance to loading by better force distribution. The contribution of the claws was not demonstrated statistically although the results are in line with early hopes. The present findings and data in the literature on shoulder biomechanics suggest that the tests should be conducted on a larger number of specimens to demonstrate a statistically significant difference. The tested series was too small.

Conclusion: Comparison of mechanical resistance with theoretical data on forces applied to the proximal humerus show that the prototype is well adapted, allowing immediate postoperative motion. A prospective study is currently being conducted in our unit.


L. Boulard B.-E. Elias O. Forterre P. Clappaz F. Givry P. Garbuio

Purpose: Appropriate treatment of fractures of the acetabulum is well known but there is a risk of subsequent degeneration. Few reports of series reviewed after ten years are available. We report a series of 136 treated fractures of the acetabulum with a mean follow-up of 16 years.

Material and methods: Between 1972 and 1996, a total of 554 fractures of the acetabulum were treated. An independent operator reviewed 136 cases. The Judet Letournel classification was applied. Reduction was studied on the AP and 3/4 oblique views of the pelvis using the SOFCOT (November 1981) criteria. Intra- and postoperative parameters (blood loss, complications) were noted. Functional outcome was assessed with the Postel-Merle-d’Aubigné score.

Results: Orthopaedic treatment was used for 38% of the fractures. Forty-one percent were non-displaced and 54% were minimally displaced; 5% of patients had a contraindication for surgery. Reduction was achieved in 28% of the displaced fractures. Among the patients treated orthopaedically, 71% had a good or very good outcome. Anatomic reduction was achieved in 80%. The main complications were sciatic nerve injury (14%), heterotopic ossifications (18%), infection (5%) and intraarticular screws (5%). Good or very good outcome was achieved in 69%. A total hip arthroplasty was implanted in 19% at mean 8 years. Factors significantly related with poor outcome (p< 0.05) were age, posterior displacement, and surgeon experience. There was a good correlation between the function score and radiological signs of osteoarthritis.

Discussion: This is the longest follow-up reported in the literature. For operated patients, the percentage of good and very good outcomes was lower than in other series despite a good rate of anatomic reduction which thus is not a guarantee of good long-term outcome. Other prognostic factors found in the literature include fracture of the femoral head, type of fracture, and quality of the reduction. Long term follow-up remains essential for pertinent analysis of joint surgery.


J. Delécrin F. Gouin N. Passuti

Background: Certain pelvic fractures with posterior shearing force lesions raise a difficult problem for stabilisation. Assemblies bridging the two sacroiliac joints and anchored in the vertebral pedicles have been proposed to overcome this difficult osteosynthesis problem. But this type of fixation bridges intact joints. We used an original computer-assisted osteosynthesis technique in a patient with an unstable non-union of a displaced fracture passing through the S1 pedicle and the sacral foramina associated with major pubic disjunction.

Case report: The instability of the half-pelvis led to pubalgia and movement of the non-union focus which in turn led to S1 sciatalgia preventing the sitting position. The fracture and the displacement could not be treated initially because of open visceral lesions which required definitive colostomy and a long period of intensive care. The technical problem was to stabilise the pelvis with a posterior osteosynthesis which could not use the S1 pedicle. The fixation had to be sufficiently rigid to compensate for the impossible anterior fixation of the pubic symphesis.

Operative technique: The original solution was to bridge the non-union transversally using two spinal bars (CD instrumentation) applied on the healthy side with two polyaxial screws in S1 (in the pedicle and the wing) and on the non-union side with two polyaxial screws inserted in the iliac wing passing between the internal and external corticals. The assembly was completed with two transiliosacral screws passing through S1 and S2 after demounting and avivement of the non-union.

Discussion: The computer superposed a virtual image of the instruments on the CT images allowing precise insertion of the two iliac screws which had to pass between the bone tables over a long trajectory. The two transiliosacral screws could thus be inserted into S1 and S2 percutaneously with minimal neurological risk. Monitoring the progression allowed safe avivement of the nonunion to the anterior border of the sacrum. The final assembly thus associated four screws and two bars on the posterior part of the sacrum and two anterior screws, enabling perpendicular compression of the nonunion while maintaining the spine and contralateral sacroiliac joint. At five years, the patient remains free of dysesthesia and can sit and walk with little limitation.

Conclusion: This particular case illustrates perspective computer-assisted osteosynthesis methods.


M. Chamas J.-N. Goubier B. Coulet G. Meyer zu Reckendorf M.-N. Thaury Y. Allieu

Purpose: Functional outcome after shoulder arthrodesis was evaluated to assess indications for the treatment of posttraumatic partial and total brachial plexus paralysis in adults.

Material and methods: Twenty-seven patients who underwent glenohumeral arthrodesis for posttraumatic brachial plexus paralysis were reviewed. Eleven had radicular paralysis (C5, C6 and C5, C6, C7) and sixteen total paralysis. All patients recovered active elbow flexion. Shoulder reinnervation had failed in eleven patients. Before the arthrodesis, 22 patients could no use their paralysed limb. Mean time between direct neurological surgery and arthrodesis was 30 months for partial paralyses and 20 months for total paralyses. Glenohumeal screw fixation was used for the arthrodesis which was associated with an external fixation in 21.

Results: Mean postoperative follow-up was 70 months. There were two cases of non-union which fused after revision and three cases of humerus fracture which occurred during the first six months after surgery. Pain related to inferior subluxation improved in six patients. There was no significant difference between the two groups for position of the fusion, or postoperative active motion (60° flexion, 60° abduction, 45° internal rotation and 7 to −9° external rotation). There was a significant difference in force which was greater for superior paralyses (11 kgf versus 7 kgf in flexion, 12 kfg versus 7 kgf in abduction, 6 kgf versus 2 kgf in external rotation and 11 kgf versus 4 kgf in internal rotation). The same was true for hand movement. The differences were statistically correlated with force of the pectoralis major.

Conclusion: Glenohumeral arthrodesis provides significant improvement in function in patients with supraclavicular brachial plexus paralysis, even with a paralytic hand. Arthrodesis also allows reorienting surgical reinnervation to other functions such as hand movement. Shoulder force and hand movement are directly correlated with force of the pectoralis major.


S. Madougou M. Vilalba A. Sbihi A. Rochwerger G. Curvale

Purpose: Treating fractures of the femur in patients with a total hip arthroplasty is a difficult task. The frequency of these fractures is estimated at 1% to 3%. The purpose of this work was to evaluate the long-term clinical and radiological outcome and to search, by type of fracture, for factors predictive of late complications in order to improve indications.

Material and methods: Since 1985, we collected data on 29 patients (17 women and 12 men) mean age 73.3 years who had a fracture of the femur after total hip arthroplasty. By definition, intraoperative fractures were excluded. Two independent operators noted epidemiological, therapeutic and imaging data and classed the fractures using the Vancouver classification. Treatments used were noted and clinical and radiological outcomes at mean follow-up of 24 months (6–140) were analysed.

Results: Falls were the cause of the fractures in 31 patients (84%). Six of these patients had a revision prosthesis. Five fractures were in a zone of unprotected weakness. The fractures were trochanteric (n=9), periprosthetic (n=18), or below the stem (n=2). Nine patients were treated by isolated osteosynthesis and eleven by replacing the prosthesis. The Beals score was used to assess outcome taking into account the stability and the quality of the implant fixation as well as fracture realignment. In patients whose fracture was around the stem, outcome was excellent in two, good in one, and poor in four. For fractures of the lesser trochanter (n=4), outcome was excellent in two and good in two. For fractures below the stem (n=2), outcome was good in both. There was one case of deep infection.

Discussion: Considering the same types of fractures, orthopaedic treatments produced poor results (6/11), unlike prosthesis replacement (2/11) and osteosynthesis (1/9). The number of loosenings was underestimated, leading to failure of orthopaedic treatment.

Conclusion: In the event of fracture of the proximal femur in patients with a total hip arthroplasty, any suspected loosening, particularly of a cemented stem, should lead to prosthesis revision rather than orthopaedic treatment or simple osteosynthesis.


Full Access
T. Gautherson M. Coutier S. Benjelloun L. Chardin

Purpose: We report the results of a study using fluoronavigation for distal locking of tibial and femoral nails and for screw fixation of femoral neck fractures in adults. We compared the duration of radiation exposure with the manual methods.

Material and methods: Among a cohort of 220, 32 were selected randomly for the distal locking or cervical screwing using fluoronavigation. The series included 22 tibial nails, 3 femoral nails, and seven femoral neck fixations. The Medtronic ION navigation system was used. The computerised system recognises the relative spatial positions of the patient, the fluoroscope and the instrument. Data are transmitted via an optical camera.

Results: We noted overall operative time and duration of radiation exposure by type of fracture. The duration of fluoroscopy ranged from 0.6 to 1.4 minutes for a tibial nailing using the conventional technique and 0.5 to 1 minute with fluoronavigation. For triple screwing, the fluoroscopy time was 1 minute 25 seconds. A total of 73 screws were inserted: 72 in correct position (one patient moved during the intervention). There were no nosocomial complications and no cases of compartment syndrome.

Discussion: Repeated exposure to x-rays can be a limiting factor for locked nailing. It takes only a short time to install the material and learn the software. During this first experience, the already short radiation exposure was divided in half despite the fact that each screw was controlled separately, which with experience would not be necessary. Improvements in the software will allow controlling the rotation of the limb and avoid length discrepancies.

Conclusion: In the traumatology unit, fluoronavigation is not a gadget to produce unnecessary virtual images. On the contrary, it improves safety for both the patient and the surgical team. This study demonstrates that patients can benefit from less radiating minimally invasive surgery allowing more precise insertion of the locking screws to avoid material failure. Future developments should improve the quality of the anatomic results of locked nailing and allow wider indications.


G. Giordano R. Mallet J.-L. Tricoire A. Nehme P. Chiron J. Puget

Purpose: We evaluated male sexual function after utilisation of the orthopaedic table for centromedullary nailing in patients with femoral shaft fractures treated between 1995 and 2001. The objective was to determine the frequency of altered function and search for favouring factors.

Material and methods: Sexual function was assessed with a self-administered questionnaire using the International Index of Erectile Function (IIEF). We contacted by mail 109 patients aged 20 – 50 years treated in the orthopaedic traumatology unit between 1995 and 2001. The Mann-Whitney test was used to compare quantitative variables and Student’s t test for classed variables.

Results: Seven patients declined to respond and three died; 55 responded (81.8%). Patients were grouped by erectile function (EF) score (< 22 or 22) according to Cappelleri. Erectile dysfunction was identified in 19 patients. Altered sexual function did not appear to be related to age, weight or height. The duration of the operation was not different between the two groups.

Conclusion: This study demonstrates a increase in iatrogenic lesions having an impact on erectile function in patients treated on an orthopaedic table when curare is not used during the intervention. The frequency of these lesions decreases significantly if the surgery is performed by a senior surgeon.


F. Bonnel M. Chamoun P. Fauré F. Dusserre F. Canovas

Purpose: Osteosynthesis of complex subtrochanteric fractures is a difficult task. Complications are frequent and results are uncertain. Cemented fixation of pathological metastatic fractures requires a major intervention. The functional prognosis remains uncertain. Our objective was to evaluate the contribution of the long gamma nail (50 nails) in this type of situation and to determine its advantages and disadvantages.

Material and methods: The 50 long gamma nails were inserted in 23 women and 26 men who were followed eight months (4–16). We implanted 39 long gamma nails for complex subtrochanteric fractures (AO classification) in patients aged 59 years on average (19–93) and eleven nails for metastatic femur fractures in patients aged 59 years on average (19–93) with a trochanterodiaphyseal localisation. For the non-metastatic fractures, closed nailing was used in 28 patients and minimum opening for eleven. For the metastatic fractures, the primary tumour was known in eleven cases. The nailing was a preventive measure in six and performed after fracture in five. Three patients had plurifocal fractures. We analysed 43 parameters (position of the cervical screw in the four quadrants of the femoral neck and clinical and radiological features).

Results: For the 39 fractures, reduction was anatomic in 24 and with a gap in 15. The position of the cervical nail was correct in 34 cases. It was in the anterosuperior quadrant in three, the posterosuperior quadrant in one and the posteroinferior quadrant in one. Weight bearing was resumed at 1.5 months on average. Healing with total weight bearing was achieved at four months on average (maximum 8 months). Mechanical complications were: migration of the cephalic screw (n=4), rupture of the locking wings (n=9), nail fracture (n=1), non-union (n=2). Total pain relief was achieved for the eleven pathological fractures (maximum follow-up 16 months). Weight-bearing with crutches was possible in seven patients and not possible in four. There was no dismounting. Outcome was comparable with cemented osteosyntheses.

Discussion: For pathological fractures, this less aggressive osteosynthesis provides very effective pain relief. For other complex subtrochanteric fractures, complete closed nailing was not always possible.


F. Lacombe B. Coult M. Chammas Y. Allieu

Purpose: Scapulohumeral arthrodesis is principally indicated for plexus brachial paralysis. It is a controversial indication with limited use for non-neurological conditions. We report a series of shoulder arthrodeses performed for non-neurological conditions searching for the appropriate indications for this procedure.

Material and methods: The series included nine patients, six men and three women, mean age 48 years (23–89). The dominant side was fused in three and the non-dominant in six. Seven patients had had at least one operation prior to arthrodesis. The procedure was performed in one patient to remove a foreign body in a prosthetic cuff tendon, in three for off-centred joint degeneration with massive cuff tears and in two for degenerative disease with multidirectional instability. In all patients except one, the posterior approach was used for internal screw fixation associated with external fixation (left in place for 2.5 months on average).

Results: Subjectively, all patients except one were satisfied with the result (mainly because of pain relief). Objectively, active motion was 65° flexion, 65° abduction, 50° internal rotation (mean fusion position 20° flexion, 25° abduction, and 30° internal rotation). Two groups were identified for assessment with the absolute Constant score. The score improved 16 points (24 to 40) in the group without instability (pain score improved from 3 to 13) and decreased 14 points (66 to 52) in patients with instability (attributed to lesser motion, mean motion scores decreasing from 38 to 14). Complications included one case each of radial palsy, non-union, and gravity oedema of the upper limb.

Discussion: Pain relief and stability are not the sole objectives of shoulder arthrodesis. The procedure can also provide useful improvement in function (hand mouth, hand perineum, thoracobrachial clamp. It can be useful if prosthetic arthroplasty cannot be used (infectious arthritis, advanced osteoarthritis in young subjects and failed stabilisation of multidirectional instability). It is a predictable procedure in terms of outcome. We continue to use scapulohumeral arthrodesis for rare indications.


M. Scarlat

Purpose: The purpose of this study was to define the normal shoulder in patients over 75 years of age and to search for correlations between shoulder function, mental status, and general health.

Material and methods: One hundred eighty subjects aged 75 years or older with no history of surgery involving the shoulder or neighbouring regions (breast, axillary area, elbow) were included in the study. We noted shoulder motion (flexibility ratio), rotator cuff force (Mayo scale) and searched for abnormal movements. The Quetelet body mass index (BMI) was also noted. Patients responded to a self-administered questionnaire, the Simple Shoulder Test, on shoulder function, and the Constant score was determined for each shoulder. Beck test was used to search for geriatric depression. A standard x-ray series and ultrasound exploration were performed if joint function was abnormal.

Results: Only 44% of the shoulders were entirely disease-free. Clinically silent lesions (cuff tears, osteoarthritis, stiffness) were identified in 56% of the subjects but had no impact on daily life activities. The dominant shoulder presented 56.4% of the cuff tears; 13.9% of the subjects had bilateral degenerative joint disease and 23.3% bilateral stiffness. Associated conditions were numerous: cardiovascular (33%), pulmonary (28%), gastrointestinal (25.6%), diabetes (12.2%), neoplasia (10.6%). 18.3 % of the patients had signs of depression and 14.4% were treated for depression. Shoulder motion and force varied with the BMI and nutritional status. Thin patients (BMI < 20) had more rotator cuff tears. Heavy patients (BMI > 29.9) had more osteoarthritis and stiffness. 76.8% of the subjects were satisfied with their shoulder function. Demand for care and examination was greater in depressive patients.

Discussion: In very old subjects, shoulder function is compatible with the demands of daily life activities. Shoulder function is correlated with general health status, the BMI, and the mental status. Shoulders should be prudently evaluated in the elderly because function, even when altered, is often compatible with moderate stiffness, osteoarthritis, and cuff tears which do not necessarily require treatment.


O. Gosselin F. Sirveaux O. Roche E. Villavueva C. Marchal D. Molé

Purpose: The purpose of this study was to assess long-term functional outcome after arthroscopic acromioplasty for full-thickness rotator cuff tears, to evaluate the efficacy of complementary procedures (biceps tenotomy, extended acromioclavicular resection), and to examine the course of anatomic lesions.

Material and methods: From 1988 to 1994, 141 full-thickness rotator cuff tears were treated by arthroscopic acromioplasty. Ninety-eight patients, mean age 60 years, were reviewed clinically, radiographically, and sonographically at more than eight years. The mean preoperative Constant score was 48.5 points. The tear involved the supraspinatus in 18 cases, the supraspinatus and infraspinatus in 40, the supraspinatus and the subscapularis in ten, and all three tendons in 20. Coronal extension showed a distal tear in four, an intermediate tear in 52, and a retracted stump in 32. Systemic acromioplasty was associated in 36 patients with tenotomy of the long head of the brachial biceps and in 44 with acromioclavicular extension.

Results: At mean follow-up of 10.7 years (8–13.5), the mean Constant score was 60 points. The clinical outcome was excellent or good in 39.7%, fair in 45.5%, and poor in 14.8. 62.5% of the patients were satisfied or very satisfied. The height of the subacromial space was 5.19 mm at last follow-up compared with 4.3 mm preoperatively. The antalgesic effect of biceps tenotomy was significant when the initial acromiohumeral space was less than 5 mm. This procedure did not produce any significant change in the subacromial height or development of osteoarthritis at last follow-up. Sonography showed stability of the size of the tear in 83.8% of the cases. The results were significantly less satisfactory when the initial tear involved the subscapularis or all three tendons.

Conclusion: The clinical results of arthroscopic acropmioplasty for full-thickness tears show long-term stability. Biceps tenotomy improves the antalgesic effect significantly, particularly if the subachromial space measures less than 5 mm preoperatively, without causing significant radiological degradation. Extension to the acromioclavicular level should be systematic in patients with acromioclavicular pain preoperatively and/or radiological anomalies.


P. Boileau N. Brassart M. Carles C. Trojani J.-S. Coste

Purpose: We hypothesised that the rate of tendon healing after arthroscopic repair of full-thickness tears of the supraspinatus is equivalent to that obtained with open techniques reported in the literature.

Material and methods: We studied prospectively a cohort of 65 patients with arthroscopically repaired full-thickness tears of the supraspinatus. The patients were reviewed a mean 19 months (12–43) after repair. At arthroscopy, patients were aged 59.5 years on average (28–79). Bone-tendon sutures were performed with resorbable thread and self-locking anchors positioned on the lateral aspect of the humerus. Repair was protected with an abduction brace for six weeks. Forty-one patients (63%) accepted an arthroscan performed six months to two years after arthroscopy to assess tendon healing.

Results: Ninety-four percent of the patients were satisfied with the outcome. The mean Constant score was 51.6±10.6 points preoperatively and 80.2±13.2 at last follow-up (p< 0.001). The arthroscan showed that the rotator cuff had healed in 70% of the cases (29/41). The supra-spinatus had not healed on the trochiter in eight cases (25%) and was partially healed in two (5%). The size of the residual tendon defect was less than the initial tear in all cases except one. The rate of patient satisfaction and function was not significantly different if the tendon had healed (Constant score 81.3/100, satisfaction 93%) or if there was a residual tendon defect (Constant score 77.5/100, satisfaction 92%). Shoulder force in patients with a healed tendon (6±1.9 kg) was better than in those with a tendon defect (4.5±2.8 kg), but the difference was not significant. Factors affecting tendon healing were age > 65 years (43% healing, p< 0.02), and wide tears.

Conclusion: Arthroscopic repair of isolated supraspinatus tears enables tendon healing in 70% of cases as demonstrated by arthroscan. This rate was equivalent to those reported in historical series of open repair. Patients aged over 65 years had significantly less satisfactory healing. The absence of tendon healing does not compromise functional and subjective outcome despite reduced force.


S. Menager H. Mestdagh C. Maynou X. Cassagnaud

Purpose: Failure is still observed after 20% of acromioplasties which can be explained by acromioclavicular osteoarthritis. The purpose of this study was to demonstrate the deleterious effect of this degeneration on outcome.

Material and methods: We reviewed 103 arthroscopic acromioplasties performed in 100 patients who presented non-torn non-calcified tenopathies. Seven patients were excluded so 96 patients, 63 women and 33 men were retained for analysis. Mean age at operation was 48.2 years and mean follow-up was 3.8 years. Patients were divided into two groups on the basis of the sonographic findings: group 1 had no computed tomography (CT) signs of acromioclavicular osteoarthritis (66 patients), such signs were found in group 2 (30 patients). Each patient was reviewed clinically and CT-scan was used to diagnosis osteoarthritis classed as stage 0 to 3. Subjective outcome was assessed in terms of patient satisfaction and objectively with the Constant score.

Results: Subjectively, three-quarters of the patients in group 1 were satisfied versus one-third in group 2. The Constant score confirmed this finding with a mean 76 points in group 1 versus 68 in group 2 (the weighted score was 93.5% and 83% respectively). The weighted score showed that good or excellent results were achieved in 84.84% of the patients in group 1 and in 43% in group 2.

Discussion: Our results are in agreement with data in the literature and provide scientific evidence of the influence of acromioclavicular osteoarthritis on the failure of acromioplasty. The results in group 1 were clearly better than in group 2, proving statistically a widely accepted notion: acromioclavicular osteoarthritis compromises significantly outcome of acromioplasty. Furthermore, it is interesting to note that among the seven cases excluded (for resection of the articulation), six had satisfactory outcomes.

Conclusion: These results confirm the unfavourable influence of acromioclavicular osteoarthritis on the outcome of acromioplasty. A prospective study designed to determine the effect of simultaneous acromioclavicular resection would be useful to propose a coherent therapeutic approach.


L. De Abreu D. Goutalier

Purpose: Short-term results of surgical repair of subscapularis tears are well known. The purpose of this study was to assess long-term outcome after surgical repair of 21 full-thickness tears of the subscapularis.

Material and methods: Inclusion criteria were subscapularis tear (n=21) which were isolated (n=9) or associated with a supraspinatus tear (n=11) without intraspinatus tears. The subscapularis was reinserted by transosseous fixation in fifteen cases and with a trapezeal flap in six. The supraspinatus was repaired by transosseous suture. Function (Constant score) was assessed preoperatively, at one and three years, and at last follow-up (nine years, range six to fifteen years). We also noted radiographic changes (subacromial height, osteoarthritis using the Samilson classification, anterior dislocation of the humeral head). Fatty degeneration (FD) of the cuff was assessed on pre-operative scans and at last follow-up. Arthroscan, performed at one year and ultrasonography performed at last follow-up were used to assess cuff continuity.

Results: The rough Constant score was 45.2 (12–93.5) preoperatively, 67.5 (20–95) at one and three years and 59.45 (20–95) at last follow-up. At last follow-up, the Constant score was significantly better than preoperatively (improved pain score). There was only one case of repeated tear (repaired supraspinatus). At last follow-up we noted six anterior dislocations. The subacromial space remained unchanged (9.5 mm). Glenohumeral osteoarthritis developed in fourteen cases (2 Samilson class 3) including eight de novo degenerations. FD of repaired subscapularis tendons was 0.8 (0–4) preoperatively and 1.64 (1–4) at last follow-up. FD of unrepaired subscapularis tendons treated with a trapezeal flap worsened (2.2 to 2.7). FD of the supraspinatus and infraspinatus (0.5 preoperatively) worsened one stage. At last follow-up, the Constant score was lower in the presence of anterior dislocation of the humeral head (p=0.013). Development of anterior dislocation of the humeral head was correlated with major preoperative FD of the subscapularis (cut-off between 1.5 and 2, p=0.01). There was a correlation between more FD of the infraspinatus and the presence of anterior dislocation of the humeral head. Among the trapezeal flaps, there were only two good results (Constant scores 74 and 75) in patients with FD of the subscapularis scored 1.5 preoperatively.

Conclusion: Functional and radiographic outcome after cuff repair or palliation with a trapezeal flap for subscapularis tears associated or not with supraspinatus tears is not satisfactory unless the fatty degeneration of the subscapularis is low preoperatively (δ 1.5).


S. Terver S. Charbonnel P. Gioghiet

Purpose: Following up patients who have undergone total hip arthroplasty (THA) is useful but raises many technical and logistic problems. A systematic analysis of data collection for THA patients allows an evaluation of the value and the limitations of the method.

Material and methods: During a five-year period, French, Belgium, and Spanish surgeons volunteered to participate in the AVIO program. For all revision THA, they completed a brief information card recording data on the patient, the reason for the revision, the type of prosthesis replaced, its current status and the status of the bone. Data were centralised for statistical analysis. More than 3000 information cards were collected. Analysis provided information on the patients (age, gender, side, etc.) but also on survival of the revised prostheses, the principal reasons for revision, and the anomalies observed on the implants and bones and the relationships between these points.

Results: The reasons for revision could be divided into two categories: early problems (dislocation, infection, pain) and late problems (loosening, bone lysis, dislocation). Revisions directly related with defective material accounted for only 5% of the cases but a default was present in 75% of the cases at revision.

Discussion: This work provides interesting insight into revision THA and the patients concerned as well as the limiting technical problems. Conversely, it did not reveal any significant indication concerning the outcome of the prostheses themselves due to lack of information on first-intention implantation. Systematic data collection was also hindered by several factors: irregular mailings, imprecise information, difficulty in determining which implant was removed.

Conclusion: Systematic collection of data on technical failures can provide useful information on the technique, but cannot allow in itself a valid evaluation.


D. Benzaquen C. Maynou O. Le Rue H. Mestdagh

Purpose: We evaluated the respective roles of acromioplasty and curettage of calcifications in arthroscopic treatment of calcifying tendinopathy of the rotator cuff.

Material and methods: We reviewed 41 cases of calcifying tendinopathy at mean 42 months. We retained for analysis only true calcifications identified at least 12 months after arthroscopy. All patients underwent acromioplasty and 13 underwent calcification curettage. The physical examination searched for subacromial impingement and cuff tendon suffering. The weighted Constant score was determined to assess outcome as excellent, good, fair, or poor. Patient satisfaction was assessed using three subjective questions. We searched for persistent calcification on the AP and Lamy lateral x-rays and quantified acromial resection by measuring the height of the subacromial space, the acromial arrow, and the type of acromion (Bigliani). Ultrasonography was performed to search for cuff lesions. Cuffs were classed as normal, atrophic or torn.

Results: After statistical analysis, the mean Constant score was found to have increased from 55 points to 80 points, with 88% excellent and good results (weighted Constant score > 85%). There was no significant difference between patients with and without calcification curettage (p> 0.1). Patients who were mobilised rapidly had a better outcome (p< 0.005). Subjectively, 88% of the patients were satisfied or very satisfied.These results were not correlated with duration of follow-up. The degree of preoperative calcification did not affect outcome, but persistent calcification (nine cases) had an unfavourable effect on outcome. Nevertheless, 80% of the calcifications without curettage did not resorb after acromioplasty. The type of acromion had an effect on outcome. Acromions which were not flat (type II or III) had an unfavourable influence. The degree of acromial correction had a significant effect on outcome, the Constant score increased proportionally with the height of the subacromial space and inversely with acromial arrow. Ultrasonography disclosed two cuff tears but in elderly subjects, probably due to degeneration.

Conclusion: Curettage of calcifications does not improve outcome of good quality acromioplasty. The stage of the calcification is not an indication for curettage. Furthermore, it appears that the impingement is partly the cause of persistent calcifications since 80% of them disappeared after acromioplasty alone.


L. Favard F. Sirveaux D. Huguet D. Oudet D. Molé

Purpose: Preoperative morphology must be carefully assessed for proper surgical planning for patients with arthroplasty with massive rotator cuff tears, but many morphological aspects are poorly understood. The purpose of this study was to assess the technical implications of this situation.

Material and methods: We included patients with arthropathy with massive rotator cuff tears who had a complete clinical and radiographic preoperative work-up. We analysed the morphological aspects of the acromion, the humerus and the glenoid cavity.

Results: One hundred forty-two patients (148 shoulders) were included. The acromion presented a fracture or lysis in 13 shoulders and was thinned or had an imprint in 37. It was normal in 70 and hypertrophic in 16. The humerus showed signs of necrosis in 31 shoulders, with a washed out trochiter in 7. Glenoid wear was classed in four stages: E0 or normal glenoid (n=51), E1 or centred wear (n=32), E2 or biconcave aspect (n=46), and E3 or major wear with superior concavity (n=13). Inverted prostheses were implanted in 80 shoulders and non-constrained prostheses in 68. The non-constrained prostheses exhibited progressive ascension of the humeral head in 63% with wear of the glenoid vault. Clinical deterioration led to revision in two patients. The non-constrained prostheses inserted in patients with an E2 glenoid had a significantly lower Constant score (p< 0.05) than the others. A notch appeared in the scapular column in 65%; of the constrained prostheses. This notch was favoured significantly in glenoids classed E2 or E3 preoperatively. The preoperative aspect of the humerus did not appear to affect clinical and radiographic outcome.

Discussion: A thin or lysed acromion associated with an E2 glenoid constitutes a poor indication for non-constrained prosthesis. In this situation, an inverted prosthesis should be used taking care to avoid orienting the glenosphere upwardly, a technically difficult task. Good indications for non-contrained prostheses should probably be limited to shoulders with a normal or thickened acromion and and E1 glenoid.


J. Caton S. Eyrard L. Barnouin

Purpose: Prosthetic hip surgery (150,000 total hip arthroplasties in France including 10–12% revision procedures) have required the development of bone banks to have graft material readily available. Safety and tracability requirements have led to the disappearance of local banks and the creation of validated tissue banks. The French tissue bank (TBF), which received its official authorization from the AFSSAPS in January 2001, began operating in 1992, collecting femoral heads (FH) procured during hip arthroplasties.

Material and methods: Material collection has increased steadily over the last five years. In 2002, 5004 FH were collected in 126 public or private centres. The number of FH which were rejected for regulatory, health (clinical and biological selection) and harvesting quality remained relatively stable around 20% from 1997 to 2000. Rejection for socioclincal reasons, which varied from 3 to 5%, included, in decreasing order, cancer, transfusion history, systemic disease and/or history of neurodegenerative disease, long-term corticosteroid treatment, and notion of infectious risk (mainly viral). Secondary rejection because regulatory tests could not be performed varied from 3 to 6% and included haemolysis, insufficient quantity for assay or preservation in the serum bank, ALAT assay impossible, serology suggestive of recent or former viral infection: HCV, HBV, HIV, HTLV. The FH underwent chemical treatment (viral and prion inactivation), mechanical treatment (production of bone shreads, cancellous blocks, wedges, whole heads, heads without neck), radiosterilisation and lyophylisation.

Results: Sixty percent of the grafts were used for hip arthroplasty, mainly during revision procedures (80%) (1.4 grafts on average, whole heads and blocks and more recently shredded bone); 8.5% were used for knee arthroplasty and 11.5% (blocks) for spinal surgery, 11% for fractures (in decreasing order femur, distal tibia, tibial plateau, ankle, foot, shoulder, arm, other), 4% for nonunions, 5% for osteotomies (blocks or wedges).

Conclusion: More and more grafts are used for osteotomy and spinal fusion procedures. Use of shredded bone is increasing. We are currently working on a cancellous bone paste combined with bone substitute.


J. Caton J.-P. Bouraly P. Reynaud Z. Merabet

Purpose: From 1985 to 2001, nearly 400,000 Zircone heads were implanted for total hip arthroplasty. In France, following an abnormally high rate of ruptures in two lots of heat-treated heads, production of Zircone heads was interrupted in 2001. Following work by Allain et al., another controversy developed concerning abnormal secondary wear of Zircone heads. According to certain authors, head roughness was increased by pitting phase transformation. This hypothesis was corroborated by Haraguchi (2001) who reported three explanted heads. We wanted to check the hypothesis.

Material and methods: In 2002, we explanted three Prozyr 22.2 Zircone heads for recurrent dislocation. We compared the explanted heads with a new Zircone head, a 28-mm alumina head explanted after prosthesis loosening and a new alumina head, using the same protocol as Haraguchi.

Results: On the explanted heads, the percentage of monoclinic Zircone was always less than 10% (3–10%). Roughness was also very minimal (Ra=0.01μm) for Zircone and ceramic heads, whether new or explanted, with no pitting and no notable structural change. The mean size of femoral head grains remained within the ISO 13 356 standard (1997).

Discussion: In 2003, Clark who studied three Zircone heads removed 2.8 to 10 years after implantation selected among 23 explanted heads, was unable to demonstrate any phase transformation or surface alterations. On one head explanted at eight years, Clark found significant monoclinic phase transformation. In our study, the three explanted heads did not exhibit significant monoclinic phase transformation since it remained less than 10% without pitting nor increased roughness. The behaviour of 22.2 Zircone heads may be different from 28 Zircone heads in terms of fracture (since no fractures have been observed after high-temperature furnace treatment of 22.2 heads) and in terms of monoclinic phase transformation.

Conclusion: This point is crucial for patients with a Zircone head total hip arthroplasty. Surveillance must be continued. At the present time and for mid term, we can conclude that the rate of monoclinic phase transformation of explanted Zircone heads is minimal and that production quality is good, particularly for 22.225 mm heads.


J.-Y. Lazannec J. Poupon G. Saillant

Purpose: Serum cobalt and chromium levels after metal-on-metal implantations are not well known. There has been little data on the correlation with clinical and radiological surveillance. This prospective analysis followed the changes in serum cobalt, chromium, and titanium levels in order to ascertain the behaviour of the femoral implant and the bearing.

Material and methods: The series included 292 patients followed for 27–72 months who were free of kidney failure, were not given vitamin B12 supplementation, and did not have occupational exposure. The same cemented implants were used in all patients: titanium femoral stem, Metasuly heads (28 mm). Serum samples were drawn preoperatively and at three, six and twelve months then annually (systematic activity questionnaire). The limit for detection of serum cobalt and chromium was 1 nmol/l (0.05μg/l); for titanium it was 30 nmol/l (1.4m/l).

Results: The main problems encountered were two impingements and two femoral loosenings. Four patterns were identified in the time courses of serum cobalt and chromium. In decreasing order, they were: type 1, low initial level (< 50 nmol/l) then no change; type 2, high initial level (> 50 nmol/l) then decrease; type 3 low initial level then progression; type 4, high initial level then further elevation. Bilateral prostheses showed a particular pattern with elevation after the second implantation. The serum levels rapidly returned to normal after revision in the two impingement cases. The titanium levels were correlated with femoral problems which were not initially detected on the x-rays.

Discussion: Correlation between serum cobalt level and wear is difficult to establish. There was no specific pattern after dislocation. The kinetics showed certain patterns with possible prognostic significance: groups 1 (metallic silence) and 2 (breaking-in) would correspond to favourable evolution; type 3 would be difficult to interpret (missed impingement, foreign body, articular decoaptation or major change in activity level); type 4 is highly suggestive of premature wear or a biological problem (excepting bilateral implants). It is important to monitor serum cobalt and titanium simultaneously to detect an interface problem and or femoral loosening.


E. de Thomasson C. Mazel O. Guingand R. Terracher

Purpose: Postoperative dislocation after revision total hip arthroplasty (rTHA) is a frequent complication. Certain risk factors have been well identified (greater trochanter non-union, history of repeated dislocation or infection, multiple operations), but the role of spinal morphology is not well known. The purpose of this prospective study was to determine the role of spinal morphology on postoperative dislocation.

Material and methods: Between September 2000 and March 2002, 49 patients underwent rTHA. The prospective analysis included a preoperative radiographic evaluation of the spinal morphology for lumbopelvic assessment using the Legave and Duval Beaupère criteria. A standard information card was used pre- intra- and postoperatively to record usual patient- and material-related risk factors of dislocation. Five patients experienced postoperative dislocation despite any apparent defect in implant position.

Results: Mean sacral slope was significantly different (p=0.006) between patients with and without dislocation. This difference remained significant (p=0.017) when limiting the study to the 33 patients who had no associated risk factor postoperatively (history of recurrent dislocation or infection, multiple operations, tight non-union of the greater trochanter).

Discussion: Our study demonstrated the role of lumbar morphology on the risk of postoperative dislocation. Spinal morphology modifies the pelvic orientation and thus landmarks habitually used for implantation. It also affects the amplitude of pelvic movement when moving from the sitting to standing position, requiring hip compensation, particularly extension.


D. Tourraine N. Poilbout P. Racineux J.-L. Toulemonde P. Massin

Purpose: We tested the reliability of a digitalised x-ray reading system, Imagika(r), used to measure linear wear of total hip arthroplasy on the AP view of the pelvis.

Material and methods: Wear measurements were taken for total hip arthroplasties without cement (n=20) and with cement (n=19) using the distance between the centre of the acetabular cup and the femoral ball. The system delivered measures in hundredths of millimetres that were rounded off to the nearest tenth millimetre. For non-cemented implants, the centre of the acetabular cup was found automatically on the digitalised radiograms using the contour of the metal socket. For cemented cups, the centre of the cup was determined from five points situated on the metallic ellipse included in the polyethylene circumference. The software placed the point clicked by the reader on the adjacent intermediary zone showing the greatest contrast. Five observers read the radiograms twice at 15 day intervals. The observers were a young resident, a senior traumatology surgeon,and a senior surgeon specialised in hip surgery. Results were compared to determine inter- and intra- observer variability.

Results: Intra-observer variability was low since the standard deviation (at alpha error set at 5%) ranged from one tenth of a millimetre to six-tenths of a millimetre for four observers. It was higher (2 millimetres) for the fourth observer. The younger observers achieved the best reproducibility, to the order of a tenth of millimetre. Conversely, interobserver variability was high with standard deviation of several millimetres for an alpha risk of 5%. Comparing the two observers who achieved the best performances, the standard deviation of the measures was in the 3 to 4 millimetre range.

Discussion: Measurement precision was greater for cemented cups. Conversely, for press-fit cups, the contour of the head was sometimes difficult to distinguish even with optimal contrast and measurement deviations were to the order of one millimetre.

Conclusion: The reproducibility of the Imagika(r) system is insufficient to measure wear of total hip arthroplasty where the precision must be to the order of a tenth of a millimetre.


D. Puig Abbs P. Jimenez J.L. Parra J. Fenollosa

Purpose: The role of arthroscopic treatment for degenerative knee joint disease remains controversial. The aim of this work was to evaluate the efficacy of arthroscopic debridement and to establish its indication for the treatment of knee osteoarthritis in patients aged less than 50 years.

Material and methods: Arthroscopic debridement was performed from 1994 to 2002 in 192 patients, 72 men and 120 women, mean age 59 years (51–75). We noted clinical history, particularly conditions contraindicating major surgery, and prior lower limb trauma, particularly involving the same knee. Patient weight and activity level were considered. The preoperative work-up included a functional examination (Freeman), and a radiographic study used to class the osteoarthritis as early, moderate or advanced and measure the knee axis. We performed joint wash out in all cases associated with different debridement procedures. Chondropathy was evaluated with the Marshall classification. A new functional evaluation and subjective evaluation was performed at last follow-up.

Results: Severe disease was present in the history of 5.2% of the knees; 9.3% had had prior surgery and 82% presented moderate osteoarthritis, mainly involving all three compartments. Type II or III chondropathy was found in 92% of knees. At mean follow-up of 28 months (5–108), the mean function score improved from 69.4/110 preoperatively to 89.5/110 and 75.4% of patients considered their knee had improved. Five patients required secondary arthroplasty. Poor outcome was associated with type III or IV chondroplasty involving the three compartments and the presence of the mentioned history. Age was not correlated with poor outcome.

Discussion: We studied a population with overt osteoarthritis who were treated with a minimally aggressive method, mainly for palliation. Only 2.6% underwent total arthroplasty after arthroscopic treatment. There was a clear improvement in function, mainly pain relief. The large majority of the patients were satisfied with the outcome and did not require further medical treatment except occasionally. The less satisfactory results were obtained in patients with more advanced disease who could not undergo arthroplasty because of concomitant medical conditions.


P.E. Beaule M. LeDuff F. Dorey H. Amstutz

Purpose: The purpose of this work was to evaluate clinical and radiographic factors affecting early outcome of resurfaced hip prostheses in young adults.

Material and methods: Among 119 hybrid resurfaced prostheses with a metal-on-metal bearing implanted in patients aged 40 years or less, 94 were retained for analysis at minimum two years follow-up or failure. Mean age was 34.2 years (15–40), 71% of the patients were men and 14% had had a prior hip operation. A risk index (SARI) was developed from the Chandler index.

Results: Mean follow-up was three years (2–5). Items of the UCLA score improved: pain 3.1 versus 9.2, walking 5.8 versus 9.4 (p=0.00). Three hips required revision total hip arthroplasty at mean 27 months (2–50) and ten patients had radiographically significant modifications. Comparing these 17 hips with the 47 others, indexes showed 4.7 versus 2.6 for the SARI (p=0.000) and 2.6 versus 2.8 for the Chandler score (p=0.358). There was no correlation with reconstruction mechanics, function, walking or scoring. Valgus implantation of the femoral piece and the lateral lever arm were significantly correlated (r=0.39, p< 0.001).

Discussion: If the SARI was > 3, the relative risk of early complications was 12-fold higher than if the SARI was 3. Because of the distinct fixation of the femoral implant, a SARI=2 was attributed when there was a cyst in the femoral head and weight was < 82 kg (lower weight correlated with smaller implant, r=0.60). This index can be used to improve patient selection in order to define the role of arthroplasty resurfacing in the treatment of hip degeneration.


C. Chiron F. Fabié G. Giordano J.-L. Tricoire J. Puget

Material and methods: Two series of 35 total hip arthroplasties (THA) implanted by the same surgeon using the posterior approach were compared. The first group underwent surgery in 1999 and the second in 2001. Ligation of the posterior medial circumflex artery was systematically performed in the second group. The same prosthesis was used in all cases: an omnicase stem and a Schuster (Centerpulse) or polyethylene cup. The series included cemented (n=37) and non-cemented (n=32) prostheses with one hybrid implant. We analysed retrospectively, intra- and postoperative bleeding, haematocrit before and just after surgery, and the number of packed red cell units transfused during and after surgery in order to determine the degree of intra- and postoperative bleeding. Statistical tests were applied.

Technique: Via the posterior approach, before sectioning the pelvitrochanteric muscles, the upper third of the fibres of the quadratus femoris muscle were dissociated. The artery runs upwardly and anterior toward the posterior border of the greater trochanter and is difficult to identify in the fatty tissue. Ligation is performed at this level with the satellite veins. Ligation decreases bleeding when the pelvitrochanteric muscles and the capsule are sectioned. Likewise, section of the femoral neck appears to be less haemorrhagic as is the preparation of the proximal greater trochanter.

Results: Intra- and postoperative bleed, expressed in ml, was significantly decreased by ligation of the posterior circumflex artery and its two satellite veins. Mean intraoperative bleeding was decreased by more than half. Six of the 35 patients who did not have ligation lost more than 600 cc blood during the operation. This degree of bleeding was not observed in the ligation group. The postoperative haematocrit was significantly higher in the ligation group and the difference in pre- and postoperative haematocrit was decreased 7-fold. Postoperative transfusion became exceptional. Finally, it is interesting to note that among the variables studied, mode of implant fixation did not affect blood loss.

Discussion: The conventional technique without ligation of the posterior circumflex artery does not always lead to significant bleeding. It is quite possible to perform such procedures with less than 200 cc blood loss. Use of posterior circumflex artery ligation leads to much more regular control of intraoperative bleeding, making autologous blood collection and postoperative transfusions unnecessary. The ligation is a simple procedure. Electric coagulation is generally insufficient for the calibre of these vessels and veins are not always accessible to effective coagulation. Intraoperative bleeding due to section of the circumflex artery is underevaluated due to the tension created by the forced internal rotation. Haemostasis after section is difficult due to retraction of the proximal segment under the muscles.


P.E. Beaule M. LeDuff H. Amstutz

Purpose: Treatment of Ficat stage III and IV femoral head necrosis is a major problem and a subject of debate because of the young age of the patients and the disappointing results obtained with total hip arthroplasty (THA). We present our experience with hybrid twin cups cemented on the femoral side and not cemented on the acetabular side using a metal-on-metal bearing to determine the mechanisms leading to revision and to assess mid-term outcomes.

Material and methods: Fifty-four hips with osteonecrosis were treated with the twin cup and studied at minimum two years follow-up. Mean patient age was 40.4 years (16–56), 13% of the patients were women and 87% men. The Ficat score (13% stage III, and 87% stage IV) was used. A prior operation had been performed in 33% of the hips.

Results: Mean follow-up was 4.4 years (2.1–6.8). Four hips required revision, three for femoral loosening after mean 46.3 months, and one for fracture of the acetabular wall immediately after the operation. The mean UCLA scores showed improvement: 3.3 to 9.3 for pain, 5.5 to 9.7 for walking, 5.0 to 9.4 for physical functioning, and 4.2 to 7.2 for activity. Physical and mental items on the SF-12 showed that normal quality-of-life was restored (compared with the general population in the United States).

Discussion: Although it is too early to speculate concerning the long-term outcome of these twin cups implanted in young patients with hip osteonecrosis, the clinical results have been encouraging. This prosthesis is an interesting alternative to the adjusted cup in the event of acetabular cartilage damage. If necessary, the acetabular component can be saved during conversion to THA without any deleterious clinical effects.


O. Charrois S. Louisia P. Beaufils

Purpose: Posterior arthroscopy is generally performed by alternating visual control using the optic introduced via one of the anterior portals which is slid into the slit via the contralaeral posterior compartment. These two “crossed” posterior portals provide access to the posterior part of the menisci and to the condyle but remain oblique. Any sagittal partition separating the posterior compartments limits visual and instrument access to the posterior part of the articular cavity. The purpose of this work was to describe a novel back-and-forth technique for posterior arthroscopy which allows posterior access to the central pivot.

Material and methods: The conventional posteromedial access was used. The optic was introduced to visualise the posterior cruciate ligament and the posterior partition, and when in contact with it, to push it forward. The optic was then replaced by a round-headed instrument to perforate the partition above the posterior cruciate ligament and penetrate into the lateral compartment. The instrument was pushed against the posterolateral wall determining the point of the corresponding portal. A motorised knife was introduced into the end of the canula then brought into the medial compartment. The posterior partition was resected, creating a single posterior space which could be examined under direct visual control. During an anatomy study, we examined the relationship between the noble elements in the popliteal fossa and the different instruments used during this procedure. Fifteen patients with villonodular synovitis underwent exclusively arthroscopic synovectomy using this approach.

Results: We did not have any case of vessel or nerve injury and had no recurrence at mid-term. Postoperatively, patient comfort was much better than after arthrotomy synovectomy.

Discussion: This difficult method requires an excellent knowledge of the position of the different anatomic elements in the popliteal fossa close to the posterior part of the articulation. This combined posterior approach facilitates access to the posterior part of the articular cavity of the knee and offers a new approach to the posterior cruciate ligament as well as broader indications for arthroscopic synovectomy with more complete resection. It does not allow access to the submeniscal folds nor to the fibulotibial articulation.


L. Galois S. Hutasse M.-C. Ronzière D. Mainard D. Herbage A.-M. Freyria

Purpose: Damaged cartilage has very limited potential for self-repair. Tissue bioengineering offers an interesting alternative for repair of cartilage injury caused by joint trauma or osteochondritis dessicans. The purpose of this work was to use primary chondrocytes cultivated in vitro on collagen gel to produce a neocartilage which can be reimplanted.

Material and methods: Chondrocytes were extracted by enzymatic digestion from calf feet harvested from animals aged less than six months. Two million cells were seeded on collagen gels in multiple-well plates and covered with culture medium (1 ml). Type I collagen was acquired from ground calf skin used at a concentration of 1.25 mg/ml. The culture medium was a v/v mixture of RPMI 1640 and NCTC 109. This mixture was supplemented with 10% foetal calf serum, 100 U/ml penicillin, and 250 ng/ml amphotericin B. Cell proliferation was assess fluorometrically and synthesis of glycosaminoglycans (sGAG) by colorimetric assay. Histological study (safranine O) and immunohistochemistry tests (type I and II collagen) were performed to monitor synthesis of matrix components. Expression of genes coding for certain matrix proteins (collagen Ia 2 and 1, II, X, agrecan and MMP13) was studied using RT-PCR.

Results: The chondrocyte phenotype was preserved. Type II collagen as well as agrecan was expressed and expression of type I collagen did not increase during the culture. Progressive synthesis of sGAG was observed as was moderate cell proliferation. Cell distribution within the gel was apparently homogeneous. The chondrocytes retained their round shape throughout the study. Type II collagen deposits were visible on day 9 in peripheral cells in areas of high-cell density, then progressed with time.

Discussion: Our in vitro results show that three-dimensional cultures of chondrocytes using a collagen gel can produce construction of an extracellular matrix with preservation of chondrocyte phenotype during the culture period.

Conclusion: The collagen matrix offers an environment favouring the formation of a functional artificial cartilage by chondrocytes and opens promising perspectives for repairing damaged cartilage.


J.-N. Martin P. Denormandie G. Sorriaux O. Dizien T. Judet

Purpose: Although hamstring retraction is a frequent complication of spastic hypertoniq, very few series have been reported in adults. The purpose of this study was to evaluate results of therapeutic modalities proposed: distal hamstring tenotomy and use of an external fixator in case of permanent knee flexion.

Material and methods: This retrospective series included 37 cerebral palsy patients, 59 with permanent knee flexion. Mean flexion was 69° (20–130°). Mean motion was 61° (10–100°). Deformation of the supra and infra joints was present in 82%. There were 22 patients with bilateral permanent knee flexion. Simple tenotomy of the sartorius, the semitendinous and the gracilis with lengthenings of the semimembranous and biceps. Disinsertion of the gastrocnemius and section of posterior aponeurosis were associated as needed. Postoperative immobilization was achieved with a Zimmer cast in case of moderate flexion and with an external femorotibial fixator in case of major deformation. Postoperative rehabilitation exercises performed several times daily were initiated in all patients.

Results: At mean follow-up of 641 days, residual flexion was 6° (0–40°) and mean joint motion was 111°. All knees were stable. Three dehiscent wounds required surgical repair. The function objective, established pre-operatively, was achieved or exceeded.

Discussion: When postoperative immobilization is necessary, external fixation limits cutaneous risks and facilitates rehabilitation. It appears to be better than successive cases. Unlike other authors, we did not find section of the posterior cruciate ligament to be necessary.

Conclusion: Distal hamstring tenotomy associated with postoperative immobilization with an external fixator is a reliable and effective technique for the treatment of permanent knee flexion in cerebral palsy adults.


J. Barth N. Graveleau O. Siegrist P. Chambat

Purpose: Cyclope syndrome is a complication which occurs after ligamentoplasty of the anterior cruciate ligament. It is characterised by permanent flexion which may or not be associated with anterior pain, cracking or hydroarthrosis, typically during exercise. The diagnosis is confirmed by MRI. Arthroscopic treatment is indicated for resection of the nodule and as needed bone plasty of the notch if permanent flexion persists. In the literature, short-term results have been disappointing. We wanted to know more about the long-term outcome.

Material and methods: From January 1992 to December 1994, 835 patients underwent bone-tension plasty. Thirty-six underwent secondary surgery for cyclope syndrome (4.3%). Mean age at revision procedure was 26.2 years (16–43). Most of the subjects were athletes. Twenty-three patients (63.9%) were seen at follow-up consultation and 16.7% responded to a telephone interview. Mean time to review was nine years (8–10 years). We used the IKDC 1999 chart for subjective assessment and clinical evaluation and measured laxity with KT1000. We also studied changes in symptoms related to cyclope syndrome.

Results: We had two cases of recurrent tears (6.9%). The mean final subjective IKDC score was 81.6 points. Half of the patients had good outcome (> 82 points) and half had disappointing results (scored 50–80 points). The final objective IKDC scoring was: A=17.4%, B=65.2%, C=8.7%, D=8.7%. Thirteen patients had persistent signs of cyclope syndrome (44.8%). Fourteen still had limited joint motion (48.3%). Fifteen reduced their physical activity level (51.7%).

Discussion: The origin of the cyclope syndrome remains controversial. It is difficult to assess the risk of recurrent tear due to the small size of the population and the long time to review in this series.

Conclusion: Cyclope syndrome does not appear to be a factor of risk of laxity but is a non-negligible factor of morbidity, even ten years later. It appears to be important to operate early in order to avoid the spiral of chronic suffering. The postoperative flexion, which had been advocated in the past, does not appear to be useful.


P. Touchard E. Dehoux E. Fourati K. Madi C. Mensa P. Ségal

Purpose: Classically reported, degenerative femorotibial remodelling after meniscectomy results from different biomechanical mechanisms depending on the compartment considered. Occurring in the medial compartment, the most frequent situation, the lesions result from punctual contact compression of the cartilage. In the lateral compartment the mechanism involves increased relative instability of the structures controlling mobility. Lateral meniscectomy disrupts femorotibial kinetics of the meniscotibial gliding articulation leading to horizontal instability and subsequent generation of osteoarthritic degeneration which explains the development of lateral decompensations without genu valgum. Based on work by Grammont and Rudy, we proposed a method to limit this horizontal instability and transfer part of the stress to the medial compartment by medial translocation of the tibial tubercle.

Material and methods: Eighteen patients, mean age 44 years, underwent treatment for disabling degeneration without major misalignment (mean HKA 181°) a mean ten years after lateral meniscetomy. Degenerative remodelling of the lateral compartment was observed on the AP views in 30% of the knees and on the tangent views in 57% Five patients had early-stage lesions of the medial compartment and femoropatellar degradation was observed in 53%. Involvement of the lateral compartment was confirmed by systematic articular exploration and patellofemoral chondropathy was observed in eight knees. Translocation of the anterior tibial tubercle was associated with section of the lateral patellar wing in all knees associated with tension plasty medially.

Results: In 88% of the knees, the postoperative period was uneventful. Weight-bearing supported with a Zimmer cast was maintained for 21 days. Functional outcome was assessed at mean 28 months. Eleven patients had a new clinical and radiographic work-up (mean 34 months). Pain was improved in 88% of the knees, allowing sustained resumption of occupational activities at three months (four knees completely forgotten). Radiographically, at mean 34 months, the lateral cartilage lesions had stabilised with no impact on the medial compartment.

Discussion: In light of these results, we have decided to continue this therapeutic approach, reserving the technique for cases of symptomatic lateral decompensation in young subjects without major valgus malalignment.


L.-D. Duranthon C. Charousset L. Bellaiche H. Robin J.-B. Elis

Purpose: The purpose of this study was to compare meniscal lesions observed arthroscopically with magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) descriptions.

Material and methods: MRI were read by one operator blinded to the arthroscopic findings. The operator noted the presence or absence of lesions, the topography of the lesion, and the Trillat classification. 188 menisci were studied in 94 patients.

Results: Arthroscopically there were 90 healthy menisci and MRI described 89 healthy menisci, giving an arthroscopic specificity of 98.9%. There were 98 meniscal lesions arthroscopically and 95 at MRI, giving 96.6% sensitivity. The medial meniscus was damaged in 78 cases and the lateral meniscus in 20. Arthroscopy and MRI found the same type of lesion in 62 of 98 cases, identified on the medial meniscus in 47 out of 78 and the lateral meniscus for 15 out of 20. MRI recognised 25/29 horizontal lesions but only one radial lesion of the medial meniscus among the seven cases identified arthroscopically. The topography was concordant in 18/98 cases. MRI oversized the lesion in 54/98 cases.

Discussion: MRI remains the gold standard complementary examination for the diagnosis of meniscal lesions, with high sensitivity and specificity. The precise anatomic description of the lesion provided by the MRI corresponds less well with the arthroscopic findings. Certain lesions appear to be easier to identify, particularly horizontal lesions, while others, particularly radial lesions, are more difficult to demonstrate.


C. Buissière T. Aït Si Selmi P. Chambat L. Laganier S. Hutasse P. Neyret

Purpose: Associating autologous chondrocytes with a biomaterial has the advantage of facilitating fixation of graft cells and simplifies reimplantation. To evaluate the feasibility, tolerance, and efficacy of the Cartipatch(r) product, we are conducting a phase IIb study.

Material and methods: Cartilage (200–500 mg) was harvested arthroscopically from the lateral borders of the trochlea in the intercondylar space of damaged knees. After enzymatic digestion, the freed chondrocytes were cultured in monolayer in presence of autologous serum. The number of cells needed to achieve a concentration of 107/ml were suspended in an aragose and alginate solution. Before gelification, the suspension was poured into pits to obtain grafts measuring 10, 14 or 18 mm depending on the configuration of the lesion identified by MRI and arthroscopy. A specific instrument set was used to prepare one or two cavities for press fit insertion of the grafts. The grafts were justapositioned in order to best cover the damaged area.

Nineteen patients aged 16–50 years with a single osteochondral lesion or osteochondritis dessicans involving the femoral condyle but who had no other knee anomaly were included in this trial. The graft was inserted via an arthrotomy. Patients were examined preoperatively then at 3, 6, 12 and 24 months after grafting. The main evaluation criteria was improvement in the IDCD score (ICRS item) at 24 months. Secondary evaluation criteria were MRI and arthroscopic aspect associated with biopsy of the repaired tissue performed at 24 months.

Results: The first interventions required less than one hour. Patients followed the rehabilitation protocol with passive mobilisation and progressive weight bearing with no particular problem. Tolerance was good (no inflammation, adherence).

Discussion: The operative time needed to implant the graft was greatly reduced compared with classical chondrocyte grafts. Furthermore, this technique eliminates the need for periosteum suture guaranteeing a more homogeneous cell graft.

Conclusion: This short-term evaluation of the first patients is very encouraging. The first results concerning the effectiveness of this product, Cartipatch(r) are expected in the upcoming months.


W. Van Hille C. Luté J.-C. Poulhès J.-H. Jaeger

Purpose: Use of autologous chondrocyte grafts for the treatment of knee cartilage damage appears to be a promising solution. We report preliminary retrospective results in 15 autologous chondrocyte grafts with maximum 4.1 years follow-up.

Material and methods: From September 1996 to December 2000, 15 autologous chondrocyte grafts were performed in 15 patients (13 men and two women), mean age 29.1 years (14.2–46.5) using the Carticel procedure of the Genzyme Tissue Repair laboratory. There were ten trauma-induced chondral lesions and five cases of osteochondritis dessicans. The lesions were located in the femoral condyles in 14 cases (12 medial and two lateral) and the patella in one. Mean surface defect was 6 cm2 (1–15) and all lesions were ICRS grade 3 or 4. The technique described by Brittberg et al. was used. Harvested cartilage was sent to Cam-bridge (USA) for culture. Reimplantation, performed by arthrotomy in all cases, was achieved 12 weeks on average (3.5–29) after initiating culture. Clinical and laboratory results at last follow-up were compared with preoperative data using the ICRS evaluation chart and the Tegner, IKDC, modified Cincinnati, and Lysholm scores. Patients were followed regularly with x-rays, MRI or arthroscan.

Results: Mean follow-up was 2.5 years (1.2–4.1). The subjective IKDC, modified Cincinnati, and Lysholm scores progressed respectively from 38.3 (9–46) to 71.3 (24–98), from 31.6 (18–69) to 58.4 (26–97) and from 41.9 (13–61) to 81.3 (29–100). According to this classification, outcome was excellent or good in ten knees, fair in four and poor in one. For the activity level assessed by the ICRS and Tegner classifications, scores declined respectively from 2.2 (1–3) and 7.4 (5–10) preoperatively to 2.8 (2–4) and 5.2 (2–7) at last follow-up.

Discussion: Due to the small number of patients, it is difficult to compare our results with those reported in the literature. Clinical and functional improvement appeared to be significant but in our experience, there was a decline in the mean sports level at last follow-up.

Conclusion: Autologous chondrocyte grafting appears to be a promising technique for repairing cartilage damage. Use of second-generation grafts with chondrocytes embedded in a solid matrix should facilitate their surgical implantation and improve outcome.


J.-C. Durand R. Limozin J.-M. Semay M.-H. Fessy

Purpose: Polyethylene wear in total hip arthroplasty remains the most limiting factor for implant survival. Several predictive factors are well identified, but the position of the articulating pieces remains to be studied in detail. We searched for a correlation between polyethylene wear and the position of the femoral and acetabular pieces, particularly the femoral offset.

Material and methods: Sixty-six patients underwent total hip arthroplasty for osteoarthritis or osteonecrosis. The patients were reviewed at 10.8 years (four bilateral prostheses). The preoperative, immediate postoperative (1 month) and last follow-up (10 years) AP pelvis views were digitalized. A dedicated software traced the different axes for measurement. Wear at ten years, femoral offset, cup eccentration or medialisation, ascent or descent, and cup inclination were measured.

Results: Mean polyethylene wear was 1.23 mm at ten years with linear curve of 0.11 mm/yr. Preoperative femoral offset was restored in 71.4% of the cases. Univariate regression analysis revealed that only femoral offset was correlated with less wear at ten years. Polyethylene wear at ten years fell from 1.26 mm for preoperative offset restitution less than 98% to 1.13 mm for restitution greater than 102%.

Discussion: Image processing allowed greater accuracy in the measurement of polyethylene wear. The rate of wear reported in the literature ranges from 0.1 to .015 mm/yr. Restitution of femoral offset guarantees less wear due to the reduction in the resultant force applied on the articulation as well as stress on the implants. Furthermore hip stability is improved. Several factors are involved in production of wear debris and correct restitution of the centre of rotation is only one of the elements which reduce wear.

Conclusion: Wear was not excessive in this series. Among the position parameters, only femoral offset had an influence, having a beneficial effect on polyethylene wear. This emphasises the importance of having a wide variety of implants available in order to respond to the different anatomic presentations of the femur.


J.-N. Argenson X. Flecher S. Parrate J.-M. Aubaniac

Purpose: Impacted piecemeal allografts for nonce-mented hemispheric cups raises a problem of primary stability in the case of extensive bone defects. The high centre of rotation of the oversized cup further increases bone loss, requiring an extralong neck. The purpose of this study was to describe the use of impacted piecemeal grafts associated with a pressfit supporting ring with reposition of the centre of rotation.

Material and methods: The piecemeal grafts were impacted into the acetabulum to fill the defect. The hydroxyapatite coated ring was pressfit for primary stability then stabilised with axial screws in the upper paste. A distal hook on the obturator foramen repositioned the centre of rotation. The study group included 103 cases of acetabular reconstruction, including 34 for aseptic loosening and type 2 and 3 acetabular substance loss. Clinical and radiographic assessment was performed at 5 and 12 years.

Results: Mean patient age was 58 years, mean weight was 64kg. The Harris score improved from 53 points preoperatively to 88 points at last follow-up. Radiographically, there were no cases of cup migration according to the Massin classification, and the centre of rotation (Pierchon) was anatomic in 66% horizontally and in 44% vertically. There were two lucent lines in zone 2 and mean polyethylene wear was 0.015 mm per year. Graft integration (Conn) was identical to the host in 84% with disappearance of the interface in 67%. There were three dislocations treated without changing the implant and two revisions for infection.

Discussion: Several theoretical and clinical studies have shown that the high centre of rotation increases stress on the implants and decreased abductor force. The results obtained in this study with a maximum 12 year follow-up show that indications for this pressfit technique associating reposition of the centre of rotation, fixation for stability, and restoration of bone stock can be widened. Limitations are bone destructions with rupture of the pelvic girdle.


HC. Charpenay Y. Julien L. Devilliers V. Pibarot M.-H. Fessy J. Bejui-Hugues

Purpose: Acetabular revision has become a challenging situation due to the importance of bone stock loss encountered in SOFCOT stage III acetabula. The number of failures due to loosening are explained by the strong mechanical stress on the bone grafts or inadequate restitution of the rotation centre of the hip. The purpose of this study was to evaluate mid-term results of the Kerboull support used to achieve anatomic recentring of the hip and progressive weight bearing on the bone grafts.

Material and methods: This retrospective series included 54 acetabular revisions performed for stage III loosening between 1989 and 1996. A Kerboull support was used in all cases. The patients were assessed with the Postel Merle d’Aubigné score and radiographically on plain pelvis films in order to search for recurrent loosening or arthroplasty failure. The log rank test was used to compare actuarial survival.

Results: The series included 62% women. Mean age was 62.3 years (33–87). This was the first revision for 78% and a second or more revision for 22%. The preoperative Postel Merle d’Aubligné score was 9.18 points. This score was 12.3 postoperatively, 15.6 at one year, 15.5 at five years and 14.8 at last follow-up. Dislocation was the most frequent complication, with 55% occurring on cups more than 46° oblique. Grafts were considered radiographically integrated in 58% of the cases. There were 5.5% failures due to migration, 13.8% due to fracture of the superior screw. The actuarial survival was 97.4% at three years, 94.7% at four years, 89.2% at five years and 73% at seven and ten years.

Conclusion: On the basis of these good short-, mid- and long-term clinical and radiographic results, we recommend Kerboull support for the treatment of stage III acetabular loosening.


F. Chalencon J.-P. Fayard R. Limozin G. Gresta

Purpose: We report a retrospective series of 98 consecutive total hip prostheses implanted without cement: the Aura stem and the Alizé cup coated with hydroxyapatite; reviewed at mean 9.6 years. The purpose of this analysis was to examine implant stability and wear.

Material and methods: Total hip prostheses implanted in 98 patients from January 1991 to January 1992 were reviewed: 60 women and 38 men, operated on by the same surgeon using an Alizé cup and an Aura stem without cement. Mean age at implantation was 66.5 years (30–85). Mean follow-up was 9.67 years. We retained 56 patients for this analysis (17 patients had died, 13 were lost to follow-up, 9 could not be followed, and 3 stem removals (3.1%)). This was the first procedure in all patients. Clinical outcome was assessed with the Postel-Merle-d’Aubigné (PMA) score and with a self-administered questionnaire. Radiologically, we assessed stability (tilt, implant displacement) and implant wear using MetrOs software data processing of digitalized radiograms. We also searched for qualitative radiographic signs of bone reaction to the implant.

Results: The overall PMA score improved from 11.96 preoperatively to 17.42 at the 5-year assessment and then fell to 15.67 at last follow-up. At five years 94% of the patients (92 hips) were satisfied and 98.3% (56 hips) were reviewed at 10 years. There were two fractures of the ceramic head after direct fall on the greater trochanter (requiring replacement of the femoral implant, the head and the polyethylene insert). There was one infra-prosthetic fracture which required stem replacement. Analysis of the radiograms did not demonstrate any abnormal ossification or lucency. MetrOs was used on 52 files: mean wear was 0.77 mm at 10 years (0.16–2.24 mm): wear and impaction (0.789 mm) of the stem were significantly correlated at 10 years while stem tilt was negligible.

Discussion: This radioclinical analysis demonstrated that these hydroxyapatite coated implants are stable over time. The clinical results are satisfactory with a small regression of the PMA score related to patient ageing. The radiographic measurements obtained with a precise rigorous tool were very encouraging. We compared our results with those of series using comparable implants.


G. Asencio P. Marchand R. Bertin B. Megy P. Kouyoumdjian S. Hacini P.-P. Mill

Purpose: Osteolysis is one of the important issues during the life of noncemented total hip arthroplasty (THA). The purpose of this study was to evaluate a series of 228 THA using an ABG-1 implant to determine the incidence of osteolysis and contributive factors.

Material and methods: This series of 228 THA using noncemented ABG-1 anatomic implants coated with hydroxyapatite was implanted in 210 patients, 116 women and 112 men, mean age 62.2 years. The indication was primary osteoarthritis (53.6%), primary necrosis (21.5%), posttraumatic osteoarthritis (11.8%), rheumatoid disease (8.3%) and hip dysplasia (4.8%). The bearings were, 200 zirconium-polyethylene (87.7%), 28 metal-polyethylene (12.3%). At mean 88.6 months follow-up, a minimum 60 months postoperatively, we reviewed 163 patients (37 patients died without revision, 28 (12.3%) were lost to follow-up, and 17 had undergone a revision procedure). We analyzed osteolysis on the digitalized radiograms using the Delee-Charnley classification to which we added a fourth retroacetabular zone. Polyethylene wear was measured with the Imagika(r) software using the method described by Martell.

Results: The 17 cup revisions (8.5%) were required for instability (4 pt), loosening (4 pt), osteolysis (4 pt), infection (3 pt), and limping (1 pt). Overall implant survival was 92.1%. Implant survival, considering loosening and osteolysis as failure, was 96.1%. Mean wear at last follow-up was 1.26 mm, for an annual average of 0.17 mm (0.04 – 0.69 mm/yr). Acetabular osteolysis was observed in 41.6% of cases, mainly in the Delee-Charnley zone 1, but was also found in all the other zones. The average surface area was an estimated 223 mm2. Possible factors favoring osteolysis were: aetiology, age, gender, activity level, body mass index, Charnley ABC classification, presence of preoperative acetabular defects, cup size, polyethylene insert thickness, position of the insert rim, cup inclination, complementary fixation, bearing type, polyethylene offset and wear. There was a statistically significant relationship between osteolysis and: the Charnley classification (p=0.012), presence of preoperative acetabular defects (p=0.0034), cup inclination angle (p=0.035), cup size (p=0.042), polyethylene thickness (p< 0.01), use of complementary fixation (p=0.048), and polyethylene wear (p=0.0011). Paradoxically, we did not find any relationship with gender, age, body mass index, and the other factors.

Discussion: This analysis demonstrated the determining causes of osteolysis: time, polyethylene thickness, polyethylene wear, the Zicronium-polyethylene bearing. Wear was probably not only the consequence of the Zicronium-polyethylene bearing but was also related to the quality of the polyethylene, and the instability of the insert. Diffuse osteolysis is favored by orifices in the first-generation cups which have been eliminated in the ABG-2 cups.


M.-A. Rousseau M.A. Rousseau S. Le Mouel D. Goutallier S. Van Driessche

Purpose: Alumina is a bioinert ceramic used for total hip arthroplasty as an alternative to metal-on-polyethylene bearings which can wear producing massive osteolysis and loosening. The purpose of this retrospective analysis was to examine the Ceraver combination implant which uses a cemented smooth titanium femoral stem, a 32 mm alumina head, and a cemented alumina cup.

Material and methods: Between December 1979 and February 1983. 104 total hip arthroplasties were performed in 81 patients, mean age 57.8 years (2.1–70.9). The main indication was primary degenerative disease (71 hips). The Postel Merle d’Aubigné score was used for clinical assessment. Plain x-rays were used to establish the actuarial survival curves using the Harris criteria for radiological loosening for the cup and the Massin criteria for the femoral piece. Periprosthetic femoral and acetabular osteolysis were noted. Histological samples taken during revision procedures were analysed.

Results: Six hips with suppuration were not retained for analysis. The clinical scores for the other 98 hips were, at last follow-up: excellent in 34, very good in 21, good in 16, fair in 21, and poor in 6. Mean follow-up was eleven years and reached 18 years for 38 hips. Fracture of the alumina head (n=1), aseptic certain radiographic loosening of the cup (n=24), probable radiolographic loosening of the cup (n=12), and certain radiographic loosening of the femoral piece (n=3) were noted. Revision was required for 23 hips for replacement of the cup (n=23), the head (n=12), or the femoral stem (n=1). There were no cases of massive radiographic osteolysis. The histological examination of surgical specimens obtained at revision were normal in all cases (very moderate aseptic foreign body reaction). Excepting the cases of suppuration, the estimated actuarial survival without revision at 20 years was 61.4% (57.1% for he radiographic cup loosening criteria and 95.2% for the radiographic femoral implant criteria).

Discussion: This analysis confirms the long-term biotolerance of the alumina-alumina bearing despite the poor maintenance of the cemented alumina cup. It also confirms the good maintenance of the cemented smooth titanium femoral stem.

Conclusion: Cup anchorage must be improved to use the alumina-alumina bearing which does not cause osteolysis nor histological reactions.


H. Migaud A. Jobin P. Laffargue F. Giraud Y. Pinoit A. Duquennoy

Purpose: In young active subjects, total hip arthroplasty (THA) raises the risk of early polyethylene wear eventually warranting the use of alternative bearings. The purpose of this study was to analyze outcome in subjects aged less than 50 years implanted with a primary metal-on-metal prosthesis.

Material and methods: Between 1995 and 1998, thirty-nine THA with a metal-on-metal bearing were implanted without cement in 30 consecutive patients aged less than 50 years, mean age 23–50). There were nine bilateral implantations. The cementless implants had surface treatment without hydroxyapatite and 28 mm heads. The indication for THA was necrosis in twenty cases, osteoarthritis in nineteen, most in patients with hip dysplasia. The Devane classification placed 84% of the patients in levels 4 or 5, indicating heavy work and/or sports activities. Inclusion criteria were: 1) age less than 50 years, 2) significant activity (occupation and/or sports), 3) osteoarthritis or necrosis. Patients were included and followed prospectively. Serum cobalt level was measured at last follow-up. None of the patients were lost to follow-up.

Results: The Postel-Merle-d’Aubigné score (PMA) improved from 12.8±2.2 (7–15) before surgery to 17.2±1 (14–18) at 5.1 years (5–6.3). None of the patients complained of hip pain. Two patients has moderate inguinal pain related to a cupiliopsoas conflict. All patients achieved complete weight bearing on the fourth postoperative day excepting three who resumed weight bearing at six weeks due to an acetabular augmentation graft. There were no cases of implant migration and all implants exhibited signs of osteointegration on the radiograms. There were no postoperative dislocations and no cases of osteolysis could be identified, particularly in the eight patients who had increased serum cobalt (four bilateral implants) and who had no other statistically significant favouring factor.

Conclusion: The results at five years suggest that the second-generation metal-on-metal bearing is a reliable alternative when THA is proposed for young active subjects. Long-term follow-up of this cohort of subjects at high risk of wear is necessary to confirm these encouraging results.


L. Kerboull M. Hamadouche J.-P. Courpied M. Kerboull

Purpose: The purpose of this retrospective study was to evaluate the clinical and radiological results of Charnley-Keroboull total hip arthroplasty performed in patients aged less than 50 years. We searched for factors which might affect wear and sustained fixation.

Material and methods: Among the 2,804 arthroplasties performed in patients aged less than 50 years between 1975 and 1995, we selected randomly 287 (10% of the annual operations). These prostheses were implanted in 222 patients (144 women and 78 men), mean age 40.1±8 years (15–50). All of the arthroplasties were inserted via a transtrochanteric approach. Charnley-Kerboull implants were cemented in all patients using a metal polyethylene bearing. Functional outcome was assessed with the Postel-Merle-d’Aubigné score. Cup wear was measured with the Chevrot technique. The actuarial method was used to calculate prosthesis survival.

Results: At last follow-up, 155 patients (210 hips) were living and had not had a revision procedure at mean 16.1±4.6 years, 23 patients (25 hips) required revision of the acetabular or femoral element, ten patients (10 hips) had died, and 34 patients (42 hips) were lost to follow-up. The mean preoperative functional score was 9.6±2.5 (9–15) versus 17.2±0.8 (9–18) at last follow-up (Wilcoxon rank test p< 0.001). For the acetabular element, there was certain loosening in 15 hips and possible loosening in 24. For the femoral element, loosening was certain for 12 implants and possible for four. Twentyfive hips required revision, including 17 for aseptic loosening. Mean wear was 0.12±0.21 mm (0–2.23). Among the 287 hips, 196 had wear measured at less than 0.1 mm/yr (mean 0.02 mm/yr). Mean overall implant survival, defining revision as failure, was 85.4±5.0% at twenty years (95%CI 78.4–92.4). Among the factors tested, only abnormally rapid wear (> 0.1 mm/yr) was predictive of failure.

Discussion: The results of this series allow us to conclude that total hip arthroplasty using a Charnley-Kerboull implant remains the best solution for young patients in terms of implant survival.


F. Baque H. Moussa J.-P. Courpied

Purpose: The purpose of this retrospective study was to evaluate at minimal 5 years follow-up outcome in a consecutive series of total hip arthroplasties implanted for fracture of the acetabulum.

Material and methods: The series included 53 arthroplasties implanted between January 1980 and December 1995 in 53 patients, 16 women and 37 men, mean age 53.1 years (24–84). The initial fracture involved the acetabular wall in 18 patients, one column in seven and two columns in six. It was a complex fracture in eleven cases and classification was unknown in the eleven other hips. Orthopaedic treatment was used for 23 patients and surgery for 30. Mean time between fracture and arthroplasty was 16.4±10.8 years. Cemented Charnley-Kerboull implants with a metal-polyethylene bearing were used. The Postel-Merle-d’Aubigné (PMA) score was used to assess functional outcome. The actuarial survival was determined.

Results: At five years minimum follow-up, 33 patients were alive and had not undergone revision at mean follow-up of 12.4±3.8 years (7–21). Six patients had had revision of the acetabular and/or femoral element, five patients had died, and seven were lost to follow-up. Revisions were required for cup wear associated with periacetabular osteolysis. The mean preoperative functional score was 10.6±2.5 versus 16.2±2.8 (8–18) at last follow-up (Wilcoxon rank test, p< 0.0001). Cumulative survival, taking revision as failure, was 90.3±6.5% at 15 years (95%CI 77.6–100%) for hips treated orthopaedically versus 66.5±14.5 (95%CI 38.1–94.9%) for hips treated surgically. The difference for the analyzable hips was not significant (logrank, p=0.69).

Discussion: The results of this series confirm that the long-term risk of mechanical failure of total hip arthroplasty for fracture of the acetabulum is high.


M.h. Sy C. Kinkpe P. Dakouré C. Diémé A. Sané A. Ndiaye A. Dansokho S. Seye

Purpose: Fracture-posterior dislocation of the femoral head is an exceptional hip injury. Emergency reduction is required. Relocation into the acetabular cavity of the displaced femoral head may not be feasible. Irreducibility, instability, and more rarely accidental fracture of the femoral neck may also occur. We encountered this latter complication in four patients and report here its frequency and mechanism and propose preventive therapeutic measures.

Material and methods: Seventy dislocations and fracture-dislocations of the hip were treated in our unit from March 1997 to February 2003. Among these cases, fourteen hip dislocations were complicated by femoral head fractures. Fracture of the femoral neck occurred during reduction in four. All four cases occurred in men, mean age 49.7 years, who were traffic accident victims (drivers or passengers). There were two Pipkin IV fracture-dislocations and two Pipkin II. The first reduction, achieved under general anaesthesia in an emergency setting, was performed by an orthopaedic surgeon in one patient and a general surgeon in three patients. Arthroplasty was used to treat the femoral neck fracture in three patients and pinning in one. We reviewed retrospectively the clinical and imaging data before and after reduction.

Results: Sub-capital fracture situated 4.0 cm (mean, range 3.5–4.5 cm) from the lesser trochanter occurred in all four cases. The head remained attached above and posteriorly to the acetabulum and was rotated less than 90°. The fragment remaining in the acetabulum was displaced in two cases. In one patient, the fracture-dislocation of the head was associated with a fracture of the posterior rim of the acetabulum.

Discussion: Neck fracture during reduction of traumatic hip dislocation is a serious complication. Prevention of this iatrogenic event requires a slow, progressive reduction limiting the trauma to a minimum; first intention open surgery may be required in selected cases.


J.-L. Rouvillain C. Dib O. Labrada H. Pascal-Mousselard O. Delattre D. Ribeyre

Purpose: Orthopaedic treatment of Achilles tendon tears was detailed by Rodineau. Equine immobilisation for eight to twelve weeks without weight bearing is necessary. The rate of recurrent tears varies from 10 to 20%. Conventional surgery provides very low re-tear rates but can lead to cutaneous complications in 10 to 20% of cases. In 2001, Moller et al. conducted a prospective comparison between surgical and functional treatment in 112 patients followed for two years. The rates of recurrent tears were 1.7% for surgery versus 20.8% for functional treatment. The percutaneous suture with Tenolig(r) has not totally eliminated these problems and raises a cost issue. The Achillon procedure is presented as a minimally invasive technique which does not appear to be extremely easy to perform. Several other techniques have been proposed using an external fixator (Nada, 1985), subcutaneous arthroscopy (Aldam, 1989), or a transverse miniincision (Thermann, 2001). The oldest truly percutaneous method was published by Ma and Griffith in 1977. In 2001, Lim et al. conducted a prospective comparison between conventional surgery and percutaneous treatment using the Ma and Griffith method on 66 patients reviewed at six months. Average immobilisation was 12.4 weeks. There were seven infections (21%) in the surgery cohort versus three cases of painful nodules (9%) in the percutaneous cohort in addition to one case of sural nerve paraesthesia.

Material and methods: The percutaneous technique we used was derived from the Ma and Griffith technique. The purpose of this percutaneous technique is to obtain rapidly and easily a solid suture which can be achieved under local anaesthesia at little cost. We developed a special needle with an eye which accepts the type of thread desired. Early in our experience, we used a non-resorbable thread (Ethicon(r) N1) but because of painful nodules we changed to a resorbable thread (Vincryl n2) used for a double suture. The suture is performed under local anaesthesia, the patient in the ventral supine position. An equine plaster boot is worn for three weeks followed by a 90° boot with a walking heal for another three weeks during which weight bearing is allowed. From 1999 to 2002, we have used this technique for 43 patients (28 men and 15 women), mean age 51 years.

Results: The only complications were one case of superficial infection, one painful subcutaneous nodule, and one sural thrombophlebitis. There were no cases of recurrent tear or sural neurinoma.

Discussion: The contraindications for this technique are old tears, recurrent tears, and tears too close to the cal-caneal insertion.

Conclusion: This technique is easy to perform and low-cost. The suture is solid allowing rapid recovery without cutaneous complications.


J.-L. Polard G. Kerhousse J.-M. Hamon L. Zabée P. Rochcongar J.-L. Husson

Purpose: Chronic compartment syndrome of the forearm is considered to be exceptional but may be underestimated. Compartment syndrome of the upper limb is recognized but generally considered to be non-specific compared with acute Wolkmann syndrome. Chronic compartment syndrome, or “subacute compartment syndrome” is also well known but often associated with exertion of the lower limbs in athletes. The association of a compartment syndrome of the upper limb and a chronic compartment syndrome was just recently described since the first publication appears to be the paper by Tompkins in 1997. Scare reports have reported a few cases since then.

Material and methods: We report our personal experience with ten cases with a minimum follow-up of six months.

Results: Compared with the literature, the analysis of our series provides an explanation of the clinical, diagnostic, and therapeutic features of chronic exercise syndromes of the forearm.

Discussion: A better awareness of this pathological condition will probably enable earlier and more surgical care of these athletes who are handicapped by these syndromes well known in the motocross world as “forearm tetany” or “armpump””.


E. Taton I. Benezis P. Boireau F. Razanabola T. Fabre A. Durandeau

Purpose: Percutaneous suture of the Achilles tendon is an excellent alternative to open surgery with the known risk of cutaneous and septic complications and also to orthopaedic surgery with the risk of recurrence. We propose our technique of percutaneous suture applied in a series of 76 patients.

Material and methods: Achilles tendon sutures were performed from 1998 to 2002 in 76 patients (17 women), mean age 41 years (22–66). The procedure was conducted under local anaesthesia in the outpatient setting. A resorbable knitted thread mounted on a needle was used to make the two-point frame percutaneous suture. The patients were immobilised for three weeks (average). The Thermann scores, modified by McComis, were determined and the objective Cybex test at 30 and 60/s was used to measure peak torque, power, and maximal power followed by 30 cycles at 120/s to evaluate muscle fatigability.

Results: Mean follow-up was 35 months (10–66). Outcome scores (maximum 100 points) showed excellent or good results in 73 patients and poor results in three. Mean operative time was 15 minutes with no immediate complications. Weight bearing was allowed as early as day 1 (range d1-d20) and patients resumed their occupational activities on day 40 (d8-d100). Sports activities were resumed at six months (4–8 months). Ankle motion was symmetrical and pain free in 73 patients. Calf circumference was 2 cm less than on the contralateral side (0.5-3.0). There were two cases of recurrent tears in patients with poor outcome. Decreased muscle force involving the triceps was never greater than 35% compared with the healthy side (Cybex).

Discussion: The objective Cybex measurements were tightly correlated with the McComis scores. This percutaneous technique does not require removal of the material and is perfectly reproducible in outpatients under local anaesthesia. It is an inexpensive method but remains contraindicated for tears seen late, recurrent tears, or very distal tears.

Conclusion: The very good results obtained in this series suggest we should continue with this low-cost percutaneous method.


E. Toullec L.-S. Barouk

Purpose: Fissures of the flexor hallucis longus, an exclusively clinical diagnosis, are often unrecognised. Imaging is not contributive. The purpose of this work was to detail the clinical signs leading to surgical exploration with tendon suture, the only effective treatment.

Material and methods: Lesions of the flexor hallucis longus, generally subsequent to ankle sprains resulting from trauma involving the medial border of the foot or from a fall, were found in the retrotalar gutter (1 patient), at the Henry node, the pulley of the common flexors and the flexor hallucis longus under the navicular bone (6 patients). Palpation produced exquisite pain. Pain was also provoked by movement of the great toe, explaining why the patients were unable to run or stand tiptoed. Ultrasound and MRI were negative. Surgery was peformed because of the persistent pain which did not respond to medical treatment (anti-inflammatory drugs, corticosteroid injections, plantar orthesis maintaining the medial vault, plaster cast). Surgical repair relieved pain in all cases and enabled renewed activities within three months on average. The treatment consisted in suture of the tendon associated with regularisation of the retrotalar gutter as needed and, at the subnavicular level, section of the Henry node and anastomosis of the flexors. Cast immobilisation was recommended for four to six weeks.

Conclusion: In patients complaining of pain of the posterior crossway or in the subnavicular region, examination of the flexor hallucis longus should be undertaken to search for a fissure which requires surgical tendon repair. It is hoped that improved imaging techniques will provide a means of confirming the diagnosis before surgery.


R. Maes S. Dojcinovic M. Delmi R. Peter P. Hoffmeyer

Purpose: Fracture of the lateral process of the talus is exceptional. Diagnosis may be missed in 50% of patients, the fracture often being confused with severe ankle sprain. Through the seventies, less than 60 cases were reported in the literature. We report a retrospective study of seven cases treated surgically between 1990 and 2001.

Material and methods: We examined the different mechanisms leading to fracture of the lateral process of the talus and propose a therapeutic algorithm. All patients were seen at follow-up consultations. We used the AOFAS hindfoot evaluation scale, radiographs (anteroposterior view of the ankle and 3/4 lateral view of the foot, Broden views). Outcome was scored excellent, fair, or poor. Mean patient age was 33 years (20–51). Mean follow-up was six years (1–12). The patients incurred the fracture during a snowboard accident (n=1), motocycle accidents (n=3), defenestration (n=1), and mountain climbing accidents (n=2). Fractures resulted from forced eversion in one patient and high-energy trauma in six. Fracture classification according to Hawkins was type 1 (n=4, type 2 (n=3), and type 3 (n=1). Time from the accident to diagnosis was less than 15 days except in one patient where the diagnosis was made ten months after the trauma. Associated lesions were subtalar dislocation (n=2), talar neck fracture (n=1), medial malleolar fracture (n=1), and open fracture of the first cuneiform (n=1). The procedure consisted in fixation of the fragments without resection in four cases, resection of small fragments and fixation of large fragments in two, and osteotomy of a deformed callus of the lateral process of the talus in one. Weight bearing was not allowed four six weeks except in one patient with subtalar dislocation whose calcaneotalar pin was withdrawn at eight weeks.

Results: Complications were one case of superficial infection which resolved with antibiotic treatment and two cases of subtalar osteoarthritis at more than ten years. The overall score was 85 on average. The outcome was excellent in six cases and poor in one.

Discussion: A review of the literature shows that fracture of the lateral process of the talus occurs in 1% of all ankle lesions. Five mechanisms have been described. The two most frequent are ankle inversion in dorsiflexion and high-energy trauma. The three other mechanisms are eversion, direct trauma and stress fracture. The consequences of inadequate treatment include: late healing, non-union, deformed callus (one case in our series), avascular necrosis, subtalar instability, and joint incongruency with risk of subtalar and/or talofibular osteoarthrosis. The appropriate treatment depends on the time of diagnosis, the size and nature of the fracture and the degree of displacement. The therapeutic algorithm used in Geneva is as follows: orthopaedic treatment (plaster resting boot for six weeks followed by physiotherapy) associated with close surveillance in the event of a fracture measuring less than 5 mm which is generally extra- articular. If the patient considers this treatment is insufficient, removal of the fragment can be proposed. For fractures measuring more than 1 cm, which are generally intra-articular, surgical treatment is needed if the fragment is displaced more than 2 mm. In the event of late diagnosis, it may be necessary to remove the fragment or perform subtalar arthrodesis, or as needed resection of a deformed callus. If the diagnosis is established early and appropriate treatment given, the results have been excellent at six years.


P. Delponte

Purpose: This work revealed the advantages of percutaneous suture of the Achilles tendon using an improved technique with entirely resorbable material.

Material and methods: Thirty cases of subcutaneous tears were operated on two to ten days after the accident (range 24 hr – 7 weeks). We used a 4-thread resorbable V-suture anchored in the calcaneum and, after blocking the ankle in the equine position, on the proximal fragment using two bioresorbable buttons. Postoperatively, immediate weight bearing was progressive using an adjustable and removable orthesis. Active-passive rehabilitation was initiated immediately. The material was left in place indefinitely and was resorbed after three months.

Results: We followed these patients for 24 – 8 months. Wound healing was excellent and material tolerance was exceptional (only one complaint of transient calcaneal pain). Objective outcome was comparable with that obtained with conventional suture, with a significant reduction in the risk of skin and neurological complications. There were no cases of recurrent tears. CT and MRI controls confirmed the early healing, the quality of the tendon repair, and material resorption within the expected delay. Subjective outcome was excellent.

Discussion: While the results obtained in this series are comparable to those with prior percutaneous techniques, the important improvement was the very significant reduction in skin and neurological complications often reported in other series. It is also noteworthy that there were no recurrent tears. The advantages are even more remarkable compared with surgery. The greater solidity authorises very rapid rehabilitation, similar to protocols advocated for nonoperative care. The limitations on indications appear to be tears seen after three weeks and true calcaneal de-insertions.

Conclusion: This technique improves patient comfort and follow-up while allowing safer rehabilitation.


H. Vouaillat D. Saragaglia Y. Tourné

Purpose: The purpose of this work was to evaluate clinical and radiological results of surgical treatment of 80 calcaneum fractures involving the posterior talar process using 1/4 tubes used for triangulation fixation.

Material and methods: The series involved 73 patients (seven bilateral fractures), 56 men and 17 women, average age 39.6 years (15–67) who were treated between 1990 and 1999. Patients were victims of 34 home accidents (46.6%), 19 sports accidents (26%), 14 occupational accidents (19.2%), and six traffic accidents (8.2%). The Duparc classification was: type 2 (n=2) type 3 (n=17), type 4 (n=51), and type 5 (n=10). Junior surgeons performed most of the procedures who used seven ‘inverted-V’ assemblies and 73 triangular assemblies. Forty-two patients (47 fractures) were reviewed (58.8% of fractures) clinically and radiologically to assess stability of the fixation (Boehler angle and talocalcaneal angle) and search for osteoarthritis.

Results: Mean follow-up was six years (1.5–11.5). There were few complications: four late healing (5%), five reflex dystrophy (6.3%) and two infections (2.5%) (Met-S Staphylococcus aureus and Bacterium bovis corineus. Subjectively, 93.5% of patients were satisfied or very satisfied. At last follow-up, the Boehler angle was 27.5±6.7°. The subtalar space was normal or nearly normal in 46.8% and narrowed or destroyed (osteoarthritis) in 53.2%. The Kitaoka function score (AOFAS) was 73.2 points on average with 44.7% excellent or good results and 44.8% fair results. The SOFCOT score was very good, good, or rather good in 63.8% and fair in 10.3%; it was also noted that among the 25.5% poor results, three patients required secondary subtalar arthrodesis. 86% of the patients resumed their occupational activities and 63% of the patients practicing sports resumed their activities.

Conclusion: Osteosynthesis of calcaneum fractures using 1/4 tubes used in a triangular configuration provides stable fixation (little secondary loss of Boehler angle) with a satisfactory cutaneous impact (few cases of skin necrosis). The subjective outcome is very satisfactory. Objective outcome may appear disappointing but is generally related to the severity of the fracture (76% types 4 and 5) or type of fixation configuration.


A. Sbihi G. Bellier P. Christel P. Colombet P. Djian J.-p. Franceschi

Purpose: The anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) is composed of two strands, the anteromedial (AM) and the posterolateral (PL). Each strand has a distinct biomechanical role. The classical techniques for reconstruction of the ACL using a one-strand graft cannot replace the AM strand of the ligament. Control of knee laxity after graft reconstruction with a single strand cannot restore physiological laxity.

Material and methods: This study was performed on 16 matched cadaver knees randomised for reconstruction technique. Anterior tibial dislocation was measured with the Rolimeter arthrometer using manual traction on the intact knee, after section of the ACL, and after arthroscopic reconstruction of the ACL using a 2-strand or 4-strand hamstring method at 20°, 60°, and 90° flexion. Changes in the length of each reconstructed strand were measured.

Results: For the 16 intact knees, anterior laxity was measured at 20°, 60° and 90°. After section of the ACL, laxity increased significantly at all angles studied. Statistical parametric and non-parametric tests demonstrated a significant difference between laxity after ACL section and after ACL reconstruction (one-strand) at 20°, 60° and 90° flexion. There was a significant difference between intact ACL and reconstructed ACL at 20° flexion, the residual laxity was greater after one-strand reconstruction. Conversely, at 60° and 90°, there was no difference in anterior displacement of the tibia for intact and reconstructed ACL. There was a statistically significant improvement in laxity between sectioned and reconstructed (two-strand) ACL at 20°, 60° and 90° but no difference in anterior dislocation between the intact ACL and the reconstructed ACL at 2°, 60°, and 90° flexion.

Conclusion: Two-strand reconstruction of the ACL provides laxity comparable with that of the intact ACL at 20°, 60°, and 90° flexion while one-strand reconstruction only re-establishes physiological laxity at 60° and 90°.


E. Have* G. Alovor A. Gabrion P. Mertl O. Jarde

Purpose: We report a series of 50 pilon fractures treated by osteosynthesis and report outcome at minimum seven years.

Material and methods: The series included 28 men and 22 women, mean age 44 years. Thirty-one patients were fall victims. The AO classification was type B (n=24) and type C (n=26). According to the De Lestang classification there were 12 simple fractures and 38 complex fractures (including 26 complete fractures) Sixteen fractures were open and 39 were associated with a fracture of the lateral malleolus. Most of the fixations were achieved via an anterolateral approach (n=22) using a prebent plate, or via a medial approach using a clover-leaf plate. A cancellous graft was used in seven cases. The Kitaoka classification was established at last follow-up.

Results: The radiographic work up included a lateral view and an anteroposterior view with moderate medial rotation. Mean follow-up was fourteen years. There were ten secondary displacements. Late complications were: non-union (n=14, including 10 cases requiring revision for arthrodesis), reflex dystrophy (n=6), deformed callus formation requiring revision, and one case of amputation after infection. At last follow-up, 33 ankles were painful (including 13 permanently painful ankles). Twenty-four patients had a residual limp (13 permanent) limiting walking distance in half of them. The talocrural joint motion was normal in 20 patients and the subtalar joint was normal in 24. Twenty-three patients resumed their former activities. For patients with sports activities, 64% resumed activities at the same level. The Kitaoka score was 79 points at last follow-up with outcome scored good in 70%, fair in 16% and poor in 14%. Excepting the patients who had secondary arthrodesis, 24 patients developed secondary osteoarthritis (including ten stage 2 and 3).

Discussion: Good outcome depends on the intraoperative reduction, both at the epiphyseal level (for complete fractures) and the metaphyseal level. This reduction must be maintained over time with a good fixation rigid enough to avoid secondary displacement which is a cause of callus deformation. The severity and complexity of the initial fracture constitute the main factors affecting outcome. In our opinion, computed tomography provides the best means of establishing the therapeutic indications. Pilon fractures remain a difficult challenge in orthopaedic surgery. Perfect reduction is the best guarantee of good outcome.


S. Jager D. Saragaglia C. Chaussard H. Pichon F. Jourdel

Purpose: The aim of this work was to evaluate functional and anatomic results of MacIntosh quadriceps plasty reinforced with a free fascia lata transplant used for the treatment of severe anterior laxity of the knee.

Material and methods: We considered severe laxity to be defined as a differential greater than 10 mm (manual Lachmann maximum on KT1000) compared with the healthy side and/or an explosive pivot test scored +++ and/or absolute laxity measured at 20 mm. This retrospective series included 108 patients treated between 1995 and 1998 by the same operator (DS). There were 70 men and 38 women, mean age 29±8.7 years (15–52). Average time from trauma to treatment was 38 months (2–324). Among the 98 patients practicing sports, 47 (43.5%) practiced pivot sports with contact and 51 (47.2%) practiced pivot sports without contact. Mean preoperatiove laxity KT1000 was 18±3 mm (13–30) on the diseased side and 5.34±1.9 mm on the healthy side (15 knees excluded due to rupture of the contralateral anterior cruciate ligament). Mean differential laxity was 12.6±2.3 mm (9–21) and in 44 patients (40.8%) the pivot test was scored +++. Only 37 knees (34%) were totally free of meniscal lesions. Outcome was evaluated by an independent operator using the IKDC method.

Results: Results were analysed for 71 patients (37 lost to follow-up giving a review rate of 65.8%) with a mean follow-up of 63.4±12.9 months (40–86). Absolute postoperative laxity was 8.9±2.9 mm (2–18) and differential laxity was 2.6±2.3 (−2 to +8) giving a mean gain in laxity of 10 mm. The pivot test was negative in 73.2% of the knees, 22% were scored +, and 4.2% ++. The overall IKDC score was 87.3±9.6 (56–100). 90% of the patients were satisfied or very satisfied with outcome. Furthermore, 80.3% of patients were able to resume their sports activities at the same or higher level.

Conclusion: Mixed plasty using the MacIntosh method with lateral reinforcement using the fascia lata enables effective treatment of severe anterior laxity of the knee. Few studies have differentiated laxity according to severity. Prospective randomised studies devoted to patients with very severe laxity are needed to confirm the results of this technique in comparison with isolated plasty of the anterior cruciate ligament without lateral reinforcement.


L. Jacquot T. Aït Si Selmi P. Neyret

Purpose: The purpose of this study was to analyse the clinical and MRI results of anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) grafts using the patellar tendon with a tibial fixation by th resorbable interference screw PLA 98 (Phusis(r)).

Material and methods: ACL grafts were performed in 182 patients between 1994 and 1997. A unique graft was used in 85 cases (Kenneth Jones), and association with Lemaire plasty in 97. The tibial fixation was achieved with the resorbable screw in all cases. Clinical and radiological data were recorded before surgery, and at one and five years. Among the 110 patients with an MRI at one year, 62 also had an MRI control at five years (57%). The antero-posteior and mediolateral tibial position was evaluated on the horizontal slices. We defined a method for evaluating the femoral position on the horizontal MRI slices. The aspect of the graft was analysed at one and five years.

Results: There were three failures (Trillat-Lachmann test). Mean residual differential laxity was 2.6 mm (Telos). At five years, 92% of patients practiced sports at a moderate or intensive level. The tibial position was good and highly reproducible (SD=0.06). Five femoral positions were not satisfactory but were not related with failure. All screws were resorbed at five years. There were two bone reactions at one year, with no relation with screw absorption (one contusion and one reflex dystrophy). At one year, the MRI with gadolinium injection visualised peripheral enhancement of the graft. At five years three transplants appeared heterogeneous, corresponding to three ruptures. Segmentary heterogenic aspects were not found to have any pathological significance.

Discussion: Evaluation of the femoral position is difficult on the MRI sagittal views. Our analysis method based on horizontal slices allowed reliable reproducible analysis. Analysis of the graft should take into consideration the time since surgery and the sequence used. There was no problem with fixation or screw absorption.

Conclusion: MRI follow-up of ACL grafts enables an analysis of the transplant positions, to follow the evolution of the graft, and to confirm the reliability and safety of the resorbable screw fixation.


F. Cladière J.-L. Besse J.-L. Lerat B. Moyen

Purpose: The posterior cruciate ligament (PCL) has two strands, an anterolateral strand (AL) and a posteromedial strand (PM). Its femoral insertion fans out over 3 cm and cannot be replaced by a unique transplant during surgical reconstruction. The purpose of this study was to define the anatomic centre of the femoral insertion of each stand in order to identify precise and reproducible landmarks for the bone tunnels (one for each strand) used to fix the transplants during reconstruction of the PCL.

Material and methods: A metallic landmark was placed on the centre of the femoral insertion of the two PCL strands in ten cadaver knees. The Metros software package was used to analyse the digitalised radiograms of each knee to determine the position of the strands on the medial condyle. Intra- and inter-observer variability was determined.

Results: The AL strand was situated 31.6 + 2.45% (47.2 + 6.02% for the PM strand) from the anterior border of the notch or 41.18 + 2.73% (54.46 + 5.07% for the PM) from the anterior border of the medial condyle relative to the Blumensaat line and 16.12 + 4.45% (33.68 + 7.2 for the PM) from the apex of the notch.

Discussion: Clinical and objective results of reconstruction depend on the ideal, basically femoral, position of the PCL insertions. Intraoperative identification of the ideal point for the femoral insertion can be improved with measurements made on cadaver knees. The values observed in the present study are reproducible. Presented in the form of percentages of length limiting the errors related to patient morphotype can be integrated into navigation systems.


P. Brunet O. Charrois P. Boisrenoult R. Degeorges P. Beaufils

Purpose: Treatment of recent lesions of the posterior cruciate ligament (PCL) is not standardised. Decisions depend on the patients age and activity level, the degree of laxity, and the presence of combined lesions. Surgical solutions included PCL repair with suture, reconstruction with an autograft or allograft, or synthetic plasty. The purpose of this study was to analyse the results of synthetic reconstruction plasty for knees with important recent laxity of the PCL alone or in association with other lesions (triads, pentades, dislocations). We hypothesised that the synthetic ligament serves as a tutor guiding healing of the ruptured ligament.

Material and methods: The series included 14 consecutive patients, 1 women, 13 men, mean age 27 years who were reviewed retrospectively. These patients were treated for isolated PCL tears (laxity > 15 mm) (n=3), PCL tears combined with laxity (medial or lateral) (n=6) or dislocation (n=5). Mean posterior laxity was 24 mm. The operation was performed 3 to 50 days after trauma using the LARS method (polyester ligament, 6 or 8 mm, 1 or 2 strands). All associated lesions were repaired during the same procedure except one A CL and one posterolateral angle which were treated secondarily. Mean follow-up was 36 months (10–88). All patients were seen for consultation except one who responded to a questionnaire. The IKDC score and Telos laxity measurements were noted.

Results: In five knees, stiffness required mobilisation or arthroscopic arthrolysis. A secondary tear confirmed arthroscopically occurred in one case after a new trauma. Subjectively, two patients were very satisfied, eight were satisfied and three were disappointed. Final motion was: 6/0/130. Direct clinical posterior drawer was present in twelve cases: the Telos differential was 8 mm (24 mm preoperatively). The overall IKDC score was A=0, B=7, C=3, D=2. Persistent posterior laxity was the worst item. Outcome was less satisfactory for all items for posterolateral laxity. There was no difference between the one- and two-strand plasties.

Discussion: We did not have any complications directly related to the synthetic ligament (synovitis, spontaneous tear). There was a significant gain in posterior laxity. Outcome depended on associated lesions, particularly lateral lesions (stiffness, IKDC score), rather than the surgical technique used to repair the PCL. The synthetic ligament appears to play its role as a tutor, a single strand measuring 6 mm in diameter is sufficient.

Conclusion: This technique spares the tendon stock and can be proposed for recent tears of the PCL with major laxity. A longer term follow-up is needed to confirm the persistence of the improvement in laxity.


C. Trojani J.-M. Parisaux E. Hovorka J.-S. Coste P. Boileau

Purpose: The purpose of this study was to compare the bone-patellar-tendon-bone (BPTB) and the four-strand hamstring grafts for anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) reconstruction in patients aged less than 40 years and to evaluate the influence of meniscectomies performed before, during, or after the ACL reconstruction.

Material and methods: Between March 1997 and March 2000, 114 patients who underwent ACL reconstruction (58 BPTB then 56 hamstring) were included. Exclusion criteria were: peripheral ligament repair or associated bone procedures, surgical revision. The continuous series was analysed retrospectively by two surgeons different from the operator. The BTPB group included 58 patients (mean age 28 years) evaluated at a mean 44 months; meniscectomy was associated in eleven cases. The hamstring group included 56 patients (mean age 27.5 years) evaluated at a mean 28 months; there were 19 associated meniscectomies. The IKDC score and laxity (KT2000, Telos) as well as the radiological aspect (AP, lateral and 30° flexion views) were used to assess outcome.

Results: At last follow-up (89 patients, 78%) there were three failures in each group; 77% of patients were in IKDC classes A or B. Subjectively, 90% of the patients considered their knee was normal or nearly normal. For both types of grafts, the outcome was significantly better if the meniscus was preserved. For knees with preserved menisci, there was no difference between BTPB and hamstring reconstruction. Anterior pain was greater after BTPB and posterior thigh pain was greater after hamstring reconstruction. Mean deficit was 14% in extension force in the BTPB group and 25% in flexion force in the hamstring group.

Discussion: Meniscectomy before, during or after ACL reconstruction has a negative effect on the graft outcome for both techniques. If the meniscus is preserved, there is no difference between BTPB and hamstring reconstruction; the morbidities are different, but equivalent (anterior pain for BTPB and posterior for hamstring) and muscle deficit is different (extension for BTPB and flexion for hamstring).

Conclusion: More important than the type of transplant used to reconstruct the ACL, meniscal preservation is a major element affecting outcome.


R. Julliard S. Plaweski P. Cinquin

Purpose: Anterior cruciate ligament plasty requires an anatomic and isometric implantation avoiding all notch conflict. This requires appropriate position of the bone holes. Recent studies have shown that hole placement is a key problem. In order to attempt to solve this problem, we examined the possibility of imaging-free navigation.

Material and methods: We elaborated a navigation system based on the bone morphing a concept where a static model of the knee is displayed on the screen. The system uses a 3D optic localiser which records the relative positions of five rigid bodies equipped with reflectors fixed on the femur, the tibia, the palper, the femoral aiming devise and the tibial aiming device. The arthroscopic operative technique is based on bone morphing. The operator navigates from the tibial articular hole drawn as a circle around the point T for which the computer maps on the notch the corresponding femoral isometry. On this isometry map, the surgeon navigates to the femoral articular hole drawn as a circle around the point F. The transplant is then fixed in place. The computer searches for a possible transplant-notch conflict and indicates where notch plasty would be necessary. The system was evaluated by comparing the points T and F indicated by the conventional method and by the computer. We compared the frequency of notch plasty with conventional and navigation surgery.

Results: The navigation system was used for 50 knees. The navigated T points were more anterior and more medial than those indicated by the conventional technique. With the conventional method, the anisometry of the central fibre can vary 3 to 13 mm for a given knee, depending on the F point determined. The computer optimises this point. There were less than 5% notch plasties with the navigation method and more than 50% with the conventional method.

Discussion: Bone morphing allows the operator to navigate in the knee, monitoring the operation on the screen model. The computer helps optimise bore hole position but does not indicate the exact position, which is determined by the operator. The computer can provide real time information helping the surgeon determine the ideal hole position in comparison with the conventional method.


J.-H. Lerat

Purpose: The procedure described in 1986 in the Revue de Chirurgie Orthopédique was used for 24 knees operated on since 1982.

Operative technique: A single anterior incision measuring 18 cm and a 28-cm transplant using the patellear tendon, a slit of patellar bone, and the quadriceps tendon. The patellar bloc is fixed in the tunnel bored under the spinous process, using the patellar tendon to reconstruct the posterior cruciate ligament (PCL) and the quadriceps tendon to reconstruct the anterior cruciate ligament (ACL). It crosses the lateral condyle and prolonged to the Gerdy. The bone is blocked but can be fixed with a screw. Since the initial description, a second strand for a lateral plasty has been added from the condyle towards the posterior tibia (six cases). Two strands can be used for the PCL. The tunnel can run oblique upwardly to facilitate passage of the transplant behind the tibia (a 30 cm transplant is needed). Operative time 177±39 minutes.

Material and methods: The series included 24 knees (75% men) (13 right and 3 bilateral procedures). The patients were aged 23±6 years at the time of the accident which was a sports accident in seven and an occupational accident in one. Time from the accident to surgery was 35±41 months. Prior surgery had been performed on fourteen knees (five sutures, five artificial ligaments, two ACL reconstructions). Three patients had fibular nerve palsy. Radiologically, the anterior drawer of the medial and lateral compartments was 124 and 185 mm; the posterior drawer was 174 and 126 mm. Lateral laxity predominated in 17 knees, medial laxity in seven and mixed laxity in eleven. The frontal axe was normal in five knees. Associated procedures depended on the laxity: three procedures to tighten the lateral popliteal ligament, three to tighten the posterior capsule of the femur, and seven to tighten the medial capsule of the femur. There was one meniscal suture and four regularisations. The knee was mobilised postoperatively and weight-bearing with assistance was allowed except in five cases with a weak reconstruction or associated osteotomy.

Results: Mean follow-up was 4.5 years (1–20). Flexion was 130±11° and function was acceptable except for three patients who were able to resume their occupational activities but little sports activity. None of the patients was disappointed. Mean gain in anterior drawer was 5 mm for both compartments; gain for the posterior drawer was 6 mm medially and 3 mm laterally. Peripheral laxity was corrected best.

Discussion: There are no data in the literature on cruciate reconstruction in patients with chronic laxity. This series is small but does have 20 years follow-up and provided precious information for improving results. It would be particularly interesting to use two strands for the PCL reconstruction, to use more peripheral procedures, especially with two lateral plasties and medial plasties, and to use osteotomy.

Conclusion: Cases of double cruciate tears seen late are exceptional and appropriate treatment has not been standardised. Instead of using to distinct incisions with two transplants for the two cruciates, as would be possible with the classical techniques, we propose a single incision and a single transplant with peripheral plasties depending on the radiographic laxity.


I. Benareau R. Testat J.-L. Lerat B. Moyen

Purpose: Several studies have reported results of anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) reconstruction showing the influence of the position of the transplant. We choose the anatomic position. In order to optimise this position, we developed a navigation system using intraoperative fluoroscopic imaging.

Material and methods: Thirty-five patients underwent ACL reconstruction using the computer-assisted technique. We used a fluoroscope connected to the computer equipped with an acquisition module and an image processing module which captures the lateral view of the knee provided by the fluoroscope. Surgery was performed arthroscopically. After inserting landmarks (mini-screws for the femoral end and pins for the tibial end) on the theoretically ideal positions, the computer determined the theoretical anatomic position of the tibial and femoral insertions of the ACL. The position was then validated or modified and re-validated. Postoperative radiograms (lateral view of the knee) were used to analyse the position in relation to the anatomic centre of the ACL insertion. Two groups of patients matched for sex and age were compared, 35 patients undergoing ACL reconstruction with the navigation technique versus 35 patients undergoing the same procedure without navigation. Results were compared with the nonparametric Wilcoxon test.

Results: Computer-assisted positioning provided a mean difference of 5.1±1.3 mm between the centre of the transplant and the theoretical ideal point compared with 7.7±1.9 mm without assistance.

Discussion: Comparison using adapted statistical tests (Wilcoxon text) demonstrated a significant difference (p=0.001) between the two groups. These findings demonstrate the improved precision and reproducibility achieved with the navigation technique.

Conclusion: This technique allows the surgeon to obtain an excellent precision of the transplant insertion with excellent reproducibility. There are two drawbacks: the longer operative time (mean 15±7 minutes) and radiation exposure. But this technique is simple, easy to use and low-cost.


P. Boyer P. Djian P. Christel

Purpose: The purpose of this study was to compare the reliability and reproducibility of anterior knee laxity measurements made with the KT1000 arthrometere (Medmetric) and radiographically with Telos. The Telos measurement was taken as the standard system.

Material and methods: Inclusion criteria were preoperative anterior laxity differential less than 10 mm, a healthy contralateral knee, and intra-articular surgery. Between January 2001 and December 20001, 147 patients underwent surgery for free graft repair of anterior laxity. Both measurement methods, KT1000 and Telos were used to measure both knees before surgery and at mean 16 months postsurgery. KT1000 measurements were taken at 67N, 89N, 134N and maximum manual force. Telos was measured at 150 N as recommended by the manufacturer. A differential laxity measured at more than 3 mm was considered pathological for KT1000 and greater than 5 mm for Telos. We also determined the intrao-bserver reproducibility (experimented operators) with both methods on the 147 healthy knees considering the measurements taken preoperatively and postoperatively.

Results: Mean preoperative differential laxity was 4.2±2.4 with KT1000 at 89N and 6.3±3.1 mm at maximal manual force. It was 7.7±3.4 mm with Telos. The mean postoperative differential laxity with KT1000 was 2.1±2.2 mm at 89N and 2.6±2.5 mm at maximal manual force. With Telos it was 3±3.6 mm. The Telos values showed a wider distribution than the KT1000 values (p< 0.03). The sensitivity with Telos was 72% with 28% false negatives. With KT1000, the sensitivity improved with greater traction. It was 65% at 89N, 73% at 134N and 92% at maximal manual force. For the healthy knee, the anterior laxity measurements taken by an experimented operator were reproducible with KT1000, p=0.04, kappa = 7.8.

Discussion: The sensitivity and reproducibility results as well as the narrow distribution of the values show that KT1000 is a reliable method for the measurement of anterior knee laxity. Its use can be recommended in routine practice due to the good benefit-cost ratio. The low sensitivity is a drawback of the Telos method due to the high percentage of false negatives. Its use in routine practice should be revisited.


M. Zrig T. Ammari H. Annabi M.R. Chérif M. Trabelsi M. M’Barek H. Ben Hassine M. Mongi

Purpose: Patellar tendinopathy is a frequent pathology which generally heals well after functional treatment if managed early.

Material and methods: We report a retrospective analysis of thirteen high-level athletes who underwent surgery for chronic patellar tendinopathy. The disease was demonstrated by ultrasound, MRI, and plain radiographs. Four patients had insertion tendiopathies and nine had tendinopathies involving the tendon body. Six patients also presented a femoropatellar impingement demonstrated by arthroscan. The indication for surgery was total sports disability (Blazina stage III-b) after failure of functional treatment. Surgery consisted in systematic combing of the tendon after resection of degenerative tissue. Resection of the patellar apex was performed in the four patients with insertion tendinopathy. Lateral release was performed in patients with femoropatellar impingement and one patient with severe impingement required advancement of the anterior tibial tuberosity.

Results: Outcome was very good in eight patients and good in five at 36 months (mean follow-up).

Discussion: Ultrasonography was often the only exploration performed for chronic patellar tendinopathy. It is essential for diagnosis and postoperative surveillance. MRI should be reserved for surgical cases or if the diagnosis is doubtful. The beneficial effect of surgical treatment is undeniable if the indication is well founded. For us it is logical and necessary to treat any femoropatellar impingement during the same operation.


B. Coulet M. Chammas F. Lacombe P.-A. Daussin Y. Allieu

Purpose: Blast injury of the hand generally occurs during manipulations of unstable explosives. The explosion greatly damages the first commissure. The aim of this study was to define a classification system useful for establishing therapeutic strategy.

Material and methods: From 1988 to 2002, we treated eight patients (nine hands, five dominant) with blast injury of the hand. Mean age was 24 years. Five hands were injured during manipulation of firecrackers and four during manipulation of munitions. The thumb was amputated on five hands, including three cases of index or medius amputation. Thumb revascularisation was successful in only one case. Two proximal thumb amputations were treated by twisted toe transfer. For one of these patients, the transfer was prepared by translocation of M2 on M1 using an inguinal flap. Two patients required a composite osteocutaneous reconstruction of M1 using the index as the bone source. In one final patient, lesions were limited to soft tissues.

Discussion: Blast injured hands present several types of lesions: extensive soft tissue damage, diffuse vessel damage making revascularisation difficult or impossible, combined thenar and joint lesions leading to secondary closure of the first commissure. We distinguished three stages. Stage 1 involves only muscle and skin damage. After opening the first commissure with M1-M2 pinning, cover is achieved with a posterior interosseous flap or a skin graft. Stage 2 involves osteoarticular damage. Bone loss of M1 and P1 is often associated with dislocation. Bone reconstruction is often achieved using the distally amputated or greatly damaged thumb. Stage 3 involves amputation or devascularisation of the thumb. Reconstruction of the thumb is particularly difficult in these cases. If the amputation is distal beyond MP, M1 lengthening or classical toe transfer can be used. If the amputation is proximal, prior M1 reconstruction is required with a skin envelope using M2 fashioned with an interosseous or inguinal flap, followed by twisted toe transfer of the second toe. Stage 3 translocations are difficult because of the often damaged index and scar formation.


S. Reig P. Gioghi F. Prunarety B. Fortunato S. Terver

Purpose: Classification of the lower extremity of the radius does not have prognostic value. We propose a severity score based on the initial radiographic presentation. We tested five radiographic criteria to determine their correlation with the final outcome (function, radiographic aspect, subjective assessment).

Material and methods: The study series included 86 patients (91 wrist fractures) hospitalised between January 1998 and March 2000. The initial radiological severity score (IRSS) was noted on a scale of 20 points (five items): comminution (extent, aspect, localisation), cancellous impaction (metaphyseal, epiphyseal, both), ulnar fractures (localisation), severe fracture deviation, carpal and ligamentary injury. Each item was scored 0 to 4. Higher IRSS indicated a more severe fracture. Initial radiograms with or without traction were analysed carefully. Intra- and inter-observer reliability was proven. To evaluate the prognostic significance of the IRSS, the final outcome was scored using four items: motion (palmar and dorsal flexion, radial and ulnar inclination, pronosupination), final radiogram (frontal and sagittal tilt, index of deviation), subjective outcome (very good, good, fair, poor), osteoarthritis (one or two facets involved). The outcome score was noted on a 20 point scale (higher score indicating poorer outcome).

Results: We found a statistically significant relationship between the IRSS and the final outcome score.

Discussion: Precise analysis demonstrated other significant correlations with the IRSS: skin opening and occupational accident were generally related with poor initial scores. There was no statistically significant relationship with age, gender, high or low-energy trauma, associated upper limb damage, multiple injury, osteoporosis or reflex dystrophy. The final outcome was statistically and logically related with age, osteoporosis, open fractures, but also with reflex dystrophy and degree of secondary displacement.

Conclusion: This study validated the prognostic severity score of fractures of the lower extremity of the radius. The IRSS can be determined solely from the initial radiograms with or without traction. This score should be useful to modulate aggressive treatment as a function of the patient’s age and functional demands.


N. Graveleau B. Sonnery-cottet J.-P. Hager J. Barth P. Chambat

Purpose: Bilateral tears of the ACL are classically described as occurring after a first tear. Few reports have examined the underlying mechanism and the frequency and predisposing morphological factors

Material and methods: We reviewed retrospectively a series of 3722 ACL plasties performed from 1984 to 2001, including 148 patients who underwent bilateral repair. In this group, we detailed the demographic features, the time from tear to repair, the type of sports activity and focused on the radiological measurement of tibial tilt.

Results: The estimated frequency of bilateral tears was 4%. We noted that these bilateral tears were associated with: male predominance (60%), mean age 21 years (±5.5) at first tear, younger age for females, second tear at 24.5±6.5 years, predominant practice of pivot sports without contact (56%), and competition sports. The time between the two tears was 48 months on average. The rate of contralateral tears during the first postoperative year was 16%, it was 60% at three years. The mean tibial tilt was 9.91±2.87° versus 6.8±1.87° in the control population.

Discussion: Our findings were in agreement with the literature for frequency, young age at first tear, particularly for women, short time between the two tears, and type of sports activity. The high rate of contralateral tears during the first year is a significant finding. Hypotheses put forward include loss of confidence in the operated knee leading to more stress on the contralateral knee, but also poorly adapted use of the healthy knee in sports activity. Rehabilitation exercises focusing on bilateral proprioception, respecting sufficient time after the first repair before resuming sports activities, and good control of knee laxity with an ‘anatomic’ plasty appear to be important elements of prevention. The favouring role of a narrow intercondylar notch has been established in the literature. We found that tibial tilt should also be taken into consideration.

Conclusion: Careful search for predisposing factors is important because of the frequency of bilateral tears of the ACL. The rehabilitation program should be well adapted and the patient should be informed of the risk. These measures should help decrease the incidence of this relatively frequent complication.


S. Slimani S. Barbary P. Pasquier F. Dap G. Dautel

Purpose: Transscaphoretrolunate dislocation is the most frequent perilunate dislocation of the carpus (65% according to Herzberg). Treatment remains controversial. The aim of this work was to analyse functional outcome in a homogeneous series of 15 patients treated by open reduction and fixation.

Material and methods: This retrospective analysis of 15 patients, mean age 34 years was conducted at four years follow-up. Clinical outcome was based on the Cooney clinical scoring chart. Static and dynamic x-rays of the wrist were studied. The dislocations were: type I=9, type IIa=5, type II=1 according to the Alnot classification. The scaphoid fractures were: types III and IV=13, type II=2. A dorsal approach was used for six cases, an anterolateral approach for four and a double approach for five. The carpal tunnel was opened in seven cases. The scaphid fracture was fixed by pins in eleven cases, by screws in four, and associated with a corticocancellous graft in five. The carpus was fixed in seven cases with scapholunate pins, with lunotriquetral pins in seven, and radiolunate pins in three.

Results: Mean score was 70±20% with mean flexion 50±17° and mean extension 54±20°. Grip force was 32/45±11 (Jamar). The thumb-index force was 14±5.1. Pain was negligible in 33% of the patients and was disabling in 17%. Climatic pain was reported by 50% of patients; 75% were able to resume their occupational activities. Radiographically we found osetonecrosis of the lunate (n=1), osteonecrosis of the proximal pole of the scaphoid (n=2), non-union of the scaphoid (n=3), radiocarpal osteoarthritis (n=4), SLAC (n=1) and SNAC (n=2).

Discussion: Our outcomes were slightly less favourable than those reported in the literature concerning joint motion. Conversely, for pain, duration of sick leave, and percentage of occupational reclassing, our results were the same as reported in the literature. The series shows that radiographic outcome was favourable with 13% radiocarpal osteoarthritis (38% for Herzberg in 2002 at 96 months. The stability of the scaphoid osteosynthesis remains the key to success (two nonunions for four single pin fixatons). A new analysis at longer follow-up would be interesting to determine the arthrogenic results.


A. Coulibaly B. Doumane C. Cadu L. Pidhorz

Purpose: Publications reporting compression flexion fractures are rather old and rarely individualise this type of fracture. There is a consensus on anterior plate fixation which generally provides good outcome. We propose a retrospective analysis of our series to revisit the classification system and analyse outcome after surgical treatment.

Material and methods: From January 1983 to November 2001, 96 fractures of the lower extremity of the radius with anterior displacement were treated in our unit. There were 95 patients (50 men and 45 women), mean age 42.7 years (15–88). The fracture resulted from a traffic accident in 52 patients. Twenty-seven patients had associated injuries. For lateral simple or complex anterior marginal fractures, the Castaing and Cauchoix classification was modified to take into account the importance of the fragment, relative to the middle of the radial glenoid, with or without associated lesion of the radial borders on the lateral and AP views (types I and II fractures). Type III factures were Goyrand fractures and type IV associated Goyrand fractures with one or more joint fracture lines. Our series thus included 43 anterior marginal fractures including 27 type II fractures where more than 50% of the joint surface was displaced, 53 Goyrand fractures (25 type III and 28 type IV). Plate fixation was used for 90 wrists, associated with complementary fixation in 17. Outcome was assessed with Laulan clinical criteria and Mouilleron radiological criteria.

Results: Bone healing was achieved in all cases, without changing the initial fixation in 85 wrists. There were 49 men and 35 women, mean age 40.7 years (20–87). Type I/II fractures were found in 40 wrists, simple Goyrand fracture (type III) in 23 and comminuted Goyard fracture (type IV) in 22. At three months, reduction was good in 57 cases (67%), fair in 23 and poor in five.There were eleven secondary displacements in eight women and three men, mean age 57.7 years. They had four type I/II fractures and seven Goyrand fractures (1 type III, and 6 type IV). Plate fixation used for eight wrists had to be completed with pinning or a fixator. Radiological reduction was good in two cases (18%), fair in three and poor in six (55%). Twenty-five patients (30%) presented residual pain (10 patients), carpal tunnel syndrome (7 patients), wrist or finger stiffness (4 patients), radiocarpal osteoarthritis (3 patients), and cutaneous palmar neuroma (1 patient). At mean 61 follow-up (12–204), clinical outcome was good for 70 wrists; 78 wrists were pain free. The radiological outcome was good in 64 wrists, fair in 18 and poor in five.

Discussion: Better radiographic analysis distinguishing type II and IV fractures, which were the cause of three-quarters of the displacements, improves identification of wrists which must have complementary fixation with pins or fixator in addition to the anterior plate which in these cases should be prebent. For the other wrists, initial reduction was satisfactory in 67%, explaining the good functional tolerance demonstrated subjectively (89%) and objectively (80%). There were only rare sequelae in this series and complications were limited: painful wrist in 10%, secondary to reflex dystrophy in two.

Conclusion: Good interpretation of the radiographs enables prediction of difficult reduction where complementary fixation in addition to the anterior plate can be useful for type II and IV fractures.


C. Mathoulin A. Pagnotta

Purpose: Ulnolunate disorders secondary to fracture of the radius generally result from inversion of the distal radioulnal index due to the relative shortening of the radius creating a conflict between the head of the ulna and the proximal anterior articular surface of the semilunate and cartilage impingement. Arthroscopy can often provide the diagnosis and minimally invasive treatment.

Material and methods: We reviewed a series of 32 patients, 15 men and 17 women, mean age 66 years (45–82). All presented sequelae of a fracture of the lower quarter of the radius with axial impaction. The ulnar variance was 2.7 mm (2–5). Time from initial fracture to arthroscopic resection was nine months (2–26). All patients presented pain, which was moderate and permanent in 19 and disabling in 13. Overall muscle force was reduced by 50% compared with the healthy side. Motion was limited due to the callus often associated with healing of these fractures. Patients underwent arthroscopy in an outpatient setting under locoregional anaesthesia. The arthroscope was introduced via a 3–4 radiocarpal portal allowing exploration of the joint space. Surgical treatment consisted in milling for partial distal resection of the ulnar head (6R radiocarpal portal). Wrist motion was restored in all cases.

Results: Mean follow-up was 39 months (18–54). Wrist motion was restored immediately in all cases. Pain at the radioulnar joint persisted in two patients. For 26 patients, the preoperative pain disappeared immediately. Muscle force improved compared with the preoperative level but did not reach the level of the healthy side.

Discussion: Arthroscopic treatment of ulnolunate impingement has proven efficacy and safety. It should however be reserved for cases with an inverted distal radioulnar index measuring less than 5 mm. If the ulnar variance is larger, we prefer ulnar osteotomy to shorten the bone. Other techniques are reserved for cases where the distal radioulnar joint is damaged.


R. Gravier X. Flecher S. Parratte P. Rapaie J.-N. Argenson

Purpose: Wrist fractures are often seen in elderly subjects who cannot generally tolerate aggressive fixation of unstable fractures. Percutaneous intra-focal pinning (Kapandji) is usually employed. The purpose of this study was to compare the classical treatment of unstable extra-articular fractures of the lower quarter of the radius with posterior displacement with a modified pinning technique.

Material and methods: This prospective radiological study concerned two groups of randomised patients aged 30 – 70 years who were hospitalised for surgical treatment of Pouteau-Colles fractures. In the first group, all patients were treated by the classical intra-focal technique using one or two dorsal pins and one lateral pin (group K). In the second group, all patients were treated by fixation with one or two infrafocal dorsal pins and a third pin inserted transfocally (group KM). Preoperative care, anaesthesia, and postoperative care (21 days immobilisation, pin removal at 45 days) were the same in both groups. The following anatomic measurements were made on the radiographs at day 1, 21, 45, and last follow-up: radial inclination on the lateral and AP views, bistyloid line.

Results: Group K included 49 patients, mean age 45 years. Group KM included 46 patients, mean age 54 years. There was no statistical difference between groups for age, gender, side, type of fracture. Radial inclination on the AP view was 19.2 (10–27 in group KM and 23.2 (19-30) in group. On the lateral view, radial inclination was 0 (−11 to 20) in group KM and −5.7 (−25 to 2) in group K. The proportion of bistyloid lines considered satisfactory was not different between groups.

Discussion: Infra-focal pinning can have limitations for maintaining reduction to bone healing. The Kapandji technique modified by use of a third transstyloid pin appears to provide better stabilisation of unstable fractures of the lower extremity of the radius, particularly in older subjects who cannot tolerate aggressive surgery. This preliminary study should be completed by a radio-clinical analysis in a larger number of patients to confirm these results.


D. Lepage L. Obert F. Givry P. Clappaz P. Garbuio Y. Tropet

Purpose: We report our experience with costal osteochondral autografts of the scaphoid for the treatment of radioscaphoid osteoarthritis complicating chronic scapholunate non-union or dissociation.

Material and methods: The technique was used for nine patients from 1994 to 2001 (eight men and one woman, mean age 45 years, age range 26–62). The proximal two-thirds of the scaphoid were resected. An osteocartilaginous graft was harvested from the ninth rib and after remodelling to the scaphoid cavity was fixed to the base of the scaphoid with a Kirshner wire.

Results: Mean follow-up was 2.5 years. Pain improved significantly in all patients. Force was 80% on average compared with the healthy side. Mean wrist motion in flexion and extension was 91° (70–150°).

Conclusion: This technique has provided encouraging preliminary results in terms of restored force and wrist motion. It is an interesting alternative to conventional techniques.


G. Prodhomme C. Chantelot T. Aihonnou F. Giraud C. Fontaine

Purpose: Arthodesis is the conventional treatment for the rheumatoid wrist. In the event of severe bilateral disease, bilateral arthrodesis can be discussed as an alternative to unilateral arthrodesis an contralateral prosthesis. We wanted to know the functional outcomes after bilateral arthrodesis.

Material and methods: This retrospective analysis involved seven patients (one man and six women), mean age 46 years (28–69) who underwent total bilateral arthrodesis of the wrist for inflammatory joint disease (six rheumatoid, one chronic juvenile arthritis). Mean follow-up was five years. The patients were reviewed clinically and radiographically. We noted goniometric measurements of the upper limbs, the Jebsen hand function test (for activities of daily life), force (wrist and grip), and the Buck-Gramcko-Lohmann evaluation.

Results: On average, the position achieved after arthrodesis was 2° flexion (−5° to +10°) with 6° ulnar inclination (−5° to +20°). Radiological fusion was achieved in all cases. At last follow-up, we noted that three patients had resumed their occupational activities, one had been reclassified as handicapped, and one as disabled. One patient was a housewife and one other woman was retired. The Jebsen hand test showed that our patients could perform 32 of the 49 daily activities (65%). Daily activity was noted excellent in three patients, good in two and fair in two. The Buck-Gramcko-Lohmann score was fair 6.8/10 (2–10) corresponding to good outcome. All patients were satisfied with the outcome.

Discussion: Daily life activities could be performed readily after bilateral arthrodesis of the wrist. Perineal hygiene was possible for five of our patients. The only problems concerned activities requiring force and fine movements, because of the apprehension and the lack of fine dexterity. Poor results could be attributed to metacarpophalangeal deformations and decreased grip force. We observed an 80% reduction in force compared with a representative population of non-operated patients with rheumatoid disease. Bilateral arthrodesis is a valid alternative to bilateral arthroplasty or combined arthrodesis prosthesis implantation. It does not expose the patients to the risk of mechanical arthroplasty.


C. Chantelot C. Frebault M. Limousin G. Robert H. Migaud C. Fontaine

Purpose: The purpose of this retrospective study was to detail factors influencing outcome of corticocancellous grafts for the treatment of scaphocarpal non-union and to determine ideal indications.

Material and methods: Between 1984 and 1999, this grafting technique was used for 103 patients; we retained for analysis 57 wrists (58 nonunions). Mean follow-up was 106 months. Mean age was 36 years. For 45 patients, non-union occurred because of misdiagnosis. According to the Schernberg classification, eleven nonunions were in zone II, 40 in zone III, and seven in zone IV. Time from fracture to treatment was 35 months on average. The Alno classification of non-union was: stage I=13, stage IIA=20, stage IIA=22, stage IIIA=2, stage IIIB=1. The graft was harvested from the pelvis in 50 cases. Osteosynthesis was associated with a graft in 33 of the 58 cases. Postoperative immobilisation was maintained for 2.7 months on average. Bone healing was achieved within thee months.

Results: Thirty-six patients were very satisfied. Twenty-seven had significant pain on the pelvic harvesting site (50 harvestings). Wrist motion was 56.2° flexion, 56° extension, 83° supination, 83° pronation, and 11° radial and 32.7° ulnar inclination. Thumb opposition was noted 9.4/10 and average contraopposition was 4. Mean index of carpal height was 0.547. The mean radiolunate angle was 4.8°. A DISI deformation was observed for 20 wrists. Thirty-six patients (62%) developed little or no osteoarthritis. The rate of bone healing was 81% but eleven nonunions did not heal, including seven cases of necrosis of the proximal pole. The absence of DISI deformation correction at the time of grafting favoured development of radiocarpal osteoarthritis. The presence of necrosis favoured persistent non-union. Concomitant osteosynthesis did not improve the healing rate.

Discussion: Treatment of scaphoid non-union with a corticocancellous graft remains the choice alternative, providing 81% healing. Grafts consolidation must occur at the radial epiphysis in order to limit painful sequelae. This procedure can be performed for patients with a DISI deformation, but vascularised grafts should be preferred in the event of necrosis of the proximal pole of the scaphoid.


C. Mathoulin A. Galbiatti M. Haerle

Purpose: We report our experience with vascularised bone grafts harvested from the anterior aspect of the radius for the treatment of Kienböck disease. We reviewed our patients at minimum three years, average 67 months.

Material and methods: We treated 22 patients with Kienböck disease, eight women and fourteen men, mean age 31.4 years (18–63). Pain was present in all cases and was disabling in nineteen. After systematic computed tomography and magnetic resonance imagine (MRI), the Büchler classification was stage II=8, stage IIA=10 and stage IIIB=4. The transverse anterior artery of the carpus arises from the radial artery and supplies blood to the medial part of the radial epiphysis. The pediculated bone graft fed by this artery can be harvested via the same anterior approach as used to position it in the semilunate for revascularisation. Radial shortening was performed in all cases. The patients were immobilised until the radius healed.

Results: Mean follow-up was 67 months (36–104). Pain resolved completely in all twenty patients. Two patients nevertheless reported moderate pain occasionally. Mean active motion was greater than 71°. Mean time to resumption of former activities was 3.5 months. Postoperative MRI, performed at mean 8 months, demonstrated complete revascularisation of the semilunate in six cases, stable lesions in five, and one failure requiring secondary palliation. There were four cases of late healing of the radial osteotomy and one reflex dystrophy. There was a direct correlation between Kienböck disease stage and final outcome.

Conclusion: Use of a vascularised graft harvested from the anterior aspect of the radius for revascularisation of the semilunate associated with radial shortening has provided encouraging results. Long-term follow-up is needed to verify these results.


S. Durand P. Thoreux O. Gagey A.-C. Masquelet

Purpose: Trapezometacarpal osteoarthritis is frequent in women aged over 50 years. Surgical cure may be needed after failure of well conducted medical treatment. When the trapezeal bone stock is insufficient for implantation of a total prosthesis, total trapezectomy can relieve the pain. This procedure is generally associated with stabilization ligamentoplasty of the first ray. The purpose of this study was to demonstrate the feasibility of this procedure using an arthroscopic approach and to detail the technique and its limitations.

Material and methods: This study was conducted on twelve cadaver specimens from eleven women and one man, mean age 85 years. Radiographs were obtained to confirm the trapezometacarpal osteoarthritis. Standard arthroscopic material used for the wrist was employed (2.4 mm optic, mini-shaver). Two portals on either side of the abductor pollicis lungus tendon were used to approach the trapezometacarpal joint. Total trapezectomy was performed with the mini-shaver distal to proximal. A tendon band measuring 6 to 7 cm was fashioned from the abductor pollicis longus tendon via a proximal contraincision. This band inserted on the first metacarpal was passed through two bone tunnels bored in the base of the first and second metacarpals then fixed to the base of the second metacarpal. Operative time was noted. The quality of the bone resection was determined on postoperative radiographs and open inspection.

Results: Arthroscopic total trapezectomy with stabilisation ligamentoplasty was achieved in all cases and evaluated radiographically and at open inspection. No lesions to noble elements were observed.

Discussion: This minimally invasive technique for trapezectomy associated with stabilisation ligamentoplasty was found to be feasible but did require a certain degree of learning. We were unable to identify any procedure-related morbidity, particularly concerning the sensorial branch of the radial nerve to the thumb.

Conclusion: The results of this preliminary study are encouraging and suggest a clinical trial should be conducted to prove the advantages of this technique in terms of morbidity and socioeconomical cost.


P. Brunet G. Moineau M. Liot A. Burgaud F. Dubrana D. Le Nen

Purpose: The Sauvé-Kapandji procedure is often performed for the treatment of posttraumatic degeneration of the distal radioulnar joint. Few studies have been devoted specifically to the proximal stump of the ulnar after this procedure. The aim of our study was to conduct a radioclinical evaluation of the dynamics of the proximal ulnar stump.

Material and methods: This retrospective analysis involved fourteen patients (four women and ten men), mean age 48 years who underwent the procedure between January 1991 and March 2002. All presented posttraumatic degradation of the distal radioulnar joint. The operation took place twelve months after trauma on average. Mean ulnar resection was 11 mm, performed as distally as possible. The pronator quadratus was not advanced into the false joint. Pronation-supination rehabilitation exercises were instituted shortly after surgery. A static and dynamic x-rays protocol was designed for analysis.

Results: Patients were reviewed at five years two months on average. There were two complications: fusion of the intentional ulnar pseudarthrosis and one pseudarthrosis of the distal radioulnar joint. Time to resumption of former activity was nine months on average. Two patients could not resume their former activity. Seven patients complained of mechanical pain at the ulnar resection. Three patients reported cracking sounds along the ulnar border of the wrist and two patients presented an objective snap during pronosupination. Clinically, the ulnar stump was unstable in the sagittal plan in all cases. Radiographs confirmed this instability. Clinically, there was also an instability in the frontal plane in three patients. The dynamic films did not confirm frontal instability.

Discussion: Although less so than after the Darrach procedure, the proximal ulnar stump is the principle complication of the Savué-Kapandji procedure. Preservation of the structures stabilising the distal ulnar stump is crucial: periosteum, interosseous membrane, ulnar extensor of the carpus, pronator quadratus. Our use of a shorter resection made as distally as possible was only able to avoid a certain degree of instability which was nevertheless well tolerated.

Conclusion: The Sauvé-Kapandji procedure provides very satisfactory results for pain and motion. All patients appeared to have some degree of distal ulnar stump instability which was as a rule well tolerated. Nevertheless, one patient required a revision for stabilisation. This instability remains an unsolved problem which apparently cannot be prevented even with a very rigorous technique.


P. Vichard L. Obert

Purpose: Although few theatres have been equipped in France, integrated horizontal laminar airflow with air flowing in from the entire surface of one wall and flowing out through the contralateral wall is the most favourable installation for orthopaedic surgery. We had the opportunity to work in two theatres installed in 1980 with the construction of a new hospital. The objectives were to: 1) resolve the problem of airborne biocontamination of our aseptic rooms (excepting the complete isolation unit for septic patients), 2) allow intensive use of both horizontal airflow operative theatres considering the authorized budget was 2.5 aseptic rooms for 90 beds and approximately 400000 K annually (K=surgery cost-unit reimbursed by the national health insurance fund), 3) enable more favourable personnel movement and material handling than vertical flow systems where the operative surface is limited and the risk of dust accumulation is high, for indications we considered particularly important (targeted orthopaedic procedures: hip surgery for example). In addition, it appeared advisable to have repairs performed outside the operative unit, a possibility proposed with the Luwa system (Zurich, Switzerland).

Material and methods: The floor surface area of each of the theatres is 34 m2 for a 99 m3 volume. One entire wall (the wall opposite the entrance for patients and surgeons) emits the horizontal laminar airflow. Air flows out through captors on the opposite wall next to the doors and is recycled. Airflow rate is greater than 0.25 m/s maintaining laminar flow throughout the theatre (anemometric measurements). The hygrometry can be controlled. Filtration removes all particles measuring 0.2 mm or larger. The temperature is maintained at 20° maximum. The entire air volume is renewed 600 times per hour. Overpressure is maintained permanently (manometric measurements) and can be controlled manually every day (first approximation).

Results: 1. Aeraulic quality controls were performed by a non-specialized nurse. Intensive use was maintained for more than 15 years. Parameters were controlled after installation then every six months (during non-active periods). Essential material included a particle counter (graduated in cubic feet) which showed we were situated at a level below class 100 (Fed US 209 D). Anomalies observed several times (localised particle ascension) were related to filter dysfunctions. The ‘holes’ were eliminated by changing filters. Other parameters were maintained with no problem. The only change occurred in one of the theatres where airflow was considered to be insufficient at the end of the theatre and a defective outflow was removed; because of these changes, inflow had to be readjusted and the door occlusions had to be changed; later quality controls were favourable. Activity level was not monitored with sufficient precision to take into consideration. 2. The rate of clinical infections associated with these theatres was maintained very low but antibiotic prophylaxy was continued.

Discussion: The objectives we set for these theatres have been achieved. This type of installation is very superior to vertical flow suggesting we should equip future theatres with this type of system.


L. Vastel N. Rosencher J.-P. Courpied

Purpose: Periprosthetic ossification is a frequent complication of total hip arthroplasty and can have a major functional impact. Non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAID) can provide effective prevention but with a risk of morbidity. The purpose of this work was to evaluate the efficacy of an anti-Cox2 agent, cele-coxib, for this indication.

Material and methods: Total hip arthroplasty was performed in 42 patients with a relative (gastrointestinal) contraindication for the use of NSAID. These patients were given celecoxib (Celebrxy(r)) 200 mg bid starting the day before the operation and continuing for at least five days. A control group of 42 age- (±3 yr) and sex-matched patients who underwent surgery for the same indication performed by a surgeon with equivalent experience was also established. The control patients were given ketoprofen (Profénidy(r)) 50 mg qid for two days then 150 mg bid for five days. The approach, implant, and other adjuvant treatments were equivalent between the two groups. Ossifications were analysed on the follow-up films taken at least three months after surgery. The Brooker classification was used. The exact Fisher test was used for the statistical analysis.

Results: The two groups each included 31 women and eleven men, mean age being the same in the two groups (67.12 yrs). Mean follow-up was very similar (8.44 vs 8.6 months). Aetiologies were: primary degenerative hip (n=30), degenerative hip disease after dysplasia (n=9), sequela of infantile arthritis (n=1), revision total hip prosthesis (n=2). Two patients in each group interrupted their treatment between day 2 and 4 because of intolerance. There were no cases of significant haematoma in either group. No ossification > grade 2 was observed. The overall rate of ossification was 42.5% in the control group versus 48.6% in the celecoxib group. The rate of grade 2 ossifications was 8% in the cele-coxib group versus 12% in the control group. These rates were not significantly different (Fisher’s exact test= 0.6).

Discussion: In this study, celecoxib and ketoprofen were found to have equivalent efficacy for the prevention periprosthetic ossification. This is an interesting perspective in the probable hypothesis of less morbidity with anti-Cox 2 antiinflammatory drugs used in combination with an antalgesia protocol.


S. Echeverri P.-F. Leyvraz P.-Y. Zambelli M. Dutoit B. Jolles

Purpose: Dislocation is a short-term complication frequently encountered after implantation of a total hip arthroplasty (THA). Different strategies can be used to limit the influence of technical, particularly surgical, factors. The position of the acetabular element is a key factor, particularly the anteversion angle and the abduction angle. The purpose of this work was to determine the precision, the reproducibility, and the ease of use of a new mechanical guide for insertion of the acetabular cup.

Material and methods: After calculating the sample size necessary to achieve 90% statistical power for a 5% type I error, we had five surgeons who regularly implanted THA implant 310 press-fit hip cups on a plastic anatomic model of the pelvis. A new mechanical guide was developed using the constant direction of gravity as the reference frame. We determined the precision of acetabular cup implantation, its reproducibility, and ease of use compared with that of the Müller mechanical guide during in vitro implantation of 310 cups via a posterolateral approach that allowed the usual vision of the operative field.

Results: The error of cup anteversion relative to the reference set at 15 was 10.4±5.0 (range 3–21) for the Müller guide and 0.4±0.7 (range 1–3) for the new guide. Cup abduction, relative to the reference set at 45, was −4.7±2.3 (range 7–11) for the Müller guide and 0.3±0.5 (range 0–3) for the new guide. Mean time for positioning the cup was comparable with the two guides (mean 6s for the Müller guide and 5s for the new guide).

Discussion: The precision and reproducibility of cup positioning obtained with the new guide are better than those obtained with mechanical guides currently available on the market (p< 0.00001 with the Müller guide). They are more comparable with values found in in vitro studies using computer-assisted surgery techniques. Use of the new guide was also found to be rapid and simple.

Conclusion: The excellent results obtained with this new mechanical guide, as assessed in terms of cup position for THA, should be confirmed with in vivo trials.


R. Nizard R. Porcher P. Ravaud E. Vangaver L. Sedel

Purpose: Surgical techniques must be evaluated before proceeding with widespread use. The evaluation system is usually copied after that used for drugs, relying on randomised trials. This system fails however to assess one dimension, i.e. quality control. The purpose of the present study was to demonstrate the usefulness of an evaluation technique taking into account the capacity to control the quality of a surgical procedure and determine the reliability, reproducibility, and controllability of the technique. This method of evaluation was applied to computer-assisted surgery for total knee arthroplasty.

Material and methods: Computer-assisted surgery based on 3D bone reconstruction was used for 78 knees. The main outcome assessment criterion was the mechanical axis from the centre of the femoral head to the centre of the ankle. The desired alignment was between 3° varus and 3° valgus. Alignments were measured continuously by an independent operator. A Cusum curve was drawn over time and tested after each operation to determine whether the procedure under evaluation could be continued. The same method was applied to the position of the individual femoral and tibial implants setting the limits at two degrees around the perpendicular mechanical axis (AP view).

Results: The mechanical axis was between 3° varus and 3° valgus in 91% of the knees. The continuous evaluation curve showed that the procedure was under control throughout the trial. There was a learning curve that plateaued at 27 knees. Evaluation of the position of the individual implants showed a trend towards femur valgus over time which was compensated by a trend towards tibial varus.

Discussion: Industrial quality control procedures are well established and widely used. The goal of this work was to apply the same quality control methodology to a surgical procedure. Before undertaking a randomised trial this type of evaluation can affirm that the procedure is well controlled and that using an innovating technique under these conditions does not expose patients to undue risks.


M. Mukisi-Mukaza A. Falémé J.-L. Céolin M. Roudier C. le Turdu-Chicot Y. Samuel-Leborgne

Purpose: Patients with sickle-cell anaemia tolerate surgery poorly. They are susceptible to infections and results of orthopaedic treatment are uncertain. Mechanical and infectious complications of total hip arthroplasty encountered in adults have led us to conduct systematic screening and early conservative surgical treatment for osteonecrosis of the femoral head (ONFH). Two surgical techniques have been retained in sickle-cell anaemia patients: simple drilling and femoral osteotomy.

Material and methods: Between 1993 and 1999, among 248 sickle-cell anaemia patients examined in our study, 69 had active or quiescent ONFH: stage I=1, stage II=42, stage III=16, stage IV=10. We retained for analysis 16 patients (7 SS and 8 SC, 1 S-betathal), seven men and nine women, age range 15–44 years. These patients had 24 hips with active disease. Simple drilling-biopsy was indicated for osteochondrosis of the hip joint (n=1), stage I ONFH (n=1), stage II ONFH (n=13, early stage III ONFH (n=3) and advanced stage III ONFH (n=3). These three patients with advanced stage III disease underwent drilling for two particular indications: poor general status and disabling pain. Flexion femoral osteotomy was performed for the last three patients with stage III ONFH with localised polar weakening. In all, we performed three femoral osteotomies and 21 simple drilling procedures. Mean postoperative follow-up was six years (2–10).

Results: Clinical results were assessed with the Postel-Merle-d’Aubligné score. Among the 24 hips, 20 had a favourable outcome (83%).

Discussion: ONFH in sickle-cell anaemia patients requires surgical cure when the femoral heads display recent changes of the bony network (osteolysis, defects) and associated cephalic remodelling with or without pain. After drilling and osteotomy, the disease course shows that the femoral head’s spherical shape is preserved when the lesions are treated early by drilling in stage I, II, and III disease. Bipolar weakening remains an indication for femoral osteotomy. This conservative approach can prevent osteoarthritic degradation. It has enabled us to postpone total hip arthroplasty in young subjects with sickle-cell anaemia.


F. Gouin C. Baudry N. Chaline J.-M. Berthelot

Purpose: Anterior hip pain raises difficult diagnostic and therapeutic problems. Several diagnostic hypotheses are currently put forward to explain the origin of this pain: subcondral cysts, labrum problems and anterior bone impingement, an association of these mechanisms. We report our operative observations in thirteen cases and examined the findings in light of the clinical data and imaging results in order to search for aetiopathogenic factors leading to this type of pain and to elucidate possible therapeutic options.

Material and methods: Thirteen video-assisted miniarthrotomy procedures were performed using a novel technique in patients presenting anterior hip pain. The preoperative work-up included physical examination, standard radiographs, and MRI and/or arthroscan to rule out an extraarticular cause and identify any lesion of the superomedial border of the hip joint (acetabular rim and/or labrum).

Results: Physical examination was not greatly contributive excepting the two posttrauma cases. Four patients had unique lesions of the labrum with no associated bone lesions and no argument in favour of anterior bony impingement identifiable from the preoperative data. Regularisation of the labrum improved the pain in these four patients. Isolated chondroplasty of the femoral head in one patient was very partially improved. The eight other patients had lesions of the labrum associated with a femoral head imprint, bony defects or osteophytes at the head-neck junction, or actetabular defects, or an association of these three types of lesions. The patients raised major diagnostic problems because it was difficult to identify the initially causal mechanism: anterior mechanical conflict with a cam effect and secondary disinsertion of the labrum due to microtrauma (five of the patients had an insufficiently concave head-neck junction or an osteophyte which may have been the cause); or an initial lesion of the labrum causing secondary subchondral acetabular defects resulting from the disinsertion (this hypothesis was compatible with the presentation of three patients who had no femoral anomalies, notably absence of any defect and a normal head-neck junction).

Discussion: Video-assisted mini-arthrotomy of the hip enables careful inspection of the entire hip joint and facilitates any therapeutic measures necessary. Isolated lesions of the labrum are exceptional and generally are associated with remodelling of the anterosuperior border of the acetabulum. The primary mechanism of a labrum lesion or an anterior cam effect is difficult to demonstrate in these patients who are often seen late in the process. Better knowledge of the aetiopathogenesis of anterior hip pain is needed to propose adapted and effective treatment.


C. Nich P. Angotti P. Bizot E. Van Gaver J. Witvoet L. Sedel R. Nizard

Purpose: Total hip arthroplasty after failure of femoral osteotomy raises high risk of complications. Outcome has been controversial. The purpose of this retrospective analysis was to evaluate the difficulties and results.

Material and methods: Between March 1974 and January 1995, 68 patients (82 hips), 51 women and 17 men, mean age 59±11.5 years (32–84) underwent surgery. Initial indications were mainly acetabular and/or femoral dysplasia (n=47 hips) or congenital dislocation (n=21 hips). Mean time between osteotomy and arthroplasty was 13.8±8.4 years (10 months-45 years). We used cemented titanium femoral stems (Ceraver Ostal) with an alumina (n=66) or polyethylene (n=16) cup. An alumina-alumina bearing was used in 67 hips (81%). Functional outcome was assessed with the Postel-Merle-d’Aubligné score. Radiological analysis searched for lucent lines and signs of wear. The actuarial survival was determined.

Results: One patient (1 hip) was lost to follow-up. Thirteen patients (14 hips) died of intercurrent causes. Six hips required revision for aseptic loosening (isolated cup loosening in five and bipolar loosening in one) at 8.5 years on average (4.5–12). There were 22 intraoperative complications (27%) including 18 fractures or femoral stem misalignments and four cases of damage to the acetabular fundus. Other complications included one postoperative dislocation, two sciatic nerve palsies with partial recovery, and one non-union of the greater trochanter. There were no infections. At maximum follow-up (11.8±4.7 years, ragne 5.4–20), the mean functional score was 16.5 (15–18) versus 9.9 (6–14) preoperatively (p< 0.05). There were no femoral lucent lines. A complete lucent line around the cup was observed in eleven hips including six with a massive cemented alumina cup. Considering revision for aseptic loosening as failure, cumulative survival at 12 years was 82% (95%IC 67–96%) for the cup and 98% (92–99.7%) for the femoral stem.

Discussion: These results confirm the high risk of intraoperative complications of total hip arthroplasty performed for failure of femoral osteotomy. Architectural changes expose these patients to technical problems. The survival of the implants appears to be relatively unaffected by the prior procedure but the functional results are slightly less satisfactory then for primary arthroplasties.


C. Nich P. Dekeuwer E. Van Gaver P. Bizot R. Nizard L. Sedel

Purpose: The aim of this study was to evaluate quality-of-life (QoL) in patients undergoing bilateral hip arthroplasty implanted during the same operation.

Material and methods: Sixty-one patients (28 women and 33 men) underwent surgery between November 1989 and February 2002. Average age was 42±14 years (13–76). Indications were primary osteoarthritis (n=24), secondary osteoarthritis (n=31), aseptic osteonecrosis (n=25) and rheumatoid disease (n=6). The implants (Ceraver Osteal) were cemented (50 stems, 11 cups) or coated with hydroxyapatite (72 stems, 11 cups). An alumina-alumina bearing was used in all cases. The Postel-Merle-d’Aubigné score was noted to assess function. QoL was measured prospectively in 27 patients using the SF-36 and the WOMAC, preoperatively and every three months.

Results: None of the patients were lost to follow-up. Complications included two intraoperative femoral fractures treated by cerclage, one early dislocation, three thromboemoblic events (including one case of pulmonary embolism). Unipolar revision was required for one hip due to aseptic acetabular loosening at 6.5 years. Surgical cleansing was performed in one other hip for infection. Intraoperative blood loss was 1529±451 ml (540–2550). Mean hospital stay was 13±2.5 days (8–22). At mean follow-up of 49±33 months (12–162), the mean function score was 17.8±0.5 (16–18) versus 10±2.7 (3–14) preoperatively (p< 0.05). Clinical outcome was good or excellent in 98% of the hips. There were no radiological signs of wear. A complete lucent line developed around one cup. The quality of life scores improved significantly (p< 0.01) as soon as three months postoperatively for the items ‘social activity’, ‘physical activity’ and ‘pain’, particularly in men p< 0.05).

Discussion: Bilateral hip arthroplasty during the same operative time is not advocated by all authors. It is a difficult surgical situation requiring rigor and skill. The drawbacks include longer operative time, greater blood loss, and in some patients, higher morbidity. This approach however enables treating bilateral disease in one operation, particularly in younger subjects. Use of an alumina-alumina bearing and non-cemented implants is particularly indicated. The results of this series validate the efficacy of this technique which allows rapid improvement in the patients’ quality-of-life.


S. Boisgard H. Silbert M. Berger J.-P. Levai

Purpose: Bone allografting appears to be optimised by in situ stromal cells which have potential to evolve into a bone line. The purpose of this study was to test the bio-compatibility of stromal cells and an allogenic human bone support treated with stromal cells as well as their evolutive potential.

Material and methods: The bone support was a human femoral head allograft harvested during total hip arthroplasty. After validation of the safety of the femoral heads by the bone bank, they were treated using the Osteopure(r) method. Human stromal cells were harvested during cardiac surgery from the sternotomy. The in vitro study was conducted in a sterile atmosphere in an incubator. Different adhesion molecules were used: collagen, gelatin, fibronectin, human serum AB, in addition to an adhesion molecule-free medium. Microscopic qualitative evaluation determined the adhesion of stromal cells and the absence of difference between the morphology of cultured stromal cells and stromal cells found in the bone marrow. Cell counts were made on days 24; 32; 48, and 64. The functional properties of the new cultured stromal cells was evaluated by seeding CD34+ cells on day0 and counting the number of CFC produced on day45 (LTCIC1). This LTCIC1 line was cultured in the different media and re-evaluated at day45 (LTCIC2).

Results: The first microscopic observations showed that the stromal cells oriented naturally in the bone architecture with no particular rejection and that they maintained their adhesion properties with each other and with the bone support. Cell counts showed increased proliferation for the stromal cells cultured on the bone support compared with cultures without bone support. Stromal cultures were favoured by the presence of bone and culture media containing collagen, gelatin, and fibronectin. But the LTCIC2 cultures demonstrated better performance with bone and gelatin.

Discussion: Proliferation of stromal cells cultured in contact with an allograft demonstrated the biocompatibility of stromal cells/treated allografts. After twelve weeks incubation, the first cell counts tended to show that stromal cells cultured in vitro on human bone substitute preserve their functional potential and allow the proliferation of certain cells participating in osteogenesis. Further research to identify the capacity of these cells to induce an osteoblastic line must be conducted to allow in situ graft osteogenesis.


O. Guyen G. Vaz P. Vallese J.-P. Carret J. Bejui-Hugues

Purpose: Hip joint involvement is a frequent complication of Paget’s disease. We conducted a multicentric retrospective study to analyse perioperative problems and outcome after total hip arthroplasty in patients with Paget’s disease.

Material and methods: Thirty-nine total hip arthroplasties were implanted between 1979 and 1998 in 35 patients with Paget’s disease of the hip (four bilateral cases). The series included 20 men and 15 women, mean age 74 years (55–86). The pre and postoperative status was evaluated with the Harris score and radiographically. We recorded operative time, blood loss, and events noted in the operative report. Among the 35 patients, 24 were retained for analysis (three deaths, eight lost to follow-up) at mean 62 months.

Results: The mean preoperative Harris score was 46/100 (18–67). Eighteen patients had leg length discrepancy. Nine had permanent hip flexion associated with external rotation and seven had coxa vara. Twenty-nine patients were given anti-osteoclastic treatment preoperatively. We implanted 20 cemented cups and 19 press-fit cups. Thirty-one femoral stems were cemented and eight were not. On average, operative time was 130 minutes and blood loss was 830 cc. Difficult operative events involved luxation of the femoral head, remodelled sclerous bone (greater trochanter fractures, difficult reaming, narrow canal), cam effect related to bone hypertrophy and bleeding. Venous thrombosis occurred in four patients, pulmonary embolism in one, and one psoas haematoma. There were three luxations. At last follow-up (mean 71 months), the clinical outcome was excellent for 13 patients (48%), good for eight (29%), fair for two (7%) and poor for four (15%). Implants were cemented at the pelvis and femur level in three cases and noncemented in one.

Discussion: Prosthetic hip surgery in patients with Paget’s disease is difficult and raises the risk of postoperative complications. Prior medical treatment is needed before surgery to limit the risk of bleeding. In our series, fixation modalities were very variable. Non-cemented implants on Paget’s diseased bone performed comparably with non-cemented implants.


J.-Y. Lazennec M. Gorin B. Roger G. Saillant

Purpose: Uncertain position of the acetabular implant has been the cause of dysfunction in certain cases of total hip arthroplasty (THA). Classical computed tomographic analysis of anteversion has certain limitations. Integrated reconstruction of positions at risk allows a better diagnostic approach.

Material and methods: We studied 46 THA because of posterior malposition (n=17, anterior subluxation in the standing position in twelve, and true dislocation in five) and anterior malposition (n=29, posterior subluxation in sixteen and true dislocation in thirteen). Two groups of 70 naïve hips and a group of 56 THA with no functional problem served as controls. The position of the acetabulum was studied on optimised computed tomography slices reconstructing the planes of analysis for the standing, sitting and reclining positions. The reference planes for the slices was given by the sacral tilt angle measured on the lateral views of the patient in the corresponding positions. The optimised computed tomographic measurements of anteversion were compared with the classical measures. None of the patients had abnormal femoral anteversion and/or an oblique pelvis and/or leg length discrepancy greater than 10 mm. The frontal inclination of the acetabular implants was 40°–50°.

Results: In the naïve hips, acetabular anteversion varied: 19.2 with the conventional method, 15.7 in the standing position and 31 in the sitting position. In the THA controls, anteversion measurements differed: 21.3 with the conventional method, 21.4 in the standing position and 35.8 in the sitting position. In the THA with a posterior malposition, 18/29 could not be explained by the conventional measurement, but the optimised measurement enabled an understanding in 17 hips (defective anteversion in the sitting position).

Discussion: Changes in pelvis orientation between the sitting and standing positions modifies real anteversion of the cup. In particular, subjects with THA tend to have a spontaneous posterior tilt of the pelvis related to trunk ageing. This element should be taken into account for the analysis of both major and minor THA dysfunction.


P. Gioghi F. Prunarety S. Reig S. Charbonnel S. Terver

Purpose: Instability is a major cause of revision total hip arthroplasty (rTHA). It was the third leading cause (5%) after aseptic loosening (75.7%), and infection (7.2%) in the Swedish registry for 2000. The rate of dislocation is however variable depending on the reported series. We conducted a statistical analysis of nearly 3000 files of rTHA to study factors favouring failure.

Material and methods: AVIO, a watch association for orthopaedic implants, was created in 1994 to evaluate factors favouring failure of THA in France, and to furnish statistical data on prosthesis revision. About one hundred orthopaedic surgeons throughout France completed an information card for each revision for a five year period (September 1994 to September 1999). A total of 2926 card were analysed. Patient data (gender, side, number of revisions, age at implantation, age at removal, reason for THA, reason for revision, duration of THA) were cross analysed. The statistical analysis was conducted with chi-square tests and non-parametric tests. Significant results were compared with data in the literature. We present here the results concerning dislocation as the reason for revision.

Results: The rTHA for dislocation accounted for 9.2% of the revisions. Dislocation was the primary reason for revision in patients with repeated revisions and was also the main reason for revision in patients aged over 70 years (20.6%). In this group of older patients, 72.8% of the prostheses were implanted for degenerative disease.

Discussion: The original finding in this study, not clearly reported in the literature, is that dislocation is the primary cause of revision after 70 years, coming before aseptic acetabular loosening. Although mentioned by Charnley in 1979, very few studies (Newington in 1990, Edelund in 1992) have studied the relationship between dislocation and age.

Conclusion: Patient-related factors play an important role in the stability of THA. After 70 years, dislocation becomes the primary reason for revision and should be taken into consideration in our ageing population. This study has led us to modify our therapeutic strategy in patients aged over 70 years.


F. Gindraux L. Obert P. Hervé F. Deschaseaux

Purpose: The bone marrow (BM) mesenchymatous stem cell (MSC) is an osteochondrogenic stem cell which produces fibroblastic colony forming units (fCFU) in vitro. The regenerative activity of MSC could be useful for repairing extensive bone loss. A specific method for isolating human MSC (hMSC) is based on the expression of a membrane molecule, the very late antigen 1 (VLA1), was developed in the laboratory for possible cell therapy. Sorted VLA1-positive cells generate 100% of the fCFU and thus contain all of the MSC. The method used to isolate MSC was adapted to the mouse to elaborate an in vivo model.

Material and methods: VLA1-positive cells were isolated by direct sorting of BALB/cByJ@Ico and C57BL/6J@Ico male mouse BM. Total BM cells and VLA1-positive and negative cells were submitted to in vitro characterisation tests: i) expression of stem-cell-specific markers determined by flow cytometry and ii) cloning efficacy (CE=number of fCFU per 105 seeded cells) after ten days culture. VLA-positive cells not tested in vitro were cryopreserved for later use in vivo. When thawed, the VLA1-positive cells from BALB/c mice were characterised in vitro as described above and injected intravenously into female BALB/c mice. After three months, the recipient mice were sacrificed and fluorescent in situ hybridisation was used to search for the injected cells (with Y chromosome) or their progeny in different tissues.

Results: Sorted VLA1-positive cells expressed stem-cell-specific markers (CD34, Scal). Culture of the VLA1- positive and negative fractions revealed that all the fCFU were found in the VLA1-positive fraction. In the BALB/c stem line, sorting enabled a 10-fold enrichment of fCFU compared with total BM cells. As the C57 stem line exhibited only 2-fold enrichment, the BALC/c line was used for the in vivo study. Moreover, cryopreservation did not alter the CE of VLA1-positive cells nor their expression of specific markers. We report the in vivo results.

Conclusion: The method used for specific sorting of hMSC can be applied to murine BM. The mouse thus appears to be a good model for preclinical research on bone reconstruction.


J.-L. Rouvillain T. Navarre H. Pascal-Mousselard O. Delattre D. Ribeyre

Purpose: Treatment of major bone loss still raises difficult reconstruction problems. For bone tumours, massive resection prostheses allow rapid reconstruction of the architecture and satisfactory function. Several publications have reported the use of autoclave-sterilised cortical autografts for the treatment of bone tumours but only two old publications (1961) have used this method for the treatment of major bone loss in limb traumatology.

Case report: A 17-year-old male patient was transported from a neighbouring island after a motorcycle accident. The patient presented Cauchoix stage 2 fracture of the lower end of the femur with bone lose measuring 11 cm. The complete diaphysometaphyseal segment was recovered on the road and was brought in a sack. Emergency debridement was performed followed by complete skin closure and transcalcaneal traction. The femoral cortical fragment was cleaned and sterilised in the autoclave with one cycle at 121°C for 20 minutes at 1.3 bars. Twenty days later, osteosynthesis was performed using a large 95° Muller plate via a lateral approach. The cortical segment was put in position enabling complete recovery of length, alignment and rotation. Rehabilitation was initiated postoperatively. Total weight bearing began at three months and nautical sports (wind surf, surfing) at six months. Complete recovery of motion was achieved (heal-buttocks). Extension was normal and symmetrical both actively and passively with no recurvatum.

Results: Successive postoperative x-rays taken at 1.5 and 4 months and 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, and 7 years showed excellent graft incorporation. Healing of the metaphyseal and diaphyseal interfaces was complete at two years. Biopsy of the metaphyseal zone showed a normal bone structure.

Discussion: This exceptional case illustrates the capacity of this method to allow total recovery of function, an outcome rarely achieved after such important bone loss.


D. Moukoko D. Pourquier A. Diméglio

Purpose: Regeneration of skeletal tissue for fracture repair or during morphogenesis involves common phases of cell proliferation and differentiation. Mesenchymatous precursor cells have multiple origins. These cells can be identified in the bone marrow, in the deep layer of the periosteum and in the endosteum. More recently, the presence of circulating multipotent stem cells has been demonstrated in the general circulation. Their contribution to skeletal regeneration processes is suspected. The experiments we report allow visualisation of the multidirectional differentiation phenomena involving mesenchymatous precursor cells in an animal model of skeletal tissue regeneration.

Material and methods: An experimental surgical protocol was developed to study the regeneration of skeletal tissue in New Zealand rabbits. Eighteen animals were used. A vascularised periosteum flap was transferred onto the medial aspect of the knee. The flap was fixed in order to be exposed to flexion and extension stress during spontaneous ambulation. The joint was not damaged in any way and the adjacent bone segments were left intact. The animal was allowed to move freely postoperatively. The animal was sacrificed two days to eight weeks later to study standard histological slices taken from the regenerate region and the recipient knee joint.

Results: The zone of influence of the flap was recognised early in the environment where it was apposed. This zone involved the marrow of the metaphyseal regions, the neighbouring muscles, the joint cavity, and the menisci. Cell proliferation was noted in each of these sites. It was associated with differentiation of the precursor elements in multiple directions of the mesenchymatous lines. This led to production of cartilaginous, bony, fibrous, and even muscle tissue in the medullary cavity, in the menisci, and in the open joint space. Immunohistochemistry demonstrated the contribution of the mesenchymatous stem cells whose circulating pool was visualised.

Discussion: This work is in agreement with the recent demonstration of the contribution of stem cells to general healing phenomena, and the physiological turnover of healthy tissue.

Conclusion: The strong potential of multipotent stem cells for tissue reparation and regeneration processes opens important perspectives for cell therapy and tissue engineering. The demonstration of physiological processes operating in vivo which involve participation of the endogenous cell pool is of importance for all fields of medicine and surgery for the treatment of the musculoskeletal system.


M. Kassab P. Zalzal G.M.S. Azores A. Presmann B. Liberman A.E. Gross J.-F. Dubousset

Purpose: Prevalence of supracondylar fractures above a total knee arthroplasty (TKA) is increasing due to the increasing age of treated patients and the larger number of implants. We report the functional results in a series of thirteen patients treated with a distal femoral graft (DFG) associated with revision TKA.

Material and methods: Between 1990 and 2001, thirteen patients (twelve women and one man), mean age 65 years (24–93) were treated with DFG associated with revision TKA. All fractures were type III using the Lewis classification and involved severe osteoporotic bone associated with loosening of the femoral piece. Before fracture, the patients had had two operations on average (1–4). The fracture occurred as a result of a fall in nine patients, low-energy trauma in three, and during mobilisation under general anaesthesia in one. The functional results were noted prospectively using the modified HSS score and the SF-36 quality-of-life questionnaire. Radiographic assessment of bone healing and implant stability was performed by two independent observers (kappa=0.75, p=0.02).

Results: At mean follow-up of 60 months (12–144), the mean HSS score was 75 (64–86). Mean knee flexion was 100° (50–115°). One patient required subsequent amputation due to infection. Using our classification, functional outcome was good or excellent in seven patients, fair in four and poor in two. For nine patients, x-rays showed no sign of loosening. In three patients, there was minimal to moderate periprosthetic bone resorption.

Discussion: Treatment of periprosthetic fractures of the knee is a therapeutic challenge. Osteoporosis and comminution is a complex association making stable osteo-synthesis difficult with conventional methods. Massive knee prosthesis using a DFG and a standard TKA is an attractive alternative. This technique allows restoration of the bone stock by bone healing and constitutes a less aggressive therapeutic solution.

Conclusion: Despite the risk of infection, we believe that composite prostheses can be an attractive option for the treatment of periprosthetic supracondylar fractures of the knee.


D. Saragaglia P. Pradel C. Chaussard

Purpose: The purpose of this work was to assess the mechanical axis of 28 computer-assisted osteotomies (group A) with 28 manual osteotomies (group B) selected at random from 140 osteotomies performed between January 1997 and December 2000.

Material and methods: The populations were comparable for age, gender, side, degree of osteoarthritis (modified Ahlback stages) and varus malalignment (group A: 173±3.80° (160°–178°), group B 172.8±3.18° (164°–178°) using a pangonometer to measure the HKA angle). For 52 knees, open-wedge tibial osteotomy was performed and fixed with a tricalcium phosphate wedge (Biosorb(r)) and an AO T-plate. For four knees (two in group A and two in group B), a double tibial (open wedge) and femoral (closed wedge) osteotomy was used due to genu varum measuring greater than 15°. Preoperative planning for the classical method used a plumb line from the centre of the femoral head identified fluoroscopically. The Orthopilot(r) computer-assisted method also relied on preoperative planning but intraoperative control was based on computer acquisitions of the centre of the hip, the knee and the ankle. The objective of the intervention was to obtain a mechanical axis between 182° and 186°. All knees were evaluated with pangonometry at three months to check axis correction.

Results: In group A, the mean postoperative HKA was 183±0.99° (181°–185°). In group B it was 184±2.28° (181°–189°). The objective was attained in 96% of knees in group A and in 71% in group B, giving a statistical difference between the absolute data (p=0.0248) and between the standard deviations (p=0.0015).

Conclusion: Computer-assisted osteotomy to correct for genu varum using the Orthopilot(r) method is feasible and remarkably reproducible. In our hands Orthopilot(r) enabled attaining the surgical objective set preoperatively. The kinetics of the acquisition of the centre of the hip, the knee, and the ankle associated with palpation of remarkable extra-articular points is an excellent method avoiding the need for intra-articular palpation which might complicate the surgical procedure.


J.-L. Sanouiller P. Cartier

Purpose: Development of knee arthroplasty has led surgeons to reconsider their tibial osteotomy techniques. Closed wedge subtraction which can lead to a deformed epiphyseal callus and an oblique joint space have been progressively replaced by more anatomic open wedge techniques. The bone gap created by open osteotomy is general filled with an iliac autograft, implying morbidity of the harvesting site, or inert material. For the last eleven years, we have used dehydrated corticocancellous grafts which maintain the collagenous framework and mechanical properties as well as the ingrowth properties close to autografts without the inconvenience of bone harvesting. After making the horizontal osteotomy cut above the tubercle, tricortical allografts are fashioned at the operative site and implanted without impaction. Fixation is achieved by staples or plate screwing. Mechanical stability is always achieved within the usual time allowing weight bearing at 40 days.

Material and methods: Twenty patients who underwent this procedure more than nine years earlier were reviewed for this study.

Results: Two patients died. One underwent a second procedure for a tri-compartmental prosthesis seven years after osteotomy. There were no local or general complications at short- or long-term. Radiological ingrowth was observed 12 to 24 months postoperatively allowing removal of the osteosynthesis material and bone biopsies which proved bone ingrowth. Control gonometry at 45 days and one year validated the reliability of the technique and achievement of the desired biomechanical objective, confirming the absence of lost correction.

Discussion: This simple and reliable technique has several advantages: simple less aggressive surgery, immediate mechanical stability, absence of material-related complications, constant radiographic ingrowth proven histologically.

Conclusion: The quality of the long-term results make this technique a reasonable alternative for iliac autografting. It should be preferred over non-inhabitable inert material and over heterografting which has its own complications (mechanical instability, pseudoseptic lysis).


J.-L. Sanouiller P. Cartier

Purpose: Among 115 cemented patellofemoral Bechtol-Blazina prostheses implanted between 1974 and 1991, we reviewed 59 knees in 41 women and nine men (nine bilateral implants). Material and methods: Mean patient age was 60 years and mean follow-up was ten years (6–16). The main indication was primary degenerative disease (82%) followed by chondrocalcinosis (6%), chondromalacia (7%) and secondary degeneration (5%). A previous procedure had been performed on 18 knees (14 patellofemoral and four femorotibial). Associated procedures were tubercle translocation (n=15), tibial osteotomy (n=2), and tension of the medial wing (n=1). The International Knee Society score was noted.

Results: According to the IKS, outcome was good or excellent in 91% of the knees and insufficient in 9% (knee score and function score). Mean ten-year survival determined with the actuarial method was 84.4%. It fell from 91.1% to 75.5% between the ninth and eleventh year due to femorotibial deterioration. There were no cases of phlebitis, infection or prosthetic loosening. Causes of failure were predominantly femorotibial (eight degradations) rather than femoropatellar (two snaps and three painful syndromes involving the lateral parapatellar area). Thirteen reoperations were necessary: tri-compartmental arthroplasty (n=8), modification of the trochlear orientation (n=1), release of the lateral patellar wing (n=3), demaquetisation (n=1). Total or nearly total pain relief was achieved for 80% of the knees. The mean flexion angle was 123° and stair climbing was considered normal in 91% of the patients. All knees were stable. Radiographically, there were six cases of polyethylene remodelling and one case of wear associated with major femorotibial deterioration. This absence of significant wear was, in our opinion, essentially due to the absence of a metal-backed patellar insert.

Discussion: The following indications can be retained on the basis of this series: the ideal indication is isolated patellofemoral osteoarthritis with dysplasia, relative indications are advanced-stage patellofemoral osteoarthritis with axial deviation having no clinical or radiographic (tangent view) impact. In this case, the patellofemoral implant allows postponing insertion of a tricompartmental prosthesis in middle-aged patients. Contraindications are patellar chondromalacia, chondrocalcinosis, low patella, and presence of associated femorotibial degradation.

Conclusion: The long-term clinical and radiographic results after patellofemoral arthroplasty make this procedure the treatment of choice for isolated and advanced-stage patellofemoral osteoarthritis on a normally axed limb when a conservative procedure cannot be performed or has failed. It provides effective pain relief and good knee stability. The operation is difficult and must use congruent implants to avoid the problem of prosthetic instability and patellar snaps.


J.-N. Argenson X. Flecher A. Figuira J.-M. Aubaniac

Purpose: Implantation of a unicompartmental knee pros-thesis (UKP) via a short incisiosn was proposed to improve rapid postoperative recovery. But it is known that long-term survival is highly dependent on implantation quality. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the influence of implantation quality assessed radiographically and that of rapid recovery after unicompartmental arthroplasty using the conventional or minimally invasive approach.

Material and methods: A continuous series of the first 25 cases of UKP implanted using the minimally invasive approach (group 1) was compared with a homogeneous group of matched knees in a series of 145 UKP implanted with the same approach as used for total knee arthroplasty (group 2). The groups were comparable for age, gender, weight, and height. The same medial cemented UKP with a metallic tibial base plate was implanted in both groups. Postoperative radiographic measures included the overall mechanical axis, the femoral and tibial implantation orientations, and the posterior tibial slope.

Results: There was no significantly different between groups 1 and 2 for mechanical axis (3.6° and 4.7° respectively), tibial implantation angle (87° and 88°), or posterior tibial slope (2.6° and 2°). The femoral implantation angle was also comparable (2.3° and 2.9°) with the exception of one knee (9°) in group 1. Hospital stay, use of crutches and resumed activity were significantly shorter in group 1. Blood loss (222 and 244 ml respectively), postoperative pain (visual analogue scale), and full flexion at one year were comparable between the groups.

Discussion: The basic difference between the two approaches is the absence of patellar eversion and rupture of the extensor system with the minimally invasive method. This probably explains the more rapid recovery of function and activity in this group. The one case of significant femoral deviation noted in this group points out the need for greater care in positioning the specific guides for the short incision approach. To evaluate the long-term results of UKP implanted with the minimally invasive approach, the same criteria for patient selection and prosthetic implantation should be used.


T. Ammari P. Boisrenoult P. Beaufils

Purpose: The purpose of this work was to evaluate radiographically architectural changes in the knee caused by open medial tibial osteotomy fixed with a Puddu plate.

Material and methods: Forty-three patients (45 knees) operated on between 1999 and 2002 were reviewed retrospectively. Osteotomy was performed for femorotibial osteoarthritis of the medial compartment in 39 knees, laxity in three and both in three. There were 16 women and 27 men, mean age 55 years (22–73). Standard x-rays of the knee (AP, lateral 30° flexion) and telemetric films obtained preoperatively and at bone healing were analysed by two independent observers (a junior and a senior). We noted: mechanical axis (HKA), presence of epiphyseal varus and its correction, patellar height (Caton-Deschamps index), and tibial slope. The alpha risk was set at 5% for statistical analysis.

Results: Complications included two cases of non-union which required revision. Measures were reproducible between the two observers (p> 0.5). Mean HKA at bone healing was 183.53±2.28° for an expected correction of 184.14±0.93 (p=0.0112). Osteotomy achieved correction of constitutional varus in 25/36 knees (p=0.014). In the nine knees without constitutional varus, an oblique tibiotalar space was observed in five. Preoperative patella was 0.86±0.13 versus 0.69±0.16 postoperatively (p=0.021). The position of the plate on the medial aspect of the metaphysic was posterior in 28 knees and middle in 17 but with no impact on tibial slope related to plate position (p=0.175).

Discussion: Open medial tibial osteotomy with Puddu plate fixation enabled us to achieve the desired correction which persisted to bone healing and to correct constitutional varus when present, an important element for ligament balance in the event a secondary total knee arthroplasty would become necessary. In our series, we did not find any changes in the posterior slope related to the position of the plate as has been reported by others. Conversely, we did observe a decrease in patellar height.


J.-Y. Jenny C. Boéri

Purpose: Implantation quality is an important prognostic factor for long-term outcome of unicompartmental knee prostheses. Minimally invasive techniques allow more rapid rehabilitation but at the price of potentially diminished implantation quality. Navigation systems have been developed to overcome this problem.

Material and methods: We analysed a preliminary series of 20 patients (group A) whose unicompartmental medial femorotibial prosthesis (Search(r), Aesculap, Tuttlingen, Germany) was implanted with the CT-free Orthopilot(r) system (Aesculap, Tuttlingen, Germany). This system uses intra-operative kinematic and anatomic analysis to define the mechanical axes of the femur and tibia in space. The femoral and tibial cut lines are aligned on these axes. This series was compared with a retrospective historical series (group B) of 60 knees with the same prostheses implanted with the same navigation system but with a conventional approach requiring patellofemoral subluxation. Implantation quality was measured using the following angles: AP mechanical femorotibial angle, orientation of the tibial and femoral prostheses (AP and lateral), vertical level of the prosthetic joint space in relation to the preserved joint space.

Results: The AP mechanical femorotibial angle was in the desired range in 16 knees in group A (80%) and in 48 in group B (80%). The femoral component exhibited optimal position in 18 knees in group A (90%) and in 54 in group B (90%). The tibial component exhibited optimal position in 17 knees in group A (85%) and in 53 in group B (88%). Thirteen prostheses in group A (65%) and 37 in group B (62%) were implanted optimally using the studied criteria. The length of the incision varied from 7 to 10 cm in group A. There was no significant difference.

Discussion: This navigation system allows very precise implantation of the medial unicompartmental knee prosthesis, both with the conventional technique and the minimally invasive technique. Use of the minimally invasive technique does not decrease the radiographic quality of the implantation in comparison with the conventional navigation technique. This technique could become the gold standard for implantation of unicompartmental knee prostheses.


R. Limozin J.-P. Fayard L. Dupré-Latour F. Chalencon

Purpose: The reputation of unicompartmental knee prostheses (UKP) has suffered from “errors of youth” but within the limits of the indication and with precise implantation, they have provided excellent results with miminal morbidity. We evaluated the five-year clinical and radiological outcomes with the Alpina-UNI prosthesis.

Material and methods: Fifty-eight Alpina-UNI prostheses (88% medial) were implanted in 1995 by two operators. Radiographic analysis was performed by an independent observer. The mean patient age at implantation was 72 years. Patients were evaluated at three months and one and five years. The Knee Society knee score as well as radiographic findings were noted. Indications were essential, traumatic, and necrotic non-displaced lateralised degeneration. Cemented implants were used for 92% of the knees. Results were analysed with SPSS software.

Results: At five years, 51 patients were reviewed, there were four deaths, one patient lost to follow-up and two early failures (secondary ACL tear, anterior descent of the tibial baseplate). Follow-up at 70 months was 95%. The KSS was significantly improved (+61%, p< 0.001) and remained stable during follow-up. Mean flexion at five years was 131°. Radiographic findings were satisfactory: no degradation of the contralateral compartment or the patellofemoral joint, no implant loosening or migration, no abnormal polyethylene wear. Stable lucent lines were observed for 17% of the implants, all measuring less than 1 mm. The mean tibial slope was 5°. There was no significant difference between the pre- and postoperative femoroatibial epiphyseal inclinations. The mechanical axis (HKA) was significantly improved (p< 0.001) and remained unchanged throughout follow-up, maintaining a 1°–5° undercorrection.

Discussion: The conclusions of the 1995 SOFCOT symposium emphasised the importance of indications and precise implant position for the prevention of early failure. The Alpina-UNI system has enabled reproducible accuracy for the femoral and tibial epiphyseal inclinations in the cuts allowing restoration of the initial anatomy, the correction of the HKA being explained solely by wear correction. This can explain the low rate of loosening and wear in this series. Unicompartmental replacement remains an excellent solution in the older patient due to the lesser morbidity. Mid-term results are encouraging. Further ten-year evaluation will provide information on implant longevity.


E. Havet J. Berthelet A. Gabrion P. Mertl M. de Lestang

Purpose: We report a series of 78 total hip arthroplasty revisions using a locked femoral stem, Ultime.

Material and methods: These patients presented aseptic loosening (88%) and septic loosening (12%). Fracture was associated in 17%. The preoperative Postel Merle d’Aubligné (PMA) score was 10.2 points. Using the Vives-SOFCOT classification, 29% of the loosenings were stage I, 37% stage II, 24% stage III, and 10% stage IV. All fractures were associated with lossening. We used a femoral window in 57% and trochanterotomy in 14 cases. The first eight patients in this series had an allograft (impacted piecemeal). Most of the patients resumed weight bearing the first week. The PMA score was used to assess outcome. AP and lateral views were used to evaluate stem-bone contact and cortical thickness at three levels.

Results: Early complications were phlebitis (n=1) and superficial haematoma (n=5). Late complications were dislocation (n=6), stem fracture (n=2), deep infection (n=3). At last follow-up, 81% of the aseptic loosenings, 77% of the septic loosenings, and 70% of the fractures on stem had a good or excellent PMA score with a mean gain of 4, 5, and 1 points respectively. Bone reconstruction showed an increase in internal cortical (2 to 4.4 mm) and stem-bone contact increased in the lower two-thirds of the stem. Allografts did not improve results. Furthermore, 28% of the patients had hip pain which could not be related to clinical findings or implant characteristics. Half of the patients were reoperated.

Conclusion: In this series, functional improvement was similar to that in published series. The femoral window facilitated the procedure and decreased intraoperative complications. The Ultime prosthesis met the objectives set by the manufacturer, i.e. primary stability and bone reconstruction authorising subsequent revision.


O. Gosselin O. Roche F. Sirveaux E. Villanueva M. de Gasperi D. molé

Purpose: In 1988, the conclusions of the SOFCOT symposium appear to condemn use of cemented implants for revision of loosened femoral elements. Eleven years later, at the 1999 Symposium, Vidalain demonstrated that cementing remains a reasonable alternative. The purpose of this retrospective analysis was to estimate long-term results of revisions using a long cemented stem without bone stock reconstruction.

Material and methods: From 1987 to 1995, 135 patients (135 hips) underwent revision surgery with this technique. We retained for analysis 95 hips (15 lost to follow-up 25 deceased patients) in 66 women and 29 men, mean age 70 years at revision (42–86). The preoperative Postel Merle d’Aubigné (PMA) function score was 8/18. Femoral implants in place had been cemented in 80% of the hips. Using the SOFCOT criteria, 65% of the loosenings were stage II, 29.5% stage III. All were aseptic loosenings and the same revision technique was used in all cases: removal-replacement of both prosthetic elements, use of a long cemented stem without associated grafting.

Results: Mean follow-up was eight years (60–157). Thirty nine percent of the patients had early postoperative complications. The mean function score at last follow-up was 14.8/18 with 62.4% of the outcomes considered good or very good. Age, restitution of the rotation centre, quality of cementing, and stem/femur fit influenced the result significantly. Radiographic analysis showed a progressive lucent line in 32% of the hips, only 36% of the femoral stems were totally free of lucent lines. Cumulative actuarial survival was 87% at 14 years and fell to 65.5% considering certain radiographic loosening as the endpoint.

Conclusion: Use of a long cemented femoral stem for revision total hip arthroplasty provides acceptable long-term functional outcome. Results are significantly affected by imperfect technique. This type of implant, which destroys any hop for restoration of bone stock, should be reserved of elderly subject where a more “ambitious” procedure were be too risky.


F. Langlais M. Portillo J.-C. Lambotte M. Ropars H. Thomazeau

Purpose: A consecutive series of 32 metaphyseal locked hydroxyapatite coated stems were reviewed at a maximum 5 years to analyse the effect of the type of distal (diaphyseal) and proximal (metaphyseal) fixation on clinical and radiological outcome (distal shaft fixation: tight or moderate; hydroxyapatite coating: complete or limited to metaphysic; approach: window or endofemoral).

Material and methods: Stems were used to treat femoral osteolysis (35% SOFCOT stage III and IV femoral loosening) with significant acetabular osteolysis (59% segmentary osteolysis and 47% revisions with structural allografts). Nineteen stems were implanted with a femoral window and 13 via endofemoral access. Twenty-six were screw locked. To study the effect of the type of fixation on clinical and radiographic outcome, we studied metaphyseal “regeneration”, and intraoperative diaphyseal anchorage. Anchorage was considered tight when the endosteum and the stem were in contact over at least 40 mm, and the difference in diameter between the stem and the endosteum was 1 mm or less. Anchorage was considered moderate when the height of contact was less than 40 mm and the endosteumstem difference in diameter was greater than 2 mm.

Results: The results were encouraging, with a clinical score (PMA) of 15/18, and stable diaphyseal fixation of the prosthesis in 31 hips (one migration of about 1 cm with secondary blockage in one non-locked stem). There were few complications: no infections, one isolated dislocation, one screw fracture, but three replacements of overly long stems, one trochanteric non-union which was not reoperated. In 22 hips with more than one year follow-up, shaft fixation of the stem was complete (no osteolytic lucent line), and a line of bone densification (particularly in hips with less solid anchorage) was seen in ten hips. There appeared to be bone regeneration around the hydroxy-apatite metaphysis in 50% of the cases. There were no cases of secondary osteolysis. This “regeneration” did not appear to be different after window or endofemoral replacement. It was the same with tight (63% of hips) or moderate anchorage. There was no stress shielding even when the distal stem was coated with hydroxyapatite.

Conclusion: It appears that good results can be obtained at mid-term with this type of prosthesis using a short distal (60 mm) fixation, limiting the diaphyseal escalation and requirement for femoral window.


F. Bonnomet F. Giraud C. Chantelot Y. Pinoit J.-F. Kempf H. Migaud

Purpose: Femoral revision can be difficult when associated with important loss of bone stock and femoral deformation, particularly when the deformation prevents using a long prosthesis despite major loss where it would be useful. We describe a novel technique allowing a simultaneous solution to these two problems and report preliminary results in five patients.

Material and methods: The technique was applied in five patients. Briefly, one or several osteotomies at different levels were performed to correct the deformation in one or more planes, and fixed with a locked femoral implant. Femorotomy was associated in four patients to facilitate removal of prior implants and constituted one of the correction osteotomies. In one patient, non-union of the greater trochanter was treated with a plated autograft. The series included three men and one woman, mean age 72 years (65–83). According to the SOFCOT score, femoral bone loss was grade II in four patients and grade III in one. All femurs had varus deformation (mean 21°, range 16°–40°), and two femurs exhibited permanent flexion (40° and 45°). One shaft osteotomy was used in four patients and two osteotomies in one. The locked femoral implant measured 250 mm in three and 300 mm in two.

Results: Mean follow-up was 3.5 years (0.5–5). One patient committed suicide at six months. The mean Postel Merle d’Aubigné score improved from 9.4 (7–11) to 16.4 (15–18). The trochanter non-union and all osteotomies head at three to four months except one case of shaft non-union which was well tolerated (PMA=16, in a patient without femorotomy who did not require recalibration of the proximal femur). In these healed cases, remodelling and/or spontaneous reconstruction of the femur was observed without grafting for the shaft. There was no stress shielding aspect in the patients with the longest follow-up although they had non-cemented stems with distal locking and no surface treatment.

Conclusion: The technique proposed for this specific indication enables resolution of the double problem of fixation and correction of deformation while allowing spontaneous reconstruction around the non-cemented locked implant. Use of femorotomy is recommended to allow recalibration and stabilisation of the proximal femur around the stem. Longer follow-up is needed to ascertain longevity of the spontaneous reconstruction. Nevertheless, these non-reintegrated implants behave like locked centromedullary nailing.


P. Oger G. Viguie P. Boisrenoult P. Beaufils

Purpose: The purpose of this work was to present clinical and radiographic results of our experience with the Exeter technique for femoral reconstruction during revision total hip arthroplasty.

Material and methods: Eighteen patients (18 hips) underwent surgery between 1994 and 2001 and were reviewed a mean 3.5 years (1–7.5). Mean age was 67.2 years (27–78). These patients had aseptic loosening (17 hips) or septic loosening (1 hip). The femoral loosening was stage II in six hips and stage III in twelve according to the SOFCOT classification. The mean preoperative Postel Merle d’Aubigné (PMA) score was 13.6 [pain 3.4 (2–5), motion (5.9, function 3.8 (2–6)]. Postoperative assessment noted complications, the PMA score and radiographically, search for lucent lines, graft aspect, and cortical classification (Gie). Prosthesis migration was measured with the EBRAFCA method. The alpha risk was set at 5% for statistical analysis.

Results: Five complications were noted: three greater trochanter fractures, one sernsorimotor ischiatic deficit, one infraprosthetic fracture at 4.5 months. The overall mean PMA score at last follow-up was 17 [pain 5.4 (3–6), motion 6, function 5.6 (4–6)]. Radiographically thirteen hips exhibited cortical thickening with incorporation of the graft, with one case of isolated cortical thickening. One case could not be analysed (metal mesh). The EBRA analysis was used in 14 hips. After the stage II lesions, median descent was 2.8 mm (1.55–6.25) versus respectively 6.5 mm (2.1–8.7) in stage III (p=0.35)].

Discussion: The Exeter technique is one solution for femoral bone stock loss during revision THA. This technique has provided good clinical outcome (overall final PMA 17 versus 13). Radiographically, in the majority of the cases, graft integration was satisfactory with no sign of loosening. Prosthetic descent (EBRA analysis) was slightly greater than published results but there was no correlation with the initial lesion or the clinical outcome.

Conclusion: The Exeter technique is reliable and effective. It provides a less aggressive solution compared with other techniques for femoral bone loss.


M. Hamadouche N. Lefevre L. Kerboull M. Kerboull J.-P. Courpied

Purpose: Certain authors have indicated that the primum movens of loosening of cemented femoral stems is related to the decohesion of the cement implant interface. Under such conditions, improvement in this interface was attempted with the development of a rough surface for the femoral piece. The purpose of this retrospective analysis was to evaluate results a minimum ten years follow-up in a consecutive series of total hip arthroplasties comparing types of femoral implant surfaces.

Material and methods: Between January 1988 and December 1989, 311 THA were implanted in 286 patients aged 63.6±11.8 years (26–91). All implantations were performed via the transtrochanteric approach by two senior surgeons. Two types of femoral implant were used: 166 non-polished pieces with a round section Ra = 3 mm (CMK3, Vector Orthopédique) and 145 polished pieces with a quadrangular section Ra = 0.4 mm (MKIII, Stryker Howmedica). The preoperative data were comparable for the two groups. Functional results were assessed with the Postel Merle d’Aubigné score (PMA). Actuarial survival curves were plotted.

Results: At minimum ten years follow-up, 187 patients (204 hips) were living and had not required revision at mean follow-up of 11.7±2.5 years (10–14), 15 patients (15 hips) had revision of the acetabular and/or femoral element, 54 patients (58 hips) had died, and 30 patients (34 hips) were lost to follow-up. The mean preoperative function score was 11.2±2.5 (4–16) versus 17.5±0.5 (10–18) at last follow-up (Wilcoxon rank test, p< 0.001). Cumulative survival at 13 years, taking radiographic loosening of the femoral piece as the endpoint, was 78.9±5.8% (95%CI 67.6–90.3%) for unpolished implants versus 97.3±2.6 (95%CI 92.2–100) for polished implants. The difference was significantly different (p< 0.001).

Discussion: The results of this analysis indicate that radiographic survival of unpolished cemented femoral pieces is significant inferior compared with polished pieces. The increased adherence of the femoral cement is probably the cause of increased shear stress at the bone-cement interface. The respective influence of section and surface remain to be determined.


J. Tabutin D. Vandevelde J.-L. Chatelan P. Essig

Purpose: This multicentric retrospective study was conducted to search for indications of femoral revision with a custom-made non-cemented implant.

Material and methods: We collected files on femoral revisions using custom-made implants among our working group and among surgeons having a certain experience between 1989 and 1991. Twenty-one patients (13 men and 10 women), mean age 50.1 years (24–81) were operated. This was the first revision for 14, the second for six, and the third for two. Mean follow-up was 35.4 years. The implant was coated with hydroxyapatite in the proximal zone with optional distal locking except for the first cases. The implant was used when the usual implants were poorly adapted. Data acquisition was achieved with previous calibrated computed tomography. The problem was to distinguish residual bone from cement or the prior implant. Information was exchanged between the engineer and the surgeon in order to define the stem shape and anchorage. Regular clinical follow-up was performed, noting the Postel Merle d’Aubligné score. The radiographic assessment focused on the absence of prosthesis descent and lucent lines.

Results: The PMA score improved from 9.6 (6–14; 2.4; 4.26; 2.91) to 14 (8–18; 4.61; 5.05; 4.25). Complications were dislocation in three hips, one requiring cup replacement and the other neck replacement. Early descent of the femoral stem was also noted in one hip which required revision. Late descent at 13 years was managed by a simple procedure in one hip (SOFCOT stage I).

Discussion: The early failures were related to the severity of the initial lesions (or rather their underestimation) and to defective initial distal stabilisation. Late failures resulted from the absence of bioreactive coating. We have had no experience with impacted grafting. The indication for custom-made implants are exceptional (less than 2% of our revisions) and can be divided into four categories: extramedullary (very long neck/varus) the implant avoiding the use of balls; extrapolation (femur too small or too large requiring under- or oversized implant); dysmorphism (excessive curvature, osteotomy or fracture sequelae, narrow metaphysic with wide diaphysis); gap filling (weight-bearing zone).

Conclusion: The advantage of a custom-made implant is the choice of anchorage and the simplification of the operative procedure. It is often the only solution in complex situations but requires close collaboration with the engineer (virtual intervention) and implies significant cost.


J. Synave P. Rosset P. Burdin L. Favard

Purpose: The aim of this work was to assess retrospectively osteofixation and survival of a long custom-made femoral stem with complete hydroxyapatite coating and without locking for replacement of the femoral implant.

Material and methods: From 1990 to 1999, 89 stems were implanted for revision total hip arthroplasty. Seventy-five hips were reviewed at one to ten years (mean four years). Radiographic analysis searched for bone damage, osteofixation and implant migration. All measures were taken on the AP views postoperatively and at last follow-up.

Results: Revision was performed for aseptic loosening in 75%, for septic loosening in 12%, for fracture in 11% and for instability in 2%. Destruction was SOFCOT stage I in 36%, stage II in 44%, stage III in 17% and could not be assessed in 3%. The femorotomy approach was used in 60% and trochanterotomy in 32% and endofemoral assess in 8%. There were 18% intraoperative fractures, 4.8% postoperative infections and 2.4% dislocations. At last follow-up, the Postel Merle d’Aubigné score was 15.3 and the Harris Hip Score was 77.9. Thigh pain was present in 4%. Bone fixation was considered good in 48%, partial but better than 50% contact in 36% and could not be interpreted in 16%. Complete metaphyseal reconstruction was present in 8%. A piecemeal allograft was used in 89%. Between the postoperative and last follow-up films, 16% of the stems descended a mean 11 mm. Five percent of the stems were removed for infection and one (1.3%) for non-fixation. At five years, 95% of the stems was still in place and 80% at ten years, including removals for infection. All revisions for septic loosening had comparable clinical and radiological results in this series and did not develop secondary infection.

Discussion: These results demonstrate the usefulness of the uncemented stems for replacement compared with cemented stems which have a 10% revision rate at five years (SOFCOT 1999). The complete hydroxyapatite coating improves distal fixation of the stem in a healthy zone without compromising secondary proximal fixation and authorising spontaneous metaphyseal bone reconstructions. This may explain the low rate of painful thighs. Modularity and locking could improve the primary fixation and limit descent.


S. Boisgard P. Faure P. Etienne Moreau J.-P. Levai

Purpose: The purpose of this study was to evaluate ten year outcome of the 28-mm head self-locking cemented Müller THA.

Material and methods: From May 1988 to May 1990, 187 second generation cemented prostheses were implanted via the transgluteal approach for osteoarthritis. The femoral implant was a straight Prostasul 10 implant with a 28-mm modular head and a gamma ray sterilised poly-ethylene cup. At ten years, for the 187 implants: 64 patients had died, 24 patients were contacted by telephone (all with implants in place) nine were lost to follow-up, and 90 implants in 82 patients were reviewed. The reviewed series included 42 women and 49 mean, mean age 65 years. Clinical outcome was noted with the Postel Merle d’Aubigné score (PMA). Radiographical assessment noted lucent lines, granulomas, migrations, wear, and ossification.

Results: Among the 187 implants, two patients required revision: one for infection and the other for posttraumatic dislocation. Among the 82 patients reviewed at ten years, the PMA score was 16.85 (92% good and very good results). Radiographically, the acetabulum showed nine lucent lines measuring greater than 1 mm and progressing between five and ten years, one migration, and two cases of migration as well as three cases of wear greater than 2 mm. Evaluation of the femur showed osteolysis in zone 3 and 4 in one hip and rarified bone in zone 7 in four. Linear penetration of the head in the cup was 0.08 mm/yr. Brooker stage 3 ossifications were found in 27% of the men and 14% of the women.

Discussion: The clinical results were comparable to other series of cemented prostheses. At ten years, potential loosenings were more frequent at the acetabular level with progressive lines always present at five years; and polyethylene wear that was not always associated with osteolysis or granuloma, while osteolysis and granulomas were always associated with wear greater than 2 mm. Furthermore, there was no anatomoclinical relationship and radiographic anomalies did not always have an effect on function. Prevention of ossifications appears to be important, particularly in men.


P. Marchand G. Asencio R. Bertin B. Megy P. Kouyoumdjian S. Hacini P.-P. Mill

Purpose: The purpose of this work was to evaluate the mid-term behaviour of 228 ABG-1 femoral stems implanted without cement in patients with at least five years follow-up.

Material and methods: The series included 228 ABG-1 (cup and femur) non-cemented hydroxyapatite-coated anatomic total hip prostheses implanted in 210 patients. Mean age was 62.2 years, 116 women, 112 men. Indications were: primary degenerative disease (53.6%), primary necrosis (21.5%), posttraumatic osteoarthritis (11.8%), rheumatoid disease (8.3%) and dysplasia (4.8%). A zincronium-polyethylene bearing was used for 200 hips (87.7%) and metal-polyethylene for 28. We retained for analysis 163 patients with mean 88.6 months follow-up [37 died without revision, 28 lost to follow-up (12.3%), 17 surgical revision]. The Postel Merle d’Aubigné (PMA) and Harris Hip Score (HHS) were noted. Radiographically, the AGORA Engh-Massin and ARA femur scores were determined; osteolysis was evaluated with the Gruen classification.

Results: The seventeen femoral revisions were related to aseptic loosening (n=4), fracture of the femur (n=4), sepsis (n=3), instability (n=3), pain (n=2), and limping (n=1). Overall survival was 92.5% at 88.6 months, relative survival (loosening) was 98.2%. At last follow-up, the PMA score was 17.3 and 92.7% of the patients had an excellent or good outcome (PMA > 14). The mean HHS was 96.4. Ninety-six percent of the patients were pain free. Radiologically, 112 stems were evaluated at last follow-up. The Engh-Massin classification showed that 102 stems presented certain bone ingrowth (85.2%), 15 suspected (12.3%), and two showed fibrous encapsulation with one case of implant instability. The ARA femur score was good or excellent in 70.5%, fair in 13.1%, poor in 16.4%. Hypertrophic cortical reaction was noted in Gruen zones 2–3 or 5–6 in 27.9% and was not correlated with pain. These reactions were however associated in more than half of the cases with a position anomaly in the frontal plan or an oversized stem. There was on incomplete pedestal and no extensive proximal stress shielding. Femoral osteolysis was very limited (mean surface area 145 mm2) in zones 1 and 7 in 21.3% of the cases. There were no cases of distal osteolysis.

Discussion: These data confirm the very good mid-term behaviour of the anatomic stems coated with hydroxyapatite. This metaphyseal coating acts like a barrier preventing diffusion of wear particles along the shaft. Stem migration was minimal, to the order of one millimetre, and did not continue beyond the first year. Over time, a constant trabecular metaphyseal endocortical bone reaction was observed, reflecting stress transmission to the proximal portion of the hydroxyapatite-coated femoral implant.


V. Molina O. Gagey C. Court J. Langloys

Purpose: The Bankart procedure is widely studied in the literature. The general lack of postoperative complications is well recognised. The purpose of this work was to study patient comfort after Bankart procedures performed in the outpatient setting in order to validate the feasibility of this approach.

Material and methods: Thirty patients underwent Bankart procedure from June 2001 to 2002 performed by the same surgeon in an outpatient clinic. There were 28 men and two women, mean age 28 years. Pain was assessed with a visual analogue scale (VAS) at entry into the recovery room (P0), when leaving the recovery room (P1), on day 1 by telephone (P2), and on day 7 at consultation (P3). On day 1 and day 7, the patient was also asked if he/she preferred staying in hospital one night. The general anaesthesia protocol was the same for all patients. Intraopeartive analgesia was 20 mg nefopam (Acupan(r)) in a half-hour infusion, 2g propacetamol (Prodafalgan(r)) or paracetamol (Perfalgan(r)), and 100 mg ketoprofen (Profenid(r)) if there were no contraindications. In the recovery room, 3 mg morphine was delivered in by iv bolus until the VAS was less than 4/10 followed by oral paracetamol-codeine combination. Home treatment used 200 mg/d ketoprofen and paracetamol+codeine.

Results: The only complication was one superficial venous thrombosis of the upper limb diagnosed on day 15. There were no cases of postoperative haematoma or infection. One patient stayed one night in hospital after the procedure due to a vagal malaise which occurred at discharge; the VAS pain score was the same in this patient as in the others. Pain assessment was: D1=2 (5. 0); D2=1 (3, 0). Postoperative comfort was thus considered satisfactory. None of the patients would have preferred 24h hospitalisation.

Discussion: There has been only one series of 25 patients reporting results of patient comfort and cost of outpatient Bankart procedure. Patients underwent surgery with a scalene interblock. Three of the 25 patients preferred a 24h hospitalisation because of pain, perhaps due to the rebound pain effect after the block. Absence of drainage did not lead to any case of haematoma, confirming an earlier unpublished study of 50 consecutive patients who underwent classical hospital procedure without drainage. Only one patient had a subcutaneous haematoma that resolve favourably spontaneously. These results suggest that satisfactory patient comfort can be achieved postoperatively for outpatient procedures. We have decided to pursue this approach.


P. Piriou C. Garreau De Loubresse P. Denormandie T. Judet

Purpose: We analysed prospectively our experience with the zincrone-polyethylene bearing for total hip arthroplasty for implantations performed between 1987 and 1997. This bearing is designed to reduce in vivo wear due to the excellent biological qualities of this ceramic.

Material and methods: Total hip arthroplasty was performed on 867 hips over the ten year period (1987–1997) in patients followed for mean seven years. All had titanium or stainless steel stems with a cemented or press fit cup (inner diameter 26-mm or 28-mm). We used Y-TZP zircone, a polycrystalline tetragonal-phase zircone stabilised by adjunction of ytterium (Prozyr). Mean patient age was 58 years (17–87). Mean body weight was 70 kg (40–125) and mean height was 167 cm (140–196). The sex-ratio was 1.3.

Results: Overall survival determined with the Kaplan-Meier method was 60% at 13 years (95%CI=55–65%). Revisions (all causes including infection) were performed on 118 hips. To our knowledge, for the entire cohort, one patient presented a zircone head fracture. Radiographic analysis showed a particular type of fracture related to isolated acetabular loosening. Comparative analysis of this type of loosening for 785 heads (26-mm) and 92 heads (28-mm) was not significant (log rank test). Taking surgical revision as the endpoint for isolated acetabular failure, implant survival at 13.5 years was 74% (95%CI=68–80), confirming the particular mode of failure with this bearing.

Discussion: This prospective analysis showed the absence of superiority of the zircone head in vivo for reduction of wear in comparison with metal heads in young subjects. The purely epidemiological data reveal formal evidence of the deleterious nature of zircone in contradiction with the expected beneficial tribiological effect. We have no physicochemical explanation for these failures. The pathology findings were non-specific, but the failure was real.

Conclusion: Considering these findings, we have abandoned use of this ceramic since 1997.


P. Hernigou P. Pernod

Purpose: The morse cone was introduced for industrial use as early as 1880 and for orthopaedic surgery in the 1970–1980s. It allows replacement of the head while preserving the femoral piece. This study was conducted to detail under what conditions a cone which has been implanted for several years can accept a new ceramic or metal femoral head.

Material and methods: Heads and cones from 30 prostheses removed after a mean nine years (5–16) were analysed by visual inspection as can be performed by the surgeon during a revision procedure. New femoral heads were implanted on the old cones. Implantations were repeated, first using ideal conditions, then non-ideal conditions (biological debris placed on the cone). The force necessary to destabilise the head-cone interface was compared with the force necessary for impaction of the heads, taking the principle that with lesser disassembly force, the risk of micromobility and stress fracture is greater. The qualitative results of the visual inspection (head and cone) were then compared with the quantitative force data.

Results: The cone left an imprint on the femoral head which was easily visualised on the alumina heads (white colour). A normal imprint was seen as a regular circular ring. Other configurations were considered to be an abnormal imprint (five of the thirty cases in this study). There were two types of anomalous cones (titanium or chromium/cobalt): visible anomalies (generally corrosion), and anomalies not recognised by the naked eye but found under the microscope or with a strong magnifying glass. When the cone had a normal aspect at visual inspection (naked eye) and the head had a normal imprint, the force required for disassembly (320–1260 N) of a new head from the old cone was correlated linearly (r=0.921; p< 0.01) with the force used for assembly (345–2345 N), for both ceramic and metal heads. This disassembly force did not vary with successive trials when there was no biological cellular debris on the cone. This force decreased significantly (p< 0.05) if the cone was placed in contact with cellular, blood or fatty debris. If the cone was cleaned with a compress after being placed in contact with cellular debris, the disassembly force returned to normal. The force necessary to achieve disassembly of a new head (ceramic or metal) was significantly decreased (p< 0.01) compared with the force of impaction if the head implanted before had an abnormal imprint or if the cone presented anomalies visible to the naked eye. Irrespective of the impaction force, fixation of metal heads was always better than that of alumina heads. The force necessary to achieve disassembly of an alumina head from an old morse cone was greater for metal titanium heads (compared with chromium/cobalt).

Discussion: Visual inspection should be performed to identify these anomalies intra-operatively on femoral heads and morse cones before reimplanting a ceramic or metal head on a femoral piece left in place. Precise analysis reveals the potential risks, depending on the different types of heads, the nature of the metal, and the aspect of the morse cone surface.


L. Nové-Josserand A. Boulahia L. Neyton G. Walch

Purpose: Appropriate treatment of full-thickness tears of the rotator cuff with subacromial impingement remains a subject of debate. Considering that in most patients, spontaneous tears of the long biceps tendon reduces the pain and that subacromial osteoarthritis is well tolerated by many patients, we proposed arthroscopic tenotomy of the long biceps in this indication with the aim of relieving pain. We report here the long-term outcome.

Material and methods: Between 1988 and 1999, 307 arthroscopic tenotomies of the long biceps tendon were performed in patients with unrepairable tears of the rotator cuff tendons (massive full thickness tears, old patients, non-motivated patients). The procedure was isolated in 64% and associated with acromioplasty in 36%. All patients were given prior medical treatment. Mean age at surgery was 64.3 years. The preoperative subacromial height was 6.6 mm. The tendon lesion was an isolated tear of the supraspinatus in 31%, tears of two tendons in 44.6% and tears of three tendons in 21.8%, and isolated tears of the subscapularis in 2.6%. Mean follow-up was 57 months (24–168).

Results: The Constant score improved from 48.4 to 67.6 points (p< 0.001). Glenohumeral osteoarthritis (Samilson) increased from 38% to 67% of the shoulders postoperatively. Association with acromioplasty improved the objective and subjective result solely in the group of isolated tears of the supraspinatus. The size of the tear and the degree of fatty degeneration of the rotator cuff muscles had a statistically significant influence on functional and radiographic outcome (p< 0.001) while time since surgery had no effect on radiographic outcome (p< 0.001).

Discussion: This simple easy-to-perform procedure yielded pain relief at rest and also nighttime pain. It can be recommended for massive rotator cuff tears with sub-acromial impingement in elderly or poorly-motivated patients whose pain fails to respond to medical treatment. This procedure does not allow recovery of shoulder motion or force.


P. Boileau P.M. Ahrens C. Trojani J.-S. Coste B. Cordéro P. Rousseau

Purpose: We report a new pathological entity involving the long head of the biceps tendon (LHBT). In this entity, the hypertrophic LHBT becomes incarcerated in the joint during limb elevation, leading to shoulder pain and blockage.

Material and methods: Twenty-one patients were identified. These patients presented hypertrophy of the intra-articular portion of the LHBT with tendon incarceration at limb elevation. The diagnosis was confirmed during open surgery (n=14) or arthroscopy (n=7). All cases were diagnosed in patients with an associated cuff tear. Treatment consisted in resection of the intra-articular portion of the LHBT and appropriate treatment of the cuff.

Results: All patients had anterior shoulder pain and deficient anterior flexion because of the incarcerated tendon. An intra-operative dynamic test consisted in raising the arm with the elbow extended, providing objective proof of the tendon trapped in the articulation in all cases. The positive “hour glass” test produce a fold then incarceration of the tendon between the humeral head and the glenoid cavity. Tendon resection after tenodesis (n=19) or biopolar tenotomy (n=2) yielded immediate recovery of passive complete anterior flexion. The Constant score improved from 38 points preoperatively to 76 points at last follow-up.

Discussion: The “hour glass” long biceps tendon is caused by hypertrophy of the intra-articular portion of the tendon which becomes unable to glide in the bicipital groove during anterior arm flexion. 10°–20° defective motion, pain at the level of the bicipital groove, and images of a hypertrophic tendon are good diagnostic signs. The “hour glass” LGBT must not be confused with retractile capsulitis. The definitive diagnosis is obtained at surgery with the “hour glass” test which shows a fold and incarceration of the tendon during anterior flexion with an extended elbow. Simple tenotomy is insufficient to resolve the blockage. The intra-articular portion of the tendon must be resected after bipolar tenotomy or tenodesis.

Conclusion: Systematic search for “hour glass” LHBT should be undertaken in patients with persistent anterior shoulder pain of unexplained origin associated with deficient anterior arm flexion.


P. Mansat L. Huzer M. mansat Y. Bellumore M. Rongières P. Bonnevialle

Purpose: Non-traumatic osteonecrosis of the humeral head is an uncommon condition. Arthroplasty remains the treatment of choice when the head has lost its spherical shape. The purpose of this work was to assess clinical and radiological results in a monocentric consecutive series of 19 shoulders.

Material and methods: Twelve men and five women, mean age 56 years were treated for humeral head osteonecrosis with a shoulder prosthesis. Seven patients had quadripolar necrosis: two had four prostheses (2 shoulder + 2 hip), three had three prostheses (1 shoulder + 2 hip), and two had two prostheses (1 shoulder + 1 hip). Osteonecrosis was idiopathic in six cases, related to corticosteroid treatment in ten, radiotherapy in two, and Gaucher disease in one. The Arlet and Ficat classification showed stage II=3, stage IV=13 and stage V=3. There were rotator cuff tears in two patients. Fourteen simple humeral prostheses and five total shoulder prostheses were implanted.

Results: At mean seven years follow-up (2–12), the Neer classification showed excellent outcome in seven shoulders, satisfactory outcome in nine, and unsatisfactory outcome in three. Eighty-nine percent of the patients were satisfied. The Constant pain score improved from 1.5 points to 11.5 points, the activity score from 7.2 to 14.6, and motion from 15 to 27. Active anterior flexion was 120°, external rotation 34°, internal rotation at L3. The rough Constant score was 58 and the weighted score 78%. There were no lucent lines around the humeral implants, but a complete line was present around two glenoid implants which were radiographically loosened. These two shoulders presented glenoiditis with glenoid wear. No surgical revisions have been performed to date.

Discussion: Shoulder prosthesis has given satisfactory results for osteonecrosis of the humeral head with resolution of pain in 80% of patients. Shoulder motion remains limited in relation with the often significant preoperative stiffness. Results have been better in patients with less advanced disease preoperatively and preserved motion. In our series, poor results were found in patients whose osteonecrosis was radiation-related.


J. Grimberg N. Maurel A. Diop O. Gagey

Purpose: There is no consensus concerning the ideal incongruency of the prosthetic head and the glenoid implant in total shoulder arthroplasty. Certain recent publications suggest the rate of periglenoid lucency is lower if the incongruency is greater than 5.5 mm. The purpose of this experimental in vitro work was to study the influence of changing humeral head-glenoid congruency on periglenoid bony malformations of prosthesis-bearing cadaveric scapulae and on the motion of the glenoid implants.

Material and methods: Five scapulae from subjects aged 76 to 91 years at death were harvested and implanted with five stem cemented glenoid implants with an identical curvature. Five metallic balls with different radii were used to simulate incongruency of the humeral head-glenoid implant varying from 0 (perfect congruency) to 6 mm (0.2, 4.5, and 6 mm). The protocol involved preloading at 400 N following a normal axis for the glenoid implant and then posteroanterior translation and inferosuperior translation of 2.5 mm. The force necessary to impose the translation displacement, periglenoid bony deformations, and implant displacement compared with the bony glenoid were measured with a traction-compression device using deformation gauges and two CCD cameras in compliance with a published protocol.

Results: Increasing incongruency decreased the force necessary to displace the metallic balls, decreased periglenoid bony deformations around the loaded zones and decreased the degree of prosthetic displacement facing the loaded zone.

Discussion: The limitations of this experimentation are the small number of implants tested and the subsequent lack of statistical analysis concerning the reality of the differences observed. Besides, the experimental protocol cannot reproduce the normal conditions of the prosthesis articulation. Nevertheless, these results appear to favour the idea of greater bone and prosthetic tolerance with lesser humeral head-glenoid implant congruency. This might provide an explanation for the fewer glenoid lucent lines found in vivo in similar congruency situations.

Conclusion: These results suggest that a certain degree of incongruency of total shoulder prostheses could reduce the risk of periprosthetic lucency. Ideal incongruency remains to be determined with further in vitro and in vivo studies.


C. Trojani P. Boileau J.-s. Coste G. Walch

Purpose: The purpose of this work was to evaluate the quality of cemented humeral stem fixation. We analysed the incidence and influence of humeral lucent lines and loosening after implantation of a shoulder prosthesis as a function of aetiology (fracture versus scapular osteoarthritis) and glenoid status (total versus partial humeral prosthesis).

Material and methods: This retrospective series included 1842 first-intention shoulder prostheses reviewed at mean five years (2–10). We selected patients whose initial diagnosis was fracture of the superior portion of the humerus (n=300) and centred osteoarthritis (n=767). All stems implanted for fracture were cemented. For osteoarthritis, there were 610 total prostheses and 157 simple humeral prostheses: 752 stems were cemented and 15 were implanted without cement. The Constant score and radiographic results (AP and lateral view at least) were noted.

Results: For cemented stems, the incidence of radiographic lucent lines and loosening was significantly higher in fractures (40% and 10% respectively) than in centred osteoarthritis (14% and 1%). Lucency and loosening did not influence functional outcome in patients with centred osteoarthritis but had a significantly negative effect on final outcome in fractures. For fractures, the incidence of lucent lines was correlated with migration of the tubercles. For osteoarthritis, there was no difference between total and partial prostheses in terms of loosening, but the functional outcome was significantly better with total prostheses.

Conclusion: Fixation of the humeral implant with cement remains the gold standard for shoulder prostheses implanted for centred osteoarthritis. However, cement fixation yields disappointing results for fractures: defective fixation of the humeral stem is correlated with migration of the tubercles. For osteoarthritis, there are not more lucent lines with a total prosthesis which provides the better functional results.


B. Coulet M. Chammas B. martin F. Buscayret Y. Allieu

Purpose: The approach chosen for total elbow arthrolysis is crucial. It should allow access to all lesions causing joint stiffness yet avoid excessive mutilation. We report our experience with the transhumeral approach respecting the lateral structures.

Material and methods: Thirteen transhumeral elbow arthrolyses were performed from 1996 to 2002 and reviewed retrospectively at mean 18 months (6–63). Mean age at surgery was 44 years. Stiffness resulted from trauma in five patients and degenerative disease in eight. The SOFCOT classification was severe in two, moderate in ten and minimal in one. Arthroysis was performed by the posterior transtricipital technique. After releasing the fossa and the olecranon beak, the coronoid process and the anterior capsule were released using a transhumeral bone window. Two patients also underwent ulnar nerve transposition. Rehabilitation was initiated early and continued for 17 weeks on average.

Results: At last follow-up, active elbow extension improved from −39±9° to 21±9° and flexion from 109±14° to 129±7°, corresponding to an increase in motion of 38±14° (70° preoperatively and 108° postoperatively). This gain in motion was the same in the trauma and degeneration groups. Pain, evaluated with a visual analogue scale from 0 to 10 improved from 3.2±1.3 to 2.4±2.0 for posttraumatic stiffness and from 7.4±1.3 to 4.1±2.0 for degenerative stiffness. There was on postoperative irritation of the ulnar nerve which regressed partially.

Discussion: Transhumeral arthrolysis allows posterior and anterior release while preserving the lateral structures. This technique has been very effective for olecranon bone blockage, posterior and anterior capsule retraction, and for coronoid anterior block. For degenerative elbows, pain relief was achieved in 70%.

Conclusion: Transhumeral elbow arthrolysis initially proposed for the degenerative elbow can be used for posttraumatic stiffness in patients with a moderate form without limiting pronosupination nor injuring the lateral ligaments. The best indication is fracture of the humeral plate.


J.-Y. Alnot C. Hemon R. El Abiad Masmejean Guepar

Purpose: We conducted a retrospective study of 20 total elbow prostheses GUEPAR humerocubital and humeroradial (G3) implanted in 19 patients with rheumatoid arthritis. This anatomic metal-polyethylene prosthesis is available in a left and right model and in two sizes, large and small. A radial head prosthesis is now available in addition to the humerocubital prosthesis. The radial head prosthesis has an intramedullary metallic stem and a mobile polyethylene cup which comes in several sizes.

Material and methods: Among 20 prostheses implanted between 1997 and 2001, four were first-generation prostheses which did not have a radial head. At three to four years, these four prostheses developed valgus instability with deterioration of the polyethylene of the cubital piece requiring revision with a new generation GUEPAR associated with a radial head. This gave two good results and two failures revised with a semi-constrained prosthesis. For the 16 other cases of rheumatoid disease, the G3 humerocubital prosthesis associated with a radial head was inserted. These 16 prostheses were followed two years and were retained for this analysis. The posterior approach was used with inverted-V section of the triceps using the surgical technique recommended by the promoters. Patients had permanent severe to moderate pain. The Mayo Clinic score (1992 including daily life activities) was 33/100. Radiographically, seven elbows were Larsen grade III, nine grade IV, seven grade IIA and nine grade IIIb (Larsen classification modified by the Mayo Clinic).

Results: All patients were reviewed with mean follow-up of two years (1–5). The Mayo Clinic score improved from 33/100 to33/90 with outcome considered excellent in 15 elbows and fair in one.

Discussion: We recommend total elbow prostheses for rheumatoid arthritis patients. Semi-constrained prostheses have indications in certain cases of massive destruction, but the minimally or non-constrained gliding prostheses, such as the GUEPAR prosthesis, are part of the evolution of these prostheses, just as was the case for knee prostheses. These good results can be expected to persist over time.


V. Katz J.-y. Alnot P. Hardy

Purpose: We reviewed retrospectively 22 patients with recent and old fractures of the radial head treated with the GUEPAR radial head prosthesis which has a mobile metal cup derived from the GUEPAR gliding total elbow prosthesis.

Material and methods: Among the 22 patients, 13 underwent surgery in an emergency setting and four underwent a secondary procedure. Mean age was 41 years and follow-up was 18 months. The Mayo Clinic score was noted. Fractures were total or disengaged cervical fractures and in 72% of the elbows dislocation was associated. The coronoid process was fixed in one elbow, the olecranon in one and the medial ligaments were repaired in five. The status of the humeral condyle was examined in detail before insertion of the prosthesis. We also were particularly attentive concerning the height position of the prosthesis.

Results: There were no complications. Outcome was good among the patients undergoing an emergency procedure with a mean Mayo Clinic score of 83/100, mean force 75%, good motion, particularly 77° pronation, and 79° supination, with good stability and absence of wrist problems. The patients who underwent a secondary procedure had less satisfactory results, particularly for motion (44° pronation and 54° supination). The distal radioulnar index was not perfectly restored. Finally four patients had arthrolysis for limited flexion/extension, three of them in the secondary group.

Discussion: Resection of the radial head is an alternative for complex fractures that has its inconveniences. The first is that it destabilises the elbow in valgus position in the event of injury to the medial ligaments and the second is the ascension of the radius in the event of injury to the interosseous membrane. Fixation is another alternative, but it is difficult and has not provided good results in our hands or in the literature (we have compared this series with a series of 20 fixations for equivalent fractures). The prosthesis appears to be a good solution: it stabilises the elbow, prevents ascension of the radius, allows early rehabilitation, and provides good subjective outcome, particularly in emergency cases.


P. Mansat D. Lacroix P. Swider M. Mansat

Purpose: Finite element analysis can be used to assess the behaviour of loaded structures. We used this method to evaluate the influence of glenoid implant design on the behaviour of an osteoarthritic scapula.

Material and methods: A 76-year-old female patient scheduled for a shoulder prosthesis underwent preoperative computed tomography of the osteoarthritic shoulder. Two polyethylene implants were evaluated: one with a triangular stem and the same prosthesis with three studs. 3D reconstruction of the glenoid cavity with the implants was then obtained and processed with the finite elements method. Three loadings were applied to the model: centred loading to reproduce the case of an ideally stable prosthesis with a normal tendinomuscular environment and excentred loading to simulate a deficient rotator cuff or prosthesis instability.

Results: With centred loading, stress remained low, to the order of 7 MPa, at the stem-glenoid cavity interface. Excentered loading produced peak stress on the borders of the glenoid implants, directly under the loading zone and at the tip of the stem, at the bone-cement interface, reaching 20 MPa. The implant tended to bend in the anteroposterior direction producing strong shear forces on the posterior part of the glenoid cavity. These forces caused micromovement at the cement-bone interface. There was no significant difference between the stem and stud implants.

Discussion: Eccentric loading of the glenoid implant appears to have a negative effect on long-term survival, the stress reaching levels greater than the values of cement fatigue fracture. Peak stress was situated on the posterior border of the cement layer due to the small space available between the implant the cortical bone in the posterior part of the osteoarthritic scapula. In this situation, the tip of the stem or the studs tend to come into contact with the posterior cortical of the scapula. When inserting a total shoulder prosthesis, it appears to be more important to keep in mind the geometry and the mechanical properties of the scapula than the implant design.


A. Farron P. Buechler M. Dutoit

Purpose: The causes of glenoid loosening are multifactorial (implant design, surgical technique, bone properties, soft tissue properties). This biomechanical study was conducted to evaluate the consequences of two clinical problems often encountered in shoulder arthroplasty: subscapular tension and glenoid retroversion.

Material and methods: We developed a 3D model of the shoulder including the rotator cuff. A total prosthesis was implanted by digital modellisation. The humeral prosthesis imitated the adaptable third-generation implants, with a stem and a portion of a metal sphere, were used to achieve anatomic reconstruction of the proximal humerus. The polyethylene glenoid, cemented to bone, had a central stem and a flat base. Two subscapular tension (normal and twice normal) and two glenoid positions (0° and 20° retroversion) were tested. External rotation (0–40°) and internal rotation (0–60°) were simulated. We calculated displacement of the glenohumeral contact point, joint forces and contact pressures, interosseous glenoid stress, and micromovement of the bone-cement-implant interfaces.

Results: Subscapular tension produced increased forces and joint pressures, associated with moderate posterior translation of the glenohumeral contact point. Retroversion induced more marked posterior displacement of the contact point, leading to significantly higher intraosseous glenoid stress and micromovements at the interfaces. The association of subscapular tension and glenoid retroversion produced important concentration of stress forces in the posterior part of the glenoid and increased all the micromovements.

Discussion: Subscapular tension and retroversion of the glenoid implant have significant biomechanical effects which can favour glenoid loosening. Correction of these two parameters must be carefully controlled during shoulder arthroplasty.


A. Gabrion E. Havet M. Evaillard J. Vernois P. Mertl M. de Lestang

Purpose: Deep infections of the operative bed are rare but serious complications of first-intention total hip arthroplasty. Data from French series are scarce. We present a study of incidence, characteristic features and potential risk factors using a consecutive series of 790 implants performed during first-intention procedures in the same university hospital.

Material and methods: All patients who underwent first-intention surgery from November 1995 to May 1999 were included. We collected demographic, clinical, and therapeutic data. Deep infection was defined as bacteriological demonstration of the infectious agent from at least two intra-operative specimens during the revision procedure. Patient follow-up ranged from one month to four years. Univariate analysis was used to search for potential risk factors. The chi-square and Fischer exact tests were applied.

Results: Overall incidence was 1.77 deep infections for 100 operations (95%IC 0.84–2.7). Mean time to development ranged from 14 days to 32 months. Eleven infections were recognised within the first year and three after one year. Two risk factors were identified: absence of systemic antibiotic prophylaxis (relative risk = 4.74, p=0.03), and drainage discharge after 48 hr (relative risk = 3.62, p=0.02). Other variables associated with infection with a relative risk greater than 2 were obesity, corticosteroid therapy, and haematoma or postoperative wound healing problem.

Conclusion: The incidence found in this series is slightly higher than generally described in other countries. This study has incited us to revisit our protocols for preoperative skin preparation and to establish a systemic antibiotic prophylaxis.


E. van Gaver R. Nizard C. Nich L. Sedel

Purpose: Classical instrument sets for implantation of total knee arthroplasty (TKA) can be perfected. Computer-assisted implantation appears to offer improved technical quality. The purpose of this study was to compare a matched series of TKA implanted with the conventional method and with a computer-assisted navigation system.

Material and methods: Seventy-eight prostheses implanted with a computer-assisted system based on 3D CT-scan reconstruction of the lower limb were matched with 78 prostheses implanted by a highly-trained operator. The knees were matched for gender, aetiology, surgical approach, and axial deviation. There were no significant differences between the groups for these variables. An intramedullary aiming device was used for knees undergoing the conventional procedure. Navitrack(r) was used for the computer-assisted implantations. The same prosthetic system (Wallaby) was used for both series. An independent operator assessed the double-foot stance gonometries. The femorotibial axis was measured as was the individual position of the tibial and femoral pieces.

Results: Axis was within 3° varus and 3° valgus for 92% of the knees operated on with the navigation system. This same range was found for 59% of the conventional procedures. The difference was significant (p< 0.0001). Analysis of the individual femoral and tibial components did not demonstrate any significant difference.

Discussion: Results of TKA are dependent in part on operative technique. The objective is generally achieved with the computer-assisted technique but is not with the conventional technique. Navigation could be useful to achieve successfully short-term objectives. Its contribution to mid-term outcome remains to be demonstrated.


L. Lino J.-N. Argenson X. Flecher J.-M. Aubaniac

Purpose: Most revisions of total knee arthroplasty (TKA) occur before the fifth year. The leading cause is prosthesis malalignment. Computer-assisted surgery is presented as a technique which improves implantation precision. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the radiographic quality of computer-assisted TKA implantation in comparison with conventional implantation.

Material and methods: A prospective randomised study was conducted with a total of 82 patients assigned randomly to conventional instrumentation (group 1) or computer-assisted implantation (group 2). The two groups were comparable for age, gender, body mass index, side, and preoperative femorotibial angle (HKA). The same surgeon operated all patients using the same cemented posterostabilised prosthesis. Radiographically, the HKA, the theta angle between the mechanical and anatomic femoral axis, the angle of the femoral and tibial implantations, and the posterior tibial slope were noted. All measures were taken by an independent operator who was unaware of the operative technique.

Results: There was no statistical difference in the HKA 177.5° in group 1 and 179.2° in group 2 (p=0.13); the theta angle was 6° in group 1 and 5.9° in group 2 (p=0.78); the femoral implantation angle was 90.3° in group 1 and 90° in group 2 (p=0.74); the posterior tibial slope was 3.5° in group 1 and 3.15° in group 2 (p=0.65). There was a statistical difference in the tibial angle, 87.3° in group 1 and 89° in group 2 (p=0.012).

Discussion: This study demonstrates a significant improvement in the navigation group for the position of the tibial implant and no difference for the femoral implant. This might be related to the cut guide which allowed more intra-operative adjustment for the tibia. Blood loss was equivalent in the two groups (503 mg) and operative time was longer in the navigation group (18 minutes).

Conclusion: It appears important to have specifically adapted cut guides for computer-assisted surgery and to reduce operative time.


S. Poulain A. Sautet

Purpose: One of the biomechanical objectives of total knee arthroplasty (TKA) is to achieve a mechanical femorotibial axis of 180°. Frontal angulation greater or equal to 7° is a factor of poor implant survival. The development of computer-assisted navigation systems has led to the discovery of new concepts: dynamic goniometry, quantitative evaluation of ligament balance. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the influence of the rotational position of the femoral implant and its variation during flexion.

Material and methods: We reviewed the files of 50 patients who underwent surgery between October 2001 and December 2002 for computer-assisted implantation (Orthopilot(r)). We studied femorotibial axis at 0°, 30°, 60° and 90° before the bone cuts, after the tibial cuts and at the end of the procedure after definitive fixing of the implants.

Results: The population, mean age 70 years, was evenly distributed: 17 valgum and 32 varum. The mean femorotibial axis at the end of the operation with the definitive implants in place was 0° in extension with balanced ligaments (±2°) and more often increased varus at 30°, 60° and 90° flexion.

Discussion: External rotation of the femoral piece was not systematic. Certain normally aligned knees in extension after the tibial cut presented significant varus in flexion, probably due to external rotation of the femoral epiphysis. On the contrary, knees with internal rotation of the femoral epiphysis, irrespective of the cause, showed a trend to valgus during flexion. Using external rotation of the femoral implant systematically for both knee morphotypes cannot be done without deteriorating the ligament balance in certain patients.

Conclusion: The advent of navigation systems for TKA has led to the discovery of new concepts such as dynamic goniometry. This has enabled study of femorotibial alignment in flexion, the working position of the knee during walking. This study showed that systematic external rotation of the femoral implant for TKA is not appropriate for all patients.


Full Access
P.-P. Mill G. Asencio P. Marchand P. Kouyoumedjian S. Hacini R. Bertin B. Megy

Purpose: The purpose of this work was to validate the most reliable technique for obtaining ligament isometry of the knee in flexion.

Material and methods: This prospective series of non-cemented non-posterior stabilised Interax knee prostheses (Howmedica) implanted by the same surgeon included 57 genu varum knees with degenerative disease. Mean preoperative femorotibial varus was 8.23°. Landmarks used intraoperatively included the posterior condylar line (PCL), the biepicondylar line (BECL) and the Whiteside line (WL). Ligament balance was measured with the Derby tensor.

Results: The first part of the assessment concerned ligament balance in extension. Mean initial medial retraction, measured with the tensor, was 3.6°. Release of the concavity was performed in 62% of the knees with mean residual retraction of 1°. The second time was to evaluate balance at 90°. Using the anatomic landmarks, the PCL was parallel to the BECL in 22% of the knees and perpendicular to the WL in 26%. There was a weak angulation in 28% and 30% of the knees and in 50% and 44% respectively. There was thus a strong correlation intra-operatively between these two landmarks and the initial radiographic varus. Evaluation with the tensor showed mean 2.96° medial retraction. The correlation between the anatomic measures and the tensor ligament measures was very significant. When the BECL was parallel to the PCL, medial retraction with the tensor was 1.12°. The angulation was small, 2.25°. When the angle was wide, the mean measure was 4.4°. We found the same results with the WL. External rotation of the anteroposterior femoral cut was then guided by these different measures. It was 2.6° on average (0–6°). Residual medial retraction, measured with the tensor, was thus significantly improved, only 0.4° on average (−2 to +2).

Discussion: After ligament rebalancing in extension, there persisted frequently an imbalance in flexion (62%). This was independent of the preoperative varus. It was corrected by external rotation of the femoral implant, the value assess approximately from the landmarks. It was measured in our hands reliably with the Derby ligament tensor.


T. Aït Si Selmi J. Chouteau M. Koubaa P. Neyret

Purpose: Revision total knee arthroplasty using gliding prostheses raises numerous technical difficulties. One of the main objectives is to restore the level of the joint line to correspond the space in flexion and extension and maintain patellar height. This is difficult in the event of bone loss which modifies usual landmarks. The basic problem is to find a correspondence between the preoperative planning and the intraoperative execution. We propose a simple method to achieve this objective.

Material and methods: The height of the joint line is determined indirectly from measurements of the lengths of each of the lower limb segments and the mechanical axes. Restoration of the respective lengths of the femur and tibia enables obtaining the original height of the joint line. This produces true bone balance for revision procedures where the ligament balance is limited. The surgical technique consists in drilling two holes with a 4.5 mm drill in the anterior cortical of the femur and tibia at a known distance from the joint line (8–10 cm) before removal of the implants. Once the trial pieces are in place, the distance to the joint line of each bone segment is check to adapt the prostheses. Measurement of the joint line is dependent on the tibia and the femur. It is evaluated by comparison of the lengths of the limb segments (femur and tibia) before and after operation. We measured a continuous series of 26 patients Pre and postoperative goniometry was used with the length of the contralateral fibula serving as a guide to avoid magnification effects.

Results: The mean difference in length before and after surgery was 1.15 mm for the tibia and 2.01 mm for the femur.

Discussion: It is always possible to restore femur length. The trend is globally to lengthening. This is usual and attributed to ligament balance before the operation. Restoration of the joint line is not always possible or desirable. The hole landmark method is useful and reliable to localise and restore the joint line desired by the surgeon. It is the key to restored space symmetry in flexion and extension while preserving the length of each of the bone segments to achieve bone balance.


M. Bercovy L. N’Guyen C. Glorion P. Touzet

Purpose: We expose technical problems encountered for prosthesis replacement in osteoarthrosis juvenilis (OJ). The characteristic feature of this disease is early joint destruction during growth.

Material and methods: Total knee arthoplasty (TKA) was performed in 17 severely disabled patients (31 knees): Steinbrocker stage II=30%, stage III=30%, stage IV=40%. Mean age at operation was twenty years (14–29). Technical difficulties were related to the following combinations: 1) multidirectional malformations, generally in valgus (mean 16°, range 5–30°) in 30% of the knees associated with external rotation (mean 20°, range 5–50) and sagittal deformation with permanent flexion (mean 31°, range 5–60°) with external or posterior tibia dislocation; 2) limited joint motion: 71° (0–115°); 3) extraarticular deformations with permanent flexion or vicious hip rotation, tibial or femoral callus; 4) major condyle dysplasia due to growth deficiency (3/31 or necrosis (3/31); 5) low patella (100%) and subluxation; 6) weak bone and fragile skin related to corticosteroid therapy; 7) persistent growth cartilage in four patients. We tried to implant the most adapted prosthesis in each individual situation, favouring the least constrained implant possible.

Results: We used fifteen mobile plateau prostheses including five pure gliding TKA and ten posterostabilised TKA with a mobile plateau and 16 hinge prostheses with two rotators. Thirty of the 31 TKA were custom-made.

Discussion: Our different approaches enabled us to propose the following: correction of extra-articular deformations by TKA, after tenotomy and traction, or after concomitant osteotomy; primary approach after checking the vasculonervous bundle (popliteal sciatic); sub-periosteal dissection preserving the lateral ligaments searching to achieve ligament balance when possible in order to implant the least constrained implant possible; non-cemented implants, especially for “soft” or “fatty” bone; no patellar resurfacing when there is a risk of an overly thick low and subluxed patella.


Full Access
T. Bauer P. Piriou L. Lhotellier P. Leclerc P. mamoudy A. Lortat-Jacob

Purpose: We report results of management of infected total knee arthroplasty (TKA). Our aim was to analyse the different therapeutic options and identify factors predictive of cure.

Material and methods: This retrospective multicentric analysis included a consecutive series of 179 cases of infected TKA. Revision TKA was performed for 77 knees in two operative times, 30 in one operative time. Synovecetomy was performed for 26 knees, arthrodesis for 36 and amputation for nine. Minimum follow-up was two years. For each case, we assessed cure of infection and functional outcome. Non-parametric statistical tests were used to compare outcome.

Results: Mean follow-up was 41.2 months. There was a 17% death rate during the first two years after management of infected TKA. Cure was achieved in two-thirds of the revised cases (in one or two operative times) and in 54% of the synovectomy cases. Arthrodesis yielded cure in 50%. Staphylococci was identified in 65%. The functional outcomes of revised prostheses (two times) was less satisfactory if the anterior tibial tubercle was removed, if the extensor system was involved, or if a flap cover was necessary (p< 0.05). There was no significant difference in functional outcome for one-time and two-time operations. Cure was achieved in 95% of the synovectomies performed before 16 days. Relapse occurred in 95% of those performed after 56 days. Arthrodesis performed in patients with major bone loss failed. Among the arthrodesis failures, 50% were related to mechanical failure and the other 50% to recurrent infection.

Discussion: We discuss these results and indications for different treatments of infected total knee arthroplasty. For each therapeutic option, we analysed factors allowing hope for cure and good functional outcome.

Conclusion: The objective of treatment of an infected TKA is to achieve cure and maintain satisfactory function, often a difficult goal to reach. Major mutilating surgery can be avoided by early adapted care.


C. Bussière L. Jacquot P. Neyret T. Aït Si Selmi E. Servien

Purpose: One of the difficult problems during the implantation of a total knee prosthesis is the presence of preoperative stiffness or permanent flexion.The later is a sign of advanced stage degradation due to osteoarthritis or rheumatoid arthritis. We wanted to describe the technical specificities of a total knee arthroplasty (TKA) implanted in patients with permanent flexion and to analyse long-term outcome.

Material and methods: We studied a series of 826 posterior stabilised TKA (HLS) implanted since 1988 (followed prospectively since 1995). We defined three groups of patients according to the degree of preoperative flexion: group I (0°–10°), group II (11°–20°), and group III (> 20°). We evaluated the operative technique itself, then analysed long-term clinical and radiological outcome using the IKS scores.

Results: There was no significant difference in the objective or subjective clinical or radiological outcomes in the first two groups (I and II). Outcome appeared to be less satisfactory in patients with permanent flexion greater than 20°, but the statistical analysis was not feasible.

Discussion: This study enabled us to describe the specific preoperative planning and the operative steps necessary for patients with permanent flexion preoperatively. The results of our series do no enable distinction between the long-term results in patients with < 20° flexion. Beyond this level, techniques for bony or ligamentary release influence the results which are less satisfactory. Posterior stabilisation enables release of the posterior cruciate ligament in order to improve joint recovery.

Conclusion: Preoperative planning for TKA must of course take into account bony deformation, but also preoperative joint motion. In the event of permanent flexion, the operative technique must be adapted. This allows correct position of the implant and improved joint motion.


J. Witvoet Y. Masse R. Nizard D. Huten B. Augereau J.-H. Aubriot

Purpose: At a time when total knee arthroplasty (TKA) with an ultra-congruent tibial plateau or a mobile plateau are advocated by many, the question is whether TKA with a fixed plateau preserving the posterior cruciate ligament (PCL) should be abandoned. We analysed the results of 500 Wallaby I TKA with preservation of the PCL and presenting asymmetrical and divergent femoral condyles with a fixed, also assymetrical tibial plateau, at mean follow-up of seven years (1–10).

Material and methods: This prospective multicentric study was performed by junior and senior surgeons. Mean patient age was 70.11 years and 91.4% of the patients had primary or secondary degenerative disease. Prior surgery had been performed in 130 knees, mainly for osteotomy (n=40, mostly tibial) and revision of uni-compartmental or total prostheses (n=18). The mean preoperative IKS knee score was 26.11 points, the function score was 29.54. Preoperative alignment was correct for 11.26% of the knees, 27.16% presented > 4° valgus and 61.56% > 3° varus. Nearly all tibial and patellar pieces were cemented. 5.8% of the femoral pieces were not cemented. A prosthesis was implanted on the patella in all knees except four. There were two early infections, one popliteal sciatic paralysis and twelve wound healing problems. General mobilisation under general anaesthesia was performed in 53 knees (10.6%).

Results: Twenty-two patients were not retained for analysis, fifteen lost to follow-up and seven deceased at one year. Among the 478 knees followed for one to ten years, there were six late infections (1.25%), one aseptic bipolar loosening (0.2%), 25 patellar fractures (5.23%) including three which required revision (two cerclage, one prosthesis removal), three periprosthetic femur fractures without effect on the clinical or radiographic outcome, one traumatic tear of the medial collateral ligament, and two secondary tears of the PCL without clinical consequences. There were no revisions for instability, generally considered the most frequent reason for TKA revision. The mean postoperative IKS score was 90.6 points and the function score was 59.7 points basically due to patient age and comorbidity. The eight-year survival (Kaplan-Meier method) was 98.2% (95%CI: 99.4–96.9) irrespective of the reason for revision and 99.2% (95%CI 100–98.4%) if the revision was performed for a mechanical problem. Radiographically, more than 70% of the knees were aligned (between 3° valgus and 2° varus) and more than 90% were between 5° valgus and 5° varus. Although it was difficult to measure radiographically polyethylene wear, there was only one case of > 2 mm wear with osteolysis found in 50 knees selected randomly among the knees with more than seven years follow-up.

Conclusion: This study, like others reported by authors preserving the PCL, show that preservation of the PCL limits the risk of instability, allowing excellent clinical and radiographic outcome without important polyethylene wear, opening perspectives for good long-term results.


C. Schwartz P. Lecestre P. Frayssinet

Purpose: Revision surgery for total hip arthroplasty (THA) is frequent and defect filling has become a daily problem. Morbidity and insufficient graft supply complicate the problem. Worry about the long-term outcome of certain allografts together with the nearly complete disappearance of xenografts has led to wide development of the use of synthetic ceramic materials.

Material and methods: We have used two biphasic calcium phosphate (BCP) synthetic ceramics for revision THA since October 1996. The first is supplied in quadrangular granules measuring a few mm on a side. It is composed of 55% hydroxyapatite (HA) and 45% tri-calcium phosphate (TCP). It presents pores of approximately 400 microns in diameter, total porosity, total interconnection of 60%. It is indicated for filling bony defects. The second BCP is composed of 65% HA and 35% TCP with smaller pores (200 mm) and a non-totally interconnected porosity so the compression resistance is 20–30 MPa. This material is indicated for mechanical support more than filling. Sixty-six femurs and 75 acetabula were reconstructed with these materials and reviewed at three to seven years. Granules were used alone for cavitary bone defects, both for acetabular defects and femoral defects as well as for reconstruction along osteotomy borders or fractures. For stage II ace-tabular bone loss, and some stage III cases, we preferred large-sized press fit cups on the residual bone. When this was not possible for greater stage III and IV segmentary bone loss, reconstruction was achieved with supporting rings anchored in the obturator foramen and applied to disks or other shapes of the second more dense ceramic material which allows greater loading. This second BCP was also very useful when the femoral cortical was too thin to support fixation alone by transfemoral cerclage. The material provided supplementary compression resistance.

Results and discussion: There were no biological problems. There were two mechanical acetabular failures and five femoral failures which were secondary to technique errors or poorly adapted implants. Radiographic controls visualised substitute integration in contact with the recipient site. The granules resorbed progressively. The central more dense zone of the ceramic retained its density unchanged at five years while the material was resorbed progressively on the periphery. Histologically, integration of both BCP ceramics was proven on examination of biopsies.

Conclusion: Despite this still mid-term follow-up of seven years, we can confirm that BCP ceramics are an attractive alternative for revision THA. In our experience, these ceramic materials are safe and efficient if classical indications and techniques for revision surgery are respected.


P. Hernigou G. Deschamps

Purpose: Postoperative undercorrection is recommended for unicompartmental prostheses. The long-term effects of this undercorrection on polyethylene wear and recurrent deformation have not been evaluated to date. We studied the influence of undercorrection on polyethyl-ene wear and the risk of recurrent deformation in uni-compartmental prostheses reviewed at more than 14 years (14–22 years).

Material and methods: Forty unicompartmental prostheses with a polyethylene plateau without a metal back were evaluated at last follow-up. We assessed radiographs performed under fluoroscopic control to obtain a ray tangential to the polyethylene plateau. This film was used to assess penetration of the femoral component into the polyethylene. Goniometry, performed at last follow-up was compared with the postoperative goniometry to measure recurrent deformation. We retained only unicompartmental prostheses with preservation of the anterior cruciate at implantation in order to rule out possible influence of the absence of this ligament.

Results: There was a significant relationship (p< 0.05) between residual postoperative varus and rate of femoral component penetration into the polyethylene. Mean polyethylene wear was 0.15 mm per year for unicompartmental prosthesis with postoperative varus greater than 10°. There was also a correlation (p< 0.01) between recurrent deformation (difference between the last follow-up and postoperative goniometry) and postoperative varus. Schematically, deformation was correlated with penetration of the femoral component into the polyethylene. Finally, recurrent deformation and rate of penetration of the femoral component into the polyethylene was greater with thinner polyethylene inserts (p< 0.05).

Discussion: While undercorrection appears to be desirable for unicompartmental prostheses, it should be moderate. Excessive postoperative varus raises the risk of more rapid polyethylene wear and recurrent deformation. Furthermore, even for minimal undercorrection, the correction achieved postoperatively does not remain constant and varus defomation tends to recur. This phenomenon probably has a protective effect on the contra-lateral femorotibial compartment but in the long-term exposes to the risk of wear and recurrent deformation.


C. Lautridou C. Hulet J.-P. Sabatier G. Burdin F. Menguy C. Vielpeau

Purpose: After implantation of a total knee arthroplasty (TKA) for osteoarthritis, early demineralisation of the superior tibial epiphysis occurs with modification of bone mineral density (BMD) in the two compartments. The long-term trend is not known to date. We report the results of 38 prostheses followed prospectively with densitometric measurements at minimum five years.

Material and methods: This prospective analysis included 38 TKA implanted for primary degenerative disease in patients with a mean age of 70±4 years at implantation, 60% women. Clinical assessment (IKS) and radiography (HKA) as well as osteodensitometry were recorded before surgery, at six months, one year, two years and five years. Bone mineral status was assessed using the densitometry of the femoral neck before surgery and at five years for all patients. The DEXA method was used for each knee on the anteroposterior film. Seven zones were defined around the tibial implant, in particular two under the medial and lateral plateaus, and under the stem. We studied changes in each zone over time. The alpha risk was set at 5%. Inter- and intraobserver reproducibility was 2.9% and 2.8% respectively.

Results: At five years follow-up, the mean IKS function score was 85±19 and the knee score was 918. The mean mechanical axis was 180±2° with symmetrical distribution. There were no progressive lucent lines. The BMD of the homolateral femoral neck did not change significantly (0.763 g/cm2 at inclusion and 0.750 g/cm2 at five years), unlike the natural evolution in a reference population (women -4.5%, men -2.4%). The mean BMD in the seven zones decreased significantly (11.6%, p< 0.0001. Mean BMD was 0.936 g/cm2 at inclusion and 0.863 g/cm2 at six months), 0.823 g/cm2 at five years. BMD decreased very strongly from 0 to 6 months (−6.51%, p< 0.0001) then more slowly to the end of the first year (−3%) and finally declining regularly, but non-significantly, at a slower rate from 1 to 5 years. Study of the seven zones showed a difference in changes in the BMD between the medial, lateral and stem zones. The two medial zones decreased significantly from 6.33% to 6.18% especially during the first year (−2.06% and −2.09%) and more moderately from 1 to 5 years (−1.6%, −2.65%). The lateral zones showed a greater average decline in BMD (−10.5%, −8.92%) between 0 and 5 years: −8.57% and −6.75% during the first year then at a slower rate. The greatest loss in BMD was found under the stem; −14.3% at five years. Here again, between 0 and 6 months the decline was rapid: −8.09%. It reached −12.74% at one year then varied little, −1% and −2% between 1 and 5 years.

Conclusion: 1) Bone remodelling under the tibial base plate occurs early after implantation of a TKA. It occurs during the first year (especially the first six months). 2) Remodelling is more pronounced laterally than medially (good realignment but persistent varus stress with greater stress on the medial than lateral side). 3) The greatest loss in BMD occurs under the stem. 4) BMD of the femoral neck remains stable, unlike the evolution observed in a reference population.


S R A Ghalayini G J McLauchlan

Introduction We report the early results of a series of 80 primary total knee replacements (TKRs) using a trabecular metal tibial component (TMT).

Methods Significant tibial bone loss and scarcity of kit were the only reasons for patients not receiving a TMT. Age, sex, diagnosis and body mass index (BMI) were recorded. Patients were scored pre-operatively using the Oxford Knee and SF-12 scores. These were repeated at subsequent clinical follow up where standard X-rays were also taken. Range of movement was estimated using a goniometer and stability assessed clinically. This regimen was identical to that in place for the standard knee previously used by the senior author with a cemented tibial component and this group is used in comparison as possible.

Results To date there are 80 TMT knees in the series with 36 standard cemented TKRs in comparison. The mean age of the whole series is 70 years (20–90) with no difference between the groups. Sixty five per cent of the series were female. All bar three patients had osteoarthritis. The mean BMI was 30.3 (20.9–46.2). The mean pre-op Oxford score was 45.8 in the TMT group and 44.5 in the cemented group. At a mean follow up of 13.3 (9–17) months in the TMT group and 18.7 (9–19) months in the cemented group this fell to 22.5 and 20.5 respectively. The physical component of the SF-12 score improved from 27.3 to 40.7 in the TMT group and from 27.5 to 45.5 in the cemented group. There was no statistical difference between the groups using either score. The mean amount of flexion pre-operatively was 106 (65–135) degrees for the series. This was maintained postoperatively at 105 degrees (70–125) with no difference between the groups. There was one deep infection in the cemented group that underwent revision and one non-fatal pulmonary embolus in the cemented group. There were no worrying radiological signs in either group.

Conclusion Trabecular metal is made from elemental tantalum. The TMT is an uncemented component with a truly porous structure for bone ingrowth and a modulus of elasticity equivalent to bone that allows physiological transfer of stresses. The early clinical and radiological results are equal to a cemented prosthesis. Further follow up is required to see whether this is maintained over time.


P M Phaltankar D J Deehan

Statement of purpose: We studied anterior knee function in a cohort of patients with either osteoarthritis or rheumatoid disease who had undergone knee replacement in a single unit using a standard implant.

We identified a consecutive series of patients who had undergone knee replacement surgery for either osteoarthritis or rheumatoid disease between 1990 and 1995 under the care of a single surgeon using the same implant and surgical technique. There were ninety patients in each group. All were examined and underwent radiography of the anterior compartment. Data was collated for Hospital for Special Surgery (HSS) score, Western Ontario and McMasters Universities Osteoarthritis Index (WOMAC) score, a specific patellar score and a Visual Analog score (VAS).

Results: There were no discernible differences between the rheumatoid and osteoarthritis groups in all the measured scores, with good anterior knee function noted in both.

Conclusion: Based on our outcome studies in a matched group of patients no differences were found for anterior knee function between osteoarthritis or rheumatoid disease. We do not routinely resurface the patella and do not consider there to be any particular indication for such in the rheumatoid disease patient.


R Slack A A Shetty K J Ravikumar P A Gibb PW Skinner M J Fordyce K W R Tuson

The success of uncemented arthroplasty depends on the achievement and maintenance of implant stability. Despite the use of modern instrumentation to obtain an accurate implant fit during total knee replacement, small gaps often remain visible at the bone-prosthesis interface on high quality fluroscopically-assisted radiographs. Although the clinical significance of these gaps is unclear, their presence delays bony fixation of the implant.

In uncemented total hip arthroplasty, hydroxyapatite costing has been used to enhance early stability of the implant: bony apposition has been shown to occur rapidly even in the presence of a small gap between the implant and the bone. In addition, recent RSA (Radio-stereo-photogrammateric analysis) studies have shown reduced micromotion and enhanced implant stability with hydroxyapatite coating of both hip and knee prostheses.

The following study was designed to observe and investigate the phenomenon of ‘gap-healing’ around hydroxyapatite coated uncemented total knee prostheses.

Over a 15-month period a hydroxyapatite coated uncemented total knee prosthesis was implanted in 99 patients undergoing 108 primary knee arthroplasties. The patients were prospectively reviewed at regular intervals with an average follow up of 18 months and a minimum of 12 months. The implant-bone interface was evaluated by obtaining serial fluroscopically-assisted radiographs.

On the immediate postoperative radiographs, small gaps between the implant and bone were seen in most knee. These gaps were visible on average in 2.16 AKS (American Knee Society)zones per knee. Most of the gaps were seen in Femoral zones 2,3,5 and Tibial zones 1 & 4. The majority of the gaps were under 1mm depth. Gaps> 2mm were seen only in 6 patients. Healing of the gaps was first seen at 3 months postoperatively, the average number of zones involved per knee dropping to 1.54. There was good evidence of ‘gap healing’ occurring at all the bone-implant interface zones. At the end of the first postoperative year, only 0.8 zones per knee were involved.2mm gaps remained visible in 3 patients.

In animal experiments, hydroxyapatitie coated porous surfaces have shown an increased the rate of bone ingrowth for as many as 52 weeks after implantation. In our study, progressive bone ingrowth and gap-healing has been observed beyond this period, the average involved zones on 2 –year radiographs being 0.4 per knee.

During the study period, the American knee score improved from 39.52 preoperatively to 89.97 at 1 year postoperatively. No relation was found between the clinical scores and the presence or absence of gaps on follow-up radiographs.

This study demonstrates the phenomenon of ‘gap-healing’ following uncemented hydroxyapatitie coated primary total knee arthroplasty in an unselected group of patients. Gaps under 1 mm at the implant –bone interface heal readily. Healing of gaps> 2mm is less predictable.


J M Loughead P Phaltankar S Mitchell A W McCaskie E A Lingard D J Deehan

Statement of purpose: To evaluate survivorship and knee function in patients who have undergone Kinematic Condylar Total Knee Replacement at a minimum of 15 years.

Methods: We evaluated all patients undergoing primary cemented TKR with the Kinematic Condylar implant (Howmedica), between January 1981 and December 1988. All operations were performed by a single surgeon through a medial parapatellar approach, with sparing of the PCL, all cemented and no patellae resurfaced.

Operation notes were analysed to confirm the type of procedure, underlying diagnosis, and thickness of tibial insert. Information was derived from patient records and postal questionnaire to all surviving patients, which included: WOMAC, SF-36, satisfaction scale and history of revision surgery.

Results: We have identified a total of 804 consecutive cases, 185 of these were bilateral giving a total of 619 patients. Mean age at implantation was 66 (range 17 to 83), with female:male ratio of 3:1. The underlying diagnosis was Osteoarthritis in 49%, and Rheumatoid Arthritis in 51% of patients.

As at September 2003 there were 153 patients (25%) still alive, using revision as an endpoint survivorship was 59.3% at a mean time since implantation of 17 years 8 months. Pain and function portions of the WOMAC questionnaire revealed mean scores of 37 and 47 out of 100.

Conclusion: This cohort has been shown to have 92% implant survivorship at ten years. We have shown that the survivorship deteriorates significantly between 10 and 17 years. Functional and pain scores after 17 years for patients with surviving implants were poor.

Survival was significantly better in females, no effect from pre-operative diagnosis was seen. 73% of these patients had 6mm tibial inserts, we postulate that the deterioration in survival is related to accelerated poly-ethylene wear beyond 10 years.


S M Isaac K Barker I Danial D Beard H S Gill M Gibbons C Dodd D Murray

Purpose of the study Function is strongly infl uenced by proprioceptive ability, this prospective longitudinal study aimed to evaluate the change in proprioceptive performance after knee replacement; comparing total to unicompartment replacement.

Methods and Results Two groups of patients with OA as diagnosed clinically and by X-ray were recruited. Group 1 consisted of 15 patients (mean age 65.8yrs range 57-72yrs, 10 females & 5 males) listed for Total Knee Arthroplasty (TKA) with the AGC (Biomet, UK). Group 2 consisted of 19 patients (mean age 65.5yrs range 52–75yrs; 9 females & 10 males) listed for Oxford Uni-compartmental Knee Arthroplasty (OUKA) for medial compartment OA. The ACL and PCL were present and preserved in all patients in Group 2, while only the PCL was preserved for Group 1 patients.

Joint Position Sense (JPS) & sway were used as measures of proprioception performance. Both groups were assessed pre- and 6 months post-op. JPS was measured using an isokinetic dynamometer (KinCom, Chatanooga Ltd) as the error in actively and passively reproducing fi ve randomly ordered knee fl exion angles (30°, 40°, 50°, 60° and 70°). Sway (area, path and velocity) was measured during single leg stance using a Balance Performance Monitor (SMS Medical) for 30-second interval. Functional outcome was assessed using the Oxford Knee Score (OKS).

Pre-operatively, no differences in JPS or sway were found between limbs in either group. No differences existed between the two groups.

Post-operatively, both groups had signifi cant improvement of JPS in the operated limb only (Mean ± standard deviation for UKA 4.64±1.44° and for TKA 5.18±1.35°). No changes in JPS were seen in the control side. Group 2 patients showed signifi cant improvement in both sway area and path (p< .0001) for both limbs post-operatively. No signifi cant post-operative changes in sway occurred in either limb of Group 1 patients.

The OKS improved post-operatively in both groups, rising from 21.4 to 35.5 for Group 1 patients and from 23.9 to 38 for Group 2 patients.

Conclusion Interestingly, joint position sense improved for both groups but did not seem to show any difference between UKA and TKA. Postural sway was infl uenced by joint replacement type. Ligament retention may contribute to improved global postural control seen after unicompartmental knee arthroplasty and may explain the higher level of function seen in these patients.


CJ Geddis NW Thompson DE Beverland

Introduction Satisfactory patellar tracking is important following total knee arthroplasty. A lateral retinacular release may be required to correct patellar maltracking but can be complicated by damage to the skin, soft tissues or patella.

Aim The aim of this study was to determine if, when using the LCS prosthesis, the rate of lateral patellar release was reduced by centering the finishing guide on Whiteside’s line as opposed to the mid-point of the femoral condyles.

Patients and Methods One hundred and ten consecutive patients (64 female, 46 male) undergoing primary total knee arthroplasty were prospectively studied. At the time of performing the champher cuts, the finishing guide was first centered on the mid-point of the femoral condyles and a mark placed on the trochlea using the needle diathermy. The finishing guide was then finally centered on the previously marked Whiteside’s line. The distance between the two marks was measured using a caliper. Following component insertion patellar tracking was checked. If required a lateral release was performed allowing the patella to track with its medial facet in contact with the medial femoral condyle.

Results Centralization of the femoral component on Whiteside’s line instead of the mid-point of the femoral condyles lateralized the component by an average of 2.7mm (range, x–ymm). This parameter was termed the patellofemoral offset (PFO). When compared to a sample of patients where the finishing guide was centered on the mid-point of the femoral condyles, the lateral patellar release rate was reduced from 25% to 18%.

The magnitude of PFO increased with age however there was no significant difference in PFO between males and females. The PFO was significantly greater for knees with a preoperative valgus deformity (p=0.006).

Conclusion Centering the femoral component on White-side’s line leads to a reduction in lateral patellar release rate during TKA.


C.J.P. McAllen K.S. Eyres

Study Aims The purpose of this study is to determine whether the cement mantle produced when a suction cement technique is used leads improved radiological results in the medium term.

Methods 74 patients who had a cemented total knee replacement were prospectively studied. In 51 patients the cement was applied in a standard fashion. In 23 patients an intraosseous cannula was used to apply suction within the bone to improve cement penetration. The cannula was inserted into the medial femoral condyle and the medial tibial plateau prior to the bone preparation to vent both bones. Suction is applied to help dry the cancellous surface and draw the cement into the bone.

The radiological appearance of the tibial components were prospectively examined to for the appearance of bone lysis.

Conclusion This study shows that this technique produces superior radiological appearances in the medium term, which may lead to longer implant survival.

A previously published study has shown that if total knee replacement is performed without a tourniquet but using the suction cement technique an excellent cement mantle can reliably be produced.


D O Molloy B J Mockford RK Wilson D E Beverland

Purpose: We describe our management of the valgus knee including release of tight lateral structures using a medial approach.

Method: Controversy surrounds which approach to use when undertaking a total knee replacement (TKR) in a fixed valgus knee. Poor patellar tracking is associated with this deformity and often rectified by a lateral retinacular release. Those favoring the lateral approach feel, although more demanding, it gives direct access to the tight lateral structures and avoids excessive devas-cularization to the patella, which may be associated with a lateral release and a medial arthrotomy.

Two hundred and eight consented patients (24.2%) were identified from 860 primary knee arthroplasties carried out over a 33-month period by a single surgeon. An LCS mobile bearing prosthesis was used in all cases. The mean valgus deformity measured 12.1 degrees (range 1–38). Fifty four percent of patients had a deformity of greater than 10 degrees. The patella was not resurfaced in any patient.

Results: Forty-four patients (21%) required no soft tissue release. The mean deformity was 6 degrees (range 2–13). Of the remaining 164 patients, 142 (87%) had a posterolateral capsule release, 17 (10%) posterolateral capsule and iliotibial band release, 4 (2.4%) posterolateral and direct posterior capsule release and 1 (0.6%) a lateral collateral ligament slide for fixed valgus deformity. The mean valgus deformity increased with each additional release required.

Of note 61 (29.3%) patients required a lateral patellar release for patellar maltracking. No patellar complications were noted. Mean patellar tilt was 1.1 degrees (sd=0.6 degrees) and mean patellar congruency 98% (sd=0.7%).

Conclusion: Using a medial approach in the valgus knee is technically less demanding than a lateral approach, can be used in any primary knee irrespective of the type of deformity and can restore patellar alignment without compromising viability at least in cases where the patella is not resurfaced.


N Kharwadkar T Branfoot R Kent S Naique

Objective : The valgus angle of the distal femur determines the axial alignment of limb. It is used to plan the realignment osteotomies in limb reconstruction surgery and to determine the angle of resection of the distal femur in total knee arthroplasty. The objective of this study was to analyse the variation of the valgus angle of the distal femur in a random Caucasian population with osteoarthritic knees presenting for total knee arthroplasty.

Method : A prospective study was undertaken involving a review of pre-operative CT scout films of osteoarthritic knees in 83 consecutive patients (44 males and 39 females; mean age 70.2 years) presented for total knee arthroplasty between May 1999 and October 2002. The valgus angle was calculated from the difference between the anatomical and mechanical axes of femur plotted on CT scanogram films.

Results : Mean valgus angle was 5.4 degrees (range 3.3 to 7.6 degrees) with a standard deviation of 1.1 degrees. Estimated 95% confidence interval of the mean for the population was 3.6 – 7.4 degrees. There were no significant differences for age, gender or laterality of the limb.

Conclusion : The value of mean valgus angle of the distal femur in osteoarthritic knees was found to be significantly lower than the one quoted in the literature in normal disease-free knees. This may have important implications on the preoperative planning of appropriate surgical planes for total knee arthroplasty or corrective osteotomies.


SK Chauhan

1. The aim of this study was to assess the safety and effectivness of Computer Assisted TKR through minimally invasive incisions.

2. Twenty-two patients underwent MIS CAS TKR surgery over a five-month period, using a Knee Navigation system and Specialist instruments developed for this technique. The length of surgery, time to achieve 90 Flexion, time from end of surgery to first walking, length of stay, blood loss and component alignment were assessed. Complications were also recorded.

The results show the range of surgical time from 100–180 minutes, the time to achieve 90 degrees flexion and SLR from 1–9 hours post surgery. Patients took from 3–12 hours to walk with a frame following surgery and stay as inpatients from 2–5 days. Blood loss ranged from 200–1180 mls. Femoral component varus/valgus ranged from 89–94 degrees, whilst tibial varus/valgus ranged from 87–91 degrees. There were 2 superficial wound infections, which resolved with antibiotics.

3. MIS CAS TKR surgeries can be performed safely and effectively with the aid of computer navigation to produce component alignment comparable to standard open techniques. However it has dramatically improved patient’s recovery after TKR surgery. The effects clearly warrant further investigation in the form of a multi-centre trial.


Mr Khalid Sharif Mr Christos Yiannakopoulos Dr Peter Fules Mr Michael Mowbray

Knees of patients with chronic anterior cruciate ligament instability and who were awaiting surgery were examined with respect to increasing co-morbidity following diagnosis and subsequently during surgical reconstruction.

141 patients were included in this study. All had undergone initial arthroscopic evaluation of their unstable knees following diagnosis and subsequently a further arthroscopy was performed at a later stage during hamstring anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction. All injuries to the menisci and articular cartilage were recorded using a standardised evaluation form. The Lysholm and Tegner scores were obtained as well as knee stability using the KT-2000 arthrometer.

Successive deterioration in the Lysholm and Tegner scores and the arthrometric side to side difference was noted with time since injury. Initial arthroscopic examination of the knee revealed that 66 patients (46%) had at least one meniscal injury necessitating treatment whilst 67 (47.5%) had at least one chondral lesion on the femoral condyles. 22 patients (15.6%) presented with chondral lesions of the articular surface of the patella. During definitive ACL reconstruction when a second arthroscopy was performed, it was noted that 111 patients (78.7%) had meniscal pathology, 102 patients (72.34%) had intraarticular chondral lesions and the patella was affected in 41 cases (29%).

The delay between initial arthroscopy and stabilization was 16 +/− 5.2 months (range 7–19 months). The difference in the arthroscopic findings between the first and second arthroscopic inspections in terms of meniscal and chondral lesions was statistically significant.

Knee instability due to chronic ACL deficiency poses a serious threat to the menisci and the articular cartilage of the affected knee. The severity of these lesions increases with time since injury. ACL reconstruction should be undertaken as soon as possible in those individuals with uncompensated anterior cruciate ligament instability.


O Haddo R Arun C Chauhan

Aim: To describe a new cosmetic and simple approach to harvest hamstring tendons in arthroscopic ACL reconstruction which reduces anterior knee sensitivity and patient morbidity.

Methods: Pre-operatively, the path of the hamstring tendons is identified and marked by asking the patient to flex their knee against resistance.

The thigh is placed over a bolster and the leg is allowed to hang over the end of the table.

The hamstring tendons are harvested through the pre-determined 2 centimetres horizontal incision on the posterior medial aspect of the thigh. The hamstring tendons which are individually identifiable at this point are isolated using a tendon hook. The fascial expansions of the tendons, which are easily accessible by this approach, are divided using dissecting scissors. A tendon stripper is then used to free the tendon from its muscular origin proximally and from its insertion at the pes anserinus distally.

Only a 5mm stab incision anteromedially is now required to make the tibial tunnel. The rest of the procedure is performed as described by EM Wolfe (1). The posteromedial incision is closed with subcuticular stitches. All other wounds are closed with steristrips including the 5mm anteromedial stab incision.

Conclusion: This new approach has a short learning curve with the harvesting time falling from 22 minutes to 9 minutes within the first 4 procedures, making it a good technique for the trainee surgeon. This approach provides an alternative to the traditional approach by being cosmetically pleasant, reducing anterior knee sensitivity and thereby improving the outcome.


MJ Fehily TD Stewart J. Fisher

Introduction The historical degradation of polyethylene produced a direct relationship between contact stress and wear in knee prostheses(1). However, with the recent introduction of stabilised polyethylene and designs with reduced contact stress, the significance of this relationship has not been re-assessed. The purpose of this study was to analyse the contact mechanics of three currently available knee designs (two rotating platform and one fixed bearing) prior to and after long term simulator wear testing.

Materials and Methods Implants (six of each design) were loaded with 2600N at flexion angles of 0°, 30° and 60°. Contact areas were measured using Fuji Pre-scale pressure sensitive film, which was scanned and digitised using Image Pro Plus software.

Results The average contact stresses of the worn knee components are shown in Figure 1. Previously reported wear results for the three designs are shown in Figure 2 (1,2). Stresses reduced slightly following wear testing.

Conclusion The three designs tested produced stresses below the elastic limit of the polymer at all flexion angles. The two rotating platform designs had significantly reduced stress compared to the fixed bearing design. Both rotating platform designs tested de-couple the rotation and produce reduced cross-shear compared to the fixed bearing design. It is postulated that both low stress and reduced cross-shear are important in reducing the wear of knee prostheses.


Emyr A H Chowdhury

Aims We rotated the tibial tray, of a fixed and mobile bearing, total knee arthroplasty and studied the effects on the patellofemoral and tibiofemoral joints, when the arthroplasty was placed through a range of movement

Method and results A specially designed jig allowed us to put the knee arthroplasty under 100N of compression using a single pulley system. We rotated the tibial platform in isolation, in 5° increments of external rotation. At each position, the arthroplasty was put through 90° of flexion. We studied the PFC fixed bearing prosthesis and the LCS, PCL substituting rotating platform pros-thesis manufactured by Johnson & Johnson. We used a translucent custom femoral component for each type. This allowed us to observe dye at the femoral component articulations, recording the results using digital photography.

The mobile bearing prosthesis was surprisingly more sensitive to tibial tray external rotation. It suffered antero-lateral and posteromedial point loading on the polyethylene tray from 5–15° of tray rotation. Further increase caused the medial femoral component to lift off the polyethylene tray at 25° of rotation resulting in lateral femoral component loading. Simultaneously, there was lateral patella facet loading with medial facet lift off at the patellofemoral joint. The fixed bearing prosthesis did not experience impingement until 10° of rotation. At 25° of external tray rotation, there was posteromedial and antero-lateral point loading on the polyethylene but no lift off. The patellofemoral joint showed superior pole loading of the patella button but no medial/lateral loading.

Conclusion External tibial tray rotation caused polyethylene point loading in a knee arthroplasty. This would increase wear debris generation and aseptic loosening rates. Tray rotation does not improve patellofemoral tracking. We advise neutral alignment of the tibial tray to the femoral prosthesis. The mobile bearing prosthesis was more sensitive because the polyethylene tray could not rotate to confer the optimum tibiofemoral alignment.


D.J. Beard D.W. Murray H. Pandit C.A.F. Dodd A. Price A. Butler-Manuel J.W. Goodfellow

Introduction and Aims A randomised controlled trial (RCT) and a multi-centre unilateral cohort study were performed as part of the stepwise introduction of a new mobile bearing knee. The aim was to ensure that outcome for the new device was at least as good as that for an established fixed bearing device. This paper presents three year follow up of the published one year results. Instability and prevalence of “clicking” from the joint were examined in detail.

Method 1. A multi-centre RCT of patients undergoing bilateral knee replacement compared functional outcome between two different prostheses, the new mobile bearing device (TMK) and an established fixed bearing device (AGC). 2. A separate multi-centre cohort of 166 patients who had undergone a unilateral mobile bearing procedure at least six months previously was used to assess complication rate and corroborate any findings from the bilateral trial. Outcome measures included Oxford Knee Scores, American Knee Society ratings and complication rate.

Results The bilateral trial revealed no significant differences in outcome between the two devices. Revision rate for all (199) mobile bearing knees was less than 2%. The mean Oxford Knee Score for outcome for all mobile bearing knees was 37.1 ± 10.1. About 7% of patients reported instability. Clicking was more common in the TMK (48%) than in the AGC (30%) and was reported as a problem in 16% of TMK’s in the cohort study. However, clicking was unrelated to outcome score in both studies.

Conclusion At three years, the mobile bearing device was as good as the fixed bearing device. There was a relatively high prevalence of “clicking” in the TMK but the cause remains unclear. Furthermore, the symptom was not associated with poor functional outcome. The bilateral RCT and cohort study allows assessment of function and potential problems. It provides rigourous scientific justification for the introduction and early assessment of new implants.


D J Deehan T E Cawston L A Pinczewski

Statement of purpose: To study the biology of tendon – bone integration in human hamstring tendon autograft at the femoral tunnel interface

Methods: A total of 70 patients undergoing revision anterior cruciate surgery for both traumatic and atraumatic injury were studied. All surgery was performed under the supervision of the senior author. At time of surgery tissue was taken from the residual graft and femoral tunnel. The demographics of the original surgery, mechanism of failure, patient characteristics were recorded. We have also recorded variables such as tunnel positioning, early rehabilitation, associated ligamentous laxity. Local ethical committee approval has been granted. The specimens were analysed for gross evidence of cell necrosis, macrophage and fibroblast ingrowth (H& E). Vascularity was quantified by multiple high powered field counting. The influence of makers of cell turnover and matrix degradation have been determined by cell staining for TIMP-1, -2 and –3 (Immunohistochemistry) and early correlations drawn between the histological findings and patient factors such as mechanism of reinjury. We have also examined the graft expression of receptors of IGF1, FGF, MMP-1, 7, 8, 11, and 13 as key markers of collagen remodelling.

Results: We have found novel expression of MMP-13 in collagen graft tissue. There is clear evidence in a subgroup of certain patients exhibiting aggressive vascular ingrowth in association with IGF and MMP-11 and −13 expression suggesting a possible regulatory process. Areas of poor cellularity appear to exhibit low levels of MMP-13 but moderate levels IGF-II suggesting an alternative cellular response to graft fixation at the femoral tunnel. There appear to be distinct subgroups of cellular response in patients with atraumatic failure.

Conclusion: This is the first study to the biology of ACL graft failure at the bone tendon interface in a human model. Previous work has been case reports or using a canine model. These have limited application to the clinical work. We have found clear evidence of a processs of graft – host bone integration through neovascularisation. There is evidence of the graft remodelling through local expression of collagen resorptive agents. This work is being extended to look at the role of exogenous factors in augmenting graft integration at the host site.

J Bone Joint Surg Am. 1993 Dec;75(12):1795–803.

Am J Sports Med. 2001 Nov–Dec;29(6):689–98.

Methods Mol Biol. 2001;151:389–97.


A L Pimpalnerkar N Mohtadi N M Ramisetty

The management of symptomatic single bundle Anterior Cruciate Ligament (ACL) ruptures is still a surgical dilemma. Preservation of the intact fibres of the ACL bundle is considered to be a possible source of reinnervation of the ACL autograft which reflects on better proprioceptive knee control after major ligament reconstruction. Results of a prospective study of 67 patients who had a double stranded but single bundle Anterior Cruciate Ligament (ACL) reconstruction for partial ACL ruptures are presented. There were 43 males and 24 females in this study with a mean age at the time of injury of twenty-five years (14 – 40). Eight played sport professionally and thirty-four played at a competitive level. A valgus twisting force was the most common mechanism of injury. Mean injury to operation time was 7.5 weeks (2–12). All procedures were done arthroscopically without using tourniquet, but using an arthroscopy pump and irrigation fluid containing adrenaline. The semitendinosis hamstring graft was used in all reconstructions. The mean follow-up period was 3.3 years (2–5.4). There was one major complication, who developed a reflex sympathetic dystrophy following a saphenous nerve neuroma. The Quality of Life (QOL) score was assessed using the Mohtadi index. The mean pre-operative QOL score of 30 (13–50) was improved to 93 (70–100) post-operatively. Fifty patients were able to return to their previous sporting level at a mean duration of 9 months (6–12).

Preservation of mechanoreceptors by performing a double stranded, single bundle ACL reconstruction in partial ACL ruptures in high demand patients yields good results and enables early return to high demand sports.


JTK Lim K Luscombe SH White

Objective: to determine if the outcome of TKR was affected by the level of pre-operative symptom severity.

Methods Between June 1998 and Nov 2001, 207 primary TKRs (AGC) were performed in 178 patients for OA of the knee. Data on patient demographics, Oxford knee score (OKS), AKSS and ABC health category were collected prospectively pre-operatively and at the 2 year review. For analysis, patients were arbitrarily categorised into four quartile groups with pre-operative OKS of 0–12, 13–24, 25–36 and 37–48.

Results The entire group had a pre-op mean OKS of 18.4. The 2 year post-op mean outcome measures were OKS 38.2 (79.6%), AKSS 87.8, Function 76.3.

Conclusion Rather than all patients achieving a uniform outcome post-TKR, patients with more severe symptoms, as indicated by lower pre-operative Oxford Knee Scores, tend to have the most to gain but achieve poorer absolute outcomes (from both patient’s (OKS) and surgeons’ perspectives (AKSS)). Conversely, at the other end of the spectrum, even patients with relatively high pre-operative OKS, (better than the units post-op mean) achieved better post-op scores . The results suggest that waiting too long before intervention compromises the final outcome.


Rashid Khan Arpad Konyves Peter Cashman Rhidian Thomas Andrew Amis

Introduction Roentgen stereophotogrammetric analysis (RSA) is the most accurate radiographic technique for measuring three-dimensional micromotion in joints, and is now being developed for the study of anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) injury and outcome after surgical reconstruction. Using RSA a prospective study of ACL reconstruction is being undertaken. The aim is to obtain accurate information on the performance of both bone-patellar tendon-bone (BPTB) and hamstring grafts post-operatively.

Materials and methods 14 patients with a unilateral ACL tear who underwent ACL reconstruction have been studied prospectively. Seven had BPTB grafts, and seven had four-stranded semitendinosus/gracilis. Tantalum markers were inserted at the time of surgery, 4 each into the femur and tibia, and 8 into the graft, at regular intervals along the length. Stress stereo radiographs (90N anterior and posterior draw forces) were taken at 1, 6, 12 and 24 weeks post-operatively. They were analysed using Medis RSA software.

Results Initial results suggest that in addition to measuring total anteroposterior knee laxity, detailed analysis of the graft itself is possible. Beads placed in the bone blocks of the BPTB grafts, and in the intraosseous ends of the hamstrings, enable calculation of slippage of the fixation. The BPTB bone plugs moved 0.6 to 1.2mm by 12 weeks, the Hamstrings fixation was more variable. Beads placed in the intraarticular graft may enable measurement of any post-operative stretching, but are also somewhat erratic. Identification of the site of stretching – around the tunnel entrances, or intraarticularly, should be possible.

Conclusions We believe that this detailed application of RSA in analysing the performance of the two commonly used grafts in ACL reconstruction has not been previously described. We hope to gain valuable insight into the behaviour of both graft types and reasons for graft failure. This presentation will demonstrate the methods developed and include the technical difficulties encountered in this on-going study.


Alister Hart George Dowd Alex Malone

The incidence of osteoarthritis (OA) after an ACL reconstruction is not clear. Reports estimate between 12% and 61% at 8 years post ACL reconstruction. Single Photon emission Computed Tomography (SPECT) scanning (a 3 dimensional radionuclide bone scan) is a sensitive and quantitative method of assessing knee OA, with abnormalities appearing before plain xray and arthroscopic changes.

Aim: to objectively assess the long term result of ACL reconstruction using SPECT.

Method: we have prospectively studied a series of 31 patients (mean age at injury of 29 years) up to a mean follow up of 10 years after ACL reconstruction. None had chondral defects, 15 had meniscectomies at or before ACL reconstruction. Each patient was assessed at 8 – 13 years following ACL reconstruction with clinical examination, plain xrays (grading OA in 3 compartments as 0,1,2 according to Albach) and a SPECT scan (grading metabolic activity as in 3 compartments: 0 (normal); 1 (increased but not clinically significant); 2 (increased, clinically significant); 3 (marked increased activity). The other, normal knee was used as a control.

Results: 43% of those with intact menisci had bone scans suggestive of OA. The prevalence of OA was 87% if meniscectomy was performed. All had a negative pivot shift. The mean Lysholm score was 93 (maximum 100) and the mean Tegner activity score was 6. Only 13% of our patients had clinical symptoms of knee OA.

Conclusions: We found bone scan to be a very sensitive investigation for knee OA, picking up abnormalities suggestive of OA in 66% of patients, with only 13% having clinical symptoms. 10 years post ACL reconstruction with intact menisci, and good clinical results, OA is present on bone scanning in 43%. This doubles if meniscectomy was performed. We encourage other units to use SPECT radionuclide bone scanning as an objective test of the outcome of ACL reconstruction.


H M Mumtaz A Khan DH Sochart

Do patients’ recollections of disease severity following joint replacement surgery accurately reflect their pre-operative disability? Oxford Knee score questionnaires were sent to 100 patients who had undergone primary knee replacement surgery between January 1998 and July 2000.They were asked to complete these in a manner reflecting their pre-operative disability. The results were then compared with actual scores completed by the same group of patients prior to their surgery. The response rate was 78%.The mean pre-operative score was 45 compared to the recall score of 46.9. The difference was not significant (p=0.77).We believe that recall of disability using a simple knee score is a reliable method of assessing pre-operative disability.


AR Bennett CN Esler WM Harper

The Trent Arthroplasty Audit Group (TAAG) has been prospectively collecting data on primary knee arthroplasty since 1990 and revision procedures since 1992. To date details of 27 000 primary and 1300 revision knee arthroplasties, from both teaching and district general hospitals in the Trent region, have been contributed.

This provides us with a unique opportunity to look at the outcome of total knee arthroplasty across an English region, at 10 or more years of follow-up.

A questionnaire was designed, with assistance from the department of epidemiology and public health, including both generic (EuroQol) and knee specific questions. Patients who underwent primary knee arthroplasty from 1990–92 were included in the study (4420 patients). Surviving patients (65%) were traced using the NHSIA patient tracing service and the questionnaire was administered by post with a response rate was 55%.

The mean length of follow-up was 11 years 7 months and the mean age at the time of follow-up was 78 years. The vast majority (86%) of patients were satisfied with their joint replacement. Although 52 % took prescribed analgesia for pain in their knee, 22% still complained of pain often or all the time. 18% felt their knee totally or greatly interfered with their usual activities. 14% of patients reported re-operation on their knee, of which 11% were revision procedures.

This suggests that a significant number of patients experience pain and/or disability at 10 or more years following knee replacement. Since most GPs have a high threshold for re-referral in this group of patients, it is likely that the degree of morbidity has previously been underestimated in the orthopaedic community.


A.J. Anderson S.A. Quaimkhani

Aim: To identify the local and systemic morbidity of simultaneous sequential bilateral total knee arthroplasty in a large patient population and to undertake a comparative statistical analysis with a group of matched patients who underwent staged bilateral total knee replacement during the same period.

Methods: Theatre records at two regional district general hospitals were scrutinised to identify all patients who had undergone simultaneous sequential and staged bilateral total knee arthroplasty over a three year period. Patient case notes and hospital charts were retrospectively reviewed to obtain several outcome measures to allow subsequent risk factor assessment.

Results: 134 patients with 268 primary knee arthroplasties undergoing a simultaneous procedure were identified. The average age was 70 with a minimum follow up of 12 months. The study results revealed 1.5% mortality, 5.2% local complication and 14.9% systemic complication rates and this increased with age. During the same period 34 patients (68 knees) who had undergone staged procedures at least 3 months apart were also identified. Statistically significant findings between both groups included the reduced length of hospital stay, a 3-fold increase in the requirement for banked blood (particularly when either suction drainage or low molecular weight heparin thromboprophylaxis was used) and a higher degree of intra operative instability in those undergoing simultaneous bilateral total knee replacement.

Conclusions: Patients can continue to enjoy the benefits of simultaneous bilateral knee arthroplasty, however, extreme caution must be taken in selection of patients over 75 years, high dependency facilities must be available and an acceptable alternative to banked blood transfusion needs to be used.


D. Jena A. Ng N.C. Courtman R. B. Smith

Purpose: We carried out a questionnaire survey amongst all the members of the British Association for surgery of the Knee (BASK) to provide us with a guide to the current practice and opinions on cementing techniques in Knee replacement.

Materials & Methods: Between January and February 2003, all the three hundred members of the BASk were mailed a thirteen-question survey regarding the current practice of TKR with specific emphasis on the cementing techniques.

Conclusion: Our study shows the wide variation in current practice and attitudes towards cementing in Total Knee replacement amongst the specialist Knee surgeons of Britain, but the practice of the majority is in accordance with the guidelines issued by the BOA & BASK.


MHA Malik A Chougle N Pradhan AK Gambhir ML Porter

In 1999 a statement of best practice in primary total hip replacement was approved by the Council of the British Orthopaedic Association (BOA) and by the British Association for Surgery of the Knee (BASK) to provide a basis for regional and national auditable standards: we have compared practice in the North West of England to this document to ascertain adherence to this guide to best practice.

A direct comparison of data held on the North West Hip Arthroplasty Register for 2001/2002 and BASK/BOA guidelines was performed. 86 surgeons from 26 hospitals were included in the study. A mean of 93.3% of operations were performed in the surgeon’s usual theatre. All of these theatres had vertical laminar air flow systems. 42.2% of respondents routinely used exhaust suits. 68.1% of respondents routinely used impermeable disposable gowns. All surgeons use some form of anti-thromboembolic prophylaxis. 66.2% use a combination of both mechanical and chemical means. All surgeons used antibiotic prophylaxis. The most popular choice of antibiotic was a cephalosporin. 93.7% of surgeons routinely use antibiotic-loaded cement. The PFC and Kinemax prostheses were the most commonly used pros-theses. Interestingly, 97.7% of all first choice implants were cemented. Only 2 surgeons used uncemented TKR. 69.8% of surgeons used a posterior cruciate retaining design. A midline longitudinal skin incision is used by 87.2% of surgeons, a medial longitudinal skin incision by 7.0% and a lateral longitudinal skin incision by 5.8% 0f surgeons. A medial parapatellar capsular incision is preferred by 91.9% with the remainder using mid vastus or trivector retaining capsulotomy. Closure of capsulotomies is performed in flexion by 65.1% and in extension by 34.9%. In patients with osteoarthritis 38.4% routinely resurfaced the patella, 34.9% never resurfaced the patella and 26.7% selectively resurfaced. This was in direct contrast to practice for patients with rheumatoid arthritis in whom 66.3% routinely resurfaced the patella, 22.1% never resurfaced the patella and 11.6% selectively resurfaced.

This study has demonstrated considerable variation of practice in hip arthroplasty across the North West region and significant divergence from the BASK/BOA statement of best practice. The introduction of a properly funded national arthroplasty register will surely help to clarify the effect of such diverse practice on patient outcome.


D.J. Beard K.A. Reilly K.L. Barker C.A.F. Dodd D.W. Murray

Introduction and Aims Unicompartmental knee arthroplasty (UKA) is appropriate for one in three osteoarthritic knees requiring replacement. An accelerated protocol enables patients undergoing UKA to be discharged within 24 hours of surgery. Before such an approach is universally accepted it must be safe, effective and economically viable. A study was performed to compare the new accelerated protocol with current standard care in a state healthcare system.

Method A single blind RCT design was used. Patients eligible for UKA were screened for NSAID tolerance, social circumstances and geographical location before allocation to either an accelerated recovery group (Group A) or a standard non accelerated group (Group S). The accelerated protocol included dedicated pain management and discharge support. Primary outcome was the Oxford Knee Assessment at 6 months post operation, compared using independent t tests. Pain, range of movement and incidence of complications were also recorded by assessors blind to group allocation. Cost effectiveness was calculated in quality life adjusted years (QLAY) using the Euroqual instrument. The study power was sufficient to avoid type 2 errors. The study was supported by a NHS Regional R& D grant.

Results Forty one patients (21 group A, 20 group S) were included. Groups had comparable age and patient profiles. Average discharge time was 37 hours (1.5 days) for group A and 114 hours (4.3 days) for group S. Pain on hospital discharge was similar for both groups. No significant difference was found between groups for pain or range of movement at any time, although patients in group S regained pre-operative flexion faster than group A. One major complication occurred in each group; one infection (group S) and one manipulation for poor movement (group A). The cost per QLAY for the new protocol was 59% of the standard care.

Conclusion The new protocol allows for safe accelerated discharge from hospital after UKA. The approach is cost effective and should help to increase the throughput of patients who require knee replacement.


CM Slough A Ruiz E Will JF Keating

Purpose: To document the recovery of knee function following Medial Collateral Ligament (MCL) injury of the knee.

Methods and Results A cohort of 38 consecutive patients with MCL injuries were followed prospectively from the time of injury for a period of one year. There were 13 grade I MCL sprains and 25 grade II sprains. Twelve patients had a concomitant ACL tear. Patients were treated in a hinged knee brace with full extension and 90 degrees of knee flexion for 6 weeks from the date of injury. All patients had an identical rehabilitation programme. Clinical outcome was assessed using two standard functional knee scores (International Knee Documentation Committee (IKDC) score and Knee Outcome Orthopaedic Score (KOOS)). Quadriceps and hamstring muscle function was tested isokinetically using a dynamometer. Outcome assessments were carried out at 2 weeks, 6 weeks, 3 months, 6 months and 1 year.

At 2 weeks the average range of motion (ROM) difference from the normal side was 31%. Twenty-five patients (66%) restored a functional range of motion (5–120 degrees) by 6 weeks. Thirty-five patients (92%) had a normal ROM by 3 months. Peak torque, average power and total work of quadriceps and hamstring muscle groups were normal in 4 patients (11%) at 6 weeks. At 3 months 11 patients (29%) had restored normal muscle function. At 6 months 46% of patients had normal muscle function. At 1 year 11 patients (29%) still had abnormalities of muscle function on isokinetic testing.

Conclusions: Patients with MCL injuries can be advised that range of motion can be expected to return to normal in the majority of cases by 3 months but muscle function recovers more slowly over 12 months following injury.


M Ramakrishnan RO Sundaram RW Parkinson

Aims: To determine the kneeling ability in 3 groups of patients who have undergone either Unicondylar, Primary, or Revision knee arthroplasty.

Methods: A questionnaire was designed to determine the kneeling ability of patients who have undergone knee arthroplasty surgery. The ‘Kneeling’ questionnaire along with a Western Ontario and MacMaster Osteoarthritis Index (WOMAC) questionnaire was sent to 191 patients of whom, 27 have had Unicondylar, 105 had Primary and 59 Revision knee arthroplasty.

Results: The mean follow-up time for assessment for each of the 3 groups of patients were; Unicondylar = 3.32 years, Primary = 5.30 years and Revision = 5.06 years. The mean total WOMAC scores for the 3 groups were; Unicondylar = 13.96, Primary = 22.10, and Revision = 38.67. The percentage of patients who underwent knee arthroplasty that found it impossible to kneel were; Unicondylar = 18%, Primary = 36% and Revision = 66%. The commonest reasons why patients found kneeling difficult were; pain and stiffness around the knee prosthesis, fear of harming the prosthesis and sensory deficit around the knee. Visual Analogue Pain scores for kneeling in the 3 patient groups were, Unicondylar = 5.6, Primary = 7.12, Revision = 9.18. A minimum of 30% of patients in each of the 3 groups reported their daily lives were moderately-severely affected due to their difficulty in kneeling following knee arthroplasty. At least 60% of the patients in each group reported they would like to have better kneeling ability.

Conclusion: Unicondylar knee arthroplasty patients have better WOMAC scores and find kneeling easier than patients who have undergone Primary knee arthroplasty (p< 0.01). The Primary group have better WOMAC scores and find kneeling easier than the Revision group (p< 0.001). Kneeling is considered important in patients who have undergone knee arthroplasty. Poor kneeling ability in patients may restrict their daily activities.


D. Karataglis I. Bisbinas M. Green D.J.A. Learmonth

Multiple ligament deficiency in knees is usually the aftermath of high velocity trauma and leads to complex multidirectional instability, that can in turn greatly compromise the patient’s functional level if left untreated. The aim of this study is to evaluate the mid- and long-term functional outcome of patients who underwent complex reconstruction for multiple ligament deficiency.

Twenty-nine patients (21 male and 8 female) with an average age of 35.54 years (range 17–60) underwent arthroscopic or arthroscopically assisted multiple ligament reconstruction at an average of 2.1 years following their initial knee injury. Thirteen of them sustained a multiple ligament injury following an RTA, 11 during sports and 5 following a fall from a height.

They were followed for a period of 13 to 108 months (average: 45.8) and functionally evaluated according to Clancy’s criteria. The functional outcome was excellent in five patients (17.2%), good in ten (34.5%), fair in twelve (41.4%), while two reconstructions resulted in a failure (6.9%). Eleven patients returned to sporting activities and all but three returned to work, although sometimes in lighter duties.

Arthroscopic multiple ligament reconstruction is a complex and technically demanding procedure that should be carried out in specialised units. Although it rarely results in a “normal” knee, it offers in most cases a stable as well as functional knee.


S D Deo* C Loucks P A Blachut P J O’Brien H M Broehuyse R N Meek

Purpose: To evaluate the long-term outcomes of the early management of severe ligamentous knee injuries.

Methods: We reviewed the long-term results of patients with multiple knee ligament injuries, i.e. at least 3 ligament ruptures, including both cruciates, in patients entered prospectively onto the trauma database between 1985 and 1999. Forty patients with this injury had Lysholm scores at long term follow-up a mean of 8 years post-injury. Non-operative treatment involved a cast or spanning external fixator (2–4 weeks) followed by bracing. The mode of operative treatment fell into 3 groups: direct suture or screw fixation of avulsions (Group 1), mid-substance ruptures treated with posterior cruciate reconstruction with hamstring tendons (Group 2), or suture repairs of mid-substance ruptures (Group 3). All operative procedures were undertaken within 2 weeks of injury. Statistical analysis was performed on the Lysholm scores.

Results: The 40 patients in the study group were predominantly young males, 40% had polytrauma, 33% had isolated injuries. Thirteen patients (33%) had non-operative management, the remainder had early operative treatment of their ligament injuries, tailored to the type of ligament injuries identified.

Long term patient outcome data shows statistically significant differences (p< 0.05) between the best results, in patients with direct fixation of bony avulsions (mean = 89), followed by those who had early hamstring reconstruction (mean = 79), followed by those who underwent simple ligament repairs (mean = 65). There was a statistically significant difference (p< 0.05) between the overall scores for the operative group (mean = 80) compared with the non-operative group (mean = 50).

Conclusion: Operative treatment of multiple ligament injuries, particularly fixation of avulsions and primary reconstruction of the posterior cruciate ligament appears to yield better results than non-operative or simple repair in the long term follow-up in this group with significant knee injuries.


J Mountney W Senavongse AA Amis NP Thomas

Purpose The tensile strength of the isolated Medial Patellofemoral Ligament (MPFL) is unknown. The strength required of reparative or reconstructive procedures to re-constitute this major patella stabilising structure are therefore unknown.

Method 10 fresh cadaveric right (6 female 4 male) knees, mean age 71.6 (SD 16.6) years, were prepared to isolate the MPFL between the patella and the Medial Femoral Condyle (MFC). The tensile strength and mode of failure were then determined.

The ligament was then repaired using a suture and the tensile strength of this determined. The ligament was then reconstructed in three ways including: Biodegradable corkscrew anchors and two tendon techniques with interference screws. One method used a blind tunnel into the MFC, while the other passed through a tunnel in the femoral condyles. Both methods passed through tunnels in the patella.

Results The mean ultimate tensile strength of the isolated MPFL was 207.9 (SD 90.1) Newtons. Seven specimens failed through a mid-substance tear while three pulled off the MFC.

The mean strength of the suture repair was 36.7 (SD 26.5) Newton. The biodegradable bone anchor gave a mean strength of 142.3 (SD 38.5) Newton. The blind tunnel hamstring reconstruction’s had a mean strength of 126 (SD 20.8) Newton. The double tunnel hamstring reconstruction’s failed at a mean of 195.0 (SD 65.6) Newton.

Conclusion The force required to rupture an isolated MPFL appears to be approximately 210 Newton. Suture repair is insufficient to reconstitute this. Reconstruction with bone anchors or hamstring tendon techniques come close to this.


G K Sefton A Naguib T I Sherief

Purpose: This study was carried out in order to assess the results of reconstruction of a deficient extensor mechanism in the presence of total knee replacement using Connective Tissue Prosthesis (CTP).

Methods & results: The CTPs are available as flat tapes constructed from polyester in an open weave structure. They were used to reinforce and reconstruct the extensor mechanism which was deficient in three patients who had undergone total knee replacement or were about to undergo total knee replacement. Two cases had extensor mechanism deficiency as a complication following total knee replacement while the third case had extensor mechanism deficiency at the time of the primary knee reconstruction. The average follow-up was one year. All three cases showed good results with no extension lag and good range of movement at follow up.

Conclusion: A Connective Tissue Prosthesis Reconstruction of the knee extensor mechanism offers a good option for the management of the uncommon but difficult problem of extensor mechanism deficiency in patients with a total knee arthroplasty.


H. Pandit D.J. Beard C. Jenkins N.P. Thomas D.W. Murray C.A.F. Dodd

Introduction: Unicompartmental knee arthroplasty (UKA) is an increasingly popular procedure for young osteoarthritic patients whose age and activity levels preclude the use of a total knee arthroplasty (TKA). However, successful reconstruction using an unconstrained mobile bearing implant requires an intact and functioning ACL. Patients with isolated medial compartment OA and an absent ACL therefore provide a management dilemma for the treating surgeon. One option is to perform a combined ACL reconstruction and mobile bearing UKA. This paper presents early results of this new procedure using an Oxford UKA and ACL reconstruction using an autograft.

Materials and Methods: Eleven patients who underwent one or two-staged ACL reconstruction and Oxford UKA for treatment of symptomatic medial compartment OA were reviewed at one year after surgery. The combined procedure required specific precautions and considerations; care had to be taken to place the tibial tunnel as far laterally as possible to avoid impingement of the graft by the tibial implant. Also, the presence of a posteromedial, rather than an anteromedial cartilage defect has the potential to reduce accuracy for placement of the initial tibial cut.

Results: All patients were male with an average age of 49 years (range: 36 – 52) and mean follow up of 1.3 years. One patient needed revision to TKA due to infection. The objective and functional knee society scores improved pre to post operatively from 55 to 98, and 85 to 100, respectively.

Conclusions: ACL reconstruction and simultaneous or staged UKA is a viable treatment option for patients with symptomatic medial compartment arthritis in whom the ACL is absent. Early results of this technically demanding procedure are encouraging but longer follow-up is required.


JP Whittaker G Smith P Harrison JB Richardson

Statement of Purpose We describe the donor site morbidity of hyaline cartilage biopsy from the trochlea of the knee when used for ACI in the ankle joint.

Methods We studied 12 patients who received a two stage ACI procedure on the talus, performed by three consultant surgeons. The first stage involved knee arthroscopy and harvest of cartilage for culture and stage two the transplantation of a chondrocyte culture to the ankle joint.

During the first stage knee arthroscopy using a superolateral approach, the cartilage specimens were taken from a minor load bearing area of either the central or superolateral trochlea using a 5mm gouge.

Clinical outcomes were assessed using a patient satisfaction score and the Lysholm knee score, taken both pre- and post- operatively at 3 months and annually thereafter.

Results The mean age of the patient group was 42. The patient satisfaction questionnaires showed 11 patients to be ‘pleased’ or ‘extremely pleased’ with their ACI procedure which was sustained in the patients with up to four years follow up.

The mean Lysholm score preoperatively was 98/100. Postoperatively eight patients had a reduced score (mean reduction 14) at twelve months follow up. In those patients with new knee symptoms at one year, analysis of the Lysholm score components showed the Locking and Limp categories to be the most frequent cause of a reduced score. Two patients had repeat knee arthroscopy at 18 months and 2 years postoperatively for symptoms of catching, anterior knee pain and swelling.

Discussion The Lysholm knee score has components which may be affected by ipsilateral joint problems, which contribute to 20% of the overall score. However those patients with an abnormal Lysholm knee score postoperatively have gained an improved Mazur ankle score since their ACI.

The procedure of cartilage harvest from the trochlea of the knee has an associated donor site morbidity which is present at one year. Ninety two percent of patients were pleased or extremely pleased with their ACI procedure, despite the requirement of surgery on their knee and it would seem that the amount of early knee morbidity these patients experience is outweighed by the improvement in symptoms in the treated joint.

Ideally to optimise cartilage repair less morbid techniques to obtain cartilage need to be identified or alternatively mesenchymal stem cells could be used as an alternative source, which has already had limited success in the knee and might also be applied to other joints.


JE Owen MC Watts PT Myers A Gandhe

This study reports our long-term results of arthroscopically assisted meniscal suture using an inside-out technique.

Between January 1990 and July 1997, 112 patients underwent 121 meniscal repairs in 112 knees. The average follow up is 8.7 years (range 5.4 to 12.9 years). Repairs consisted of interrupted sutures using 2.0 PDS. Sutures were placed arthroscopically using a suture shuttle system and tied behind the capsule after making a small posteromedial or posterolateral incision. The meniscus and bed was prepared using a Rasp or hand-held instruments. Fibrin clot techniques were not used. 79% of patients had associated ACL reconstruction in addition to meniscal suture. All surgery was carried out by our senior author (PTM). Rehabilitation involved non-weight bearing in an extension splint for 3 weeks and partial weight bearing for a further 3 weeks followed by a progressive rehabilitation program.

The average age at surgery was 23.9 years (range 12.2 to 57.7 years). The average time from injury to surgery was 13.5 months (range 0 to 60 months). There were 74 males and 38 females. 51% of patients were professional or semi-professional athletes. Repair involved 79 medial menisci, 42 lateral menisci. The average number of sutures used was 3.8 (range 1 to 12). Operative findings and procedure were entered prospectively into a database. Patients were assessed clinically until recovery and long-term follow up consisted of a detailed postal questionnaire.

The average Lysholm scores were 86.4, with 59% excellent, 16% good, 17% fair and 8% poor. IKDC subjective scores averaged 82.0, with 40% excellent, 21% good, 27% fair and 12% poor. Confirmed failure of meniscal repair (as indicated by MRI or re-arthroscopy) has been identified in 11.8% of patients. A further 10.8% have a probable failure based on a recurrence of mechanical symptoms. Of the failures 73 % were professional or semi-professional sportsman. There average return to sport after surgery was 9.5 months (range 3 to 18 months). Failure was reported at an average of 29.3 months after surgery (range 0 to 84 months).

With an aggressive approach towards meniscal preservation we have achieved a success rate of 77.4% at an average follow-up of 8.7 years. The majority of these tears are vertical posterior horn or large bucket handle and associated with an ACL reconstruction. The majority of patients are young and involved in a high level of sporting activity.


T. Spalding M. Dekkers A. Siddiqui

Purpose To report on the results, surgical technique and issues with mini-incision total knee arthroplasty.

Methods and results The new technique of mini-incision total knee replacement entails the use of smaller cutting blocks and alignment jigs applied to the femur with minimal surgical exposure, achieved by subluxation of the patella laterally rather than full eversion of the extensor mechanism. The technique was carefully introduced in November 2003.

The results of the first 20 consecutive patients have been compared with 20 standard TKR procedures. The mean age of 73.5 and BMI of 29 was not significantly different to the standard Group. Mean hospital stay was approximately halved (5 days versus 9 days). 75% of patients were discharged on day 4 without needing extra home support. Mean incision length was 13.5cm and only one of 20 required blood transfusion. Mean operative time was 12 minutes longer and post-operative CT alignment showed no mal-position of the implants.

Conclusion Mini-incision TKR is a safe, reliable and reproducible method, allowing significant cost savings and benefits for the patients and hospital. Confidence needs to be gained in the reduced visibility of traditional landmarks and training of surgeons remains an issue.


Full Access
K Sampathkumar K.P Draviaraj A J Rees

Introduction To evaluate the Fast-Fix meniscal repair system, which is a disposable, pre knotted ‘all-inside’ suture with similar pull out strength to vertical mattress suture.

Materials and Methods Between September 2001 and May 2002, we performed 39 meniscal repairs in 38 patients, 1 patient had bilateral injury. The average age was 24(16–37). The cause of the meniscal injury was sports related in 70%, unrelated to sports in 16% and with no history of trauma in 14%. The average time from injury to repair was 2–3 weeks. The majority had associated Anterior Cruciate Ligament Rupture 73% (28 patients). 23 patients had medial meniscal and 16 had lateral meniscal repair. All cases were done as a day case by the senior author. The meniscus was repaired, if the tear was vertically oriented and in the periphery. Two Fast-Fix sutures were used for each repair. Concomitant ACL injury was reconstructed 6 weeks post meniscal repair.

Meniscus was considered to have healed if a) confirmed at arthroscopy or b) No mechanical symptoms after repair. 31 patients had repeat arthroscopy, 28 for ACL reconstruction, 2 for persistent mechanical symptoms and 1 following re-injury.

Results The range of clinical follow up was between 3 to 20 months. In 26 patients healing of the meniscus was confirmed during arthroscopy. 7 patients had no mechanical symptoms following repair. The healing rate was 86% (33 patients). 5 repairs were considered as failures and were excised subsequently. The healing rate was higher in patients with associated ACL injury (92%) compared to isolated meniscal tear healing rate of 70%.

Discussion We feel early results show the Fast-Fix to be safe, simple to use all- inside meniscal repair technique and has the advantage of vertical mattress sutures and no separate incision. Healing rates with combined ACL injuries are better than isolated meniscal tears.


Michael Hockings Jonathon Borrill Paul J. Rae

Summary abstract The aim of this study was to clinically assess the outcome of arthroscopically assisted inside to outside meniscal repair. 75 meniscal repairs were carried out, the average age was 26yr 8 months, 14 patients ( 18.6% ) were lost to follow up. Average follow up was 6 yrs 4 months. The overall success rate was 86.9%, with 74.1% scoring clinically good or excellent on the Lysholm Score. There was a trend of improved results for patients over 30yrs, those with longer tears and lateral repairs did slightly better. Those with ACL laxity had a significantly better result. The time interval to repair following injury did not make a difference. The authors would recommend this traditional technique.

Full abstract

Purpose To clinically assess the mid to long-term outcome of arthroscopically assisted inside to outside meniscal repair.

Type of study Retrospective review

Method Patients were followed up by a combination of clinical review, mail and telephone questionnaires. The Lysholm knee (LS) and the Tegner activity (TA) scores were recorded.

Results From July 1991 until February 1999 75 meniscal repairs were carried out in 70 patients by a single surgeon (PJR). The average age of the patients was 26yr 8 months, there were 52 male and 18 female patients. 14 patients ( 18.6% ) were lost to formal follow up. Lysholm Score (LS) and Tegner Activity (TA) scores were available on 58 repairs for analysis. The average follow up was 6 yrs 4 months (range 3yrs 4 months to 10yrs 9 months ), Average scores were LS=89.2, TA before surgery=6.2, TA after surgery=5.7. 9 patients had menisectomy following re-tear due to further injury. The overall success rate was 86.9%, with 74.1% scoring clinically good or excellent on the Lysholm Score.

Conclusion There was a trend of improved results for patients over 30yrs, those with longer tears and lateral repairs did slightly better. Those with ACL laxity had a significantly better result. The time interval to repair following injury did not make a difference. With an overall success rate of 86.9% the authors would recommend this traditional technique in light of the more recent techniques presently in use.


J Henckel R Richards JP Cobb

We report the use of CT with 3D reconstruction to determine the accuracy of knee arthroplasty.

Method Pre- and post-operative CT scans have been performed in a cohort of 20 total and unicompartmental knee replacements in fine detail of hips, knees and ankles but with minimal dosage elsewhere.

Three different methods have been used to measure the position of the implant.

‘True’ anterior posterior views are reconstructed from the post-operative CT data and tibiofemoral angles computed.

A wire frame model of the implants is registered to the post-op scan. This defines the orientation of the implant relative to bony reference points.

The position of the prosthetic components in the post op scan is calculated. The post-op scan is registered with the pre-op scan.

Results Alignment can be determined within 0.5° using method 1. With the addition of method, 2 rotational malalignment can be computed. With method 3 a transformation matrix is provided, showing the position in space of the prosthesis relative to the pre-op plan, with accuracy of under 0.5 mm. Poor function is explained.

Conclusion We have used 3-D reconstructions from CT scans and digital measurements to compute the precise position of the implant in the bone. Showing where the implant lies in 3D space explains accurately why poor results have occurred. CT based planning has been used to ensure that the bone cuts are planned correctly. Postoperative CT scans confirm that if the plan is achieved, function will be good.


R Smith AM Ismail

We aim to assess the value of patellofemoral Computed Tomography in assessing patients with anterior knee symptoms. Anterior knee symptoms are often due to patellar malalignment. Plain axial radiography or (CT) can be used to investigate these abnormalities. We have evaluated the use of patellofemoral CT scanning in 63 patients and compared the CT findings with the patients’ symptoms. We compared patellar centralisation and patellar tilt angle with the symptom described for each of 126 knees. No difference could be detected in the CT appearances of affected and unaffected knees in those patients with unilateral symptoms (all patients have both knees scanned). A significant association between maltracking and osteoarthiritic changes was demonstrated.


J. Cobb J. Henckel R. Richards S.J. Harris M. Jakopec F. M. Rodriguez y Baena M.P.S.F. Gomes B. L. Davies

The accuracy of prosthesis implantation is closely related to their function and longevity; we report the development of an active constraint robot for minimally invasive unicompartmental knee arthroplasty (UKA) using CT and knee scoring.

Method: Pre and postoperative CT scans are performed. Pre-op scan CT scans were used to plan the precise position of implants on the bones. The femoral and tibial bone cuts were then generated, together with the software boundaries that constrain the surgeon. This plan was then used to define the cutting planes of the ‘Acrobot’ active constraint device that we have developed.

The Postoperative CT scan was compared with the preoperative plan. The distance of the joint line from the hip and ankle joint, and its angulation and rotation were compared to the preoperative plan. In addition, the position of the implants relative to their planned position has been computed.

Results: No significant complications have been encountered. Using the postoperative CT scans, in no case is the implant more than 2mm or 2 degrees from the planned position.

Conclusions: The Acrobot system for UKA has completed its preliminary trial satisfactorily. It provides a hands-on operation but with robotic levels of accuracy, through a minimally invasive approach. By abolishing outliers, it improves outcomes in UKA replacement.


S Aravindan H Prem A Newman-Sanders MAS Mowbray

Purpose of the study: To develop a new treatment algorithm for patients with chronic anterior knee pain based on kinematic patella tracking MR imaging.

Methods and Results: Patients with anterior knee pain of more than one year duration and not responding to non-operative treatment, underwent kinematic MRI study. The provocative test was performed with the conventional MRI scanner and the patient extending the knee against resistance, the resistance provided by inflated beach ball. A retrospective analysis was done of first seventy patients, who had undergone this scanning technique.

On the imaging films, four measurements were made. They were patella subluxation, tilt, cartilage thickness and the Tibial Tubercle Trochlear distance (TTD). Patellar subluxation was classified as mild, moderate and severe. We found that a Tibial Tubercle Trochlea distance of 18mm had a specifity of 100% and a sensitivity of 89% for severe maltracking.

Conclusion: Kinematic MR Imaging is a useful investigation before considering operative treatment for patients with chronic anterior knee pain. Based on our study, we conclude that those patients with moderate lateral maltracking with a TTD< 18 mm should be offered lateral release and those with severe maltracking and TTD> 18mm should have a tibial tubercle transfer, in addition to lateral release.


D J Matthews A J Adhikari

Aim. To report our experience of using computer navigated and mini-robot assisted total knee arthroplasty and to assess its feasibility.

Methods. A retrospective analysis was done on all of the total knee arthroplasties performed between 12/07/2002 and 12/12/2003 by the lead surgeon using both the conventional technique and the computer navigated/robot assisted technique.

Results. A total of 47 patients fell between the two groups (22 in the navigation/robot assisted group and 25 in the conventional group). Osteoarthritis was the indication for surgery in all the patients.

Mean tourniquet time was 118.6 mins (range 98–143 mins) in the navigation/robotic group, which was significantly longer than the conventional group (mean 96.2 mins and range 61–131 mins). Blood loss as estimated from the difference between pre and post op haemoglobin measurements was 3.2 g/dl (range 0.2–6.2 g/dl) in the navigation/robotic group as compared to 3.1 g/dl (range 1.0–6.6 g/dl) in the conventional group. Mean length of stay was 8.7 days post op and 8.9 days post op in the navigated/robotic and conventional groups respectively.

There were no physical surgical complications in the navigated/robotic group and 3 in the conventional group (1 superficial cellulitis, 1 haematoma and 1 case of temporary sensory loss to the sole of the foot). 3 cases from the navigated/robot-assisted group had to be completed with the conventional technique due to software/hardware failure intra-operatively.

Other factors to consider, which are difficult to quantify, but which were noted in the navigated/robotic group are:

Training of the surgeon

Training of the theatre personnel

Cost of the system

Cleaning/sterilisation burden of the robot and tools, which have stringent requirements and long turn around times

Requirement of technical assistance with equipment and software

Radiographic assessment (need long leg films to accurately assess alignment)

Conclusion. The use of navigation/robot-assisted technique results in a longer tourniquet time at present, but does not increase the blood loss, affect the length of stay post operatively or increase complications. It is more demanding on the normal theatre resources and still requires refinement in order to prevent intra-operative failures. Further long-term outcome and cost-benefit studies are required to justify its widespread implementation.


M R Utting J H Newman

Purpose: To assess the outcome of customised hinged knee replacements when used to salvage catastrophically failed knee replacements in elderly patients.

Methods: Since 1993, 30 of the 280 (10.7%) revision knee replacements at the Avon Orthopaedic Centre, Bristol have used Endo customised hinged knee pros-theses (21 rotating, 9 fixed) for salvage of limb threatening situations in elderly patients. All were prospectively recorded and regularly reviewed. The average age was 75 years with a predominance of females. Surgical indications were 22 periprosthetic fractures (with or without aseptic loosening), 5 massive aseptic osteolyses, and 3 deep infections.

Results: The mean length of postoperative hospital stay was just 14.6 days and all patients were discharged walking with aids. At follow up (mean 3.0 years, range 0.5–9.3 years) 9 patients had died with their prostheses in situ and functioning. 2 had undergone amputation for recurrent sepsis and 2 had received further surgery for septic problems. 2 patients required further surgery for prosthetic disarticulation and one patient had successful on table vascular repair. 25 patients had mid or long term follow up. Their mean American Knee Scores (AKS) were 69.8 for knee and 35.6 for function (maximum 100), with a mean total knee flexion of 83 degrees. Mean Oxford knee scores (OKS) and WOMAC scores (both scored between 12 and 60 with low score indicating less difficulties) were 34.0 and 30.5 respectively.

Conclusions: Customised hinge revision knee replacements gave extremely rapid rehabilitation and hospital discharge which justified the high prosthetic cost. Complications were high but at mid and long-term review, no prostheses had failed from an aseptic cause and most of the knees of this challenging group were providing both stability and flex


M G Matthews

Purposes of study: To design and introduce into clinical practice a more effective fixation method for condylar and supracondylar fractures of the distal femur, which provides secure fixation and permits the use of a minimally invasive surgical technique.

Methods and results: We have designed a novel implant for secure internal fixation of condylar and supracondylar fractures of the distal femur.

This involves a retrograde intramedullary nail with a unique “cruciate” configuration of distal locking bolts which stabilise the fractured condyles in relation to the shaft.

The optimal geometrical configuration of the distal locking bolts has been developed using cadaver studies. Following finalisation of the design, mechanical bench testing of the implant and clinical trials have been completed according to a protocol agreed with the UK Medical Devices Agency.

So far 36 patients have been treated using the implant which has proved to be effective and easy to use. Much less soft tissue dissection is required than when using conventional blade plates or DHS, or even newer “percutaneous” plating methods.

Conclusions: Mechanical testing on simulated specimens of both segmental defects and intercondylar “T” fractures has shown that the retrograde “cruciate” nail compares favourably with fixation with a DHS screw/plate implant.

Following completion of clinical trials, the Medical Devices Agency has granted approval for general use of the implant. It is anticipated that this will greatly facilitate the management of distal femoral fractures particularly those involving intercondylar fracture patterns.


S. Hossain K. Hinduja H Mumtaz C Cullen PG Turner DS Johnson

Periarticular fractures of the proximal tibia are some of the most difficult fractures to manage as open reduction and internal fixation of the fractures is plagued with complications such as non-union, delayed union, infection and post-traumatic osteoarthritis.

We evaluated the results of 16 consecutive periarticular tibial fractures stabilised with the AO hybrid fixator using the Oxford Knee Score, American Orthopaedic Foot and Ankle Score (AOFAS) and X-rays of the tibia. Two patients were lost to follow up and 1 patient refused to take part in the study whose latest radiographs showed grade 4 degenerative changes.

The mean follow up was 34 months (range 12 to 57 months) and the mean age was 50 years. All fractures were closed and were graded as either Schatzker 5 or 6. The fixator was applied for an average of 12 weeks. The mean Oxford Knee score was 27.2/60 (mild to moderate knee arthritis) and the mean AOFAS was 71.9/100. There was no significant malunion however 37.5% had developed radiological evidence of grade 3 or 4 post-traumatic osteoarthritis with one requiring a total knee replacement. Forty four percent of patients developed a complication with pin site infection being the commonest complication and 25% required further surgery. There were 2 nonunions with one requiring a fibular osteotomy, which subsequently united.

Eighty eight percent of patients were satisfied with the procedure while 80% would recommend the procedure if required in future.

From our study we feel that hybrid fixation of proximal periarticular tibial fractures is satisfactory however preoperative counselling regarding complications and the possible need for further surgery must be emphasised to the patient prior to embarking on this type of fixation.


A Datta AC Gardner KM Bell

Purpose of Study- To deliver high quality and high volume major joint replacement surgery through rigorous infection control and reduce both infective complications and late cancellations.

Deep infection complicating arthroplasty surgery carries a heavy fnancial and emotional burden on any orthopaedic service. The cost of hospital acquired infection is estimated at £1 billion per year 1 by the National Audit Office.

Healthcare associated infection is an area currently under great scrutiny. Each NHS trust will have an Inspector of Microbiology, who will ensure the co-ordination of information required to diagnose healthcare associated infection.

The Alexandra Hospital, Redditch has developed a dedicated elective orthopaedic ward free from multi resistant staphylococcus aureus (MRSA). that delivers high quality and high volume major joint replacement surgery through rigorous infection control.

Between October 2001 and December 2002, the Alexandra hospital had an infection rate of 0.21% for total knee replacements compared to the national rate of 2.1% p= 0.002 (CI 0.00005–0.01) The infection rate for total hip replacements was 1.31% compared to 3.8% nationwide. p = 0.01 (CI 0.004–0.03).

The total number of joint replacements performed per year increased from 256 in 2000 to 629 in 2002.

We have developed a safe, effective and efficient orthopaedic unit within the framework of an NHS trust for a relatively modest investment. We believe the practical changes that have been made within our department can be repeated in other units around the country with relative ease.


S Patel MR Reed A Lamberton H Blackley A Hardy

i. Purpose To determine whether operating in ultra-clean vertical laminar flow and personal isolation “space suits” reduces deep infection rates in total knee replacement compared to a conventional theatre and modern disposal gowns.

ii. Method An analysis of deep infection rates in 373 patients who underwent total knee arthroplasty performed in one operating theatre prior to and after a theatre and clothing upgrade.

Results The infection rate before the introduction of ultraclean air and space suits was 6/166 (3.6%). Afterwards the rate was 1/207 (0.5%). This shows a significant reduction (p< 0.05)

iii. Conclusion Compared to conventional theatres and clothing the use of ultraclean vertical laminar flow and spacesuits significantly reduces the risk of infection in total knee arthroplasty.


A H Shah R Sunderam R W Parkinson

Introduction: As the age for performing a primary knee replacement is gradually falling there is increase need and demand for revision total knee replacement and subsequent revisions thereafter. There are very few published studies showing the outcome of re revision knee replacement surgery.

Aim: We aim to show functional outcome of 21 patients at 3 to 5 years after undergoing Re revision knee arthroplasty.

Methods: We defined re revision as a procedure where there was exchange of either one or both Tibial and Femoral components using a modular revision system. We included all patients undergoing re revision knee replacement and had complete records & X rays . We excluded patients with incomplete records, those who could not be assessed due to medical infirmity or other reasons. We also excluded patients with 2 stage revision knee replacement for infection. This left us with 21 patients in our cohort operated between 1996–2002.

The patients were scored pre operatively using Knee society score ( KSS) and Western Ontario and McMasters Osteoarthritis Index (WOMAC). Patients were assessed with same scoring system post operatively at 3 months, 1 year and annually there after. Post op x rays were reviewed by Knee society Radiological Evaluation.

Results: 18 modular revision prosthesis ( Co ordinate ultra, DePuy) and 3 rotating hinge (S Rom) prosthesis were used. The mean follow up was 3.5 years range from 11 months to 5.7 years. The mean post operative KSS score improved to 83 from pre op 41. Final post operative WOMAC scores for pain 12.3, Stiffness 5.6, Function are 47.1. We had few minor complication not requiring further surgery. Overall in 15 patients (71.43%) had a statistically significant improvement at latest follow up. 4 patients (19%) had moderate improvement and 2 patients ( 8%) had no improvement in scores.

Conclusion: We conclude that re revision knee arthroplasty provides satisfactory pain relief and knee stability. As 71% of our cohort improved significantly we continue to support the clinical use of this procedure.


RO Sundaram R Finley RA Harvey RW Parkinson

Introduction: Clinical outcome studies have shown excellent results following unilateral total knee arthroplasty (TKA). We are unable to find in the medical literature the outcome of results following bilateral staged TKA.

Aim: To determine the clinical outcomes of patients undergoing bilateral staged TKA.

Material & Methods: Patients who underwent bilateral staged TKA between 1994 – 2002 were clinically assessed using the Knee Society Score (KSS) and Western Ontario and MacMaster Osteoarthritis Index (WOMAC) scoring systems. They were also asked regarding which TKA they considered ‘better’ and why.

Results: We clinically reviewed 110 patients who underwent bilateral staged TKA. The mean clinical follow-up time was 5.13 years. The mean pre-operative KSS was 95.8 for the right knee and 95.5 for the left knee. The mean post-operative KSS was 154.1 for the right knee and 155.9 for the left knee. Patients mean post-operative WOMAC scores for the right knee were; Pain – 1.67, Stiffness – 1.17 and Function – 10.78. Patients mean post-operative WOMAC scores for the left knee were, Pain – 1.77, Stiffness – 1.14 and Function – 10.69. Objectively there was no statistical significance between right and left KSS pre-operatively. There was no statistical significance between right and left KSS and WOMAC scores post-operatively. Subjectively, 44 patients reported their 1st TKA was ‘better’ than their 2nd. 48 patients reported both TKA’s were as good as each other. 18 patients reported their 2nd TKA was ‘better’ than their 1st. The 2 main reasons why one TKA was better than the other were pain and range of movement.

Conclusion: Objectively, staged bilateral TKA results in equal good outcome. Subjectively, the 1st TKA is ‘better’ or equal to the 2nd TKA in 84% of cases. We feel that this information is important during counseling of patients undergoing bilateral staged TKA.


G. Higgins C. Rajasekhar P. Hirst

To evaluate the functional outcome after anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction using bioabsorbable femoral cross-pin fixation

30 patients with chronic anterior cruciate ligament deficiency, treated by arthroscopic reconstruction using hamstring tendon autograft have been reviewed. 3.3mm bioabsorbable (polylactic acid) cross-pins (Rigidfix, Ethicon) were used for graft fixation in the femoral tunnel. Outcome assessment was performed using Lysholm score,Tegner activity level, KT-1000 Arthrometer laxity measurements, single legged hop test and SF-36 evaluation. There were 20 male and 10 female patients with an age between 17 and 45 years(mean 25.1 yrs).The mean follow up was 20.3 months (range12–29 months). The mean Tegner score was 5.5 with a range of 3 to 7. Lysholm scores averaged 88.27 with a range of 74 to 100. The range of movement in the operated knee was comparable to that in normal knee. The single legged hop was 93.4% of the unoperated side. The average KT-1000 side to side difference was 3.2 mm using a 30 lb force and 3.5mm on manual maximal load.

Biabsorbable femoral cross-pin fixation offers a viable and safe method of graft fixation in anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction and yeilds a satisfactory functional outcome.


TD Clare AG Cobb R Twyman

The purpose of the study was to investigate the outcome of re-operations performed at this district general hospital on total knee replacements over a period of nine and a half years: we also compare the reasons for re-operation as well as their timing.

Total knee replacements performed at this hospital and other centres requiring re-operation involving an open procedure were included in this study (total number =58). Patients were assessed both before and after re-operation using the knee society score. Data was recorded with respect to the type of original pros-thesis, reason for and time to re-operation as well as the nature of the re-operation procedure itself.

Pre- and post-operative knee society scores showed a mean improvement of 20 with respect to the function scores and 65 with respect to knee scores. 50% of re-operations were for aseptic loosening with a further 25% each for infection and instability.

In conclusion, re-operation for total knee replacement is shown to have had a satisfactory outcome in most cases. The results for revision surgery using a two stage procedure, in the treatment of infected total knee replacements, showed this to be very effective.


D. Karataglis J. O’Hara D.J.A. Learmonth

We report a case of a 20-year-old microcephalic patient who suffered from symptomatic patellar dislocation since his early days. His patella was laterally dislocated from full extension to 40° of flexion and would remain subluxated thereafter. His CT-scan revealed excessive ipsilateral femoral neck anteversion (45°) that resulted in substantial internal femoral torsion and subsequently led to patella dislocation.

He was treated in one stage with a stepwise procedure, that involved arthroscopic assessment of patellar tracking followed by derotational femoral shaft osteotomy. Tracking was reassessed arthroscopically and although improved was still suboptimal. Therefore an arthroscopic lateral release and an Elmslie-Trillat tibial tubercle transfer were undertaken. This led to very satisfactory patellar tracking.

One year postoperatively he had significant functional improvement, no further episodes of patellar dislocation and a ROM of 0–110°. His Lysholm score improved from 45 to 88, his Tegner activity scale from 2 to 4 and his Knee Outcome Score from 38/80 to 70/80.

This complex case highlights excessive femoral neck anteversion as a causative factor for patella dislocation. A combination of proximal and distal bony realignment procedures is proposed and the role of arthroscopy is emphasised.


S D Deo S Kandekhar A J Langdown R Turner

Purpose: To evaluate the feasibility and short term outcomes of bilateral medial unicompartmental replacement, undertaken with the patient positioned to allow simultaneous procedures in a safe and appropriate fashion.

Methods: The use of the minimally invasive approach for implantation of the Oxford unicompartmental replacement (Biomet, UK) has become increasingly popular over the past few years, though this requires a specific knee positioning for optimal implantation to allow the leg to remain dependant and a full range of flexion.

We describe a previously unreported method of positioning to allow bilateral procedures.

Fifteen patients have undergone bilateral medial unicompartmental replacements (ie 30 knees), using the minimally invasive approach, with our appropriate positioning technique.

Early results in terms of complications, post-operative radiographs and Oxford knee score were noted. A comparison with groups of an age and sex-matched bilateral total knee replacement group and a group of single unicompartmental knees was also undertaken.

Results: The mode of patient positioning for the bilateral procedure is described

There were no noted complications in the operative or early post-operative periods. Review of the radiographs demonstrates 4 minimally malpositioned implants with no symptomatic correlation. In early follow, from 6 months to 2 years, there has been 1 moderate result, with a patient requiring an MUA for 1 knee. 12 of 15 patients report good or excellent post-operative results in both knees. Three patients report problems with 1 knee only. The age matched group of bilateral total knee replacements had longer hospital stays, greater blood transfusion requirements and minor post-operative complications. There were a similar number of radiographic abnormalities and 1 re-operation in the single unicompartmental group.

Conclusion: It is possible to safely undertake bilateral simultaneous Oxford unicompartmental knee replacements using a minimally invasive technique using our described method, with obvious benefits for patients with symmetrical knee arthrosis. (299 words)


V Mandalia JRD Murray SJ Irby AJB Fogg J Henson

Aim To study the natural history of bone bruising of the knee and to identify the effect of weight bearing and associated internal derangement (ID) on clinico-radiololgical progress of bone bruising of the knee.

Method Patients with an acute knee injury were prospectively assessed by clinical and MRI examination within 48 hours of injury. Patients with fracture, osteoarthrosis, bleeding disorder and previous injury or surgery to the injured knee were excluded. Internal derangement (ID) of the knee joint was identified. Patients with bone bruising (study group) were randomised into weight bearing and non weight bearing groups and followed up for clinical and MRI examination at six weeks, three months, six months and twelve months. At follow up, bone bruising on MRI was classified as Progressive, Static, Resolving or Resolved. Patients without bone bruising (control group) were similarly followed up for clinical examination. This is an ongoing study

Results Twenty-eight patients were available for the follow up. There were 8 patients in the control group and 10 patients each in the weight bearing and non-weight bearing group. Eleven patients had associated internal derangement of the knee joint.

Clinical improvement was better in the control group compared to the study group. Patients with isolated bone bruising were doing better than those with associated ID.

Radiololgically there was a tendency for the bone bruise (BB) to progress in the first six weeks but the majority started resolving by three months time. All isolated BB were resolved by six months but there was delayed resolution of BB associated with internal derangement.

Weight bearing status did not influence clinical or radiological course of bone bruising.

Conclusion Weight bearing does not alter the course of the bone bruising. Internal derangement associated with bone bruising delayed radiological resolution and clinical improvement of the patient.


Mr.C. Rajasekhar Mr.A. Javed

The average wait for a MRI Scan of the knee for an elective knee complaint is 12–18 months. This has a vast impact on family economy and quality of life considering the affected patients are young. We retrospectively reviewed 85 knee arthroscopies performed by a single surgeon during a one year period. We correlated the arthroscopy findings with the provisional diagnosis made in the clinic. There were 49 males and 36 females. The average wait for surgery was 4.6 months.The diagnosis was correct in 49 (60%), correct with additional findings in 18 (20%) and incorrect in 18 (20%). In a district general hospital setting where acces to MR Scan is difficult with a long waiting time, physical examination is reliable and arthroscopy can be performed after informed consent.


R Venkatesh NJ Fiddian

Introduction: Total Knee Replacement (TKR) is a routine and common orthopaedic operation. Approximately 600 TKRs are performed annually at Royal Bournemouth Hospital. Although contemporary advice is that these patients should have long-term follow-up, there is very little evidence to support this protocol that involves considerable resources. We have had a policy of early discharge from follow-up (6–12 weeks) for over 10 years.

Purposes of the study: To validate the efficacy of the policy of early discharge after total knee arthroplasty at 8–10 years post surgery and to identify whether this policy has made revision surgery more difficult or complex as a result of possible late presentation.

Methods: 798 consecutive patients who underwent primary Total and Unicompartmental knee arthroplasy at Royal Bournemouth Hospital during the period 1 April 1994 to 31 March 1996 were identified. Medical records and operative notes were analysed for all patients from this cohort who have had any further surgery on their index knee. The waiting lists were also checked to identify patients from this cohort waiting for further surgery.

Results: The mean age at index operation was 72 years (range 37 to 92 years). 39/798 patients (4.9%) have had revision surgery at 8–10 years follow-up. Many of the revisions were performed on patients with early problems and 15/39(38%) of the revisions were performed on patients who were rereferred to clinic. There was a 1.1% deep infection rate leading on to revision (9 knees).

8/39 of revisions were for resurfacing the patella (20%). One patient who had a complex patella fracture needing patellectomy later had further revision surgery for instability requiring posterior stabilised components. In no patient was the revision surgery compromised or made reconstructable due to delayed presentation. In total 3 patients required bone grafting of contained cavities and only 5 knees with aseptic loosening required revision implants with stems.

Conclusion: We do not accept the need for long-term follow-up of successful implants especially whilst using prostheses with a proven track record in elderly patients.


A MacDonald R Venner

Aim: To compare the outcome of primary ACL reconstruction in patients who had either an autograft or allograft ACL procedure for symptomatic instability.

Methods: 21 patients reviewed and assessed between 2 and 8 years post ACL reconstruction using patient centred scoring methods.

Results: 21 patients underwent isolated primary ACL reconstruction. 14 patients underwent reconstruction with autologous patellar tendon “bone-tendon-bone” ipsilateral graft (mean time post op 3.55 years) and 7 had “bone-tendon-bone” allografts (mean time post op 2.13 years). Both operations were performed through an open approach. Previously validated Knee Outcome Survey of the Activities of Daily Living Scale questionnaires were completed for all patients and also a single score for overall satisfaction with the outcome.

Overall levels of patient satisfaction and function were good. Testing the data with a one-sample t-test showed that donor graft patients showed higher levels of satisfaction, higher knee scores and less pain than autologous graft patients (p< 0.01).

These data suggest that although autologous grafts are more commonly performed, there is an improved outcome in the group of patients following donor grafting of the ACL.


P Gaston EM Will P Walmsley JF Keating

Introduction Following any intraarticular fracture, joint range of movement and muscle strength recovery are vital factors in patient’s return to activities. Quadriceps weakness is a known complication of any injury affecting the knee. The purpose of this study was to investigate the recovery of knee ROM and quadriceps and hamstrings muscle strength in the first year after tibial plateau fracture and to assess factors that affect the recovery.

Method 63 patients were recruited over a 5-year period. Data regarding the age and sex of the patient, the mechanism of injury, the grade of the fracture according to Shatzker’s classification and the treatment received were recorded. All patients underwent a standard rehabilitation regime. At 3, 6 and 12 months after injury the patients were seen by a research physiotherapist. The range of movement was recorded. Thigh muscle peak torque was measured using isokinetic dynanmometry. The uninjured limb was used as the control – the peak torque in the injured limb was expressed as a percentage of the value in the uninjured limb to give the percentage recovery in the injured limb.

Results There was an initial extension deficit of 7° at 3 months, which improved to 3° at 12 months. Quadriceps strength recovery lagged behind that in the hamstrings at all times and only achieved only 77% at 12 months, compared to 90% in the hamstrings (p< 0.001). Patients under 40 outperformed those over 40 at each time point. At 12 months under 40s had achieved 85% recovery in their quadriceps, while over 40s only reached 74% (p< 0.01). Patient sex, mechanism of injury and grade of fracture had no effect on the level of recovery in this study.

Conclusion Patients who sustain a tibial plateau fracture have a residual small extension deficit and objective quadriceps weakness at 1 year post injury. Patient age has a significant effect on the level of quadriceps recovery. This information is useful when counselling patients who sustain these injuries.


P Walmsley A Gray M Moran I Brenkel

Aim: To assess the results of total knee arthroplasty in a cohort of patients aged 80–89 years and compare them to a similar group of patients aged 70–79

Introduction: With the average age of the population steadily rising, more patients are likely to present with arthritis over 80 years of age. The benefits of Total Knee Arthroplasty (TKA) in the treatment of osteoarthritis are widely known, but there are few studies which examine the results of TKA in octogenarians.

Methods: Data was collected prospectively from 1995–2002 on 115 patients undergoing TKA aged 80–89 years and compared to 411 patients who were aged 70–79 undergoing TKA during the same period. Patients undergoing unicompartmental, revision or bilateral TKA were excluded. Patients were seen pre-operatively and scores for SF-36, American Knee Society (AKS) score and haemoglobin were taken along with demographic data. The outcome measurements used were SF-36 score, AKS score, blood loss, length of stay, mortality and post-operative complications. These were collected during the first week post-surgery and at 6 and 18 months post-surgery.

Results: Both groups showed significant increases in AKS score at 6 months, (54.17 and 54.45, both p=0.0001). We continued to see improvement of the AKS score up to 18 months (mean 85.38 and 85.12, p= 0.55) with no significant difference between the two groups. Patients over 80 had lower pre-op Haemoglobin (Hb) (mean 13.56 and 12.23, p=0.0001) but experienced the same Hb drop post-procedure. There was no difference in postoperative complications, but the length of stay (8.3 days and 13.9 days, p=0.0001) and mortality rate (0.7% and 5%, p=0.0001) were higher.

Conclusions: Our early results show that TKA can be beneficial to patients over 80 years in terms of mobility and independence, but they have a longer in-patient hospital stay and attract a slightly higher mortality risk at 90 days.


RK Wilson B Hanratty NW Thompson DE Beverland

Purpose: The study objective was to measure ‘posterior condylar offset’ (PCO) following Low Contact Stress (LCS) total knee arthroplasty (TKA), and determine its influence on one-year flexion values.

The term ‘posterior condylar offset’ (PCO) is defined as the distance from a line projected along the posterior cortex of the femur to the maximum convexity of the posterior condyles. Furthermore its magnitude has been found to correlate with final flexion following PCL-retaining TKA, if reduced by more than 3mm post-operatively1..

Method: We reviewed the pre and post-operative radiographs of 69 patients who had undergone primary LCS TKA. All cases were performed by a single surgeon using the same operative technique. The PCO was measured from the preoperative and postoperative true lateral radiographs. Pre-operative and one-year flexion was measured using a goniometer.

Results: Of the 69 patients studied, three patients (4%) had more than 3mm reduction in their PCO following TKA (range −4mm to −6mm). Eleven (16%) had their post-operative PCO increased by more than 3mm (range 4mm – 5mm). The remaining fifty five (80%) had their PCO restored to within 3mm either way.

Of the three patients whose PCO was reduced by more than 3mm, one had exactly the same flexion 1 year post-operatively, one had an increase of 14 degrees, and unfortunately the third died before their 1 year review.

Using regression analysis, the strongest predictor of one-year flexion for this study group was the preoperative flexion value. The difference in PCO before and after TKA had no significant influence on one-year flexion.

Conclusion: It would appear that the LCS technique permits satisfactory restoration of PCO as only 4% of patients in this study had a decrease in PCO of more than 3mm. We feel restoration of PCO is important; however in this study it did not have significant influence on final flexion.


D O Molloy B J Mockford R K Wilson D E Beverland

Purpose: The objective of this study was to assess whether a correlation existed between blood loss and soft tissue release carried out during total knee replacement in the valgus knee.

Method: We identified 208 patients with a valgus deformity undergoing primary total knee arthroplasty . These were performed over a 33 month period by a single surgeon. An LCS mobile bearing prosthesis was used in all patients. The valgus deformity range was from 1–38 degrees with a mean of 11.75 degrees. Haemoglobin (Hb) drop was calculated as a measure of blood loss. This was calculated using:

Hb drop = Pre-op Hb – (Day 3 Hb + No. of units of blood received)

(We assumed that one unit of blood equates to one gram increase in circulating haemoglobin).

Results: Osteoarthritis was the major diagnosis (90.3%) followed by rheumatoid disease (5.8%). Forty-four patients (21%) required no soft tissue release, this group having an average deformity of 6 degrees and an average Hb drop of 4.35g/dl. One hundred and forty-six (69%) patients required a posterolateral capsular release, average deformity of 14 degrees with an average Hb drop of 4.63g/dl. Seventeen (8%) patients had a posterolateral and an additional Iliotibial band release, average magnitude of deformity 18 degrees and average Hb drop of 4.97g/dl. One patient had a lateral collateral ligament release, magnitude of deformity 30 degrees and haemoglobin drop of 6.4g/dl.

Conclusion: Soft tissue release in total knee arthroplasties in the valgus knee increases the amount of postoperative bleeding and average length of stay of the patient.


P Yates A Foggitt N Fiddian C Blakeway

2 stage revisions of infected knee replacements using a static spacer are complicated by poor patient mobility between stages and the need for extensive soft tissue releases at the second stage. In this study we hypothesised that the use of the resterilsed components as temporary functional spacers, maintains patient function, and reduces soft tissue releases at second stage without reducing the rate of septic failure and obviating the need for expensive purpose made spacers.

Method We report our series of seven two-stage revisions of infected total knee replacements using the resterilised femoral and tibial components as a temporary articulating spacers. This was compared to a second cohort of 6 patients in which the standard “hamburger” static spacer was used. Outcomes measured include reinfection rates, interval mobility, final range of movement, and bone loss.

Results The articulating spacer allowed more comfortable function between stages and obviated the need for rectus snips and tibial tubercle osteotomies for exposure at the second stage. There was less bone loss in the articulating group requiring less stems or augments. The range of movement averaged 88 degrees at 9.3 months compared to 80 degrees at 9.2 months in the “static” cohort. There were no reinfections in either group.

Discussion We have shown that this is a safe and effective way of treating infected knee arthroplasties with significant advantages for the surgeon and patient over more traditional methods.


J Mountney M Paice N Greidanus D Wilson B Masri

Purpose To evaluate the kinetic and kinematic function of a new trabecular metal augmentation patella.

Method Eight frozen human cadaveric knees (mean age 68 years) were prepared for an “Oxford type” knee rig. Alignment ands offset were addressed and the soft tissue envelope kept as intact as possible. A load cell was introduced into the extensor mechanism. Femoral, patella and tibial motion were assessed using the Optotrak system.

Summary of Results The mean, maximum extensor mechanism force in extension for the TKA group as compared to the patelloplasty group (p=0.0000032), reduced to near normal with the augmentation patella (p=0.198).

The mean, maximum patella maltracking in extension for the TKA group as compared to the patelloplasty group (p=0.025), reduced to near normal with the augmentation patella (p=0.301).

Conclusion Investigating the force through the extensor mechanism, we found a statistically significant difference between the TKA before and after patelloplasty, which was abolished by the insertion of the augmentation patella.

Investigation patella tracking, we found a statistically significant difference between the TKA before and after patelloplasty, that was rectified by the insertion of the augmentation patella.


NW Thompson BJ Mockford DE Beverland

Introduction Range of motion (ROM) is an important measure of outcome. A better understanding of the factors influencing ROM is important when counselling patients undergoing TKA.

Aim The aim of the study was to prospectively evaluate the influence of a number of selected variables on knee flexion at one year using the same prosthesis in a single surgeon series.

Patients and Methods 170 patients (57 males; 113 females) undergoing TKA were prospectively evaluated. The following data was recorded for each patient: age, gender, primary diagnosis, direction and magnitude of the preoperative axial deformity, BMI, cement use, preoperative and one year Oxford Knee Scores (OKS), the active and passive range of motion (ROM) preoperatively, at the end of surgery and at three month and one year review.

Results Average flexion values at each stage were as follows: preoperative (1110), end of surgery (1200), three months (1030) and one year (1070). There was a significant loss of flexion following TKA. The improvement between three months and one year however proved significant. Multiple regression analysis revealed that preoperative flexion was the strongest predictor of one-year flexion. Increasing age was also found to have a significant influence on final flexion. Gender, BMI, pre-operative OKS and cement use had no significant influence on final flexion. Patients tend to migrate towards a middle range of flexion i.e. those with poor flexion gain movement whilst those with good flexion tend to lose motion.

Conclusions Preoperative flexion is the strongest predictor of final flexion following TKA.


NW Thompson BJ Mockford DE Beverland

Introduction Fixed flexion deformity (FFD) represents a challenge during total knee arthroplasty (TKA). Furthermore, controversy exists as to the fate of FFD following TKA.

Aims The aims of this study were to determine how fixed flexion behaves in relation to surgery, factors that may influence or correlate with FFD both preoperatively and following TKA and the effect of FFD on outcome at one year.

Patients and Methods 133 patients (41 males; 92 females) undergoing TKA were prospectively studied. The following data was recorded for each patient: age, gender, primary diagnosis, direction and magnitude of the pre-operative axial deformity, BMI, preoperative and one year Oxford Knee Scores (OKS), the active and passive range of motion (ROM) preoperatively, at the end of surgery and at three month and one year review. FFD was defined as forced passive extension (FPE) greater than zero degrees.

Results Sixty-six patients (50%) had a preoperative FFD (mean, 60). At the end of surgery, this measured 10, 80 at 3 months and 40 at one year. When comparing those with a preoperative FFD to those with no FFD, there was no significant difference when assessing age, BMI or preoperative OKS. Preoperative FFD was significantly more common in males although there was no significant difference in the magnitude of FFD at any stage between males and females. There was a significant improvement in FFD at one year. Patients with a preoperative FFD were found to have significantly less flexion both preoperatively and at one year. When comparing those with FFD at one year to those with no FFD, those with FFD were significantly older and had significantly less flexion. There was no significant difference in BMI, OKS or gender.

Conclusions There is a definite trend when assessing the change in FFD with time. Correction at the time of surgery would appear to be important. Residual FFD is associated with reduced flexion at one year.


N Nicolaou D Cumming PA Gibb

Introduction Knee injuries are a common presentation to Accident and Emergency departments. Often many injuries that are referred are minor as a result of the difficulty in initial assessment, and cause an unnecessary increase in workload in Orthopaedic clinics. The purpose of this study was to evaluate current practice at our Knee Injury Clinic and to implement changes to make the service more efficient and effective. It forms a completed audit cycle of current practice.

Material and methods Part I: We assessed all referrals from our Accident & Emergency department in two separate 4 month periods to the Acute Knee Injury Clinic according to the following criteria (which need fulfilling for referral)-

Recent history of injury associated with one or more of the following:

Acute haemarthrosis

Clinical instability

Disproportionate pain

Locking

Referrals were assessed as fulfilling or not fulfilling the criteria, and also as to the ultimate diagnosed pathology.

Part II: From the results of these two audits, a multidisciplinary treatment proforma was created and distributed to Accident and Emergency. This included physiotherapy as a primary treatment option. Referrals were then reassessed as in the previous audits for a 4-month period.

Results and conclusions The Acute Knee Injury Pro-forma resulted in a 15% reduction in referrals not fulfilling the criteria (p=< 0.05). This equates to a reduced workload due to inappropriate referrals, while significant injuries such as Cruciate rupture are picked up due to the sensitivity of the criteria.

There was a significant increase in patients referred directly from Accident and Emergency to the physiotherapy department, which means minor injuries receive physiotherapy earlier than if they initially came to clinic.

The proforma was well received by the junior doctors in Accident and Emergency due to its simplicity.

Overall the use of the proforma has improved the standard of care at our unit.


MC Forster

A systematic review was performed to determine the advantages and disadvantages of patellar resurfacing during total knee replacement for osteoarthritis. 3 randomised controlled studies were analysed. These studies recruited 302 knees and 277 knees (92%) were reviewed at least 5 years postoperatively (range 5 to 10 years). Patients undergoing patellar resurfacing received a cemented all polyethylene patella component. A patelloplasty was performed in some of the unresurfaced knees.

Each outcome measure tested was assessed for heterogeneity using the Cochran Q test. If significant heterogeneity was present (P< 0.10), data from the studies was not combined and the studies were examined for possible explanations. If there was no significant heterogeneity, a combined odds ratio was calculated using a fixed effects model and a Z test was performed to test the overall effect. Reoperation for patellofemoral problems was significantly more likely in the unresurfaced group (p=0.003). The overall rate for reoperation for a patellofemoral problem was 0.7% in the resurfaced group and 12% in the unresurfaced group. Study data on clinical knee scores and anterior knee pain could not be analysed together as there was significant heterogeneity. There was no difference between the two groups in terms of revision. This study found no mid- to long-term benefit to leaving the patella unresurfaced.


K.A. Reilly K.L. Barker

Purpose – Improve health professionals’ knowledge and understanding of patients’ perspectives of a randomised controlled trial of accelerated discharge following elective orthopaedic surgery.

Methods/Design – A qualitative study using purposive sampling and in-depth, semi-structured interviews was carried out with 16 patients who were approached about taking part in a randomised controlled trial comparing accelerated discharge within 24 hours with conventional management. Nine patients who consented and seven who declined the trial were interviewed; the interviews were tape recorded, transcribed and analysed thematically.

Main results – Patients who entered the trial did so because they were attracted by the possibility of early discharge and for altruistic reasons of helping medical research. Those who refused did so because they worried that they would not have the required domestic assistance at home.

Conclusions – Most people who took part in this trial expressed satisfaction. The accelerated discharge option was not seen to be disadvantageous. Those who refused did so for social rather than medical reasons. With the increase in early discharge schemes this social concern will have to be addressed if patients’ wishes are to be met. The large number of refusals (17 out of 58) may have implications in the planning of RCTs, in that sufficient time needs to be allocated for recruitment.


MC Forster IW Forster

The choice of graft for anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction remains controversial. A systematic review was performed to compare bone-patella tendon-bone and 4-strand hamstring grafts. Medline (1966 onwards), EMBASE (1980 onwards) and the Cochrane database were searched retrieving 6312 possible articles but only 6 studies fulfilled all the inclusion criteria. To be included, the study had to be prospective, randomised or quasirandomised, comparing 4SHS and central third BPTB autografts, inserted using an arthroscopically assisted technique and have a minimum 2-year follow up for all patients. These studies recruited 526 patients and 475 were followed for at least 2 years with 235 patients receiving a bone-patella tendon-bone graft and 240 receiving a 4-strand hamstring graft. Overall, there was a greater chance of extension loss (p=0.007) and a trend towards increased patellofemoral joint pain (p=0.09) with a patella tendon graft. With a 4-strand hamstring graft there is a greater loss of hamstring power (p=0.008) and a trend towards an increased chance of a pivot shift > 1 (p=0.12). There was no difference between the 2 groups in terms of lachman testing, chance of returning to the same level of sport, clinical knee scores, graft ruptures or other complications.


R Ramesh O von Arx T Azzopardi P J Schranz

Purpose of the study A prospective observational study to ascertain any correlation between joint laxity and knee hyperextension to anterior cruciate ligament rupture.

Methods used Joint laxity as defined by Beighton’s method and hyperextension of uninjured knee in 169 patients with symptomatic isolated anterior cruciate ligament rupture was recorded in a prospective fashion. This was correlated to the scores obtained in a selected group of age and sex matched controls

Results 72 out of 169 of the patients had hyperlaxity in their joints and 133 out of 169 had knee hyperextension. In the control group 14 out of 65 had hyperlaxity in their joints and 24 out of 65 had knee hyperextension.

Statistical analysis showed that ACL injury was common in those with lax joints and with knee hyperextension with a p < 0.001

Conclusion ACL injury is common in patients with joint laxity especially in those with knee hyperextension.


Mr. A.P. Joshi Mr. T.P.B. Tasker

Purpose of the study We would like to describe an arthroscopic sign of injury to the posterolateral corner of the knee.

Methods used and the results The clinical signs of injury to the ligaments of the posterolateral corner of the knee have been well described but we are aware of only one arthroscopic sign of instability of the posterolateral structure having been described in the English literature. The “drive through sign” i.e. 1 cm of lateral opening and exceptional posterior visualisation of the lateral meniscus. This is only present when there is significant posterior cruciate injury. With Grade I and Grade II injuries to the posterolateral corner, a more subtle sign is described below.

During the routine arthoscopic examination of the knee, the intraarticular part of the popliteal tendon can be inspected. The tendon is inserted into the lateral aspect of the lateral femoral condyle just distal and inferior to the lateral epicondyle. It exits the knee lateral to the lateral meniscus through a synovial tunnel that passes posteriorly and inferiorly. A synovial fold passes over the tendon as it descends inferiorly and posteriorly out of the knee. If the posterolateral ligament complex has been damaged, the roof over the tendon is baggy and does not form the tight covering normally observed.

Conclusion Examination of these structures should form part of the normal arthroscopic inspection of the knee joint prior to any therapeutic procedure being performed. As we become familiar with the normal appearance of the synovial roof over the tendon, the lax and expanded appearance over the popliteal tendon becomes easy to diagnose.


Full Access
M. Hassaballa J.H. Newman

Purpose This study was carried out to compare the alteration in skin sensation following midline, medial and short medial incisions for knee replacement.

Method 88 patients with 102 knees were examined for altered skin sensation over the front of the knee, all were at least 18 months from their knee replacement. Twenty-one knees had a medial incision, 38 a midline incision and 43 a short medial incision for UKR.

A scale of −2 to +2 was used to measure different degrees of skin hypo or hyperaesthia. A purpose-designed grid, designed to fit different knee sizes, was used to record sensations. A computer programme was created to record all patients’ data including the length and shape of the incision in relation to anatomical landmarks.

A parallel histological study was carried out on 12 skin specimens taken from the 2 standard incisions. The specimens were prepared and stained for nerve endings. The number of nerve endings in each incision was calculated.

Results The average length for the medial incision was 17 cm with an average post-operative time of 3.37 yrs and skin numbness of 87.78 cm square.

The midline incision average length was 17.85 cm with an average post-operative time of 4.7 yrs and a numb area of 73.7 cm square.

The short medial incision used for UKR averaged to be 9 cm in length with an average post operative time of 3.9 yrs and an area of numbness of 48.1 cm square.

Histologically less cutaneous nerve endings were seen in specimens from midline incisions than medial incisions.

Discussion The midline line incision seems to produce less dermal parasthesia than the medial incision, this probably relates to both the wound position and the density of nerve endings. The length of the incision correlated with the area of numbness when comparing the short and long medial incisions.


A Lakdawala M El-Zebdeh J Ireland

Introduction We describe an arthroscopic technique of excising a lesion from within the posterior septum of the knee. To our knowledge this has not been described in the literature.

Case History A 35-year old male taxi-driver presented with pain in the back of his right knee. Examination did not reveal any abnormality except pain on flexing the knee beyond 90-degrees. MRI showed a multiloculated ganglion in the posterior compartment of the knee. The ganglion was located within the posterior septum and successfully excised arthroscopically. 6-months postoperatively the patient is assyptomatic.

Anatomy of the posterior septum The posterior septum is located between the posterior cruciate ligament (PCL) and the posterior capsule dividing the posterior cavity of the knee into seperate posteromedial and posterolateral compartments. It is triangular in shape, formed by the reflections of the synovium from the PCL.

The Technique The posterior septum of the knee was approached through the intercondylar notch by the anterior portals. Slow and careful dissection was carried out in the V-shaped space between the anterior and the posterior cruciate ligaments. The synovium of the septum was resected and the space within the septum entered. The ganglion was successfully removed. There was no complication. The relatively central placement of the anterior portals is important to gain access to the posterior septum via the notch.

Discussion and conclusion Intra-articular ganglion cysts are uncommon. Reported prevalence ranges from 0.2% to 1.3%. Ganglion cysts arising from the anterior and the posterior cruciate ligaments have been well described. The ganglion cyst within the posterior septum has not been reported.

The anatomy of the posterior septum makes it inaccessible to routine arthroscopic examination. It has close proximity to the vascular structures. We approached the posterior septum from the anterior portals through the intercondylar notch. The ganglion was successfully excised.


A. Lakdawala S. Muquit M. El-Zebdeh R.R. Gadel Rab

Introduction: Seven patients underwent successful revision total knee replacement for aseptic loosening. Bovine bone graft was used to reconstruct bony defects in all.

Materials and methods: This is a retrospective review. Between April 2000 and March 2003, bovine bone (Tutobone™, Wescott-Medical, UK) was used in 7 revision arthroplasty cases (4 right knees & 3 left). There were 5 males and 2 females. The average age was 70.4 years. All revisions were carried out for aseptic loosening of the prostheses associated with massive osteolysis and bone loss.

The bone defects on the tibia and femur were as follows: (Obtained from operative records. Classified according to Anderson Orthopaedic Research Institute classification)

Type I Type IIA Type IIB Type III
TIBIA 3 1 2 1
FEMUR 2 3 2 0

The tibial defects were corrected by impaction grafting and femoral condyle defects were corrected by using bovine bone as bulk grafts. Semi-constrained constrained stemmed cemented modular knee prostheses (TC3, Depuy) were used in all. Clinical outcomes were recorded by the Oxford Knee Score. Serial radiographs were evaluated for graft density, integration, implant loosening, alignment and subsidence.

Results: At recent follow-up, radiographs showed good graft integration, no loosening, and no subsidence of the implant and good prostheses alignment. The average Oxford Knee Score was 20.4.

Conclusion & discussion: Bovine bone substitute is an alternative. The bone defects in these patients were successfully reconstructed with bovine bone. It is an osteo-conductive matrix with intact type-I collagen that provides mechanical stability. It is also cost effective.

Early results are encouraging but long-tem follow-up is needed.


K. Butcher A. Abosala J. Borrill M. Lovell

A prospective study of the relationship of first day straight leg raise (SLR) to end range of movement took place. The ability to do SLR was used to measure patients’ motivation.

A standard medial parapatellar approach was used, all patients has osteoarthritis.

Responses from 100 patients were analyzed (divided into 3 groups)

Results: Group I: 47% of patients SLR at day one postoperatively,

-Flexion on discharge (mean) was 74°

-Flexion at end follow up (mean) was 104°

Group II: 27% of patients SLR at day two postoperatively,

-Flexion on discharge (mean) was 66°

-Flexion at end follow up (mean) was 97°

Group III: 26% of patients SLR at day 3 or more postoperatively,

-Flexion on discharge (mean) was 66°

-Flexion at end follow up (mean) was 95°

Functional scores including WOMAC, SF-36 and pre-operative deformity did not vary even though Group I shows statistically significant increase in flexion at end follow up.

Conclusion: We feel that the time taken by patients to obtain SRL is multifactorial, but certainly includes motivation.


Mr WW Wagner Mr WJ Hart Mr SH White

Introduction: ACL reconstruction with PTFE grafts enjoyed a brief period of popularity approximately a decade ago but early failures led to the technique being largely abandoned for primary reconstruction. We present a case where a patient presented several years after initial reconstruction because of an increase in pain.

Case Report: A 43 year old man presented to the clinic because of an increase in knee symptoms without a specific history of trauma. He had previously undergone a PTFE reconstruction of his acl. X-rays at the time revealed a large, expanding cyst in his proximal tibia which was approximately 5x3x3cm.

Management: In view of the increasing bone loss it was decided to manage this case surgically. After thorough debridement of the cavity in the proximal tibia morcellised bone was grafted into the defect on the tibial side. The femoral side of the graft was removed but no further treatment was required. Histology of the lesion revealed copious amounts of PTFE debris.

Outcome: After 3 years of follow up the tibial graft has incorporated and radiologically the proximal tibia has consolidated well. Symptomatically the patient is improved and there have been no problems relating to instability.

Conclusion: Autologous grafting of the proximal tibia is a useful technique in this unusual circumstance. With the increase in synthetic graft use on the continent it is possible that more similar cases will present.


Mr D Powers Mr WJ Hart Mr R Spencer Jones

Intro: Quadriceps rupture following total knee arthroplasty is a devastating injury. Early operative repair is necessary to maintain the integrity of the extensor. Postoperative rehabilitation usually involves a prolonged period of immobilisation to allow the repair to consolidate. This immobilisation can cause irreversible stiffness in the patient with a total knee replacement. We present a method of rehabilitation to allow early range of motion.

Case Report: A 57 year old gentleman presented with bilateral tri-compartmental osteoarthritis, he had no other significant medical history. Bilateral synchronous total knee replacements were performed and the early post operative was unremarkable.

The patient fell whilst mobilising indoors at home during the fifth post operative week and sustained rapid hyperflexion injures to both knees. Ultrasound scans of the knees demonstrated bilateral discontinuities of the quadriceps mechanisms and a large fluid collection filling the defect.

The patient returned to the operating where a direct repair was achieved. Post operatively the patient was rested in bilateral cylinder casts until the sutures were removed at two weeks. For two week periods the knees were then mobilised in a hinged cast brace allowing 0–30, 0–60 and 0–90 degrees making the total time in cast 8 weeks

At the time of removal of the casts the patient had 110 degrees of flexion in the right leg and 85 degrees of flexion in the left. At six months postoperatively the patient flexes freely to over 100 degrees

Conclusion: Bilateral quadriceps ruptures in a relatively young patient can be managed with early repair and an aggressive rehabilitation regime. This case suggests that is possible to achieve a satisfactory outcome although the input required is significant.


RL Ainsworth V Conboy R Seymour

Objectives: This study examined the effectiveness of a physiotherapy regime for the treatment of patients with massive rotator cuff tears.

Methods: Patients identified through primary and secondary care referrals to physiotherapy with a clinical diagnosis of a massive rotator cuff tear underwent an ultrasound scan to confirm the diagnosis. A massive cuff tear was one where the leading edge of the tear had retracted past the glenoid margin. The clinical diagnosis was based on the presence of some or all of the following signs, positive humeral thrust on elevation, gross weakness and wasting of supraspinatus and infraspinatus, infraspinatus lag and rupture of the long head of biceps. Eligible patients were invited to take part in the study and informed consent was obtained. The baseline assessment was carried out and then the patient undertook the treatment programme. Outcome measures were reassessed 12 weeks from the baseline assessment. Design: A cohort study of 10 patients evaluating the change from baseline to twelve weeks in the shoulder function of patients undergoing a programme of anterior deltoid strengthening and functional rehabilitation. The outcome measures used were the Oxford shoulder disability questionnaire and SF36. The Oxford shoulder disability questionnaire is validated for use with the UK population and has 12 questions with 5 point responses. The lowest (best) score is 12 and the highest (worse) score is 60.Results: Scores on the Oxford shoulder disability questionnaire improved with all patients. The mean improvement was 9 (range 3 to16, standard deviation 10.3). The SF36 showed an improvement in the pain scores for all patients (mean 22 points) and an overall improvement of 10 points for the sections on role limitation due to physical health. There was an overall decline in perceived general health (9 points) and in role limitation due to emotional health (23 points). Conclusions: As all 10 patients showed improved scores on the Oxford shoulder disability questionnaire, in spite of the long standing nature of many of their shoulder problems, this rehabilitation programme was shown to improve shoulder function in this group of patients. The variation shown in the quality of life scores reflects the age group of this cohort who had a mean age 75.5 years. All patients deemed their pain and function to have improved over the three month period.


DJ Watkinson M Waseem DG Hargreaves

Purpose: A prospective study of early operative treatment of unstable elbow dislocations using a surgical algorithm.

Methods: We present the early results of nine such injuries including five terrible triads of the elbow and four elbows which redislocated in plaster. The avulsed lateral collateral ligament complex was reattached using a bone anchor in all cases. Coronoid and radial head fractures were fixed. In the four redislocations, full stability was only restored when the medial collateral ligament was reattached. Mobilization without a hinged fixator was allowed from day one. Patients were assessed for stability, ROM, and functional disability using the DASH score at an average of 13 months.

Results: No elbows redislocated post-operatively and no patients complained of instability. Mean extension was 18° (95% CI 7° – 28°), flexion 131° (124° – 137°), pro-nation 76° (56° – 96°), supination 82° (75° – 90°). Mean DASH score was 11.0 (95% CI 3.5 – 18.6).

Conclusion: Early reconstruction of unstable elbow dislocations, including the terrible triad, prevents the poor results which are commonly found following non-operative treatment of such injuries. An external fixator is not usually required in the acute setting.


R B Abu-Rajab I G Kelly A C Nicol B Stansfield T Nunn

The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effect on movement under load of different techniques of reattachment of the humeral tuberosities following 4-part proximal humeral fracture.

Biomechanical test sawbones were used. 4-part fracture was simulated and a cemented Neer3 prosthesis inserted. Three different techniques of reattachment of the tuberosities were used – 1)tuberosities attached to the shaft, and to each other through the lateral fins in the prosthesis with one cerclage suture through the anterior hole in the prosthesis, 2)as 1 without cerclage suture, and 3)tuberosities attached to the prosthesis and to the shaft. All methods used a number 5 ethibond suture. Both tuberosities and the shaft had multiple markers attached. Two Digital cameras formed an orthogonal photogrammetric system allowing all segments to be tracked in a 3-D axis system. Humeri were incrementally loaded in abduction using an Instron machine, to a minimum 1200N, and sequential photographs taken. Photographic data was analysed to give 3-D linear and angular motions of all segments with respect to the anatomically relevant humeral axis, allowing intertuberosity and tuberosity-shaft displacement to be measured.

Techniques 1 and 2 were the most stable constructs with technique 3 allowing greater separation of fragments and angular movement. True intertuberosity separation at the midpoint of the tuberosities was significantly greater using technique 3 (p< 0.05). The cerclage suture used in technique 2 added no further stability to the fixation.

In conclusion, our model suggests that the most effective and simplest technique of reattachment involves suturing the tuberosities to each other as well as to the shaft of the humerus. The cerclage suture appears to add little to the fixation in abduction, although the literature would suggest it may have a role in resisting rotatory movements.


A Ali H Douglas D Stanley

This paper reports our experience of revision open reduction, internal fixation and bone grafting of distal humeral fracture non-unions and in addition looks specifically at factors that may predispose to the development of non-union.

Between 1993 and 2003 18 patients with distal humeral fracture non-unions underwent revision surgery with bone grafting and rigid internal fixation. Two patients were lost to follow-up leaving a study group of 16 patients.

The patients’ age, sex, mechanism of injury, AO classification of the initial fracture and the primary treatment method were analysed with respect to possible factors predisposing to non-union.

All revision procedures were performed by the senior author. The non-union site was debrided, bone grafted and rigidly internally fixed.

Clinical assessment was performed using the Mayo Elbow Performance Score and radiographs were reviewed for evidence of bony union.

The Mayo elbow performance scores were excellent in 11, good in 2, fair in 2 and poor in 1.

Our results indicate that age, sex and mechanism of injury are not important in the development of non-union. Twelve patients (75%) however were considered to have undergone inadequate management of the original fracture.

Our experience would suggest that to reduce the risk of non-union following distal humeral fractures appropriate consideration must be given to the established and well proven surgical techniques.

If adequate fixation is considered beyond the experience of the treating surgeon we would strongly advise referral to a specialist unit.


K Mathur B Fourie N Clement A N Stirrat

Purpose of the study: To assess the survivability of the metal backed glenoid component, to examine its mode of failure and to measure the range of movement, specifically rotation following Total Shoulder Arthroplasty.

Patients and methods: 46 patients (55 shoulders) were prospectively followed up after Biomet biomodular Total Shoulder Arthroplasty using a metal backed glenoid component fixed with screws. 36 patients (43 shoulders) had Rheumatoid arthritis, 9 patients (11 shoulders) had Osteoarthritis and 1 patient had Psoriatic arthritis. Mean age at surgery was 58 years (range 37 to 79 years). Patients were followed up for a minimum of 5 years. Data was collected prospectively for a mean follow up of 84 months. 28 of the 46 patients had more than 10 years follow up. Range of movement including forward flexion and rotation was measured. Data was analysed by 3 independent observers. Intention to treat or revision of component was taken as failure. Paired t test comparison was carried out for statistical analysis.

Results: One failure was noted in the Osteoarthritis group at 8 years follow up. Superior head migration and eccentric wear of polyethylene liner was noted in an otherwise well fixed glenoid component. Range of external rotation improved from a mean of 18.2 to 38.2 degrees. This improvement was statistically significant (p=0.01, 95% CI= 6.3 to 35.2). The range of forward flexion improved significantly from a mean of 80.5 to 110 degrees (p= .01, 95% CI= −42.6 to −5.9)

3 failures were noted in the Rheumatoid group. 2 patients needed revision to hemiarthroplasty within 4 years of surgery for rotator cuff insufficiency with superior head migration but without loosening of glenoid. One other shoulder was revised at 11 years for glenoid component loosening with a worn out polyethylene liner. All 3 failures occurred in patients more than 60 years of age. Rheumatoid patients under 60 had a significant improvement in the range of external rotation from a mean of 24.2 to 30.6 degrees (p= 0.03, 95% CI = −21.4 to −1.1). The range of forward flexion improved from a mean of 71.2 to 73.3 degrees which was not statistically significant (p=.767). Rheumatoid patients over 60 years of age did not have a statistically significant improvement in the range of external rotation( p= 0.712) or in their range of forward flexion (p=.757).

Conclusion: Contrary to recent literature, in this study the metal backed glenoid component performed well in the medium to long term following Total Shoulder Arthroplasty particularly in patients with Osteoarthritis and in younger patients suffering with Rheumatoid arthritis.


G E Ayana M Bransby-Zachary

Aim: To evaluate the short to medium term outcome of the Souter-Strathclyde prosthesis when used as a primary elbow arthroplasty in rheumatoid arthritis.

Introduction: The Souter-Strathclyde prosthesis has been evaluated in several studies. In our hospital the operation is carried out using the same strict precautions as for lower limb arthroplasty. At the onset of surgery the ulnar nerve is handled minimally. This study looked at infection and complication rates, and also at outcome.

Methods: The operations were carried out in laminar flow theatres with exhaust suits. At the start of the procedure the ulnar nerve was decompressed, but not mobilised from its bed, and held loosely with tape while being kept moist.

Cases were identified from theatre and implant records. 61 implants in 53 patients were identified. Complication and revision rates were established from case sheets. Of this group 19 patients had died leaving 40 implants in 34 patients suitable for review. Case notes were analysed. Patients were contacted by post and were asked to fill out a DASH form. 30 patients (34 implants) responded. 26 patients (30 implants) attended a review clinic.

Results: From the 61 implants there were 4 complications (one ulnar nerve dysthesia – transient, one dislocated prosthesis – open reduction, two wound infections) within the first year. Overall, 4 implants from 62 required revision, a rate of 6.5% (range 11–92 months, mean 37 months). Reasons – One loose, two periprosthetic fractures and one infection.

Mean follow up was 74 months (range 36–120). Mean DASH score at follow up was 48.7 (range 4.5–81.8).

Conclusion: The low incidence of ulnar nerve palsy, compared to published studies, may be attributable to the surgical technique. The use of laminar flow theatres and exhaust suits may account for the low infection rate. The complication rate and revision rate is comparable to previous published studies.


T Cresswell MG Pritchard JF De Beer

Aims – to describe the modifications in technique and outcome of the Latarjet procedure.

Methods – 46 patients were operated on over a six year period. The modifications included a change in orientation of the coracoid bone block and the addition of capsular closure. The procedures were performed by one surgeon for instability associated with antero-inferior glenoid loss. A Walch-Duplay score for instability was produced for each patient at follow-up. All patients had radiological evaluation.

Results – all patients were male with 33 participating at rugby union at a competitive level. The average number of pre-operative dislocations was 5 (range 2 to 20). The average follow-up was 38 months (minimum 6 months). Only one patient had recurrent instability. 31 returned to sport at the same level. The Walch-Duplay scores were as follows; excellent 70%, good 25%, mild 3.75% and poor 1.25%. There were the following complications; 2 fibrous unions (excellent outcome), 3 broken screws (excellent outcome) and two fixation failures (due to patient non compliance). There was no decrease in the range of internal rotation, 8 patients had mild restriction in forward flexion (average 5°) and 20 patients had mildly reduced external rotation at 90° abduction (average 5°). All but one patient (recurrent dislocation) rated their outcome as excellent and would have the operation again.

Discussion – recurrent instability due to bone loss is a difficult problem that is not amenable to traditional stability soft tissue procedures. We feel that the Latar-jet procedure confers excellent stability and produces excellent subjective and objective outcomes


M Davies C King D Stanley

Despite the literature reporting a high complication rate tension band wiring remains a common technique for the fixation of olecranon fractures.

In our unit 44 patients who underwent tension band wiring of olecranon fractures between May 1998 and May 2002 were reviewed specifically with regards factors that might be responsible for a poor outcome. The patient’s age at the time of injury, mode of injury and fracture configuration were recorded. In addition the adequacy of reduction was assessed and the position of the k-wires (parallel/non-parrallel, anterior cortex fixing/intramedullary) length of wire beyond the fracture line and number of circlage wire twists noted.

All patients had a minimum follow-up of 12 months. 22 patients (50%) had complications following the index procedure of which 8 had wire back out, 7 had pain and discomfort requiring removal of the metalwork and 4 had wound infections. Fixation of the radius occurred in 1 patient and 2 patients developed a non-union. In all further surgery was needed in 18 patients (41%).

No common features were identified in patients developing complications and in particular no statistical difference was found when k-wire position (P=0.35) length of k-wire beyond the fracture line (P=0.34) and number of circlage wire twists (P=0.33) were analysed.

Using Kaplan-Meier analysis the patients who required wire removal were likely to undergo their surgery within 6 months of fracture fixation.

The high complication rate begs the question: Is this an appropriate modern method of fracture fixation?


I Chambers G Hide N Bayliss

Aim: To audit the accuracy and efficacy of injections for subacromial impingement administered by our medical staff and specialist role physiotherapist.

Methods: 49 patients presenting to the outpatient clinic with subacromial impingement agreed to take part in the study. They were allocated according to date of referral to either the consultant, the physiotherapist or registrar grade for injection via an anterior approach into the subacromial bursa. The therapeutic injection contained a specified volume of radiocontrast as well as depomedrone and lignocaine.

Antero-posterior and scapula-Y radiographs were performed immediately after injection. The Constant shoulder score was evaluated before and at six weeks after injection and all radiographs were reviewed by an independent, blinded radiologist recording the position of contrast.

Results: Accuracy rates of 67% through an anterior approach were obtained by both the consultant and the physiotherapist. At registrar level 48% accuracy was achieved.

Improvement in shoulder score was obtained in 70% of patients with accurate injections, but additionally in 59% of patients with inaccurate injections.

Only 7% of cases had contrast confined to the subacromial space; in the remainder, contrast tracked medially around the rotator cuff muscle bellies in 59%, gleno-humeral joint in 20% and within the cuff tendon in 16%.

Conclusions: In our practice, the specialist physiotherapist already has an established role in administering therapeutic subacromial injections. Our audit demonstrates acceptable and equal accuracy to the consultant which we feel justifies this particular part of their role. However, at registrar grade the level of accuracy is reduced and most likely reflects inexperience, as over time accuracy improved.

Interestingly, shoulder function scores have improved in over half of impingement patients with inaccurate injections which may reflect a generalised ‘field’ effect of steroid on the shoulder.


NW Emms D Brown BG Bolton-Maggs

Aim: A prospective study to quantify the functional outcome of the Aequalis Shoulder Arthroplasty in our local population.

Method: 110 Aequalis shoulder arthroplasties have been performed in 99 patients by a single surgeon in a district general hospital. Rheumatoid arthritis was the indication in 61 shoulders, Osteoarthritis in 26 and 23 for other indications. There were 78 females and 32 males.

Patients were assessed using the Constant-Murley (CM) Score, the corrected Constant-Murley (CM) Score and the American Shoulder and Elbow Society (ASES) function score pre and post-operatively. Pain was measured on a reverse Visual Analogue Scale (VAS) and a range of movement was clinically assessed. All these parameters including standard radiographs were regularly assessed during the follow up period.

Results: Mean length of follow up is 2.29 years (range 6 months to 8 years). 27/110 (24.55%) had a Glenoid replacement.

There have been steady and significant improvements in all parameters over the follow up period. Improvements have been sustained and continue to increase the longer the prosthesis has been in situ. The pain score is measured on a reverse analogue score, which accounts for the increasing scores. There have been 2 cases complicated by deep infection requiring revision and 2 cases of peri-prosthetic fracture.

Conclusion: The Aequalis shoulder prosthesis gives good, reliable results which are reproducable outside specialised centres.


SJ Haridas* C Curtis B Caterson R Evans C Dent

Aim: To study mRNA expression in ruptured biceps tendon.

Methods: Our study was carried out in the University College of Medicine. We took the biceps tendon of 5 patients who had traumatic ruptures. The age of the patients ranged from 35–53. The tendons were processed for RNA isolation and reverse-transcription-polymerase chain reaction (RT-PCR) carried out in order to investigate the mRNA gene expression in ruptured biceps tendon of extra cellular matrix (ECM) components (e.g. proteoglycans and collagens); ECM degradative components (e.g. aggrecanases and MMPs); inflammatory components (e.g. cytokines and cyclooxygenases); and factors involved in the apoptotic response.

Results: Our results showed that in the samples of ruptured biceps tendon there was a good mRNA expression of ECM structural components, especially aggrecan and the small proteoglycans biglycan and decorin. Interestingly, these samples also showed a high expression for the enzymes commonly involved in articular cartilage degradation and turnover, the aggrecanases (ADAMTS-4 and –5) and the matrix metalloproteinases (MMP-3 and –13). As has been recently reported for Achilles tendon rupture (Cetti et al, 2003), an inflammatory reaction was also observed in these ruptured bicep tendons with expression of the inflammatory cytokines IL-1α and TNFα and the enzyme cyclooxygenase-2.

Conclusion: We know clinically that patients can rupture their biceps tendon either due to trauma if not due to degenerative conditions. In our study we wanted to know if the subset of patients who ruptured their tendons traumatically had any pre-existing degenerative conditions leading on to the rupture compared to the normal subjects. Interestingly our study has shown that there is mRNA expression of degradative enzymes (aggrecanases and MMPs) in the samples of ruptured biceps tendon. Whether these mRNA levels equate to increased enzyme activity of these molecules warrants further investigation. Furthermore, our samples also showed mRNA expression for factors involved in the inflammatory response. In conclusion, mRNA expression of the factors involved in degradation and inflammation may suggest a phenotype that predisposes the bicep tendon to rupture, although further studies are required in order to investigate this further.


Full Access
L Funk A K Gupta

The diagnosis of subacromial impingement of the shoulder is generally a clinical diagnosis, with no well defined diagnostic criteria. A number of tests have been described. Neer and Hawkins signs are the most common with reported sensitivities for subacromial impingement of 75% and 92% respectively.

The senior author was taught another impingement test by Mr S Copeland during his Fellowship in Reading, UK. The Copeland Impingement test is an extension of the Neer’s impingement sign, where abduction in the scapula plane with the shoulder in internal rotation causes mid-arc pain which is abolished with abduction in external rotation.

In a retrospective study we analysed the clinical data of twenty-nine patients diagnosed with subacromial impingement of the shoulder. The diagnosis was determined by the clinician’s final diagnosis. This was based on the clinical findings and response to a subacromial injection (Neer’s Test). The clinical tests included were: Hawkin’s test, Mid-arc impingement pain, Neer’s sign, Neer’s test and the Copeland impingement test. The sensitivity and specificity of each test was determined and the values statistically analysed for any significance.

The Copeland test was the most sensitive, with 95% sensitivity. Using the Wilcoxon’s signed ranks test the Copeland test was significantly more sensitive than the Neer’s and Hawkin’s tests for subacromial impingement.

In conclusion the Copeland test is an effective clinical test in the diagnosis of subacromial impingement and more sensitive than the traditional tests.


J C Gibson S P Frostick C S Sinopidis

The purpose of our study was to prospectively evaluate the effectiveness of Botulinum toxin in patients with involuntary positional instability who had failed a specific rehabilitation programme.

Patients with Involuntary Positional Instability present with a muscle patterning problem that results in active dislocation of the glenohumeral joint. Botulinum toxin is used to inhabit the patterning muscle and therefore facilitate rehabilitation of optimal movement patterns.

Materials and Method: 14 patients referred to a tertiary referral unit were included. All patients had failed rehabilitation, reported multiple recurrent dislocations, repeated surgical interventions (Range 2 – 6) and mean duration of symptoms 5 years (Range 2 – 9). Patients were assessed with Constant and ASES scores, psychological scores (HADS and DRAM) and the Ashworth muscle tone scale. Botulinum Toxin was injected into the muscle dominating movement (identified with clinical assessment and EMG) and patients were re-entered into the rehabilitation programme post-injection.

Results: At an average of 2 years follow-up (8/12 – 4.1) 11 out of 14 patients demonstrated a statistically significant improvement in all parameters. 1 patient required a repeat injection at 4 months but at 2 years remains asymptomatic. Of the 2 patients who failed both demonstrated the highest scores on psychological screening and 1 of them had a severe connective tissue disorder.

Conclusion: Our early experience of Botulinum suggests that it is an effective tool in patients with involuntary positional instability resistant to rehabilitation. Psychological scores may be a useful tool to aid patient selection.


A. Gupta S. Kamineni H. Ankem

Purpose- To study the surgical outcome of multi-fragmentary, un-reconstructable radial head fractures managed acutely by a radial head prosthetic replacement.

Materials- We retrospectively reviewed fifteen radial head fractures that were treated acutely with a radial head replacement, over a four-year period, in three district general hospitals. Fifteen patients were clinically and radiologically assessed for this study. Functional assessment was performed with the Mayo elbow performance score (MEPS).

Results- No patient achieved full functional range of motion. The average range of flexion was 110° (range 80° to 120°), average extension deficit of 35° (range 30° to 45°), average pronation was 35° (range 0° to 65°), and average supination was 50° (range 30° to 85°). Complications included implant removal due to loosening (n=1), elbow stiffness (n=2), and instability (n=1), the latter case requiring a revision of the radial head prosthesis. Some degree of persistent discomfort was noticed in all cases. Five patients were tolerant of the final functional outcome. The average Mayo elbow score was 68/100 (range 55 to 80). One patient had an intra-operative fracture of the radial metaphysis during insertion of the implant.

Conclusions- Radial head replacement in general orthopaedic, low volume, practice failed to achieve satisfactory results. Contrary to popular belief, it is a technically demanding operation, for which surveillance should be continued for a minimum of one year. Strict indications for prosthetic replacement should be followed and implant selection has yet to be proven to make a significant positive contribution.

Our review highlights the need for a stricter adherence to indications, surgery should not be under-estimated and devolved to trainees, and our understanding of the radial axis of the elbow and forearm remains relatively rudimentary.


GCR Hand AJ Carr

This is the largest reported natural history study of frozen shoulder. 500 patients were identified from a specialist shoulder clinic register with a diagnosis of frozen shoulder based on Codman’s criteria. 273 patients with primary frozen shoulder replied to a detailed postal questionnaire regarding their condition. Mean follow up from symptom onset was 52 months (range 12–240months), with 89% of shoulders followed up for a minimum of 3 years. A positive family history was identified in 20% (n=45) of 1st degree relatives. The relative risk to siblings compared with a control population was 4:1. Patients with mild to moderate symptoms recovered more quickly than those with severe or unbearable symptoms. The mean age of onset was 53 years (range27–85yrs). The female to male ratio was 1.6:1. The condition was bilateral in 20%, with no incidence of ipsilateral recurrence. 22% of patients reported a history of minor trauma to the upper limb prior to the onset of symptoms. 16% were diabetic and 4% reported a history of Dupuytren’s contracture. Right and left arms were affected equally with no relationship to hand dominance. 61% reported slow, and 39% reported sudden onset of symptoms. Generally pain and stiffness improved with time but at 3 and 4 years after onset 13% and 9% respectively still had symptoms.

Frozen shoulder affects people mainly in their 6th decade. Genetic factors play an important role in the aetiology. The natural history is for improvement with time, with the less severe symptoms at onset improving most quickly. 9% of patients were still symptomatic at 4 year follow up.


*S J Haridas D Thyagarajan C Dent R Evans R Williams

Aim: To assess the functional outcome following internal fixation with the PHILOS® plating system for displaced proximal humeral fractures by using the ASES and Constant scoring system.

Background: Controversy exists with regards to the management of displaced proximal humeral fractures and many methods of treatment have been proposed over the years. In particular, the role of surgery has not been clearly defined. The current trend is toward limited dissection of the soft tissues with the use of minimal amounts of hardware to gain stability.

Methods: We performed a retrospective analysis of 30 consecutive patients treated surgically with the PHILOS ® plate for a displaced proximal humeral fracture between February 2002 and October 2003. Patients were assessed clinically and radio graphically at an average follow-up time of 9 months. Functional outcome was determined utilising the American Shoulder and Elbow Society score (ASES) and Constant Murley score. The injury was classified using Neer’s 4 part classification.

Results: Average age of the patients was 58 years (19 to 92). There were 6 two part, 14 three part and 10 four part fractures. All the fractures were radio graphically united by 10 weeks. The average overall ASES score is 66.5%. The average overall Constant score is 55%. The average external rotation at 90 of abduction for the ages 15–55 was 55°–64° and the ages 56–95 was 25°–34°. The average forward elevation for the ages 15–55 was 85°–95° and the ages 76–95 was 55°–64°. The most difficult movement for the older subgroup of patients was internal rotation which was up to the sacrum.

Conclusion: Our results show that good fracture stability and functional outcome can be obtained from the use of the PHILOS® plate. Early mobilisation of the shoulder can be achieved without compromising fracture union. We would recommend the use of the PHILOS® plate for the management of displaced fractures of the proximal humerus.


E K Hoerning K J Brook A M Hill A M J Bull C D Smith R Bielby T Ryder J Moss

Purpose: The glenoid labrum is a significant passive stabiliser of the shoulder joint. However, its microstructural form remains largely unappreciated, particularly in the context of function. An understanding of the labral structure leads to mechanical hypotheses, and therefore functional role in stability and load distribution, will aid an educated approach to surgical timing and repair.

Method: Fresh frozen cadaveric shoulders were grossly harvested via an extended Deltopectoral incision. The Glenohumeral joint was arthroscoped using a modification of Snyders (1989) routine in order to determine the specific anatomy of the capsulolabral complex. The glenoid fossa was then osteotomised before using micro-surgical loupes to section the labrum. Specimens were analysed using Scanning and Transmission Electron Microscopy and Confocal microscopy. Standard processing procedures were used to examine TEM specimens and the data was quantified by computational analysis. Specimens for SEM were cryofractured and Extracellular Matrix removed using a cell maceration technique to expose collagen fibre networks. Images were evaluated qualitatively. Sliced specimens for confocal were serially analysed along their z-axis, and post-processed to form 3-D reconstructions of collagen fibres.

Results: Two distinct homogenous areas were identified: (1) a superficial tight meshwork of fibrils and (2) a deep layer with a densely packed fibrous braid which were circumferential in orientation. A third area showed varying distribution of loosely arranged collagen fibres ranging from small fibres apposing area 1 to larger interleaved groupings near area 2. In radial transverse section, both normal and abnormal (stellate and spiral) fibrils were identified.

Conclusion: Contrary to published evidence, our results suggest the glenoid labrum is subjected a number of mechanical environments. Possibly distinct regions of the labrum contribute to load sharing; a well vascularised hydrated compressive zone and a tensile component distributing circumferential hoop stress, whilst both braiding and region interfaces suggest shear conditions.


P Harvie TCB Pollard AJ Carr

The purpose of this study was to investigate the association of endocrine disease with calcific tendinitis and the effects that such disease has on its natural history.

A retrospective observational cohort study of 102 consecutive patients (125 shoulders) with calcific tendinitis is presented. Seventy-three (71.6 %) female, 29 (28.4 %) male. Compared with population prevalences, significant levels of endocrine disorders were found in our study cohort. Sixty-six patients (81 shoulders, 62 female (93.9 %), 4 male (6.1 %), mean age 50.3 years) with associated endocrine disease were compared with 36 patients (44 shoulders, 11 female (30.6 %), 25 male (69.4 %), mean age 52.4 years) without endocrine disease. The endocrine cohort were significantly younger than the non-endocrine cohort when symptoms started (mean 40.9 years and 46.9 years respectively, p=0.0026), had significantly longer natural histories (mean 79.7 months compared with 47.1 months, p=0.0015) and a significantly higher proportion underwent operative treatment (46.9 % compared with 22.7 %, p=0.0014).

Disorders of thyroid and oestrogen metabolism may contribute to calcific tendinitis aetiology. Classifying calcific tendinitis into Type I idiopathic and Type II secondary or endocrine-related aids prognosis and management.


L G H Jacobs M G Smith S A Khan

Aims: To prospectively compare the progress and outcomes during a follow-up period of two years in patients who were in the ‘freezing phase’ of Primary (Idiopathic) Frozen Shoulder following either manipulation of the shoulder under general anaesthetic (MUA) or intra-articular shoulder joint distension injections using steroid and local anaesthetic.

Methods: 53 consecutive patients aged between 40 and 75 years with Frozen Shoulder were randomised to receive either MUA followed by out-patient physiotherapy or up to 3 distension injections at six weekly intervals in the first 12 weeks. Outcomes were measured using Constant-Murley Shoulder Function Assessment Score (CS), Visual Analogue Score (VAS) for pain level, and the SF-36 Health Evaluation Questionnaire. All patients were reviewed at 2, 6 and12 weeks, then at 6, 9, 12, 18 and 24 months. At each visit the CS and the VAS were repeated. The SF-36 was undertaken at initial and final visits.

Results: Group 1 (MUA) contained 28 patients of which 15 (54%) were female. Group 2 (Distension Injection) contained 25 patients of which 20 (80%) were female. No statistical difference was identified between the 2 groups in terms of outcome for the affected shoulders, for the SF36 scores, CS and the VAS. Maximum benefit was seen by 12 weeks in both groups. In group 2 this equated to 2 distension injections. No complications were noted in either group.

Conclusion: Frozen Shoulder is accepted to be a self-limiting condition with resolution by 2 years from onset. Any treatment aims to reduce this period of pain and disability. The potential risks of MUA include fracture and rotator cuff ruptures are well documented in the literature. Distension injections are easily performed in clinic without the need for admission, a general anaesthetic, or the risk of the complications associated with MUA. In view of there being no difference between the treatment modalities we recommend the use of 2 distension injections as the first line treatment for Frozen Shoulder.


PJ Hughes RP Hagan AC Fisher SP Frostick

Little is known about how arthroscopic knots behave in terms of reverse slippage and creep during the first few hours following a Bankart repair. We aimed to assess differences between knot types tied with a variety of suture materials when exposed to loading which might be expected during the first 12 hours following a repair.

This study uses an apparatus to model the tensioning of a slipknot, the closing of a Bankart lesion and any reverse slippage occurring on removal of the tensioning force. Eight examples each of the Duncan loop and SMC knots were tied by an experienced surgeon using 4 different suture materials (PDS, Ethibond, Panacryl, Fibrewire). An arthroscopic knotting technique was used utilising a knot pusher. Each knot was locked with 3 half-hitches alternating direction and post each time. Any reverse slippage occurring during the tying process was recorded. Each knot was then left in situ for 12 hours under loads equivalent to a repaired Bankart lesion and any subsequent reverse slippage was recorded at the end of this period.

After initial passing of the Duncan loop the sutures were ranked inversely to size of suture loop (resistance to slippage) in order Panacryl (5.08±0.15mm); Fibrewire (5.7±1.03mm); Ethibond (7.22±3.47mm) and PDS (8.2±5.16mm). After passing of locking hitches, they ranked Ethibond (5.13±0.24mm); PDS (5.15±0.09mm); Panacryl (5.17±0.13mm) and Fibrewire (5.66±0.5mm – significant p< 0.05). After 12 hrs, some evidence of reverse slippage was noted, Ethibond (5.23±0.27mm); PDS (5.27±0.13mm); Panacryl (5.3±0.16mm) and Fibrewire (5.66±0.5mm – significant p< 0.05). The SMC knot showed similar results.

If a slip-knot back slips it can be tightened with the first locking hitch. After this further hitches do not tighten the knot further. Some slippage was noted during the first 12 hrs. Using arthroscopic techniques, Fibrewire performs less well than other materials.


P Harvie SJ Ostlere J Teh EG McNally K Clipsham BJ Burston TCB Pollard AJ Carr

The purpose of this study was to investigate the role that genetics play in the aetiology and symptomatology of full thickness tears of the rotator cuff.

From a retrospective, cohort study of 205 patients diagnosed with full thickness rotator cuff tears, we determined, using ultrasound, the prevalence of full thickness tears in their 129 siblings. Using 150 spouses as controls, the relative risk of full thickness rotator cuff tear in siblings v controls was 2.42 (p< 0.0001, 95 % CI 1.77 to 3.31). The relative risk of symptomatic full thickness rotator cuff tear in siblings v controls was 4.65 (p< 0.0001, 95 % CI 2.42 to 8.63).

The significantly increased risk for tears in siblings implies that genetic factors play a major role in the development of full thickness tears of the rotator cuff.


A M Hill A M J Bull

Introduction: Models of shoulder motion differ with intended application and shoulder models often simplify the complex movement. Therefore, the design often negates clinical usage, in which, for example, multidirectional instabilities are present. To aid the work of clinicians in treating articulations without simplifying physiological constraint, a full open-chain 6 Degrees Of Freedom per articulation has been suggested (Inui et al., 2002).

Aim: Develop a spatial linkage model in order to facilitate communication between surgeon and engineer, and to apply this model to image datasets.

Model Design: Modification of Grood and Suntay’s (1983) 3-cylinder open chain model of the Tibiofemoral articulation to faithfully determine spatial parameters throughout a large range of motion, about clinically relevant axes.

Method: A computer program was scripted (Matlab, Mathworks Inc.) to embed orthogonal coordinate frames in both Humerus and Scapula. These were specified in respect of the planes of clinical rotation and well defined anatomical landmarks. A floating axis was defined within the script as the bipolar common perpendicular to both fixed frames. The magnitude of relative rotations, α, β and γ – flexion, abduction and axial rotation respectively – between Scapula and Humeral frames are measured directly, whilst translations occur along the axis about which rotation is measured. Gimbal lock limitations were minimised.

Validation: A physical linkage was made to validate the computations resulting in further model modification to create continuous rotational data throughout the following range: α from −90° – 270°, β from −90° – 270° and γ from −180° – 180°. This model provided an iterative development and examination tool for enhancing the capabilities of the modelling program.

Application: The model was applied to functional images acquired from both Electron Beam Computed Tomography and MRI. Anatomical landmark coordinates were digitised and input into the customised software. The real-time output displays rotations and translations of the humerus relative to the scapula.

Conclusion: The model circumvents a rotational sequence dependent outcome by determining the joint displacements within the modelled system as independent of the order in which segmental translations and rotations occur: 2 axes are fixed within articulating segments, whist a third mutually perpendicular floating axis moves in relation to both. The method facilitates multi-disciplinary communication: the parameters have a rigorous mathematical description and they correspond to clinical measures of position and orientation. Finally, this method accounts for Codman’s paradox with geometric principles.


CP Little A Graham G Ionanides AJ Carr

A systematic review of the English language literature has suggested that the performance of linked and unlinked elbow replacement implants differ in terms of function, survival and mode of failure; however, in this review, only one comparative series using contemporary implants was identified. We have performed a cohort study of Kudo, Souter-Strathclyde and Coonrad-Morrey elbow replacements performed at a single centre by or under the direct supervision of a single Consultant shoulder and elbow surgeon to see if these findings were reflected in clinical practice. The first forty implantations in patients with Rheumatoid arthritis for each device have been reviewed with respect to surgical complications, elbow function and implant survival. The follow-up was shorter for the Coonrad-Morrey cohort. In terms of pain relief and range of motion, the performance of the implants was comparable. The mode of failure was different, with no dislocations/ instability seen with the linked Coonrad-Morrey implants. The loosening rate of the Coonrad-Morrey implants (both clinical and radiographic) was lower, albeit with a shorter follow-up period. The loosening rates seen in this series were higher than those previously reported in the English language literature. We conclude that the functional performance of the implants, at similar stages of the surgical learning curves, are similar in patients with Rheumatoid arthritis, but that use of a linked implant removes the risk of post-operative instability and may reduce the risk of the radiographic and clinical loosening.


CP* Kelly C Fitzgerald S Dixon

Surgical outcome has been linked to frequency of the surgical procedure with increased complications among surgeons with low volume. Shoulder arthroplasty is a relatively low volume procedure compared to hip or knee replacement. A recent papers has shown that in 1999 only 3% of surgeons perform 10 or more shoulder arthroplasties in New York State (Hasan SS et al). We postulated that the situation in England and Wales may be similar and examined data on frequency for shoulder hip and knee arthroplasty.

Hospital Episode Statistics(HES) data for the year April 2002 to April 2003 was analysed for Total hip replacement, Elbow replacement and Total and Hemi- shoulder arthroplasty. Consultant codes were matched for surgical codes for the procedures.

338 (61%) of surgeons doing shoulder arthroplasty performed 2 or less procedures during the study year. 13 surgeons (2.4%) performed more than 20 shoulder arthroplasties. This contrasted with shoulder and knee arthroplasty where volumes per consultant were higher (vide infra).

The majority of surgeons who performed shoulder arthroplasty during the year 2002/2003 did 2 procedures or less. The authors raise concern about the outcome of surgery among surgeons with such low volumes.


P Soufali A Malone P Calvert S Lambert I Bayley

Aim: To evaluate the role and outcome of FFTSA in shoulders with arthritis and/or irreparable rotator cuff tears.

Materials. The records of 60 consecutive patients with FFTSA were retrospectively reviewed. Primary FFTSA (group 1) was performed in 29 (48%), revision FFTSA (group 2) in 26 (43%), and re-revision FFTSA (group 3) in 5 (9%) patients. The mean age at primary FFTSA was 70 years (37 – 82), and at revision FFTSA, 67.6 years (38 – 89) at a mean interval of 38 months after primary intervention. In re-revision FFTSA the interval between the primary (mean age 64 years) and final (mean age 68.4 years) interventions varied from 20 to 148 months. Primary FFTSA was performed for cuff arthropathy in 18 (62%) and after trauma in 5 (17%): all 29 patients had rotator cuff insufficiency. Revision FFTSA was performed for failure of humeral head replacement (HHR) after fracture in 17 (65%) of which 14 had rotator cuff insufficiency. All those in group 3 had rotator cuff insufficiency. The dominant indication for intervention was pain in 59 cases. The glenoid component was uncemented in all cases. The humeral component was cemented in 27 of the 29 Primary FFTSA. CADCAM variations of the standard humeral design were used in 8 cases.

Results. At a mean follow-up of 25 months, 81% of primary FFTSA had no or mild pain, and 87.5% were satisfied or very satisfied with the outcome: both outcomes were independent of the original rotator cuff defect. At a mean follow-up of 41 months, 69% of revision FFTSA had no or mild pain, and 68 % were satisfied or very satisfied: the least satisfied patients were those in which a previous HHR for fracture had been the primary intervention. There were 3 complications in group 1, 2 in group 2, and 2 in group 3. In 4 patients with deficient deltoid function, 3 were satisfied with the eventual outcome

Conclusion. FFTSA has a clear role in the management of shoulders in which the rotator cuff has failed and a joint replacement is required for pain relief.


A Malone A Jaggi P Calvert S Lambert I Bayley

Aim: To demonstrate that inappropriate sequencing of activation of shoulder muscles can cause shoulder instability.

Methods. The records of 933 cases of recurrent shoulder instability referred to a specialist shoulder service between 1993 and 2003 were reviewed. All patients were assessed clinically. Muscle patterning abnormality (Bayley 1986) was identified in 428 patients (46%). Confirmatory functional electromyography was performed in 166 (36%). Inappropriate pectoralis major activation was identified in 73% of anterior instability. In posterior instability, inappropriate activation of latissimus dorsi and anterior deltoid was present in 72% and infra-spinatus was suppressed in 19%. Arthroscopic assessment was performed in 141 (33%), identifying structural lesions of instability in 86 (20%).

All patients diagnosed with muscle patterning disorder received specilalist physical therapy using biofeedback. Symptomatic improvement or stability was achieved in 76% of patients with anterior instability but with no previous surgery, and in 53% of patients with previous surgery. Posterior instability was eliminated in 85% of cases.

Conclusion. Muscle patterning abnormalities contribute to recurrent instability of the shoulder in 46% of cases. The success of physical therapy in these patients is high.


L G H Jacobs M G Smith R S Bale J G Warner L N Banks B S Sylvester

Aims: To assess shoulder function and pain following open reduction and internal fixation of displaced 2, 3 & 4 part fractures of the proximal humerus, using a new fixation plate designed to provide rotation and angle stability.

Method: Patients treated by open reduction and internal fixation with a PlantTan Plate (PTP) were followed-up for a minimum period of 12 months from time of surgery. Post-operatively Constant-Murley (CMS) and visual analogue (VAS) scoring systems were used to assess function and pain at 2, 6 and 12 months post-operatively. Complications have been recorded.

Results: 48 patients have been treated by 4 surgeons with a PTP. Mean patient age was 65 (32 – 89), 17 male, 31 female. Six operations were undertaken for non-union and 42 for acute fractures. At 12 months the mean CMS was 70 (19 – 95) for the fractured side compared to 86 (75 – 100) for the uninjured side, with a mean VAS of 20 (0–68). Six patients have died (unrelated causes). Screws have cut out in 6 (12.5%) patients with 1 requiring implant removal, 1 requiring revision and 1 requiring removal of a head screw. One screw cut out was due to the only case of AVN to date. There have been 5 (10.4%) superficial wound infections (resolved with oral antibiotics) and no deep infections. One patient had a postoperative CVA and one case developed a compartment syndrome due to intra-operative vascular injury; treated successfully with fasciotomies and vascular repair.

Conclusion: We believe the PTP is a useful implant for the management of displaced proximal humeral fractures. We will report on a minimum 2 year follow-up in the near future.


S Di Fabio A Malone P Calvert S Lambert I Bayley

Aim. To identify and quantify the reasons for failure of primary shoulder arthroplasty.

Materials. Seventy-nine Revision Shoulder Arthroplasties (RSA) in 75 patients were performed between January 1990 and July 2003. Twelve patients underwent more than one revision. Five patients were lost to follow-up. The indications for PSA (38 total shoulder arthroplasties, 37 hemiarthroplasties) were trauma (22), osteoarthritis (13), rheumatoid arthritis (11), avascular necrosis (9), cuff tear arthropathy (9), traumatic arthritis (5), capsulorraphy arthropathy (4),and instability (2). Glenoid and humeral bone stock, and rotator cuff integrity were analysed and the reasons for failure of the index procedure were determined.

Results. The median interval between PSA and RSA was 46 months (1 month to 22.8 years; mean 28 months). Thirty-six (58.1%) PSAs (of which 26 of 37 hemiarthroplasties (70%)) failed in the first three years. Failure of the PSA was caused by rotator cuff deficiency (24), glenoid bone erosion (19), glenoid component loosening (25), humeral bone erosion (3), infection of the implant (3) and periprosthetic fracture (1). Revision of a loose humeral component was performed in 6 cases, but 31 humeral components were revised in order to deal with glenoid or rotator cuff conditions.

Conclusion. When faced with a limited surgical armamentarium or tactic, there is a predictable rate of failure of shoulder replacement involving the interaction of the failed or failing rotator cuff and the evolution of glenoid deficiency.


J McNee J A Dent C A Wigderowitz

Objectives: The current study evaluates the effectiveness of a direct access physiotherapy shoulder clinic, in terms of a faster treatment, levels of patient satisfaction and consultant’s workload relief.

Material and Methods: A protocol of management of shoulder Pain was created establishing the patient’s pathway from general practice to orthopaedic surgery. A clinical specialist physiotherapist was trained to lead a shoulder clinic, with shoulder treatment courses, shadowing of consultants at 3 shoulder clinics and in-service training on interpretation of x-rays with consultant radiologist. A course on injections taught by consultants was followed by a training period of 10 supervised injections. After this initial period, a letter was sent to all GPs in the catchment area informing that patients could be referred direct to the physio-shoulder clinic. In addition, patients coded for a primary consultation were also re-directed to that clinic. Only patients who did not improve after the initial treatment or who presented more complicate screening problems were redirected through a short cut to the consultant led clinic. A patient satisfaction questionnaire was used during the first 5 months.

Results – Over the first 2 years of the project, extending from November 2001 to December 2003, 203 patients were appointed to the open shoulder clinic. The first 60 patients were given the patient satisfaction questionnaire, with 47 returning it completed (78.3%). 28 of the 47 had been seen by a physio before. In a satisfaction scale of 1 to 5, 2 graded 3, 3 graded 4 and 42 graded 5 the advice received about their condition. In a similar scale 2 patients rated 3, 2 rated 4 and 43 rated 5 regarding their satisfaction with the opportunity to discuss their treatment/care options. Regarding arrangements for further care, 1 rated 1, 2 rated 3, 6 rated 4 and 36 rated 5. For overall satisfaction 1 rated 2, 2 rated 3, 2 rated 4 and 42 rated 5. Positive aspects of patient’s feedback included ample time to ask questions, improvement obtained with early start of treatment and more accessible discussion. Those who were not so satisfied were still worried with a long delay, difficulty in peripheral arrangements such as transport and parking and disappointment with long time for follow-up examinations such as MRI scans. 47% of the patients attending were followed up by Physiotherapy only, 18% were added directly to the surgical waiting list and 4 were referred for rheumatology. 22% were sent for further tests (MRI, USS). The waiting list for a first appointment in our upper-limb clinic was reduced from 46 weeks in 2001 to 36 weeks in 2003. Not a single patient insisted on seeing a consultant and 38% of the patients were discharged without specifically seeing one.

Conclusion – This study shows that a physio screening shoulder clinic is an effective and satisfactory way to reduce waiting times and improve patient care.


D Mok R Chidambaram

Aim: To evaluate the results of arthroscopic repair of anterior and superior glenoid labral tears in the shoulder with metallic knotless suture anchors with an average follow up of 31 months.

Material and methods: Between 2000 and 2002, 55 patients with labral tears underwent arthroscopic repair with metallic knotless suture anchors (Mitek, Ethicon Ltd). Their average age was 36 years (range 16 to 67). Thirty-seven patients presented with anterior instability. Twenty-one patients presented with painful shoulder without instability. In the instability group there were eight acute dislocations and twenty-nine recurrent dislocations.

All patients underwent examination under anaesthesia, arthroscopic repair of labral tears using the metallic knotless suture anchors, thermal capsulorraphy and closure of the rotator interval. Subacromial decompression was performed when indicated. Rehabilitation consisted of sling immobilisation for four weeks followed by gradual strengthening program over three months with the physiotherapist. Contact sports were allowed at 1 year.

Evaluation: Patients were evaluated preoperatively and at the time of final follow-up using Constant score and Modified Rowe – Zarin score system.

Results: Three out of the thirty-seven patients in the instability group had recurrent dislocation. A fourth patient had pain with a positive anterior apprehension test thus making the overall recurrence rate of 11%. In the painful shoulder group, good and excellent results were recorded in twenty out of twenty-one patients (95%). Of the fifty five patients who had labral repair, five had poor functional outcome secondary to pain in their shoulder (9%). One patient had a fall and required further surgery to replace one dislodged anchor.

Conclusions: We found the metallic knotless suture anchor easy to use and stabilised the torn labrum well. The success rate for instability compares well with the published literature. However, we have some concern of our observation of early degenerative changes in some of our patients treated for recurrent dislocation.


L.M. Olley A.J. Carr

The aim of the study is to assess the use of patient-based questionnaires in the evaluation of shoulder surgery using a specifically designed database.

The patient based questionnaires used in this study were the Oxford Shoulder Score, used to assess shoulder pain and the Oxford Instability Score, used to assess shoulder instability.

Two hundred and ninety-five patients were recruited between October 2001 and October 2003. They were prospectively assessed prior to surgery and at regular intervals post operatively.

The results demonstrate a high degree of compliance with regard to completion of the questionnaires. Differences in outcome were noted between patients in different diagnostic groups. The specifically designed database allows presentation of outcome information either by individual patient (Figure1) or by procedure group.

Patient based questionnaires can be effectively used to audit shoulder practice. A customised database allows rapid and clear presentation of outcome results for both individual patients and groups of patients.


T.J.W. Matthews S.R. Smith J.P.G. Urban A.J. Carr

Aim To determine if tissue metabolism varies in supraspinatus tendons with distance from the edge of the rotator cuff tendon tear and also with differing size of tear.

Background Tissue metabolism can be assessed by measuring oxygen and nitrous oxide concentrations within the tissue. Viable tendon tissue consumes oxygen and contains nitrous oxide (used in the general anaesthetic) from the blood stream. Non-viable tendon tissue will not consume oxygen but will contain nitrous oxide.

Methods Oxygen and Nitrous Oxide concentrations were measured amperometrically using silver needle microelectrodes.

The needle was inserted into the supraspinatus tendon of patients with massive, large, medium and small full thickness rotator cuff tears and patients with partial thickness and no tears. Patients undergoing open stabilisation were used as controls. Measurements were made at a number of quantifiable points from the tendon edge to allow the creation of a topographical map of tissue metabolism. Oxygen consumption was calculated using measured oxygen and nitrous oxide levels at each point.

Results In patients with rotator cuff tears oxygen consumption was significantly lower near to the edge of the tear.

Patients with impingement syndrome but no evidence of a rotator cuff tear also showed a decreased level of oxygen consumption in the anterior part of supraspinatus, but this was significantly higher than the levels seen in the torn tendon.

The control group showed no significant alteration in oxygen levels

Conclusion Patients with rotator cuff tendon tear demonstrate significantly reduced levels of tissue metabolism. This reduction in tissue viability is significantly greater at the edge of the tear and in larger tears. Patients with intact tendons and impingement syndrome also demonstrate minor reduction in tissue tendon viability compared with controls.


A Rawal S P Frostick A Sheth VS Rayner J C Gibson M M Roebuck

Purpose: To determine whether administration of non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAID) influences ongoing endothelial cell proliferation in torn rotator cuff?

Methods: Rotator cuff tissue, obtained at debridement from 53 patients undergoing surgical repair, was fixed and embedded. Pathological assessment was performed on H& E sections. Ongoing vascular proliferation was identified by plump endothelial cells and budding of vessels. Patient cuff details and preoperative drug prescription data was obtained from patient’s notes and general practitioners. The drugs considered were NSAIDs (including Aspirin, Ibuprofen and Diclofenac), COX 2 inhibitors & Opiates.

Results: Of the 35 patients taking analgesics, vascular proliferation was absent or reduced in 22 (63%). 20 of these patients were taking NSAIDs. Four patients were taking only COX-2 inhibitors, all these patients had increased vascularity. 23 patients were taking codeine based analgesics, of 10 patients using codeine without NSAIDs, 8 demonstrated active ongoing vascular proliferation (p=0.027).

Conclusion: Patients taking NSAIDs showed a significant reduction in ongoing vascular proliferation. If endothelial cell proliferation is an important component of repair processes in rotator cuff, this could be compromised. NSAIDs can impair healing by inhibiting angiogenesis, the mechanism includes upregulation of p27 in endothelial cells. We have peviously identified strong p27 positivity in rotator cuff endothelial cells.


B Roy In-Ho Jeon Lars Neumann W Angus Wallace

We report the results of a method of reconstructing massive rotator cuff (RC) tears and reinforcing the repaired RC tendons with re-tensioning of the cuff to effect reconstruction of tears which were previously considered non-repairable.

Methods A consecutive series of 37 patients (19 men) with a mean age of 61 years (range 45–80) are reported. Mean duration of pre-op symptoms was 19 (4–36) months and the mean pre-op Constant Score (CS) was 41. Insertion involved anchoring the device to the undersurface of the retracted RC tendon with Ethibond sutures, passing the other end of the device through a tunnel under the greater tuberosity and anchoring the device, under tension, to the proximal humerus with 1 or 2 screws. The proximal fixation is similar to “spot-welding” while the distal fixation is a “flexible plate” fixation.

Results The follow-up mean CS (minimum 10/12 post-op) was 54. There has been one deep infection. Two had MRI confirmed re-rupture of the RC. One case of a stiff shoulder required manipulation. This embroidered polyester augmentation device is resistant to re-tears and integrates well with medium term re-centering of the humeral head which had been superiorly displaced pre-op.


S C Talwalkar P Givissis I A Trail J K Stanley

Our study examines a group of patients less than fifty years of age who underwent Total Elbow Arthroplasty with the Souter Strathclyde Elbow Replacement and compares their survivorship with a dataset of older group of patients.

309 patients were who underwent standard long stemmed Souter Implants as a primary procedure for rheumatoid arthritis over the last 16 years were included in this study. Patients were divided into two groups according to the their age at the time of surgery. In the first group of older patients greater than or equal to 50 years of age (Mean Age =64.4 years) there were 263 patients with a mean follow up of 7.3 years. The second group consisted of patients less than 50 years of age (Mean Age 42.04 years) who had a longer mean follow up period of 9.3 years. The survivorship of the implants for three different failure events was compared for both groups. The radiographs were evaluated using the Kaplan-Meir survival analyses, to produce survival curves for revision, revision due to aseptic loosening of the humeral component and finally gross loosening of the humeral implant (Hidex> 1). For each terminal event there were two curves and the age group analyses were all non-significant when log rank tested. The rates of loosening/revision were comparable in all curves.

We set out to determine the role of age as predictive factor for loosening. Our conclusions were that Total Elbow Arthroplasty is suitable for younger patients with rheumatoid elbow. Using survivorship data there does not appear to be any difference in loosening when compared to patients of an older age group. As previously published the position of the humeral component within the humerus is crucial for long-term survivorship. Thus age alone should not be the sole discretionary factor for withholding the benefits of elbow Arthroplasty in younger patients.


S Alexander M Evans A Davy AL Wallace

Purpose: Revision surgery after failed open stabilisation can be difficult and challenging. Arthroscopy has been utilised for assessment and preoperative planning, but there are few reports of arthroscopic stabilisation as the definitive revision procedure.

Methods: We reviewed our experience of 12 cases requiring revision, including one originally stabilised at our own institution. There were 9 males and 3 females, with an average age of 27 years assessed at an average of 18 months (range 6–46 months) following arthroscopic revision. Patients were scored using the SF-12, simple shoulder test, and Walch-Duplay outcome measures.

Results: The cases were revised arthroscopically from 6 months to 11 years after the open procedure, which included Bankart repairs (with and without suture anchors), capsular shifts and Putti-Platt procedures. Eight cases were successfully revised for symptomatic recurrent anterior instability, and in all capsulolabral reconstruction was carried out using a knotless anchor technique. In two cases secondary posterior instability was managed either by posterior labral repair or by balancing anterior release. In two cases disabling postsurgical stiffness was managed by arthroscopic anterior release with improvement in functional range of motion.

Summary: Open surgical stabilisation can be complicated by recurrent instability or stiffness, or may be followed by further trauma in this active athletic population. Arthroscopy enables detailed and more thorough diagnosis of the reason for failure. These early results demonstrate that arthroscopic revision is safe and feasible, facilitates a range of intra-articular surgical options and provides outcomes that may be comparable with open revision.


D M Wright A Acharya R H Austin J C Kaye

Purpose of study : – To highlight possible complications following Philos plating of proximal humeral fractures.

Methods : – 10 patients with proximal humeral fractures operated upon in period 2003–2004 were reviewed. Analysis was undertaken with observer xray review and using radiograph analysis software.

Results : – In 3 cases the fracture had collapsed significantly resulting in cut out of the proximal screws. One case required implant removal within a month following initial surgery. In another case the radiographs were not standardised views to compare the amount of collapse. The other cases went onto healing without any complication.

Conclusions : – As the Philos plate is a fixed angle implant the degree of collapse expected must be accounted for when fixing the implant this is especially important in osteoporotic patients or in those with a high degree of comminution. In these circumstances high placement of the plate and long proximal screws should be avoided.


CD Smith AM Hill AMJ Bull S Alexander JF De Beer AL Wallace

Purpose: Many different rotator cuff repairs have been advocated in previous publications without experimental evidence. Our aim was to mechanically test the static tensile properties and cyclical loading to failure of a single row lateral anchor repair and a double row medial and lateral anchor repair.

Method: Fresh frozen cadaveric shoulders were mounted on a rig and a mini-open deltoid split used to visualise the supraspinatus. A standardised full thickness incision of 2 cms was made with a scalpel across the supraspinatus tendon. After the deltoid was repaired and specimens randomised, an arthroscopic rotator cuff repair was performed by the two senior authors in which the medial border of the tear was apposed to the lateral border using either a double or single row technique with a ‘Twinfix AB’ suture anchor. Once the repair had been performed, the gross specimens were dissected down to the rotator cuff musculature and the repair inspected. Those with associated cuff pathology were excluded from the experiment. Specimens were then mounted on a custom made rig to statically load each tendon simulating physiological loading of a repaired cuff defect in a post-operative 300 abducted position. The increase in tear size was then measured against time for 1 hour or to a point at which the mean tendon gap formation exceeded 5mm. Each specimen was then transferred to an Instron tensile testing machine to cyclically load to failure the supraspinatus musculotendinous unit. Each specimen was freeze clamped proximally in a specially designed clamp, whilst the humeral shaft was mounted at an angle of 300 of abduction.

Results: The two groups had a distinct difference in tensile properties with the single row fixation developing a 5mm gap in under 30 minutes. After 1 hour, the gap formed in the double row specimens was less than 5mm. In cyclical loading, the single row failed at a lower load compared with the double row. In some double row specimens the tendon failed mid substance above 250N, rather than at the anchor-suture or suture-tendon interface.

Conclusions: Our results suggest that the double row mattress technique has superior loading properties when tested with a simulated physiological load comparative to the normal post-operative setting.


D Thyagarajan M Day C Dent R Williams R Evans

Traditionally midshaft clavicle fractures have been treated conservatively. It is recognized that displaced and shortened fractures may be better treated operatively. In particular, patients with greater than 20 mm of shortening and 100 percent displacement have a symptomatic non union rate of 30 percent. The standard technique used previously has been via plate fixation with LC-DCP or DCP. However in the last 5 years intramedullary fixation has been popularized. “Rockwood intramedulary clavicular pin” remedies the past treatment issues including poor blood supply, painful prominent hardware and stress raiser related to removal of metal work.

Aim: The aim of this study was to assess the functional outcome following intramedullary fixation of clavicle using Rockwood pin.

Method: We retrospectively evaluated 17 patients with displaced and shortened mid-shaft clavicular fractures who underwent intramedullary pinning using Rock-wood pins. Each patient was assessed using the ASES, Constant and SF36 scoring system. A physical examination was performed and individual radiographs were assessed to determine union.

Results: The mean age of the patients was 28 (range 15–56). All patients went into union within 2 to 4 months. They had a shorter stay in hospital, earlier mobilization and no scar related paraesthesia. The average ASES score 98.2 (range 92–100) and constant 95.3 (range 89–100).

Summary: Displaced and shortened mid clavicular fractures require operative fixation. Plates and screws on the clavicle requires significant soft tissue stripping leading to compromised blood supply to the bone and multiple bi-cortical screws act as stress raisers. Previous intra-medullary devices presented with the problem of pin migration. Rockwood pins are designed with a differential pitch which leads to compression at the fracture site and prevent pin migration. From this study we now recommend the use of the Rockwood Pin for the management of displaced mid-shaft clavicle fractures.


M C Swan R L Carey Smith R J H Emery

Aim: As the shoulder and elbow joints share a common objective – spatial positioning of the hand – can the Modified Constant Score of shoulder function be applied to function at the elbow?

Method & Results: All patients with isolated elbow pathology over an eighteen-month period were assessed. Acute fractures and patients with shoulder and/or wrist pathology were excluded. Upper limb function was assessed using the Modified Constant Score and the Mayo Elbow Performance Index. A total of 48 patients with a variety of elbow pathologies were assessed. The mean patient age was 47.8 years, and 26 patients were male. The correlation between the two scoring systems was highly significant (correlation 0.91, t = < 0.001)

Conclusion: The Modified Constant Score may be used as an assessment of both shoulder and elbow function.


F Ali IA Trail D Nuttall JK Stanley J Haines

Aim: Patients with advanced rheumatoid arthritis who were managed with ipsilateral shoulder and elbow arthroplasties were reviewed to determine appropriate sequence of surgery, operative technique and the functional outcome.

Methods: Between 1992 and 2002, twenty-two patients underwent ipsilateral elbow and shoulder arthroplasties. Nineteen patients were available for final review. Clinical and radiological assessments were done on these patients.

Results: Twenty-four upper limbs in nineteen patients were reviewed. Mean age at final follow-up was 61.1 years (49.9 to 73.3yrs; SD 8.2). Mean duration of follow-up from the last operation was 55.5 months (12 to 129.3m; SD 33.5). The average interval between the operations was 40.1 months; it was 41.2 months when elbow operated first and 38.7 months when shoulder was operated first. This difference was not significant (p=0.82). All movements showed significant improvement after respective joint replacements. There was a significantly greater improvement in external rotation of the shoulder when it was operated first (p=0.48). The average improvement in Constant-Murley scores was 28.8 points; with no statistically significant difference between either sequence of operations (p=0.49). However, there was statistically significant improvement in the average Mayo elbow performance score after the elbow arthroplasty when it was operated first (p=0.03).

Two patients needed conversion of shoulder hemi-arthroplasty to total shoulder replacement due to subsequent erosion of the glenoid. One elbow replacement was revised because of recurrent dislocations. There were four patients who developed ulnar neuropathy, of which two were permanent. There were no peri-prosthetic fractures in this series. One patient needed custom-made short-stemmed shoulder prosthesis due to the presence of a long-stemmed humeral component of total elbow prosthesis in situ.

Conclusion: Ipsilateral shoulder and elbow replacements significantly improve pain and function of the limb, when there is advanced arthritis. The joint that appears clinically and radiologically worse should be replaced first. However if both the joints are equally involved we feel that elbow should be replaced first as the functional improvement seems to be better. Careful preoperative planning is required in choosing the type and size of prosthesis, to avoid potential complications.


H. Ankem S. Kamineni A. Gupta T. Nissantham

Purpose: Distal humeral fractures are often difficult injuries to treat. We hypothesise that more complex distal humeral fractures have unacceptable functional outcomes due to multi-factorial reasons.

Methods: 42 patients with AO/ASIF type B and C fractures of the distal humerus who were treated with open reduction and internal fixation over a six year period were included in the study. All patients were from a single district general hospital. 37 (88%) were clinically, radiologically, and functionally assessed for this study, with the remainder either lost to follow-up or expired.

Results: There were 21 type B and 16 type C fractures, all managed by open reduction and internal fixation. Various fixation techniques were utilised. These were performed by consultant surgeons in 14 cases and by surgeons in training in 23 cases. Average follow up was 38 months (range 22–54 months). The arc of elbow motion was 94 degrees (range 58–130), with an average extension deficit of 28 degrees (range 20–55) and an average flexion deficit of 32 degrees (range 15–45). The average arc of forearm rotation was 136 degrees (range 45–140), with an average supination of 68 (range 35–85) and an average pronation of 72 (range 45–90). The complications (n=20/37) included superficial skin infection (n=4), ulnar nerve neurapraxia (n=3), non-union of the humerus fracture (n=2), non-union of olecranon osteotomy site (n=1), intra-articular screw placement (n=1), loosened plate (n=1), loose/backed out screw (n=2), fixed flexion deformity (n=4) and mild elbow instability (n=2). Second surgery was performed in 24% (n=9/37), revision of metal work (n=2), bone grafting (n=2), anterior capsulectomy (n=4), and removal of screw (n=1).

Conclusions: Fractures of the distal humerus are often more complex than appreciated, and challenging to treat, with respect to fracture union and functional outcome. A generalist practice appears adequate for achieving bony union, but inadequate for obtaining low complication rates and functional outcomes. Our data suggest that such injuries may constitute a fracture group requiring the acute intervention by centres that have specific sub-specialisation and adequate rehabilitation facilities


R Chidambaram T Stasch D Mok

Aim: To evaluate the results of internal fixation of displaced proximal humeral fractures with a locking plate system.

Material and Methods: Between 2002 and 2003, 126 patients presented to our shoulder unit with proximal humeral fractures. Of these, 22 healthy active patients with displaced two to four-part fractures underwent open reduction and internal fixation with a locking compression plate system (Philos, Stratec UK Ltd). Their average age was sixty-two years. They were evaluated clinically and radiologically at 4, 12, 26 weeks or until union. Objective assessment was measured by the Constant scoring system, subjective assessment by the Oxford shoulder questionnaire.

Surgical Technique: Through an anterior deltopectoral approach, the fracture was reduced. A titanium plate designed to contour over the lateral aspect of the humeral head was applied with minimum of five locking screws in head fragment and three in the humeral shaft. Tuberosities approximation was reinforced with Ticron sutures through the rotator cuff and the holes in the plate. The shoulder was immobilised in a sling for two weeks followed by gradual mobilisation program with the physiotherapist.

Results: All fractures united with a mean healing time of fourteen weeks. There were no malunion, non-union or failure of fixation. The mean constant score was 78. The average range of flexion was 1330, abduction of 1250 and external rotation of 430. One patient had a significant fall three months after surgery and sustained an undisplaced fracture of shaft of humerus below the plate. Treated non operatively, both fractures went on to uneventful union.

Conclusions: Internal fixation with locking plate system in healthy active patients, disregarding their age, is a reliable method of treating displaced proximal humerus fractures. In our experience, the functional outcome of these patients was superior to those patients treated with hemiarthroplasty or intramedullary fixation.


Amit Bhargava B Venkateswaran Stephen Copeland Tirtza Even Ofer Levy

The Constant-Murley score has gained wide acceptance for evaluation of shoulder function. The strength component of the Constant score accounts for 25 out of 100 points. It has been criticized for lack of consistency in defined measurement method.

The aim of this study was to evaluate the effect of various variables on the strength component measurement of the Constant score.

Material & Methods We conducted a series of experiments using a digital force gauge (EZ force). We evaluated the effect of strength measurements with 1) patient in sitting & standing positions 2) strength gauge fixed to an immobile platform or hanging free fixed to the floor by the examiners foot 3) patient’s arm in 45 degrees and 90 degrees of abduction 4) plane of elevation in frontal or scapular plane and 5) patient making a fist or keeping the palm open during the test. These experiments were done in groups of 20 patients. We have compared as well this device and the Isobex Myometer.

Results No statistical differences were found between individual measurements with regard to patient’s position (standing-sitting), device setting (Fixed –Hanging), position of the arm in varying degrees of abduction or the plane of elevation. Strength assessment obtained when patient made a fist compared to open palm was found to be higher (p=0.006). The measurements showed good intra-observer reliability.

The readings of the EZ force and the Isobex myometer were comparable.

Conclusions It seems that the shoulder strength measurements as part of the Constant functional score may be performed with the patient sitting or standing, with the arm at varying degrees of abduction and in different planes of elevation without causing any significant deviation in the measurement.

No influence was found as well to the device being either fixed to an immobile platform or fixed to the floor by the examiner’s foot. These make these measurements easy to perform and reproducible using the newly designed digital force gauge (EZ force).


R. Bhattacharya I.H. Jeon L. Goodchild L. Neumann W.A. Wallace A. Rangan

Purpose: To analyse preliminary outcomes of a new synthetic ligament used for reconstructing coraco-clavicular ligament in acromio-clavicular joint disruption.

Methods: Patients who underwent acromio-clavicular joint stabilisation using Nottingham Surgilig were followed up at average of 40 months (range 6–80 months) post operation. Apart from clinical and radiological assessment, the Constant-Murley scoring system and the Imatani scores were also used to measure outcome.

Results: Twenty patients underwent this operation and data was available on 19 of them. These patients had their operation after an average of 18 months following injury, during which period they had conservative treatment, except in 2 cases where a Weaver Dunn operation was performed initially.

The mean Constant score was 88 (s.d. 12). The mean Imatani score was 86 (s.d. 16). Most patients were satisfied with the operation (90%). There was one case of rupture through the central portion of the Surgilig, and following extensive laboratory analysis, the ligament has been modified since. One patient had a fracture of his coracoid while lifting heavy weights. In 4 patients there was clinical and radiological evidence of loosening of the screw but only 1 complained of this being a problem.

Conclusion: This is an initial medium term outcome analysis of the Nottingham Surgilig. Our results are promising and justify further use and evaluation of this relatively new technique.


J P McKenna T O’Donnell P Kenny P Keogh S J O’Flanagan

This study was carried out to determine the incidence of shoulder injuries in the ipsilateral shoulder of patients who attended our unit with fractures of the humeral diaphysis.

This was a prospective study. 22 patients with fractures of the humeral diaphysis had an early (within 10 days of injury) MRI scan of the shoulder. The contralateral shoulder was also scanned as an internal control. There were 10 male and 12 female patients. The average age was 45 years. 20 were treated non-operatively, and 2 had retrograde intra-medullary nailing of the humerus. 6 patients in our study had a symmetrical MRI scan. The remaining 16 patients had some acute abnormality evident in the ipsilateral shoulder. 11 patients had a significant subacromial bursitis. 2 of these patients had a tear of the supraspinatus tendon. 1 patient had an undisplaced fracture of the coracoid process. The remaining 4 patients had significant AC joint inflammation, 3 being acute, the 4th being acute-on-chronic.

This study shows a high incidence of asymmetrical MRI scans, indicating a definite shoulder injury sustained at the time of the fracture of the humeral diaphysis. We therefore surmise that shoulder pain and dysfunction post antegrade intra-medullary nailing of the humerus may not be due to iatrogenic causes, but may in fact result from concomitant ipsilateral shoulder injury. To our knowledge, this is the first study demonstrating such an association.


T R Cresswell D Du Toit J F de Beer

The aim of this study was to determine the position of the glenoid’s “Bare Spot” in a large number of cadaver specimens.

The “Bare Spot” area of the glenoid has been used to determine the presence and size of a bony lesion at arthroscopic assessment of a patient following gleno-humeral dislocation; it has been assumed that this spot is placed centrally on the face of the glenoid.

Fifty cadavers were obtained from the Anatomy Department and none had known bone or joint pathology. Both shoulders were dissected open. In two there was evidence of bone pathology and one had a rotator cuff tear on one side. The size of the glenoid and the “Bare Spot” was measured with a micrometer and the position of the “Bare Spot” was measured from its centre to the anterior and posterior glenoid rims and to the antero-inferior glenoid rim (were bony lesions most often occur).

The “Bare Spot” was present in 88 of 100 shoulders. Its diameter was 4.5mm with a range from 2.4mm to 9 mm and inter-quartile range from 3.35mm to 6.1mm. The “Bare Spot” is often present and is centrally placed in the antero-posterior plane, but the antero-inferior glenoid rim is further away. This is of vital importance in planning surgery as inappropriate soft tissue surgery may be performed if the “Bare Spot” is assumed to be centrally placed in the glenoid


K L Devalia V K Peter I Braithwaite

This aim of this study is to evaluate the efficacy of the Plant Tan plate, a new implant introduced for comminuted proximal humerus fractures. This paper presents the results of 10 patients who underwent the procedure over a two year period.

Methods : Two and three part proximal humeral fractures continue to be a difficult problem and accurate fixation is necessary for optimum functional outcome.

Ten patient had plant Tan plate fixation for proximal humerus fractures from January 2002 till January 2004. Details including patient demographics, the type of fracture, the bone quality, significant co morbid factors, the surgical approach union rate and complications were noted. Outcome was assessed using the Constant score and comparing with the opposite side and the Oxford shoulder questionnaire.

Results : After an average follow up of 6 months, 80% of the patients were satisfied with the result of surgery at the time of the most recent examination. The union rate was 85 %. The significant complications were infection ( 20 % ) and the development of avascular necrosis (1/10). The screw penetration into the shoulder joint was found to be as high as 50 % though it was not associated with poor result.

Conclusion : The early results of the Plant Tan plate are encouraging with good functional results in most patients. Careful case selection with proper indication, accurate reduction, and subchondral screw placement with purchase in the inferior portion of the humeral head along with early mobilisation should be considered as key factors for better outcome.


RL Mahadeo J Tuite T Peckham JK Dowell K Cheah P Ingle

The purpose of the study was to reduce peak cement mantle stresses occurring at the tip of the keel for an all-polyethylene cemented glenoid component using finite element (FE) techniques.

Loosening of the glenoid component remains to be one of the most determinant factors in the outcome of total shoulder arthroplasty. Due to the off-centre loading that occurs, there is bending of the glenoid component with high shearing forces. These forces are transmitted to the underlying cement mantle and bone. It has been reported in previous FE studies that high cement mantle stresses occurs at the tip of the keel and at the edges of the cement flange. These stresses at the bone-cement interface can exceed the fatigue life of the cement, therefore initiating crack formation and damage accumulation. This results in loosening of the component and thus failure.

A three-dimensional (3D) model of the scapula was developed using CT data. Surfaces of the inner and outer contours of the cortical shell were created within commercially available software, using a threshold algorithm. The glenoid bone geometry was then produced. Material properties for the reconstructed glenoid were taken from literature, using four differing material properties. The articulating surface of the keeled glenoid component was modelled with a 3mm radial mismatch. This was positioned in the glenoid bone with a uniform cement mantle thickness of 2mm. The resulting FE mesh consisted of solid parabolic tetrahedral elements.

The effect of varying the angle on the keel of the component in the superior/inferior (S/I) direction was studied with uniform cement mantle thickness. The S/I length of the keel at the lateral end where it meets the back face of the component was maintained (juncture with flange), whilst the S/I length of the keel at the medial end (tip of the keel) was reduced as the change in angle increased. Two load cases were studied, involving a physiological load for 90 degrees of abduction and a central load of same magnitude.

It was found that by increasing the angle of the keel, where the S/I length at the tip of the keel was reduced, resulted in lower cement mantle stresses in this area of interest. This can be attributed to it being further away from the stiffer cortical bone where high tensile stresses exist due to inherent bending of the glenoid construct under loading. Therefore by reducing these high cement mantle stresses at the tip of the keel, fatigue failure of the cement mantle could be reduced.


Full Access
A Ghassemi J Sinha

To investigate the relationship between age and the Constant score: A formula to correct for age.

Method and results Healthy volunteers from the King’s College Hospital population with no previous shoulder disease were assessed using the constant score.270 healthy shoulders were tested. The subjects’ ages ranged from 16 to 83 with a mean age of 44.3. The scores ranged from 60 to 100 with a mean score of 82.3. Pearson correlation analysis gave us a trend or slope of −0.1.

Corrected score= actual score −[(age-44)( −0.1)].

Conclusion We concluded that the constant score decreases with age at a rate of one point per decade and that in order to compare subjects’ scores in a standardised way this correction should be applied.


J M Loughead J R Williams

We have undertaken to review Bankart stabilisations performed by the senior author in Newcastle since 1998.

We employ a modification of the technique as described by Rowe et al, but without a coracoid osteotomy and using suture anchors. Where there is also an element of inferior instability this was combined with a capsular shift at the same time. We performed a retrospective case note review of all patients in the study period, following this all patients were sent out a postal questionnaire based on the Oxford Instability Score (OIS).

A total of 50 Bankart repairs were performed in the study period, no significant wound infections or haematomas were recorded. 3 patient had further dislocations and required revision surgery; a further 2 patients had ongoing symptoms of instability one of which has had revision.

Response rate to the questionnaire was 62%. Mean OIS for patients following primary stabilisation was 21.7 (possible scores from 12 – excellent outcome to 60 – poor outcome). OIS following Bankart stabilisation of the shoulder has not been previously reported. These results compare favourably to original scores published by Carr et al (1999) who included both patients treated by surgery and physiotherapy alone.

The OIS was shown to be very sensitive in detecting instability symptoms noted at clinical review. The response pattern of the scores closely mirrored that from Carr and co-workers.


J S Moser K L Barker A J Carr

To examine the minimal detectable change in two patient –based questionnaires for patients with shoulder instability, managed conservatively.

Oxford Instability Shoulder Score (OISS) and Shoulder Rating Questionnaire (SRQ) were administered to 93 patients (100 shoulders) attending physiotherapy. Scores were transformed to percentages to allow comparison. Questionnaires were collected at nine months with 5 subjective response categories from “much worse” to “much better”. Score changes were related to subjective response categories and data calculated to ascertain minimal detectable change (MDC) using the method of McHorney & Tarlov (1995). Proportion of scores over the minimal detectable change score were then examined.

60 patients (64 shoulders) returned questionnaires at nine months.

34 patients (38 shoulders) reported the shoulder was “much better”. The percentage change scores for these patients were significantly different to all other patients (OISS=26%, p< 0.05 and SRQ =20%, p< 0.05).

The minimal detectable change score was calculated as 14% for OISS and 10.5% for SRQ. Of the 38 ‘much better’ responses, 32 (i.e. 84%) had a change score > 14% for the OISS and 27 (i.e. 71%) > 10.5% for the SRQ. Of those 7 who responded with ‘no change or worse’, 2/7 (29%) scored > 14% for OISS and 1/7 (14.2%) scored > 10.5%

Minimal detectable change scores have been calculated for the OISS and SRQ in patients with shoulder instability. These may help determine change, which is clinically important in outcome research.


A J Murphy T D Bunker

The aetiology and pathophysiology of frozen shoulder is poorly understood. The macroscopic pathological finding is dense fibrosis of the glenohumeral capsule and ligaments. Cellular histological studies reveal active proliferation of fibroblasts and their transformation to myofibroblasts, resulting in a dense matrix of disorganised collagen, causing capsular contracture. To further elucidate these pathological changes we arthroscopically examined 45 consecutive frozen shoulders immediately prior to performing arthroscopic release.

The distinctive finding in all cases was new blood vessel formation or angiogenesis in the synovium and capsule. There were five distinct angiogenic patterns: 1.vascular synovial proliferation at the base of the anchor of the long head of biceps tendon (most common); 2.petechial haemorrhagic spots widely spread across the synovium, in the rotator interval and even on the labral surface; 3.capillary loops and spirals, appearing like “lava flow”; 4.dense red vascular synovitis; 5.spectacular capillary whorls, similar in appearance to glomeruli (least common). High quality arthroscopic digital images will illustrate these findings.

The vascular changes seen in the shoulder joint in frozen shoulder are pathognomonic and similar to those seen in the formation of hypertrophic and keloid scarring of the skin, diabetic retinopathy, a variety of auto-immune disorders and tumours, rheumatoid arthritis and many other disease processes. The ability to therapeutically inhibit angiogenesis via inhibition of cytokines or adhesion molecules in these diseases suggests a possible role for these developing non-surgical treatments in frozen shoulder.


C E Connor S Sarasin M Fletcher R Kulkarni

Aim: To evaluate patient satisfaction and the effectiveness of a telephone clinic designed to follow up patients who have received shoulder or elbow surgery.

Method: Following wound checks in the community, patients are followed up in our department at six weeks, then three and six months respectively to assess level of progress and answer any questions patients may have. As outcome measures are already assessed by physiotherapists, a telephone clinic was devised to make better use of Consultant time. Patients were contacted by telephone at a pre-determined time by an extended scope practitioner physiotherapist who used a set of standard questions to obtain information about the patients’ progress. An opportunity was then given to the patients to discuss any issues they may have with regards to their treatment so far.

Urgent hospital follow – up was arranged for patients requiring it depending on their level of progress and problems identified.

Patients’ satisfaction and opinions with regards to the use of the telephone as a method of post-operative follow -up were ascertained by an independent researcher.

Results: 50 patients were contacted over a 12-week period.

Patients were satisfied by the level of information they were provided with and their subsequent management as a result of the telephone clinic. Patients particularly commented on the advantages of getting information at home with the avoidance of problems associated with attending for a hospital appointment.

Three patients were given an urgent follow-up appointment as a result of the information gleaned during the telephone clinic. These included a patient with a stitch abscess and two with adhesive capsulitis.

Conclusion: Telephone clinic follow up is an effective and safe method for monitoring patient progress post – operatively following shoulder or elbow surgery. It is well received by patients who save the time and effort associated with attending for a hospital consultation that often only lasts a few minutes. In the subject group identified the method of questioning was sufficiently sensitive to identify problems that required further management.


A J Murphy T D Bunker

Displaced proximal humeral fractures are notoriously difficult to treat. We performed internal fixation of 55 such fractures with the Polarus locked intramedullary nail. 43 (78%) were women; the mean age was 74 (range 15–91). The mechanism of injury was RTA in four, sporting injury in a further four and a simple fall in 47 (85%). According to Neer’s classification, 25 were two part fractures, 20 three part and 10 four part. 47 fractures were fixed acutely (within seven days).

The average operative time, including patient positioning was 60 minutes. In 43 cases the standard size nail was used (11mm diameter, 150mm length). In the majority of cases (80%) either two or three proximal locking screws were used. In 15 cases (27%) open reduction was necessary.

Patients were followed up for an average of eight months. Three patients needed removal of backed out proximal screws under local anaesthetic. In one patient the nail migrated superiorly and was removed once the fracture had united. One patient developed symptomatic avascular necrosis of the humeral head, successfully treated by removing the proximal screws. Two patients developed fracture malunion and underwent conversion to hemiarthroplasty. One patient required arthroscopic release of a secondary frozen shoulder.

Patients completed an Oxford Shoulder questionnaire at an average of 18 months postoperatively (range 5–42 months). The median Oxford Shoulder score was 33 (95% CI 25–38) with a mean score of 34.6

Previous studies of Polarus nailing have reported satisfactory results, but with limited follow up of a small number of patients. Our study of 55 cases with an average 18 month follow up confirms good functional rapid recovery in the majority of patients. Only five patients required removal of the metalwork and only two patients required conversion to hemiarthroplasty. We recommend the Polarus nail as a useful addition to the shoulder trauma surgeon’s armamentarium.


R Balendran A L Wallace

Aim Radio-frequency electrical energy and mechanical shaving are often used for resection of soft tissues during arthroscopic reconstructive procedures. The effects of these techniques on tendon are not yet clearly understood. This study compared the effects of radio-frequency ablation with mechanical shaving on ovine tendon, using histological and ultra-structural techniques.

Methods: A single cut using a scalpel blade was used to create a standardised reproducible lesion in 12 freshly harvested ovine infraspinatus tendons. Each lesion was then subjected to either bipolar radio-frequency ablation or mechanical shaving. Specimens were then processed for light and electron microscopy.

Results: The radio-frequency treated samples showed an area of coagulative necrosis with an average diameter of 2 mm around the lesion. Conversely, the shaved samples showed viable cells up to the edges of the lesion. These findings were supported by ultra-structural appearances, which showed preservation of tendon architecture in shaved samples and widespread denaturation of the tendon matrix with loss of fibrillar structure in the radio-frequency treated samples.

Conclusion: These results indicate that thermal resection of tendon causes an immediate additional 2 mm area of tissue necrosis which is not present after mechanical shaving. These findings may have implications for the success of arthroscopic debridement and tendon repair procedures.


MG Pritchard JF De Beer

Purpose of study: A retrospective review of treatment for this often very difficult problem in old people with osteoporotic bone.

Description of methods: Number of patients reviewed: 11 (9 females, 2 males). Age: 63 – 89 (average 76). Follow-up: 14 – 72 months (average 61)

The operative method was similar in all cases: the non-union was exposed through a delto pectoral approached and fibular allograft was inserted across the fracture site. As the fibula is a very dense cortical bone a T-plate could then be applied to the humerus with the screws directed into the intramedullary fibular peg. Cortico-cancellous bone from the Iliac crest was supplemented.

Results: Bony union was achieved in every case.

Pre-operative constant scores: Average 26

Post-operative constant scores: Average 75

The most significant increase in constant score was the ability to actively elevate the arm. Decrease in pain levels did play a role but was not as dramatic as the increase in function.

Discussion: In this very difficult problem of non-union of the proximal humerus, mostly in elderly people with osteo-porotic bone where internal fixation is a major problem, supplementing the fixation with an intramedullary fibular peg achieved excellent results.


R Nanda M Al Maiya L Goodchild P Finn A Rangan

Systematic studies are required to examine the effects on outcomes of alternative treatments and surgical techniques in the management of Orthopaedic conditions. Functional outcome scores provide reliable and valid judgments of health status and benefits of the treatment. We undertook a prospective study to assess the functional outcome in patients treated conservatively for proximal humeral fractures.

103 patients treated conservatively for a proximal humeral fracture were followed prospectively. Constant shoulder score and Oxford shoulder score were recorded at 3 months and 12 months follow-up.

A trend towards lesser degrees of improvement in the outcome scores was noted with increasing age. The degree of improvement in the outcome scores was not affected by sex, limb dominance or fracture type (Neer’s classification).

This information gives a guide to average behaviour in different groups of individuals with conservative treatment for proximal humeral fractures. We could then using this data postulate what would constitute a clinically relevant difference and calculate study numbers required while assessing other form of treatments for such fractures


H V Dabke S M Sarasin M Pritchard R Kulkarni Prof. C M Dent

Aim: To study the role of total elbow replacement in the management of distal humeral fractures in elderly patients.

Patients and methods: Between 1995 and 2003, 25 consecutive patients with fractures of the distal humerus were treated by primary total elbow replacement using the Coonrad-Morrey prosthesis. All surgeries were performed by one of the senior authors in two centers in South Wales. There were 18 females and 7 males and none of them had inflammatory or degenerative arthritis of the elbow. The mean age at the time of injury was 78 years (68–84). According to the AO classification, 16 patients had suffered a C3 injury, five type B3 and three type A3. One fracture was unclassified. The mean time to follow-up was 4 years (1–9 years).

Results: At follow-up 19 patients (76%) reported no pain, five (20%) had mild pain with activity and one had mild pain at rest. The mean flexion arc was 28 degrees to 105 degrees. The mean supination was 69 degrees (50–90) and pronation 70 degrees (50–80). No elbow was unstable. Mean Mayo elbow performance score was 71.5(25–100). Four patients (16%) developed ulnar neuropraxia following surgery that improved with time, 2 patients developed superficial wound infection (staphylococcus aureus), which was treated with antibiotics only. None of the above elbows required revision to date. Radiological evaluation revealed only one patient with a radio-lucent line at the cement -bone interface. It was between 1 and 2mm in length, was present on the initial postoperative radiograph and was non-progressive at the time of follow-up.

Conclusion: Primary total elbow arthroplasty is an acceptable option for the management of comminuted fractures of the distal humerus in elderly patients when the configuration of the fracture and the quality of the bone make reconstruction difficult.


A Fox T Board M S Srinivasan

Aim: This prospective study was carried out to assess the outcome of manipulation of the shoulder as a treatment for adhesive capsulitis of the shoulder.

Method: 31 patients were followed prospectively for twelve months after shoulder manipulation for adhesive capsulitis. All patients underwent manipulation under general anaesthetic and scalene block followed by intra-artificial gleno-humeral injection of steroid and local anaesthetic. Postoperative physiotherapy was started on the day of surgery. Shoulder function was assessed with range of movement, Constant and Murley score and DASH score (Disability of the Arm, Shoulder and Hand by specialist upper limb physiotherapists, pre-operatively, and post – operatively at 6 weeks, 3, 6, and 12 months.

Results: The DASH score improved from a mean of 60.1 (range 27–98) pre-operatively to a mean of 24.1 (range 5–83) at final follow up. Constant scores improved from a mean of 34.4 (range 16–51) pre-operatively to 65.8 (range 35–88). The mean improvement in Constant scores was 31.5 points.

Pre-operative range of movement (expressed as a percentage of the total ROM of the unaffected side) was 51.5 % (range 23.8–67.2). The mean postoperative ROM was 85.4% (range 56.2 – 99.3). External rotation improved from 41.7% (range 23.5 – 81.5) of the unaffected side preoperatively to 77.7% (range 44.1 – 105.3) at final review. Abduction improved from 47.4 % (range 23.3 – 70.6) to 85.4% (range 49.7 – 100) and forward flexion improved from 59.1% (range 33.5 – 73.9) to 90o (range 64.3 – 100.6). No patients required further manipulation.

Conclusion: All outcome measure improved following treatment. These improvements were sustained at 12-month follow up. In particular, external rotation which was the most restricted movement pre-operatively was seen to improve and this improvement was maintained throughout follow-up. We conclude that manipulation of the shoulder under inter-scalene block and general anaesthetic for adhesive capsulitis results in a sustained improvement in function and movement.


M.E. Kent S Hignet D Brown C S Sinopodis

Aim: To describe and evaluate the use of the limited contact plate in complex humeral shaft fractures.

Certain sub-groups of humeral shaft fractures can be very difficult to treat. These ‘complex fractures’ include fractures in very osteoporotic bone, those associated with shoulder or elbow prosthesis, non-unions and those associated with intra articular extensions and dislocations.

The AO limited contact plate (LCP) is a new form of fixation whether the screw heads lock into the holes in the plate. The plate is not designed to cause compression and does not need to lie perfectly adjacent to the bone.

Methods: A prospective study of six consecutive complex humeral shaft fractures treated with LCP plate. Rate of union, complications, and subjective and objective outcome (DASH scores) are analyzed.

Results: Union occurred in 9/10 patients. The final patient is progressing to union. There were no serious complications. Good subjective and objective outcome in all patients.

Conclusion: This heterogeneous series of complex and complicated humeral shaft fractures all pose significant management problems. Treatment with the LCP plate demonstrated good results with no significant complications. This completely new rational for treatment seems particularly suitable for the treatment of complex or complicated humeral shaft fractures.


G Marwah A Gupta S Kamineni

Aim: Complex radial head fractures are often underestimated in their complexity with consequent poor outcomes.

Method: We retrospectively reviewed thirty-two Mason 2 and 3 radial head fractures treated surgically with open reduction and internal fixation by generalist orthopaedic surgeons and trainees over a four-year period. They were clinically, radiologically and functionally assessed for this study. Functional assessment was done using the Mayo elbow performance score (MEPS).

Results: There were fourteen Mason 2 and eighteen Mason 3 radial head fractures. The Mason 2 were fixed by K-wires (n=2), Herbert TM screws (n=5), Acutrack TM screws (n=3), and T-plates (n = 4). The Mason 3 were fixed by Herbert TM screws (n=6), Acutrack TM screws (n=4) and T plates.

Average follow up was 47 months (range 22–65 months). The arc of elbow motion was 1040 (range 680_1400), with an average extension deficit of 230 (range 00–500) and an average flexion deficit of 200 (range 100–400). The average arc of forearm rotation was 1300 (range 00–1400), with an average supination of 660 (range 00–750), and an average pronation of 680 (range 00–800 ). The complications (N=17/32) included superficial skin infection (n=2), transient posterior interosseous nerve palsy (n=4), broken T -plate (n=1), intra-articular placement of a screw (n=1), loose and backed out screw (n=1), non-, union of radial head (n=2). Fixed flexion deformity if elbow (n=4) and mild elbow in stability (n=2). Second surgery was preformed in 18.7 % (n=6/32)(radial head replacement n=1, anterior capsulectomy n=4 and removal of screw n=1).

Conclusion: Radial head trauma surgery is an underestimated source of poor clinical outcomes. Complex radial head fractures should be clinically and radiologically evaluated with the knowledge that they are difficult to accurately and comprehensively assess. The treatment of such fractures may warrant management by a sub-specialist, although this latter conclusion has not been corroborated to date.


SJ Haridas C Curtis B Caterson R Evans C Dent

Aim: To evaluate the functional outcome of patients following intra-osseous suturing for repair of distal biceps tendon ruptures, using the Mayo scoring system. Subsequent analysis of mRNA expression; in the ruptured biceps tendons was performed.

Methods: We operated on 8 patients who had ruptured their biceps tendon. The average ages of the patients were 36 (Range 22–50). The technique involved using intrasosseous suturing via a single anterior skin crease incision. The functional outcome of these patients was scored by using the Mayo elbow performance score. The average follow-up was 7 months. (Range 5–8 months). The tendons were processed for RNA isolation and reverse -transcription – polymerase chain reaction (RT-PCR).

Results: The average subjective assessment (pain and function) of these patients was 63/70 (Range 57–68). The average objective assessment (motion and stability) was 24/30 (Range 22–27). The overall average was 87/100. None of the patients had any complications postoperatively. Our results showed that in the samples of ruptured biceps tendon there was mRNA expression of ECM structural components, especially aggrecan and the small proteoglycans biglycan and decorin. Interestingly, these samples also showed a high expression for the enzymes commonly involved in articular cartilage degradation and turnover, the aggrecanases (ADAMTS-4 and ADAMTS-5) and the matrix metalloproteinases (MMP-3 and MMP-13).

Conclusion: We demonstrated that intrasosseous suturing via a single anterior incision, in-patients with ruptured biceps tendons could provide a good functional outcome. This technique should therefore be considered as one of the surgical options in the management of this condition. We know clinically that patients can rupture their biceps tendon either due to trauma if not due to degenerative conditions. In our study we wanted to know if the subset of patients how ruptured their tendons traumatically had any pre-existing degenerative conditions leading on to the rupture compared to the normal subjects. Interestingly our study has shown that there is mRNA expression of degradative enzymes (aggrecanases and MMPs) in the samples of ruptured biceps tendon. Furthermore, our samples also showed mRNA expression for factors involved in the inflammatory response. In conclusion, mRNA expression of the factors involved in degradation and inflammation may suggest a phenotype that predisposes the biceps tendon to rupture, although further studies are required in order to investigate this.


Ng L S Yap K Swamy A O Browne

Aims: To evaluate the functional outcome and patient satisfaction following the modified Weaver -Dunn procedure for the treatment of chronic acromioclavicular joint (ACJ) disruption.

Methods: A cohort of 16 patients treated surgically for chronic, symptomatic ACJ disruption (Rockwood type 3 to 5) between 1992 and 2001 is reviewed. The constant – Murley functional shoulder scoring system and patients satisfaction was assessed at the latest follow-up evaluation.

Results: All patients undergone modified Weaver – Dunn procedure which consists of excision of lateral end of clavicle, bone block transfer of corocoacromial ligament stabilized with 2 mm K-wires and Nylon tape or Ethibond suture to maintain acromioclavicular alignment. There were 13 males and 2 females with a mean age of 36 years (range: 17 to 58). 30% patients had sporting related injury. Mean delay from onset of symptoms to surgery was 30 months. 4 patients had failed primary operation to the ACJ. 2 patients had concomitant fibrous non-union of lateral 1/3 of clavicle. All the patients were re-examined at 2–11 years after surgery (mean 5.8 years). The mean Constant Murley scores were 86 (range: 70 to 100). Results were good to excellent in 75 % of cases. Complications consisted of 1 K-wire migration, 2 superficial wound infections, 1 deep infection and 3 failure of reconstruction. The latter were related to salvage procedure in previous failed primary operations.

Conclusions Acromioclavicular realignment can be achieved using Nylon tape or Ethibond sutures and 2 stout K-wires. The latter appears to enhance the pull- out strength of bone block transfers and allows bone – to bone union. We recommend this modification of technique to ensure acromioclavicular alignment. This technique is not intended for salvage procedure, as failure rate is high.


A Sibel – Linz K Mattam A P Thomas

Aim: The purpose of this study was to assess the outcome of total elbow replacement surgery by looking at pain, range of movements and functional improvement as well as immediate and delayed complications.

Methods: It is a retrospective study of medical and Nursing notes from June 1994 until November 2003. 32 elbow replacements were performed. However 1 set of notes were unrecoverable, therefore the study group was 31 elbow replacements on 22 people. 9 bilateral replacements. The range of follow up time was 5 months to 9.5 years. (Mean of 5 years). 3 patients (5 elbows) were deceased at the time of study. All except 3 of the elbows were replaced as a result of rheumatoid arthritis with a mean patient age of 67 years. ((range 41–84)

Results: 84% of patients were documented to have impaired activities of daily living (ADLs) pre-operatively. Average range of movement before surgery was 500 – 1250 (750).

All were operated on by the same surgeon. 6 elbow (19%) had a pre-discharge complication, 4 ulna nerve palsies and 2 superficial wound infections. No cases of proven deep prosthetic infection. 1 case of symptomatic loosening after 12–24 months, awaiting revision. 1 case of loosening seen on X-ray after 5 years, the patient is asymptomatic but still under follow up. 21 of the 22 patients reported to be very satisfied with the outcome with only 4 elbows not allowing improvement in ADLs. Documented range of movement improved on an average by 200 of extension and 110 of flexion.

Conclusion: The majority of elbow replacements were done for rheumatoid arthritis and the outcome has been very good with few lasting complications. The main pre-operative complains of inability to perform ADLs was greatly improved by the surgery. Documentation of range of movements and objective pain measurement was poor making this difficult to comment on.


B Venkateswaran T Zaman T Even A Kapila A Bargava S Copeland O Levy

Aim: Despite many studies the implications of perfusion and blood flow abnormalities in the rotator cuff (RC) in vivo are not clearly understood. Laser Doppler Flowmetry (LDF) is an established technique for the measurement of perfusion in tissue, which has been applied in animal and human studies. This study aims to evaluate Laser Doppler Flowmetry (LDF) as a technique for the assessment of blood flow in the normal and diseased RC.

Methods: With Ethics committee approval and informed consent patients undergoing arthroscopy for impingement or cuff tear (diseased cuff) and instability (normal cuff – BO) were recruited. Following diagnostic arthroscopy and bursoscopy measurements of the LDF in the RC tear were made at 6 points. Five of these were in the cuff over a 4 cm. 2 are from the insertion at the greater tuberosity and one in the deep surface.

Diseased RC were sub grouped into mild (B1), moderate (B2) and severe (*B3 – cuff tear) impingement grades (Copeland – Levy Classification). The arthroscopy, grading, and probe placement were made by the senior authors. LDF flux (LDFf) was recorded over 30 seconds at each measurement point. The mean of these readings was then calculated (LDF flux – an arbitrary unit of measurement of the perfusion).

Results: 35 patients were recruited. 210 measurements were recorded, in 6 anatomical locations. The mean LDFf was 34.1 in diseased RC and 55.3 in normal RC (p=0.0002). The mean LDFf was 52.2 in severe (RC tear) impingement and 30.3 in mild and moderate impingement’s (p< 0.0001).

The LDFf was lowest in the moderate grade with a significant increase at the edges of a cuff tear.

Conclusion: Preliminary recording of LDFf show changes are in keeping with current knowledge of the pathology. LDFf decreases with advancing impingement. There is an increase in LDFf at the edges of RC tears. This might reflect a reparative response.


S Ridgeway A Richards C Pearce R J Sinnerton

Aim: To show that the Delta III Total Shoulder Replacement (TSR) Prosthesis is an alternate treatment for complex proximal humeral fracture sequelae (Type 3 & 4)

Methods: This is a prospective outcome study involving 10 patients (mean age (71.5 yrs). All patients failed conservative treatment with a mean time to surgery of 10.5 (+/− 11.5) months and a mean follow up of 8.2 months (6–24mnths). All patients underwent a Delta III TSR via McKenzie approach by a single surgeon.

Patients were assessed with constant and age adjusted Constant scores, radiographs and subjective questionnaire and whether they were satisfied at 6 weeks, 3, 6, 12, 24 months.

Results: At 6 months, age adjusted Constant scores changed form a mean 8.9 (5.3) pre-op to 50.1 (20.9). Six patients were satisfied, 2 unsure and 2 unsatisfied; elevation improved the most, with external rotation the least affected. Age adjusted power increase by 40.4 %, with a subjective function (10 points) improving by 32.6 %. X-rays at 6 months showed two glenoid notches in contact with the inferior screws. Three patients underwent revision surgery (total 5 revisions) for acute post – operative dislocations – all had inserts changed. Intra-operative tension assessment (by means of anterior dislocation of the humerus) was found to be a useful test of stability. Revision surgery found to be a significant predictor of poorer function at 6 months. (p< 0.025). No stem failures noted. Significantly better constant scores achieved with shorter period of time from fracture to delta replacement (p< 0.045). A single wound infection was treated successfully with oral antibiotics.

Conclusion: The results of the Delta III TSR in this difficult group of patients, appear satisfactory in terms of patient satisfaction, subjective and objective functional assessment and 6 months prosthesis survival (100%), and appear to offer a better functional outcome than hemiarthroplasty.


R Nanda R Pratt L Goodchild A Rangan A Gamble R S D Campbell

Aim: The prevalence of rotator cuff tears increases with advancing age. Proximal humeral fracture are also common in the elderly, but the influence of a coexistent rotator cuff tear on clinical outcome following fracture has not been previously investigated.

Method: In this study 85 patients treated conservatively for proximal humeral fractures were evaluated with ultrasonography to determine the status of the rotator cuff. Outcome was evaluated using the Constant shoulder score and Oxford shoulder score, and recorded at 3 months and 12 months follow up. The null hypothesis is that there is no correlation between the presence of absence of cuff tear following fracture and clinical outcome.

The data was analysed to determine if the presence of a full thickness rotator cuff tear influenced functional outcome in these patients.

The null hypothesis has not been disproved. There is no statistically significant difference in outcome with presence of an associated full thickness rotator cuff tear with proximal humeral fractures.

Conclusion: At present this study suggests that there is no indication for routine ultrasonography evaluation of the rotator cuff following proximal humerus fracture.


R. Adani L. Delcroix M. Innocenti I. Marcoccio L. Tarallo

Vascularised bone grafts have been most commonly applied in reconstructions of the lower extremities. However, the indications for vascularised bone grafts in the upper extremities have now been expanded, as this technique is becoming more widely appreciated. Between 1993 and 2000, 12 patients who had segmental bone defects following trauma of the forearm received vascularised fibular grafts, among them six men and six women. The average age was 39 years (range 16–65 years). The reconstructed sites were the radius in eight patients and the ulna in four. The length of the bone defect ranged from 6 to 13 cm. In four cases the fibular graft was raised as a vascular osteoseptocutaneous fibular graft. For fixation of the grafted fibula, plates were used in ten cases, screws and Kirschner wires in two. In these two cases an external skeletal fixator was used for immobilisation of the extremity. The follow-up period ranged from 93 to 10 months. In 11 patients grafting was successful. There were no instances of fractures of the grafted bone; however, non-union occurred at the proximal site in one case and only one patient required an additional bone graft. No patient showed evidence of resorption of the graft or symptoms related to the donor leg. No recurrence of local infection was encountered in the patients with previous osteomyelitis. The mean period to obtain radiographic bone union was 4.8 months (range 2.5–8 months). With the use of fibular grafts a segment of diaphyseal bone can be transferred that is structurally similar to the radius and ulna and that is of sufficient length for the reconstruction of most skeletal defects in the forearm. A vascularised fibular graft is indicated in patients with intractable non-unions, where conventional bone grafting has failed or for large bone defects (in excess of 6 cm) in the radius or ulna.


N. Agabiti O. Picconi A. Sperati E. Fabrizi M. Torre G. Frustagli S. Palmieri E. Romanini C. Villani R. Padua G. Guasticchi

Systematic and prospective collection of data (Registro degli Interventi di Protesi d’Anca – RIPA-L) on hip replacement operations is underway in the Lazio Region (Italy) as part of a multi-regional registry on orthopaedic prosthetic surgery. The project is partially funded by the Ministry of Health and includes five regions of Italy, coordinated by Istituti Ortopedici Rizzoli, Bologna, in co-operation with the Italian National Institute of Health. The aim of the project is to create – as a first attempt in Italy – a national database on hip replacement operations in order to monitor adverse events related to orthopaedic prostheses. First, in the Lazio region, standardised methods and data collection instruments were developed and assessed in a pilot study at three hospitals in Rome (teaching, public and private). The case report form (CRF) includes identification data, clinical findings, details of the operation (duration, grade of surgeon, and operative technique) and characteristics of the prosthesis. A web-based CRF facilitates data registration (www.asplazio.it). Second, 32 orthopaedic centres agreed to participate in the initiative and started collecting data. Indeed, 53% of all hip replacement operations in the Lazio region are performed in these centres (n=6355, source: Regional Hospital Information System, 2003).

RIPA-L represents an important instrument to monitor the quality of hip replacement surgery in the Lazio region and to collect information on types of orthopaedic prostheses, contributing to the national database and, more generally, promoting quality in orthopaedic surgery.


E. Amelio P. Manganotti° L. Cugola

Spasticity is a complex syndrome requiring extensive and complete treatment. Injections of botulinum toxin type A decrease muscle tone in spastic muscles of the hand and improve the use of the upper limb. However, rehabilitation and different non-invasive treatments should also be considered.

Shock waves are defined as a sequence of single sonic pulses characterised by high peak pressure (100 MPa), fast pressure rise (< 10 ns) and short duration (10 μs). Twenty patients, with upper limb spasticity post stroke were enrolled in the study. The patients (12 men and eight women) had a mean age of 63 years (36–76 years). An electromagnetic coil lithotriptor (Modulith SLK® by Storz Medical AG) provided with in-line ultrasound, radiographic, and computerised aiming (Lithotrack® system) was used. Flexor muscles of the forearm were treated with 1500 shots, and 3200 shots were used for interosseous muscles of the hand (800 for each muscle). The energy applied was 0.030 mj/mm. The protocol consisted of one placebo treatment session in which no shock waves were applied, followed 1 week later by one active shock wave treatment session. The Ashworth Scale was used to study the muscle tone activity in patients. No changes in the Ashworth score were noted in hand and wrist flexion after placebo stimulation. After real treatment the hand muscles and finger flexion in particular showed a marked reduction in spasticity with a change in the Ashworth scale from 3 to 0. At 1, 4, and 12 weeks, a slight increase in muscle tone was observed for all subjects. Needle EMG was performed at 4 weeks. No denervation was observed.

The main finding of this preliminary study is that a single active treatment of shock wave therapy in spastic muscles in a patient affected by stroke resulted in a significant reduction in muscle tone. In contrast, no effect was noted after placebo stimulation. Nitric oxide synthesis has been suggested to be one of the most important mechanisms to explain the effectiveness of shock waves in the treatment of different soft tissue diseases. Shock wave therapy appeared to be safe, non invasive and without complications. Our findings suggest that shock wave therapy may be useful in decreasing flexor tone and functional disability in patients with spasticity of the hand, with a long-lasting effect. This therapy could open a new field of research in the treatment of spasticity. Further studies with a larger group of patients are, therefore, necessary.


R. Adani M. Innocenti L. Tarallo L. Delcroix G. Rollo A. Bassi R. Capanna

Allogeneic bone is one of the most commonly used tissue grafts, with a variety of applications in orthopaedic surgery. The aim of this work is to analyze the initial results obtained using allografts in reconstructive surgery of the hand. In the period between January 2000 and August 2003, eight patients between 16 and 52 years of age (average age: 36 years) were treated using an allograft to replace the metacarpal bone and/or phalangeal bone of the hand. In three cases the initial cause was a recurring neoplasm (aneurysm, cyst, osteoma, osteoid, and TGC); in the other patients the aetiology was traumatic. The site of reconstruction was a metacarpal bone in three patients; in two of these it was associated with reconstruction of MPj (in one patient there was double bone loss at the third and fourth metacarpal bone); in one patient the lesion affected only the MPj. In the other five patients the reconstruction was performed at the phalanx, transferring the proximal interphalangeal (PIP) joint as well (except in one case). Different synthesis procedures were performed to obtain a good stability: miniplates, micro-screw, K-wires, and staples. A bone allograft (two cases) was used with platelet gel and a compound of stem cells to promote better recovery of the bone. The patients were followed for a period of between 6 and 40 months after surgery. The time needed to obtain a good healing was on average 6 months (in one case without the proximal recovery of the bone). The total range of movement in fingers that were reconstructed was between 0° and 270°, with an average of 121°. No patient reported any persisting pain. In reconstructive surgery of the hand allografts have only been used occasionally up to now. We believe that this preliminary study provides some useful findings. The waiting time for perfect recovery of a bone before the start of rehabilitation treatment can cause severe stiffness to joints: the osteosynthesis must be as stable as possible to allow for early mobilisation of the joint, especially in post-traumatic cases. Some questions about the future of joint capsules, articular cartilage, and extensor tendons of allograft still remain unanswered. In conclusion, we believe that the results obtained in this preliminary report are encouraging and point towards obtaining a reconstruction of bone loss that is as “biological” as possible.


C. Ascani I. Tornatore E. Ascani

The authors present case histories relating to experience gained over 18 months of using deantigenic osseous grafts together with platelet growth factor for posterior spine arthrodesis. The spinal column was the last section of the skeleton to recover from the use of this kind of bone graft to promote spinal fusion. This is due to the negative experience encountered during the proposals bought forward during the 1960s and 1970s by French orthopaedic surgeons who used heterologous lyophilised bone for long vertebral arthrodesis.

The high incidence of pseudoarthrosis developed as a result of difficulties in absorption of the skeletal implant, which, in order to ensure sufficient mechanical resistance, should have been thicker (8 mm). Therefore it could not be assimilated. This then resulted in relying only on external protection (plastered brace) to provide the necessary rigidity during the process of fusion.

The beginning of stable synthesis obtained with transpeduncular fixation and double instrumentation as used in the Cotrel Doubousset technique and methods derived from it made it possible to maintain primary stability over time, therefore positively influencing the process of consolidation. This is why the practice of exclusively using osseous derivations has grown only in the past few years in vertebral surgery, preferring to implant small chips which can be assimilated much easier and to avoid having to search for mechanically resistant areas for bone replacement.

In conclusion, the use of heterologous bone grafts in the vertebral column represents a situation similar to that in other mobile osseous areas, in which the immobilisation depends on the use of a mechanical instrument (when it concerns short arthrodesis 2–3 segments). In the case of long spinal fusion such as in correcting vertebral deformity (scoliosis and kyphosis), the problem is more complicated, even though today’s new biological tools (large extension of the bed of arthrodesis) make this possible and offer the advantages of the lack of problems at the donor site. In these cases it is particularly suitable to routinely combine heterologous bone replacement with growth factors (osteoinductive bone proteins) for treatment, which according to our preliminary results should notably shorten the period of assimilation and the fusion healing.


F. Astore D. Ricci N. Ursino L. Spotorno

Xenografts of bovine bone were used successfully for years with a minimum acceptable rate of side effects in total hip revision arthroplasty for filling large bone defects. The great majority of them was withdrawn from the market when any biological product of bovine origin was considered as a potential carrier of prions infection. However, current EEC regulations permit their surgical therapeutic use if obtained from cattle under 6 months of age, which are supposed to be not at risk of prion transmission. Lubboc, a purified trabecular bone matrix containing only type-1 collagen and hydroxyapatite, fulfils this requirement. From 2001 to 2003 we used this product in fragments (chips) to fill bone defects of the acetabulum before screwing the acetabular rings in 37 patients. No massive grafts were implanted. Minimum follow-up was 12 months, maximum 27 months. Four subjects were lost to follow-up. The fate of the grafts was evaluated for evidence of union, remodelling, resorption, migration of the rings or fracture of the newly formed bone. No significant adverse events were registered. If the risk of transmitting infectious agents is excluded or minimised according to the present legislation, it seems unjustified to remove xenografts from the options available to orthopaedic surgeons, considering the problems of bone stock deficiency and reconstruction in hip arthroplasty revision surgery.


Andrea Baldini Thomas P Sculco

The use of stems with constrained condylar knee (CCK) prosthesis components has been advocated both for primary and revision total knee arthroplasty (TKA). CCK “nonmodular” implants without diaphyseal stems reduce the invasion of the medullary canal, thereby reducing operative time and costs; render a subsequent revision procedure easier, and avoid possible stem pain. The present study is the first report on mid-term results of stemless CCK for primary TKA.

This cross-sectional study reviewed the outcome for 248 knees (180 patients) in which primary TKA was performed using the Exactech nonmodular CCK between 1997 and 2001. The patients had an average age of 68 years and the preoperative diagnosis was osteoarthritis in 94%. Preoperative deformity was severe (82% Ahlback grade 4–5). Valgus deformity was present in 59% and averaged 15° (7–33°). Varus deformity, present in 41% of the patients, averaged 13° (5–22°). Fifty-seven percent of the patients had multiple joint involvement (category C).

Clinical and radiological follow-up at an average of 47 months (range, 24–72 months) was obtained for 192 TKAs (148 patients). Of the total group, there were 15 deaths and 17 patients were lost to follow-up. The Knee Society score improved from 36 to 89 and the functional score from 42 to 76 postoperatively. Varus-valgus laxity improved from 11° (range: 0–30°) to 2° (range:0–6°). Nonprogressive radiolucent lines were present in 16%. Failure rate, defined as revision, was 3% (two infections, two aseptic loosenings, one broken post, and one supra-condylar femoral fracture). In six knees (3%) patello-femoral complications developed: five patellar clunks and one dislocation.

Use of a stemless “nonmodular” CCK for primary severely damaged knees demonstrated reliable mid-term results with a low complication rate.


C. Ascani G. Pagnotta E. Ascani

In this work we report our experience, which began in 1981, with 200 patients in the correction of complex deformities (rotational and angular) of the inferior limbs by using the IIizarov method. In our case histories, we demonstrate the advantages of treatment of complex deformities using correction techniques such as epiphysiodesis operations performed in open surgery access or by using percutaneous stapling or osteotomic corrections, which in our experience are only indicated in single plane lower limb deformities.

On the other hand, we demonstrate the complete validity of the IIizarov method in the progressive correction of the multi-planar deformities. Such methods allow progressive correction of the deformities in three different spatial planes, resulting, in addition to the possible improvement in the angular defects, in the simultaneous correction of the torsional defects.

The critical analysis of our experience also demonstrates the possible complications inherent in the IIizarov method and which have been subdivided into further and greater complications, such as in the acute treatment of serious deformities (joint stiffness, nerve paralysis, and deep pin track infection) and in minor complications (superficial pin track infection).


C. Ascani V. Tovaglia M. Piazza A. Conforti

In this retrospective study, we re-evaluated the case histories of patients treated for diaphyseal and meta-epiphyseal fractures of the humerus by fasciculated nailing, using the Hackethal method. Our experience, beginning in 1992 through to the present, includes over 400 cases of fractures treated using this method. Among these cases, there were 250 meta-epiphyseal fractures and 200 diaphyseal fractures. Follow-up was possible in 250 cases.

The number of complications encountered in the case studies considered was relatively low, including five cases of a delayed union and four cases of non-union. There were no deep or articular infections, five cases of superficial infection, four cases of fracturing of the means of synthesis, 10 cases of procidence of the wires at the level of the insertion site, and two cases of distal migration at the level of the articular cartilage of the humeral head. We did not encounter any cases of periarticular ossification or iatrogenic palsy of the radial nerve.

Our methodology foresaw in all cases closed reduction of the fracture as well as epicondylar access distal to the humerus, which in some instances of multi-fragmented fractures was performed bilaterally, with the Eiffel Tower assembling method and four or five retrograde bundle wires. By using the epicondylar point of insertion, the fracture could be reduced and and torsional stability obtained, which together with the bone defect filling contributed to the primary stability of the fracture.

In this retrospective study, we wanted to demonstrate the validity of the bundle nailing according to Hackethal’s method, which is distinguished by being a minimally invasive technique as well as by providing good consolidation and a low rate of complications.


Full Access
D. D’Onofrio C. Angrisani S. Del Prete

Today there is a great interest in the use of the autol-ogous platelet growth factors (APGF) in the field of orthopaedic surgery. The platelets are like a cellular laboratory and secrete, store, and leave many growth factors. These APGF are able to increase the reproduction of futtock, mesenchymal, fibroblast, osteoblast, and endothelial cells, which have a homothetic effect on macrophages and mono- and polymorphonuclear cells.

Between 2001 and 2003 about 60 patients were treated with APGF in the form of gel. It was used for osteosynthesis of high energy fractures with soft tissue and bone loss, in arthrodesis of scoliotic spine, and in the emergency treatment of hand trauma. The platelet gel was used for 4 weeks. The average time for recovery was about 1 month for the soft tissue lesions.

The use of APGF enables a speedy recovery and quick resumption of work. The healing time of the fractures decreases by 50% and the fingertip lesions with exposed bone can be treated with APGF without shortening or plastic surgery being necessary.

It is possible to use platelet gel for replacement of soft tissue, for osteosynthesis of fractures, and to fill up defect cavities. Thus, this opens new perspectives for treatment in orthopaedic surgery.

The patients could return to normal daily activity in a short time and it is possible to reach good results, offering a better quality of life.


E. Betti G. Morescalchi

The treatment of complex tibial plateau fractures is often difficult because in these fractures the nature of the articular damage is always important, the reduction is not easy, often entailing extensive exposure, and the collapse of the metaphyseal bone, located beneath the reconstructed articular surface, makes the osteosynthesis mechanically unsafe for 10 or 12 weeks.

There are three fundamental objectives of percutaneous surgical treatment: to be minimally invasive, to result in a good reduction and to achieve stable fixation. Through a small skin incision at the metaphysis, a leever was inserted across a small door made on the cortical metaphyseal bone and the articular fragments were elevated and held in the reduced position. Temporarily the fragments were fixed with a Kirschner wire and definitely fixed with one or more cannulated screws. Norian S.R.S was used to fill the bone gap that resulted from the traumatic collapse of the metaphyseal bone: with its initial mechanical strength the joint fragment reduction and the developing ostheosynthesis can be stabilised, thus shortening the functional recovery time.

Between 1997 and 2002 we operated 52 patients with tibial plateau fractures using this percutaneous technique and application of the mineral bone substitute Norian. Of these, 42 fractures were unicondylar, 16 type B2 and 26 Type B3 according to the AO classification, and 10 fractures bicondylar 4 type C2 and 6 type C3 according to the AO classification. The minimum follow-up was 1 year. For clinical evaluation we used the Hohl assessment form, for the radiographs the criteria of Rasmussen X-rays. The final conclusions, resulting from integrated analysis of the clinical data and X-ray data, can be simplified and represented as follows: 26 cases can be considered excellent (50%), 12 good (23%), 11 fair (21 %) and three poor (6%).

In conclusion, Norian offers a real advantage in the treatment of displaced tibial plateau fractures, because it offers an unlimited supply of bone substitute, is an optimal filling for the irregular defects of the cancellous bone and gives immediate mechanical support to the joint, integrating the ostheosynthesis perfectly. The recostruction of the tibial plateau with minimally invasive surgery such as percutaneous indirect reduction by elevation and percutaneous osteosynthesis, with mechanical stability assured by Norian SRS, is an important improvement. The functional recovery time is reduced, with great benefit for patients.


B. Battiston S. Coppolino W. Daghino L. Conforti

The aetiology, pathogenesis and clinical staging of osteonecrosis of the femoral head have been the subject of considerable discussion. The same is true regarding the treatment of such conditions, which could be non-operative (shockwaves, no traction, PEMFs) or operative (conservative methods or prosthetic substitution), depending on the age of the patient and the degree of compromise of the femoral head.

During the period between 1972 and 2003 at the CTO Hospital of Turin, Italy, 54 patients underwent surgery. We used core decompression (forage biopsy) in 39 cases and in the other 15 cases free vascularised fibular grafting (microsurgical techniques). All the patients were at the initial stages of the condition (Steinberg I–IIIa), stages in which subchondral collapse had not yet occurred. Follow up average 125.6 months.

The results were estimated according to the Harris Hip Score, which allows for a score in relation to pain upon motional, functional and clinical deformity.

In light of our data, we can confirm that the advantage of the result is secondary to the appropriate use of surgical techniques in relation to the clinical staging of the pathology. We have, in fact, established a treatment protocol that calls for core decompression at stage 0 – IA and free vascularised fibular grafting at the more advanced stages that go from IB to IIIA.


G. Beltrami D. Matera D.A. Campanacci P. Caldora M. Manfrini M. Innocenti R. Capanna

In order to investigate the efficacy of free vascularised fibular graft (VFG) after bone intercalary tumour resection in tibia, we present our results with a minimum follow-up of 2 years. From 1988 to 2001, 47 patients affected by high-grade tibial sarcoma in 31 cases (66%), and low-grade diesease in 16 cases (34%) were treated in our department. Average age was 19 years (range 5–60 years), with a male/female ratio of 1.35. The average length of tibial resection was 15 cm, while the average length of the fibular graft was 19 cm. In 11 cases (21%) VFG was assembled alone, while in 36 cases (79%) a massive bone allograft was associated to the fibula. Three patients developed a deep infection, treated by amputation in two cases and by graft removal and an Ilizarov device in one case. Minor complications occurred in 28 cases (55%) (stress fractures, wound slough, osteosynthesis breakage), all healed by minor surgery or conservative treatment. At an average follow-up of 108 months (range 24 to 185 months), four patients had died of disease and three were lost to follow-up. Regarding the overall results, the combined group of fibula plus massive allograft showed to be more effective than the group of fibula alone in terms of early weight bearing (6 versus 12 months), while VFG showed intrinsic efficacy in achieving early bony fusion at the osteotomy lines and hypertrophy of the graft in both groups. Furthermore, using the combined assembly the articular surface could be spared in all the trans-epiphyseal resections, while VFG alone appeared to be electively indicated for infected or irradiated fields.

In conclusion, despite the demanding surgical technique, VFG appears to be a long-lasting and definitive biological reconstruction procedure after intercalary tibial resection.


F. Biggi G. Caloprisco A. Scorrano

The identification of different substances able to promote a cellular response in terms of proliferation and differentiation the so-called “morphogenetic proteins”, has expanded research, aiming to identify the cellular elements that produce these proteins, in order to find a source for clinical application.

Platelets have been identified as the main source of morphogenetic protein production: they can be separated in human blood samples and thus it is possible to create a concentration of these elements that, used both in bone as well as in soft tissues, promote a cellular response useful for tissue repair in terms of bone formation and soft tissue regeneration.

Our experience takes into account different fields of application of this new technology: revision surgery, non-union treatment and repair of soft tissue in 18 patients.

The same manufacturing process was utilized for all cases: ”Haemonetics” MCS”+ technology for apheresis, concentration of platelets and plasma/cryoprecipitate obtained, then mixed with autologous thrombin and calcium gluconate to obtain a gel. Usually, for bone surgery, platelet gel is mixed with an autologous iliac crest bone graft or, in some instances, with a homologous bone bank graft, usually morcelized chips.

For soft tissue applications, after surgical débridement, the gel is directly applied over the site and covered by a soft bandage. No adverse effects have been observed: good results, in terms of bone healing and soft tissue repair, were obtained in all cases.


L. Becherucci M. Tenucci G. Lupetti G. Guido

We report on a case of bilateral medial patellar dislocation, studied with hip/knee/ankle TC for evaluation of torsional defects and treated four times with distal derotative femoral osteotomy and cuneiform subtractive osteotomy of the lateral part of the femoral trochlea.

The patient, a woman 18 years of age at the beginning of treatment, presented with femoral neck anteversion of 30° dx and 25° sx referred to the plane passing posteriorly to the distal femoral condyles; the trochlear angle was 140° dx and 144° sx with medial inclination of trochlea due to medial hypoplasia. The patellae were facing medially, and clinically the patient had suffered medial dislocation of the patella several times.

The treatment lasted 4 years: the femoral derotation of 10° was executed by Orthofix monoassial external fixator; the lateral bone wedge removed from the trochlea was about 10 mm and we used reabsorbable nails for fixation.

Current values are 17° of femoral neck anteversion bilaterally, and the trochlear angle is 151° dx and 150° sx. The patient, now 26 years old, has not had any more dislocations and her knees have complete mobility with no pain.

The good result demonstrates the importance of femoral neck anteversion in the genesis of knee disorders. In this case the absence of specific abnormalities of the extensor mechanism (valgus knee, lateralisation of tibial apophyisis) probably caused the hypoplasia of the medial part of the trochlea and the resulting, rare medial patellar dislocation.


F. Biggi C. D’Antimo R. Tormen S. Trevisani

Proximal juxta-articular leg fractures are often high-energy injuries, involving the tibial articular surface as well as diaphyseal segments. Young, active people are frequently affected, and optimal reduction, effective stabilization, early function and a rapid return to daily-life are the goals of treatment.

These fractures are, as well known, difficult to treat, because of the frequent articular involvement, fragment comminution and extension of the fracture rim: if not adequately treated, they might result in mal-union, non-union, articular stiffness and late arthrosis.

Mal-union, both angular and rotational, are, in many cases, very difficult lesions to treat, almost always requiring osteotomies, osteointegration and stable fixation: we present our experience in the treatment of these lesions, with the results obtained in 31 cases treated with a minimum of 1 year of follow-up. The same protocol was used in all patients: direct surgical approach to the lesion, removal of any implanted device, careful débridement of the mal-union site (mainly directed to complete interposed fibrous tissue removal), deformity correction, stable internal fixation and osteointegration, whenever necessary, by autologous or homologous bone. We evaluated all cases in terms of patient satisfaction, deformity correction, bone healing and functional recovery: one major complication occurred (nail failure); delayed skin healing was seen in three patients (one requiring re-operation), and one patient there was rupture of a distal locking screw. In conclusion, this method is effective in the treatment of these lesions.


G Burastero N Sessarego G Grappiolo A Pitto S Castello M Podestà F Frassoni L Spotorno

Human mesenchymal stem cells (hMSC), residing in the bone marrow, can be purified, expanded in cell culture and under appropriate stimuli may differentiate along the osteogenic, chondrogenic and adipogenic lineages. The aim of this study was to investigate the expansion capability and differentiation potential of MSCs obtained from femur, pelvis and acetabular cancellous bone of aged patients in order to establish whether these cells, isolated and expanded in vitro, can be used in a new approach in orthopaedic revision surgery.

In this preliminary study we enrolled 33 patients undergoing hip arthroplasty in order to investigate CFU-F frequency, expansion ability and differentiation potential of hMSC derived from three different anatomical sites: femural, pelvic and acetabular cancellous bone (ACB).

CFU-F frequency (CFU-F/10 6 MNC) was 63 for pelvis (range 7–122), 90 for bone (39–132) and 47.5 for femur (7–124).CFU-F frequency was higher in ACB than in either pelvis (p=0.04) or femur (p=0.001). The patients were divided into three age groups: G1 ≤50 years (n=6), G2 50 −65 years (n=11), and G3 ≥65 years (n=16); however, CFU-F frequency did not show any statistically significant difference, although the frequency was lower at higher age.

We expanded in cell culture MSC of 16 patients from the three considered sites until the fourth passage. At the first passage there was a higher MSC recovery in ACB (median 12%) than in pelvis (median 8%; p< 0.004) and femur (median 3.8%; p< 0.0004). MSC recovery from pelvis was higher than in femur (p< 0.04). At the second and third passage MSC expansion was found to be significantly higher in ACB than in pelvis alone (median 3.1 vs 1.6, p< 0.01; 1.8 vs 1.2, p< 0.005, respectively), while at the fourth passage it became higher than in pelvis and femur (median 2.6 vs 1.4, p< 0.03; 2.6 vs 1.6, p< 0.0, respectively). At each culture passage, cells showed MSC features as supported by flow cytometry and by the multilineage differentiation potential.

hMSCs seem to have higher frequency in close association with bone; moreover, they show an increased expansion ability in vitro which is still mantained in elderly patients. As these progenitors can differentiate in bone, they seem to be the best choice for the effective repair of bone defects in revision surgery.


A. Kirienko F. Boniforti V. Sansone

Acquired pilon deformities are often a combination of axial deviation, translation, rotational defects and leg length discrepancy. Correction of a deformity pattern with a percutaneous rectilinear supramalleolar osteotomy and an external fixation by Ilizarov apparatus aims to reduce misalignment progressively, simultaneously and minimally invasively.

From 1994 to 2004, 27 patients were treated for pilon tri-planar deformity of the leg. The mean age was 27 years (range 16 to 49 years); 15 were males and 12 females. Type and level of the deformity were determined by preoperative X-rays. For the procedure, two rings of Ilizarov apparatus are positioned in the segment of the limb proximal to the osteotomy: one at the level of the proximal tibial metaphysis and the other 3–4 cm beyond the osteotomy. A third ring is positioned at the level of the tibial pilon, parallel to the articular edge of the ankle. In order to maintain stability of the ankle, a half ring or horseshoeshaped component should be placed on the calcaneus and metatarsals with opposing olive wires. The positions of the mobile joints between the rings depend on the location of the correction axis. Closed metaphyseal osteotomy is performed in order to correct tri-planar deformities in a progressive way, through angulations and translation in an oblique plane. The half ring on the foot maintains distraction in the ankle, which is necessary to reduce articular compression and to avoid soft tissue damage and muscular contractures in this region.

In all cases we achieved correction of the angular or rotational deformities. Bleeding was never over 100 ml. We have not observed any soft tissue damage. Controlled weight-bearing was practised on the first day postoperatively, and the mean hospitalisation time was 4 days. Time required to reach the correction was in a range of 3–6 weeks. In 20 patients the total leg discrepancy was in a range of 1.5–6 cm. We reported no case of infection nor union. The devices were removed after a mean time of 11 weeks (range 8–15 weeks). Corrections of tri-planar deformity of the pilon by the Ilizarov apparatus are progressive and minimally invasive. In addition, it is possible to treat misalignment and lengthening by a single operation. With the apparatus layout combining foot fixation and ankle distraction soft tissue and secondary deformities can be corrected and finally a rapid recovery of weight bearing is possible.


Full Access
M. Risi C.A. Loreto M. Russo G. Nasta F. Gonella S. Boriani

The principle of open reduction and internal fixation developed during the last few decades provides satisfactory alignment and articular function. The disadvantages of this technique are a large area of surgical exposure with risk of bone avascular necrosis, non-union, infection and stiffness. With LISS (Less Invasive Stabilisation System) the percentage of these problems can be reduced.

Over the period January 2003–March 2004, at the Orthopaedics and Traumatology Operative Unit of Maggiore Hospital in Bologna, Italy, 15 patients with distal femur fractures were treated by the use of LISS. Two of them were excluded at the time of follow-up: they died 2 and 12 months after the operation. Thus, we studied outcome in the remaining 13 patients. The average age was 49.7 years (range 18 to 88). According to the AO classification system we had four type 33.A1 fractures, six type 33.A3 fractures, two type 33.C2 fractures, one type 33.C3 fracture and one type 32.A3 open fracture. The mean follow-up was 9.8 months (range 3 to 17 months). Clinical and radiographic assessment was performed using the Neer-Grantham-Shelton score. The mean final score was 70.9/100. The average time of bony union was 12 weeks. We had three complications. In one patient there was a proximal pull out a few days after surgery; however, a satisfactory bony union was obtained with a second operation by a new LISS and a bone graft performed 1 month after the first operation. In the other two patients we had to remove the LISS because of pain at 2 and 14 months after surgery. These complications can be easily explained by the lack of experience in applying this kind of implant and the peculiarity of the cases.

We conclude that LISS is an effective system for healing distal femur fractures, with no direct surgical exposure of the fracture site, little bleeding, and early mobilisation and union.


G Burastero G Grappiolo M Podestà F Frassoni S Castello N Sessarego G Cittadini L Spotorno

It has been shown that mesenchymal stem cells (MSCs) and BMP are involved in bone formation. The aim of the study was to evaluate the osteogenic potential of human bone marrow (hBM), human expanded MSC (hexp-MSC), BMP-7, and hexp-MSC plus BMP-7, to treat a rat femoral segmental defect.

Sprague-Dawley (SD) and athymic rats (Nu) were used. SD rats where used in order to define surgical technique. Nu rats groups consisted of: G1-autoclaved bone and human bone marrow (hMNC); G2-bone and hexp-MSC; G3-bone with BMP-7 only; and G4-bone and hexp-MSC with BMP-7. A plate was attached to the femoral diaphysis with two cerclage wires. Then a 6-mm femoral gap was made and filled with a different graft. At regular intervals, the femoral defect was evaluated with radiographs, using a modified six-grade Cook classification.

At 8 weeks G1 showed non-visible new bone formation; G2 minimal new disorganised bone; G3 disorganised new bone bridging the graft to host at both ends; and G4 significant new bone and graft remodelling. Histological analysis confirmed these results.

Our results showed that although the osteogenic activity may be improved by hMSC (G2) as well as by BMP-7 (G3), the association hexp-MSC plus BMP-7(G4) produced graft osteointegration at 8 weeks after surgery. This may have a remarkable impact on future orthopaedics surgery strategies.


S. Boero P.V. Frediani* S. Briano

From 1994 to 2004, the authors treated 17 patients (nine males and eight females) with Blount disease admitted to the Disabled Children’s Home in Naro Moru (Kenya). Age at intervention ranged from 2 to 16 years (mean 8). In sevencases, the deformity was unilateral and mean age was 8.9 years; in the remaining 10 the deformity was bilateral and mean age was 8.5 years. Tibial proximal metaphyseal corticotomy was performed in 13 cases, and it was associated with calf bone osteotomy in patients aged over 5 years. In eight cases, metaphyseal osteotomy was associated with bone graft from homolateral calf bone and synthesis with Kirschner wire or “staples”, in nine it was performed without bone graft, and in one with axial external fixation. Complications included the following: infection with common peroneal nerve paresis treated with antibiotic therapy and transposition of tibialis posterior to tibialis anterior (one case); relapse of deformity treated with a new osteotomy (one case); incomplete correction (two cases); and pseudoarthrosis with loss of correction treated with a new osteotomy, removal of the pseudoarthrosis area and axial external fixation (one case). Nine patients for a total of 15 tibias were followed up at 1–10 years (mean 5.2). Results were good in 10 cases, with aligned limb and stable knee, fair in three cases, with X-ray evidence of varus deformity < 15° and/or knee instability in orthostasis, and poor in two cases with deformity > 15°, knee instability, length discrepancy > 3 cm. Age at operation and consequent severity of joint deformity influenced the results. Good results were obtained mainly in patients with Blount disease degree 1–3, whereas poor results were obtained in most patients with epiphyseal deformity > degree 4.


Giorgio Maria Calori Marco D’Imporzano

Thanks to recombinant DNA technique it is now possible to synthesise recombinant human osteogenic protein 1 (rh OP1), one of the best documented osteogenic proteins. This protein, linked to type 1 collagen as carrier, is the first drug with proven osteoinductive and osteoconductive properties approved for clinical use.

Osigraft (the commercial name of OP-1 and collagen) is also biocompatible, bioresorbable and lacks the risk of disease transmission. In the most challenging non-union, tibial non-union, the drug showed 80% efficacy as autograft with a better tolerability (i.e. lack of donor site complications) also in patients with previously failed autograft. Higher rates of success were also reported in recalcitrant long bone non-unions, i.e. a mean of 5 years of length of disease, incresaed number of previous surgeries.

Osigraft, also considering its physical characteristics, has to be implanted during the surgical procedure, with direct positioning at the non-union site; furthermore, its use is contraindicated in cases of infection of bone and infection/poor condition of surrounding soft tissues.

In our department we have treated up to now five patients with complex non-union of femoral neck and tibia; in three cases serious soft tissue conditions were present (crushing, infected necrosis) and one patient required plastic surgery. In all case we registered complete clinical and radiological healing after 3.5–7 months.

We also describe two cases of closed application of Osigraft, pushing the drug into the non-union site via a holed cannulated nail with the help of a probe under radioscopic control.


G. Cammarano M. De Peppo G. De Marinis R De Santis P. Fabiano S. Alberti

The authors present their experience using osteogenic protein 1 (OP-1; “Osigraft”) in the treatment of recalcitrant atrophic pseudoarthrosis (PA) of the limbs in patients in whom osteosynthesis surgery failed at least two to four, and more, times. All patients with PA who were treated showed a preoperative radiographic pattern of severe bone atrophy surrounding the peri-fracture zone, without evident signs of reparative activity. All osteosynthesis hardware showed clear evidence of mechanical failure (rupture or mobilisation) so they were changed in all patients during the surgery. From January 2003 to February 2004 we used Osigraft to treat 10 patients with an atrophic PA at the following level: two femurs, three humera, one forearm, three tibiae (1/4 distal) and one tibia (1/3 medium). Osigraft was associated in seven patients with an autograft and in three patients with an allograft plus platelet growth factors (one distal femur, one distal tibia and one humerus). Mean age of patients was 38 years (range: 22–54) and mean duration of disease from the initial trauma was 36 months (range 26–40).

The radiological aspect of the newly formed bone, both endostal and periostal, was very similar to that observed in primary healing, with an inter-fragmentary callus as observed in similar cases treated since the beginning with the most appropriate therapy and that healed after the first operation. In all cases we observed healing of the PA focus in a time period of 6–11 months (mean 8.5) with a satisfactory functional recovery in eight cases; in two cases residual articular stiffness, one knee and one ankle, will require arthroscopic surgery.

Because of the limited number of patients treated with this new method, we can only draw preliminary conclusions. However, compared with our previous experience, we can confirm that Osigraft (OP-1) significantly contributes to bone healing whenever biological reparative potential is strongly compromised because of the type of original trauma, the long time elapsed since then and the many preceding surgeries. Healing times, even if they appear to be quite long, are actually short considering the severity of our cases, usually requiring further surgery for PA not healing after the third intervention (more than 30 %) and cured, if reached, in 12–18 months.


Giorgio Maria Calori

For several years now at the Gaetano Pini Institute of Milan, Italy, we have been improving upon an original instrumental protocol (by means of several radiographic examinations and TC) to understand both congenital and acquired deformations of the lower limbs. Thanks to this technique, it is possibile to evaluate the specific degree of the deformation from any perspective, also from the rotational one; it gives us the possibility to state precisely the dysmorphic pathological consequences on the hip, on the knee and on the ankle joints. This tested kind of interpretation also makes it possible to establish more accurate suggestions regarding surgical correction. If this final correction is achieved in more than one phase, it may be possible to improve the surgical treatment if the contemporary action on the three reference spatial planes is considered. We have already collected data on numerous cases of post-traumatic deformations or congenital dysmorphisms studied by several techniques.


G. Calvosa M. Tenucci F. Po G. Guido

Based on the concepts of White and Panjabi of 1990 we have classified vertebral instabilities into congenital and acquired. The congenital instabilities are due to evident bone alterations that bring about mechanical instability, such as in spondylolisthesis and bone defects of formation and segmentation, or are caused by alteration of the elastic stability of the spinal column, such as in ligamental luxation of the Ehlers-Danlos syndrome or neuromuscular asthenia. Acquired vertebral instabilities include the extensive and much discussed issue of degenerative instabilities and secondary instabilities associated with rheumatoid arthritis, traumatic pathology, neoplastic, iatrogenic instabilities, etc.

The spine is a complex structure in elastic equilibrium between functional demand and the physiological resistance of the motor segments, that is the articulations, capsules and ligaments, and the muscles. Like Aulisa and Vinciguerra (1994) we are inclined to refer to stable and unstable equilibrium of the spine and to distinguish “mechanical” stability from “biological” stability. There are authoritative cases of evident macro-instability where the functional units, even though affected by serious mechanical alteration, are able to conserve a totally asymptomatic vertebral column in a state of elastic compensation for a long time.

We have classified our cases according to Christian Pfirrmann’s classification of lumbar intervertebral disc degeneration (2001), completing it with the three types of disc degeneration that Modic suggested in 1998. We present our case histories from 2001 to 2002 of macro-instabilities of lumbo-sacral spine treated with stabilisation, PLIF and fusion and of micro-instabilities treated with dynamic stabilisation in neutralisation without fusion.

In instabilities when one or more motor segments do not respond to permanent stress and the discs begin to change structurally and demonstrate phenomena of fissuring and dehydration, to the point of assured degeneration and collapse, we have developed a two-fold method of treatment:

MICRO-INSTABILITY: when the degenerative phenomena are still in progress and TAC, RMN and functional radiographs can identify an early phase, we propose dynamic stabilisation in neutralisation in order to restore the height of the disc and cancel the disc-radicular conflict, thus maintaining the capacity of movement of the functional unit.

MACRO-INSTABILITY: when the clinical examination and imaging study show late-stage degenerative instability with collapse of the disc space and insufficiency of level with evident somatic traction spurs and reactive sclerosis of vertebral plates, then we believe that today only fusion can relieve the painful symptoms.


G. Caruso L. Martini L. Preziuso A Vitali A. Petrini

The scaphoid fractures treated in our series are classified as type A1, B1 and B2 according to the Herbert classification. We analyse the advantages of the percutaneous technique in comparison to the open reduction technique, as well as the advantages in comparison to conservative treatment. A total of 36 patients (33 males; three females) with scaphoid fractures were treated by the percutaneous technique, by insertion of a 3-mm AO screw and a 5.5-mm washer. Of these, 35 patients had an acute fracture and one patient had suffered the fracture 1 month prior to treatment. Mean age was 30.9 years (range 14–64 years). One patient had an associated radial fracture, and one patient suffered multiple fractures of the upper extremity. The fractures were classified according to Herbert as follows: type A2, n=7; type B1, n=7; and type B2, n=22. Of the 36 patients, 33 returned for follow-up. Mean follow-up was 23 months (range 3–39 months). Duration of surgery was an average of 40 min (range 18–70 min). Results were evaluated according to a scheme that analysed pain, mobility, strength, radiographic consolidation of fracture fragments, return to work or sport activities. Our results were optimal in 28 patients, good in 5. We did not observe any cases of non-union or infection.


A. Causero A. Beltrame E. Campailla

Graft fixation in anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction is a basic criterion for the outcome of the surgical procedure. Several solutions have been proposed; each of them had advantages and disadvantages, and the choice of a surgical technique often represents the surgeon’s opinion.

The goal of the fixation is stability and incorporation of the graft in the bone tunnels. Bone-patellar tendon-bone graft has the advantage of bone to bone fixation, which is impossible using tendon grafts. Femoral fixation techniques for hamstrings can be classified as follows: compression techniques, expansion techniques and suspension techniques (cortical or cancellous).

Top Traction System (TTS) is a new technique for femoral fixation using hamstrings. Here, a retrograde screw is fixed to the anterolateral cortex of the femur. A ring is fixed to the screw to pass the tendons.The screw is self-threading, 28 mm long and 6.5 mm in diagmeter; its pull-out strength is 1350 N. The screw is made from a titanium alloy and only available in one size.

Surgical technique is simple and reproducible and the instruments are easy to use. The positioning of the screw is fully guided by instruments that minimise errors.

With this fixation device further graft traction is possible after tibial fixation without twisting the hamstrings. Results are good at the short-term evalutation but a long-term follow-up is required before a final recommendation can be made.


M. Cassini D. Pasquetto M. Marino A. Sandri P. Bartolozzi

A clinical retrospective study was conducted. Results of isolated decompression for degenerative lumbar stenosis was compared with the outcome in patients who underwent decompression-stabilisation.

From January 1992 to December 2002, 127 patients (average age 65.5) with lumbar degenerative stenosis surgically treated were studied. In all patients the Roy-Camille technique was used for decompression; in 41 patients decompression and posterior stabilisation procedures were carried out. Average follow-up was 6 years (range 2–11 years).

The outcomes, evaluated according to Lassale classification, were satisfactory in 81% of the decompressed group while improved to 88% in the stabilised–decompressed group. Three patients of the first group required stabilisation for intractable low back pain (one patient) and lumboradicular symptoms (two patients), while problems related to the device (one hardware failure) and two instances of adjacent segmental instability were seen in the second group.

Decompression alone is associated with an increased rate of residual low back pain (one patient in this cohort required fusion). The decompression–stabilisation procedure reduces the incidence of low back pain but is associated with other complications such as significant blood loss, possible wound infections, urinary tract infections (due to increased surgical time), device failures, root impingement and late adjacent segmental pathologies.

The Roy Camille technique is effective for achieving adequate decompression. The surgeon should always be aware of patients who might require fusion. The instrumented stabilisation should be reserved for patients with chronic low back pain and evident instability, degenerative spondylolisthesis and spine deformities such as scoliosis or kyphosis.


F. Chiodini C Picenni U. M. Borromeo

Mitchell – Hawkins osteotomy is a widely used technique for correction of mild to moderate hallux valgus. Several authors have recognised that, for a good result, the osteotomy must be stable enough to prevent excessive shortening or displacement of the distal fragment. Several fixation techniques have been proposed: sutures, staples, K-wires and screws. The aim of the study is to define whether the use of a screw could give better results than a single K-wire in the fixation of the osteotomy. We studied prospectively 30 patients with moderate hallux valgus operated on consecutively at our institute using the Mitchell osteotomy. In 15 patients (Group A) fixation was achieved with a single K-wire inserted through the tip of the toe and driven medial to the metatarsal head into the first metatarsal shaft, while in the others (Group B) a Herbert screw was used. All procedures were identical except for the fixation device and were carried out by the same surgeon. Weight bearing was allowed from the first day after surgery with a postoperative shoe. The K-wire was removed at the fifth postoperative week. In Group B the correct position of the great toe was maintained with a dressing, renewed weekly for 8 weeks after surgery. Patients were evaluated clinically with the AOFAS score and radiologically either before surgery and at the follow-up. The mean follow-up time was 10 months. We did not find any difference between the groups in correction of the intermetatarsal angle and of the valgus angle or in the improvement of the AOFAS score. No symptomatic displacement of the distal fragment occurred in either group. Five patients of Group A complained of a pin tract infection of the K-wire, which was treated successfully with oral antibiotics. No deep infection occurred. All the patients were satisfied with the treatment received but the majority of those of Group A (10/15) complained of discomfort in leaving the K-wire in place for such a long time. The Mitchell – Hawkins osteotomy can be fixed either with a K-wire or a screw with similar results in terms of angle correction and clinical scores. Patients felt more comfortable without protruding fixation devices, but for a successful procedure with the use of a screw, repeated dressing of the foot is required, which is time-consuming for both the surgeon and the patient.


D. Casilli G. Rizzuto S. Salerno A. Venditti

We present results obtained in patients treated in Italy with BMP7/OP-1, Eptotermin alpha) carried by type 1 collagen (Osigraft) in an observational, prospective, multicentre, non-randomised study. OP-1/collagen is the first human recombinant BMP/OP approved for clinical use in tibial non-union refractory to autograft (Europe) or in long-bone non-unions (US, Australia and Canada). A prospective, randomised, controlled clinical study demonstrated that OP-1 has clinical and radiographic efficacy in tibial non-union comparable to autograft, with better tolerability. Non-randomised trials have shown a high clinical efficacy of OP-1 in complex recalcitrant long-bone non-unions as well.

Data on some of the patients treated in Italy with OP-1 from June 2002 –to December 2003 have been collected; we evaluated the data from 45 patients (18 surgeons) with a diagnosis of long-bone non-union (69%, in 81% atrophic/oligotrophic), delayed union (18%) or bone defect/cyst (7%). The mean age was 43±17 years (range 5–76 years) and the mean number of previous surgeries was 2.3±2.3 (range 0–13), with a disease duration from the original trauma of 18.9±20 months (range 1–93 months). Of the patients, 25% had previously received an autograft. In some patients (34%) complications were present (osteomyelitis, infections etc); in 53.3% of cases OP-1 was mixed with other agents (including 31% association with iliac crest autograft).

Radiographic analysis at 9 months (in PA patients only) has shown that Osigraft is efficacious in 78.6% of patients (67.9% union and 3.7% marked bone bridges); radiographic unions were reported in 34.8% at 4–5 months and in 60% at 6–8 months. In Osigraft-only treated patients, radiographic union at 9 months was 82.4% (plus 3.6 % marked bone bridges). Treatment failure was reported in eight of 45 patients (19.5%), including four cases in which Osigraft was mixed with iliac crest autograft; in four patients mechanical stability was insufficient,in three postoperative osteomyelitis developed and in one a silent osteomyelitis was present and considered the cause of the failure. No adverse events (AE) were reported.

Even if this study has limitations because it is observational, not randomised and no protocol was applied, as all naturalistic studies, it give us information about current clinical practice. The radiographic results observed were comparable with those reported in the literature in randomised and non-clinical series, indicating an efficacy of Osigraft close to 80 %, expecially in cases where the drug was used without autograft. The complete absence of AE is also relevant. The analysis of the failures reaffirm some basic principles that have to be respected such as mechanical stability, bone continuity and contact with vital/non-infected bone tissue.


C. Chillemi M. Marinelli A. Todesca V. de Cupis

Primary synovial chondromatosis (PSC) is a rare benign disorder characterised by development of foci of cartilage in the synovial membrane of the joint, bursa or tendon sheath that was first described by Reichel in 1900. The disorder has traditionally been considered as a metaplastic condition, but was recently assoicated with structural chromosomal abnormalities, suggesting a neoplastic origin. The aim of the present study was to evaluate the clinical, arthroscopic and histopathological aspects of PSC involving both the glenohumeral joint and tendon sheath of the biceps.

An 18-year-old, right-hand dominant boy presented with right shoulder pain. There was no history of trauma. Pain began in his shoulder about 1 year prior to his clinical visit. Physical examination revealed an active range of motion of the affected side measuring 90 ° of abduction and 150° of forward flexion; internal rotation to the greater trochanter of the hip and external rotation were slightly limited. Plain radiographs revealed multiple calcific nodules in the right glenohumeral joint, the subcoracoid recess, and anterior to the humeral head. There appeared to be mild degenerative changes in the gleno-humeral joint.

Magnetic resonance imaging was performed to assess the location of the loose bodies and evaluate intra-articular degenerative changes. It demonstrated multiple loose bodies within the glenohumeral joint, the proximal tendon sheath of the biceps, and also in the subscapularis bursa. There was irregularity involving the anterior aspect of the humeral head consistent with erosive changes.

The patient underwent arthroscopic surgery to remove the loose bodies, arthroscopic partial synovectomy and decompression of the biceps tendon sheath, with removal of multiple loose bodies. For partial synovectomy a motorized suction-cutting device alternated between anterior and posterior portals. The biceps tendon was identified through an anterior deltopectoral incision and multiple loose bodies were removed from within the tendon sheath. Specimens for histological analyses were stained with haematoxylineosin (H& E) and safranin-O. Polyclonal anti-type II collagen was used at 1:100 dilution for immunohistological analyses

At 2–year follow-up examination the patient was asymptomatic and there was no clinical or radiographic evidence of recurrence. Lobulated areas of hyaline cartilage just below the synovial surface were easily identified. Chondrocytes were clustered together in nests and were not uniformly distributed throughout the ground substance. Safranin-O staining showed evident meta-chromasia of the cartilaginous matrix. Immunolabelling for type II collagen was observed in cartilaginous areas with marked cytoplasmic staining.

We believe that arthroscopy is an easy and safe method for the management of this disorder and that the support of an experienced pathologist is necessary to avoid differential diagnostic problems with the uncommon malignant transformation.


Full Access
G.F. Fraschini P. Ciampi P. Sirtori

Nowadays it is well known that both a clinical examination and an imaging investigation (MRI/CT scans) are useful in order to provide surgeons with complete informations about the proposed treatment for shoulder pain. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the diagnostic sensitivity of the Neer, Hawkins, Jobe, Lift-off and Infraspinatus tests in diagnosing rotator cuff tears and compare this with what was found during surgery.

From 2001 to 2003, data from 430 patients who underwent shoulder open surgery, performed by a single surgeon, were documented. The results showed that the Jobe test has a sensitivity of 97.5% and positive prognostic value (PPV) of 80.3% and negative prognostic value (NPV) of 90.9% for the presence of a supraspinatus lesion; the Neer, Hawkins and Yokum tests have a sensitivity close to 95% for assessing subacromial bursitis; the Lift-off and Infraspinatus tests have a sensitivity close to 70% for assessing the degree of lesion and identify a severe lesion with a NPV over 83%. The Lift-off and Infraspinatus tests also provide information concerning muscular trophism and concerning retraction and degeneration of tendons.

According to our results, clinical evaluation of shoulder pain should be supported by imaging investigations for diagnosis of rotator cuff tear.


G.F. Fraschini P. Ciampi P. Sirtori

Two-part surgical neck fractures, two-part greater tuberosity fractures and three- and four-part fractures of the proximal humerus represent a frequently encountered clinical problem. Many types of conservative treatments have been proposed, with a poor functional outcome, however; when the fracture fragments are displaced, surgery is required.

Because the open reduction and the internal fixation disrupts soft tissue and increases the risk of avascular necrosis of the humeral head, closed or minimally open reduction and percutaneous pin fixation should represent an advantage.

We report on 31 patients affected by fractures of the proximal humerus (n=6, two-part surgical neck fractures; n=5, with two-part greater tuberosity fractures; n=10, three-part fractures; and n=11, four- part fractures) treated with minimally open reduction and percutaneous fixation. The average age was 57 years. Most of the four-part fractures were of the valgus type with no significant lateral displacement of the articular segment. A small skin incision was performed laterally at the shoulder and a rounded-tipped instrument was introduced to obtain the fracture reduction; this latter was stabilised by percutaneous pins and cannulate screws.

A satisfactory reduction was achieved in most cases. The average follow-up was 24 months (range 18–47). Only one patient, with four-part fractures associated with lateral displacement of the humeral head, showed avascular necrosis and received a prosthetic implant.

Minimally open reduction and percutaneous fixation is a non-invasive technique with a low risk of avascular necrosis and infection. This surgical technique allows a stable reduction with minimal soft tissue disruption and facilitates postoperative mobilisation.


Full Access
G. Cinotti F. Postacchini G. Giannicola A.M. Patti A. Vulcano C.Della Rocca U. Mancini E. Ferrari G. Citro

Since several spinal conditions are currently treated with spinal fusion, alternatives to autogenous bone graft in spinal surgery have been under study for many years. Results have shown that, compared to other non.-spinal conditions, such as filling bone cavities, spinal fusion, in particular posterolateral fusion, is much more challenging due to the reduced area of the graft bed. As a result, most of the bone substitutes are still under investigation and their effectiveness in the clinical setting has yet to be demonstrated.

In recent years the authors analysed several bone graft substitutes using an animal model which has been widely used in experimental spinal fusion. In particular, porous ceramics have been used alone or with osteoin-ductive material such as fresh bone marrow or cultured mesenchymal stem cells. The results of these studies have shown that with ceramic alone a percentage of solid fusion similar to that with autogenous bone graft cannot be achieved. However, compared to the latter, more favorable results have been obtained when ceramics are loaded with mesenchymal stem cells. The addition of fresh bone marrow to ceramics also increases the fusion rates; however, in this case new bone formation was mainly found in the peripheral portions of the graft and to a lesser extent than when cultured mesenchymal stem cells were used.


G.F. Fraschini P. Ciampi

The surgical approach to compressive syndromes of the thoracic outlet of vascular or nervous origin represents, for anatomical and historical reasons, an important issue for orthopaedic surgeons. Today’s angiographic techniques give an easy and unequivocal insight of the vascular and non-vascular (indirect) nature of the disease and, consequently, give more solid indications for surgery than before. A series of 35 cases, 21 women and 14 men with an average age of 39 years, of thoracic outlet syndrome (TOS) of vascular origin is presented here. The causes of compression were cervical rib (n=24), soft tissue anomalies (n=10) and scar tissue after clavicular fracture (n=1). During surgery, two subclavian artery aneurysms containing intraluminal thrombus and one subclavian artery occlusion were found. Presenting features of cases with arterial TOS included: hand ischaemia (n=32), transient ischaemic attack (n=3) and claudicatio or vasomotor phenomena during the arm in hyperabduction (n=3). Two patients with venous TOS developed hand oedema during arm hyperabduction, and another patient had axillary-subclavian venous thrombosis. In all cases decompressive procedures using a combined supraclavicular and infraclavicular approachs were performed. Decompression were achieved by cervical rib excision (n=24), combined cervical and first rib excision (n=10) and first rib excision (n=1). In all cases, division of all tissue elements was also accomplished. Associated vascular procedures included resection and replacement of two subclavian aneurysms.

The mean follow-up period was 3 years and 2 months (range 1–6). Complete resolution of symptoms with a return to full activity was achieved in all cases. The medium-term clinical results suggest that the surgical indication for TOS, if supported by digital angiography, is justified and effective.


G.F. Fraschini P. Ciampi

The surgical technique for treatment of massive rotator cuff tears, more than 5 cm, with loss of substance and tendon retraction, is still not well defined by the international orthopaedic community. A specific rehabilitation regimen or arthroscopic débridement may be insufficient in active patients who continue to suffer from pain and muscular fatigue in active forward elevation. We treated 20 patients, 14 men and 6 women, with an average age of 52 years (range 40–69) with the surgical technique consisting in acromion decompression, stabilisation of the cuff lesion with anchors, application of a prolene membrane and using a deltoid muscular flap as reinforcement. Deltoid flap is created by splitting the deltoid muscular fibres in front of the anterior border of the acromion. The inferior part of deltoid is sutured to the tendon above the synthetic membrane.

The mean patient follow-up was 24 months. The pain was completely relieved in 85% of subjects, The joint mobility increased significantly in flexion, abduction and external rotation; however, the internal rotation did not improve.

We propose this surgical technique as the procedure of choice for treating retracted ruptures of the supraspinatus associated with lesions of the supra- and the infra-spinatus.


M. Conca A. Muraro P. Catalano A. Dalla Pria D. Mashhadi G. Benigni R. Conca

Arthroscopic meniscal repair is still the subject of discussion. The first meniscal repair was performed by Hannandale in 1883 and the first arthroscopic repair by Ikeuchi in 1969. Today, arthroscopic meniscal repair is easy to perform, thanks to the many kind of devices in use. However, even though some colleagues such as Dehaven and Morgan report 20 years of experience, many others do not perform this type of procedure.

The purpose of this paper is to report our experience with two different techniques for all-inside repair; Linvatec Suture Hook and Smith-Nephew Fast Fix device. Since May 2001 we have performed 41 arthroscopic meniscal repair procedures (23 with the Fast-Fix device) in young people with a recent mural lesion, with no axial defect, with or without combined anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) reconstruction.

The post-operative rehabilitation consisted in 15 days of isotonic and isometric physiotherapy without weight bearing; after this period progressive weight bearing is allowed to improve muscle.

Patients operated for meniscal repair only can resume work after 30–40 days and take up sport activity after 50–60 days. Patients with both meniscal repair and ACL reconstruction performed a standard rehabilitation protocol for ACL reconstruction and get back to sports such as swimming after 3 months and football after 6 months.

We did have a patient with swelling and pain for 60 days after operation but which disappeared spontaneously after this period, and we have a patient who, after 11 months, still has persistent pain in the posterior compartment with a loosening 10° of flexion without synovitis or any other kind of complication.

We consider the suture hook device very useful, but difficult to use in small knees with very posterior lesions, and in which an accessory arthroscopic portal is often required. Fast-Fix devices allow fast repair and are also easy to use in posterior horn lesions, but they are non-absorbable and thus care must be taken to avoid errors in technique, with the risk of loosening the darts in the joint. They are also much more expensive.

In conclusion, both techniques are useful for meniscal repair and both can be used alone or together, depending on the lesions.


N. Confalonieri K. Motavalli A. Manzotti

Unicompartmental knee arthroplasty (UKA) surgery has had a troubled history. In the late 1970s high failure rates and the success of bicondylar knee replacement made UKA less popular. Failures were mainly caused by improper implant design, incorrect patient selection and inadequate instrumentation. In the last few years the advent of guiding systems for more accurate alignment, new implant design and better patient selection have improved results and renewed interest in UKA.

We present a retrospective study of two consecutive series of 60 cases of UC-PLUS SOLUTION UKA and 60 cases of SEARCH AESCULAP computer-assisted total knee arthroplasty (TKA) using ORTHOPILOT software navigation, performed between September 1999 and September 2001. The patients, 45 men and 75 women, had a mean age of 69.5 years (47–85) and the two groups were comparable in terms of age, sex, size, weight (60–85 kg), aetiology, pre-operative range of motion (mean flexion: 100°; range: 90°–140°), pre-operative IKS score, mechanical axis and Alhlback radiographic degrees. The mean femoral-tibial angle was 175° (range:167°–195°). All the operations were performed by the same surgeon. Aim of the surgical procedure was to obtain an ideal femoral-tibial angle of 180°, relieve the pain and restore a better range of motion.

The results showed an excellent alignment of the limbs with the computer-assisted system, but a better IKS score in the UKA group as regards range of motion, pain and walking.


A. Croce D. Brioschi V. Occhipinti

In congenital and acquired angular deformities of the coxofemoral joint, hip prosthesis presents considerable difficulties. The aim of this study is to analyse the different surgical solutions for this problem.

In the geographical area of G. Pini Institute, where congenital hip dysplasia is endemic and where also historically the surgical outcome of various types of osteotomy (both acetabular and femoral) have been investigated, this problem has often been encountered. We have evaluated several parameters, also with respect to particular cases in which tailored prosthetic solutions were required, to establish which kind of prosthetic treatment is most reliable today.

From 1994 to 2002 more than 6000 surgical hip prosthesis procedures were carried out at our institute: 750 in dysplastic hips and 112 after osteotomy. In our clinical division we also evaluate patientsin the pre-surgical phase with the DEXA, which gives qualitative and quantitative data about peri-prosthestc bone. After the first period of using standard, customised prostheses with no modular neck, we have progressively increased the use of a modular stem with press-fit cups that guarantee minimal bone sacrifice and a good recovery of articular biomechanics. In particular, with the use of modular components for the head and neck it is easy to reinstate the centre of rotation and achieve good offset and good lower limb length, without “escamotages” such as the use of a larger stem not perfectly inserted in the femoral diaphysis and the non-physiological cup position to avoid the risk of luxation.

We have progressively abandoned the use of PE, which is the cause of debris and should be avoided in angular deformities: in patients under 65 years of age we use ceramic-on-ceramic bearing surfaces with monob-lock insert, whereas in patients over 65 we prefer to use metal-on-metal bearing surfaces (always monoblock).

Deformities caused by the same pathological condition resulting in surgical osteotomy make implantation of standard prosthetic models impossible; our surgical experience suggests the use of different prosthetic models.

The use of custom-made prostheses has progressively been reduced thanks to the development of suitable modular prostheses which suit these patients perfectly.

In the past few years the use of cemented prostheses in these patients has decreased: according to our experience the use of cementless prostheses in relatively young subjects allows a good range of motion but above all it is useful to preserve bone in view of a possible future revision.


G. Sessa R. Varsalona L. Costarella V. Pavone

Numerous growth factors, together with bone morphogenetic proteins (BMP), are involved in the biological mechanism of bone induction. BMP 7 combined with collagen type 1 has shown to be effective in triggering the osteoinductive mechanism in the presence of bone defects as an alternative to bone graft. The aim of the present study is to present the experience gained at the Orthopaedic Clinic of Catania with BMP in lower limb non-union or pseudoarthrosis with bone defect after skeletal stabilisation.

From December 2003 to May 2004 at the Orthopaedic Clinic Of Catania four patients were treated using OP 1. The study group comprised three women and one man with a mean age at the time of operation of 27 years (range 23– 32 years). One subject presented with non-union, two patients with normotrophic pseudoarthrosis and one with atrophic pseudoarthrosis. In all cases the bone defect was localised at the tibia. All patients were treated surgically with skeletal stabilisation (one with a monolateral external fixator, one with a T2 intramedullary nail and two with a Gross-Kempf nail) always after decortication of Judet.

Three patients healed with a mean follow-up of 5 months. One subject is still under treatment. None of the patients have any pain and demonstrate complete weight bearing and functional capacity. X-rays showed good consolidation of bone defect.

Clinical and radiographic results obtained at this point are more than fair. Healing time was short without any side effects. It is important to verify whether, in the treatment of lower limb non-union and or pseudoarthrosis, the osteoinductive capacity of the OP 1 could provide the same valid results without good reduction and skeletal stabilisation. The use of OP 1 is extremely interesting for many reasons. However, it would be extremely important to test whether the biological effect is not exclusively related to an optimal mechanical stability.


Mauro Costaglioli Daniela Castangia Pier Paolo Mura

Spinal fusion still is considered to be the most appropriate treatment for lumbar spinal disease not responding to conservative measures. Various forms of lumbar instability require surgical stabilisation. As an alternative to fusion, mobile, dynamic stabilisation restricting segmental motion would be advantageous under certain conditions, allowing greater physiological function and reducing the inherent disadvantages of rigid instrumentation and fusion. The “Dynamic Neutralization System for thèeSpine” is a pedicle screw system for mobile stabilisation, consisting of titanium alloy screws connected by an elastic synthetic compound, controlling motion in any plane (non-fusion system). Clinical success after solid fusion is unpredictable because it does not necessarily prevent painful loading across the disc, and it may also interfere with maintenance of sagittal balance in various postures. This system reduces movement both in flexion and extension and appears to be better. These study results compare well with those obtained by conventional procedures; in addition to which, mobile stabilisation is less invasive than fusion. Long-term screw fixation is dependent on correct screw dimensions and proper screw positioning. The natural course of polysegmental disease in some cases necessitates further surgery as the disease progresses. Dynamic neutralisation proved to be a safe and effective alternative in the treatment of unstable lumbar conditions.


N. Confalonieri K. Motavalli A. Manzotti

Malalignment in total knee replacement (TKR) is frequently associated with early failure and poor functional results. It has been suggested that errors in tibial and femoral alignment of > 3° occurs in at least 10% of TKR. Since 1999 we have been using a computer-based alignment system (Orthopilot;Aesculap,Tuttlingen,Germany) for TKR in more than 300 implants. The aim of this retrospective study is to present our experience in comparison with traditional alignment systems for TKR.

Patients receiving TKR with different alignment systems were enrolled in the study and assigned to three different groups. In group A (38 cases) TKR was performed using a computer-assisted alignment system, in group B (40 cases) TKR was performed using a totally intramedullary alignment system and in group C (37 cases) TKR was performed using a totally extramedullary alignment system. The criteria for inclusion were a diagnosis of primary osteoarthritis, a pre-operative mechanical frontal axis (MFA) ranging from 165° to 195°, and a pre-operative knee flexion deformity not exceeding 10° calculated according to pre-operative radiographs. The radiographs were assessed for the alignment of the femoral and tibial component and the lower limb alignment, considering the lateral femoral component angle (FCA), the medial tibial component angle (TCA), respectively.

The surgical time was statistically longer in the computer-assisted group. The results did not show statistically significant differences in FCA, TCA and MFA among the three groups. However, in the extramedullary aligned group there was a statistically higher percentage of TKRs with both an abnormal FCA and MFA compared to the computer-based alignment group. Furthermore, in the computer-based alignment group all the implants were aligned within 4° of an ideal MFA.

Our results demonstrate the significant improvement in the accuracy of implant alignment using a computer-assisted system compared to an extramedullary one. Furthermore, we underline how stressing the knee during all the phases of the registration process for the navigated implant can demonstrate how much of the deformity can be corrected and thus guide the soft-tissue release.


C. Dall’Oca F. Lavini

We report our experience using an inflatable intramedullary nail in 20 diaphyseal humeral fractures. The nail is introduced without reaming and does not require proximal and distal locking, because it allows radial stabilisation of the fracture. The tip of the nail must be inserted 5 cm beyond the fracture line.

Since April 2002 we have applied 20 “Fixion” nails in 19 patients with humeral fractures. This is a stainless steel nail with a circular cross section reinforced by four bars, which can be inflated by saline solution through a dedicated pump. The average age of the 19 patients was 35.6 years, 15 were males and four female. Among these, 17 were closed fractures, three fractures open degree 1 (Gustilo Anderson class.). According to the AO classification, eight fractures were type A1 and A2, 10 were type A3 and two type B2. Nine fractures required reaming. Passive mobilisation is allowed 5 days after surgery, followed by active mobilisation 3 weeks later.

Eighteen of the twenty fractures consolidated in an average time of 3.5 months. Two of 20 cases showed delayed union at 4 weeks and were treated by increasing the immobilisation period. Final healing without complications in these cases was observed at 5 months. No peripheral neurological complications were observed.

“Fixion” nail is a new, easy method of intramedullary nailing. It helps to reduce operating time and in our experience it did not show any complications. It must be reserved for simple diaphyseal fractures where it is possible to achieve good stability and complete union.


Full Access
F. Lavini C. Dall’Oca R. Aldegheri A. Andreacchio

The correction of axial deviation of the lower limbs in paediatric patients requires complete patient history and clinical examination. The correct approach to the deformity must consider:radiology,evolution,associated joint damage, neurologic diseases and surgical planning. Timing and choice of operation (osteotomy, assimetric epiphyseal distraction, hemiepiphysodesis, epiphysiodesis) are critical.

Thirty-four paediatric patients with an average age of 10 years (range 2–18) were treated with a monolateral external fixator: 16 femoral osteotomies (nine post-traumatic, four congenital, one after radiotherapy for neoplastic diesease, one Ollier’s disease, one multiple exostosis) and 18 tibial osteotomies (eight congential, four post-traumatic, two multiple exostosis, two osteogenesis imperfecta, one neoplasm, one Ollier’s disease) were performed.

The knowledge of normal physiologic values, angles and anatomical and mechanical axes are fundamentally important. In choosing which operation to perfom in patients with post-traumatic deviation, the controlateral limb, functional necessity, symptoms and possible compensation must be considered. External fixation appears to be necessary in the correction of lower limb deformities because of patient comfort in the femur, because it allows osteotomy in the apex of the deformity and because it is possible to perform lengthening and correction when necessary. We suggest performing lengthening and correction osteotomy at the same level when it is possible, whereas it is dangerous to perform it at the distal metaphyseal femur and distal third of the tibia.


Full Access
C. Dall’Oca F. Lavini R. Bortolazzi A. Sgarbossa P. Bartolozzi

Elbow dislocations are difficult to treat because of the high incidence of short- (vascular and neurological lesions) and long-term (decreased range of motion and instability) complications. We report the results obtained in 20 elbow dislocations treated with hinged cast tutorisation or hinged external fixator.

We treated 20 patients with an average age of 45 years (range 16– 62 years). The average follow-up was 7 months (range 5–18 months). We divided the patients into two groups: patients treated by a hinged tutor for 4 weeks (group A), patients treated by hinged external fixator, removed after 5 weeks (group B). All the patients were evaluated clinically using the “Mayo elbow performance score” after 3 weeks, 1 month and 1 year.

Results were excellent in six elbows and good in 14; none of the patients had an insufficient or poor score. We observed deficit in prono-supination in three patients and deficit in flexion and extension in six patients; three patients complained of epicondylar pain when carrying something. At the end of the treatment none of the patients complained of instability.

According to our data normal function can be restored after early mobilisation. Our experience suggests that the most important aspect in the choice of treatment is the evaluation of joint stability after reduction. The results obtained with the external fixator are very good in terms of restoring function; the incidence of complications is very low and was equally distributed between the two groups.


P. Daolio F. Lazzaro G. Perrucchini P. Zacconi R. Zorzi E. Usellini S. Mapelli S. Podrecca

The reconstruction of a skeletal defect after resection of a bone tumour represents a challenge for the orthopaedic surgeon. Age, site of the lesion and extension of the disease often limit the choice of surgical technique for a conservative procedure, but several options are available, mainly modular, composite or custom prostheses, massive bone allografts with or without autologous vascularised fibular grafts (AVF), and arthrodeses.

An interesting reconstructive technique uses the AVF graft, with microsurgical technique, alone or associated with a massive allograft. The association of a fibular transplant with an allograft increases the mechanical strength of the reconstruction, also promoting more rapid integration. The fibula is a cortical bone and it may provide mechanical strength in the reconstruction of a large segmental bony defect if employed as a viable biological rod.

In the present paper the authors discuss their experience with 17 patients treated at the Oncological Orthopaedic Unit of the G.Pini Orthopaedic Institute, for bone tumour resection and reconstruction using AVF graft, almost always combined with a bone allograft.

No treatments were performed as augmentation in osteoarticular massive allografts. Subjects’ ages ranged from 7 to 66 years (mean 25.2 years). Most of the patients were referred for a diagnosis of malignancy (15 of 17 cases) and in only two patients were the tumours not aggressive. In 11 patients the AVF was transplanted immediately after tumour resection, while in the others it was used after problems of previous reconstruction.

The authors report two cases of deep infection and four mechanical fractures (all healed after a period of cast immobilisation with or without bone bridging). All the AVF survived and healed with a good functional result for the patients except for two recurrences that required an amputation.


Full Access
F. Lavini C. Dall’Oca R. Bortolazzi P. Bartolozzi

Standard external fixators have always caused difficulties in visualising fracture fragments radiologically in both planes; for this reason multiple shots are often required, exposing patients and surgeons to high X-ray levels. Radiolucent external fixator X-calibre is composed of a new thermoplastic material reinforced by carbon fibres (PEEK-CA 30). The aim of this study is to evaluate the first 30 tibial fractures treated with this device.

Thirty external fixators X-calibre were used to treat 30 patients with tibial fractures with an average age of 40.4 years (range 21–60). According to the AO classification we have treated nine type A, 13 type B, and eight C fractures. Five were open fractures. The average follow-up was of 18 months. The time of healing was the same as seen using the standard fixator and the average time was 115 days (range 85 to 190). One tibial plafond fracture healed with 8° valgus deformity and persistence of pain during walking. There was loss of reduction on the third day after surgery due to erroneous evaluation of the fracture, which presented a butterfly fragment.

This new radiolucent fixator showed the following advantages: single use, sterile package, radiolucency, less X-ray exposure for patients and surgeons, deal mechanical performance for each use, reduced storage and sterilisation costs, less instrumentation, less weight and increased comfort for the patient, average healing time and results comparable to the existing radio-opaque system.


F. Lavini C. Dall’Oca R. Bortolazzi P. Bartolozzi

Different methods of filling bone defects are reported: shortening followed by lengthening or bone transplant. In both cases the resection and docking bone site (immediately or after transplant) has a high risk of delayed consolidation or non-union. The aim of this study was to evaluate the strategies to avoid this risk.

We studied 19 patients treated from 1997 to 2002: 11 (group 1) were treated with immediate shortening and proximal callotasis. In eight patients (group 2) we performed monofocal proximal-distal bone transplant. In seven patients of group 1 we performed only decortication of the docking site (group 1A); in four cases (group 1B) decortication was associated with an autologous bone graft. The docking site was checked radiologically and considered healed when we allowed full weight-bearing after fixator removal.

In two patients (28.5%) in group 1A, three (75%) in group 1B and two (25%) in group 2 healing was achieved without any other operations. Docking site refracture or pseudoarthrosis was treated in all patients by new decortication and autologous bone graft with an average healing time of 90 days.

We suggest performing acute bone loss shortening in combination with decortication and autologous bone graft when local conditions permit. After bone transplant it is not necessary to wait for spontaneous consolidation, but better to plan from the beginning another operation before the two the docking site fragments are in contact.

Now we are using AGF and BMP-7 (OP-1) for treatment of the docking site but the study is still underway.


M. de Pellegrin G. Fraschini V. Maltsev

From 1990 to 2003 the Ilizarov technique was used to treat 41 patients affected by the following congenital or acquired deformities : post-poliodeformity (n=8), hemimelia (n=6), pseudoachondroplasia (n=5), idiopathic genu valgum/varum (n=5), hypoplasia (n=3), osteomyelitis with growth arrest (n=3), DDH (n=2), rickets (n=2), Blount disease (n=2), Ollier disease (n=1), Perthes disease (n=1), arthrogryposis (n=1), hypochondroplasia (n=1) and congenital genu flexum (n=1). Post-traumatic deformities and simple leg-length discrepancies were excluded. The majority of the patients (26/41) presented with multi-planar deformities with the following average degrees: varus 22°, valgus 21°, internal rotation 36°, external rotation 42°, antecurvatum 20° and recurvatum 15°. The average leg-length discrepancy was 6 cm (range 2–10 cm). In total, 66 segments (30 femurs and 36 tibias) in 50 limbs were treated. The rotational corrections were performed at a rate of 4 mm/day; the angular corrections at the rate of 1.5 mm/day on the concave side and 0.75 mm/day on the convex side. The rotational correction occurred on the regenerate. The average correction time was 44 days, the healing time 86 days.The results were: excellent (correct mechanical axis, normal ROM and no limping) in 14 cases, good (correct mechanical axis, limping and reduced ROM) in 24 cases, fair (residual deformity, limping and joint contracture) in three cases, poor (residual deformity, limping and rigid joints) in none. The complications were: five pin tract infections and three fractures.


F. Ravasi A. De Ponti G. Fraschini

Maintenance of the bone stock is a primary goal in hip surgery. The idea of a resurfacing hip prosthesis had already been proposed in the past without success. The improvement in prosthetic materials, however, has mades it possible to reconsider the use of resurfacing prostheses. We report our experience with the Birmingham hip resurfacing (BHR) prosthesis.

We operated on 58 patients (60 hips, two bilaterally), 31 men, 27 women, with a mean age of 47.9 years (25–76) and a mean follow-up of 27 months (1–42). We used the posterolateral approach with the patient in lateral decubitus. We performed a clinical and radiographic examination before surgery and at 1 and 6 months postoperatively. We recorded a statistically significant improvement in the clinical score at 6 months after surgery, with respect to the preoperative examination. Major complications were two fractures of the femoral neck and one infection. We recorded also peri-prosthetic calcifications in two patients, calcifications of the ileopsoas in two and ileopsoas tendinitis in one.

In conclusion, in our experience, the BHR prosthesis reproduced the biomechanics of the hip and minimised the risk of luxation. The preliminary clinical results are encouraging, also for difficult cases.


F. Ravasi A. De Ponti G. Fraschini F. Benazzo

The use of conventional stems in hip arthroplasty may be difficult in cases of dysplasia, coxa vara or coxa valga, after fracture or proximal femur osteotomy. In fact the morphologic alterations of the proximal femur might require prosthetic components characterised by small size and different neck angles to restore correct joint biomechanics. In these cases we are often compelled to compromise between the ideal implant aneiversion and fit and what we can really achieve. An alternative to conventional prostheses is represented by custom-made prostheses.

For 3 years we have been using the Modulus stem in the treatment of morphologic disorders of the hip. The conic shape of the stem easily fits the different morphologies of the proximal femur, whereas the modularity of the neck makes it possible to correct length, inclination and declination of the femural neck. We studied 59 patients by clinical and radiographic examination before surgery and 1, 3, 6 and 12 months postoperatively. We recorded a statistically significant improvement in the clinical score already at 1 month but this was even better at 6 months after surgery, with respect to the pre-operative examination.

With the use of this prosthesis, the recovery of correct joint biomechanics together with high tribologic standards could improve the implant survival, leading to cost reduction and patient satisfaction.


A. De Ponti A. Casati F. Ravasi G. Fraschini A. Cappelleri G. Aldegheri

The increase in knee arthroscopy performed on an out-patient basis, along with the need for cost reduction and a safe and rapid patient discharge, has underlined the importance of adequate anaesthesia techniques. We designed this study to compare efficacy, efficiency and surgeon’s satisfaction of total intravenous anaesthesia with propofol and remifentanil with those of spinal or peripheral nerve blocks for outpatient knee arthroscopy.

A total of 120 patients undergoing elective outpatient knee arthroscopy were randomly allocated to receive total intravenous anaesthesia with propofol and remifent-anil (n=40), combined sciatic-femoral nerve block (n=40) or spinal anaesthesia (n=40). Preparation times, surgeon’s satisfaction, discharge times and anaesthesia-related costs with the three anaesthesia techniques were analysed.

Preparation time was shorter with general anaesthesia (13 min) than with spinal anaesthesia or sciatic-femoral block (15 min; p=0.006). Surgeon’s satisfaction was similar in the three groups. Furthermore, 17 patients receiving peripheral nerve block (42%) and 12 receiving spinal anaesthesia (30%) by-passed the post-anaesthesia care unit after surgery as compared with only two general anaesthesia patients (5%; p=0.01). Discharge from the post-anaesthesia care unit was more rapid after peripheral block; however, stay in the Day Surgery Unit was shorter after general anaesthesia than peripheral or spinal blocks (p=0.026). Urinary retention was reported in three spinal anaesthesia patients only (8%; p=0.03).

Regional anaesthesia techniques reduce the rate of admission and the duration of stay in the post-anaesthesia care unit as compared with general anaesthesia. Peripheral rather than spinal nerve blocks should be preferred to minimise the risk of urinary retention.


M. Tangari F. Di Segni F. Larosa M.F. Caporale

The authors describe a new, original technique of intra-medullary nailing (originally designed for the Gamma nail system, now also suitable for other nailing systems) for the management of pertrochanteric and subtrochanteric fractures using a minimally invasive approach to the proximal femur. In this approach, the intramedullary nail is placed using a percutaneous Kirschner wire as a guide, so that the procedure has been called “Percutaneous Nailing System” (PNS).

The entry portal is selected at the proximal femur using the Kirschner wire, then a series of cannulae is placed through a small cutaneous incision (15 mm). This dilatator system protects the soft tissue during the reaming procedure (usually only necessary in the proximal femur, not in the diaphysis) and the insertion of the femoral nail.

From April 2001 to January 2004, 120 patients were treated with this new technique. They have been followed up and retrospectively compared to 60 patients operated with the standard technique. The comparison between the two groups was based on the surgical procedure (operation time and total blood loss) and the post-operative period (complications, length of hospitalisation).

With the minimally invasive technique the operation time was on average 15 min and the blood loss, measured as the difference in pre- and postoperative haemoglobinaemia, was on average 1 point, with no need for blood transfusion: these values were less than half in comparison to the standard technique.

The study shows the advantages of this minimally invasive technique, which can also be applied to fractures of the femoral diaphysis.


V. De Cupis C. Chillemi M. Palmacci

Numerous sequelae are reported after treatment, conservative or surgical, for proximal humerus fractures, which may result in shoulder pain and disability. The treatment of these conditions is still controversial. The aim of the present study was to evaluate the results achieved with the use of non-constrained shoulder prostheses.

Twelve patients (seven men, five women) were included in the study. The indications for prosthetic shoulder replacement were pain and loss of function that did not respond to medical and physical therapy. All the patients were clinically evaluated preoperatively and postoperatively with the Constant scoring system and by X-ray.

Fracture sequelae were grouped in type A, humeral head collapse (n=5); type B, locked fracture/dislocation (n=3); type C non-union of the surgical neck (n=2); and type D malunion of the tuberosity (n=2). In all the patients the same prosthetic implant (Aequalis, Tornier, France), and the same post-operative rehabilitation programme were employed. The mean follow-up was 4 years.

The best results were observed in the sequelae grouped as type A and B with an impressive reduction in pain and good recovery of activity. At the last follow-up no radiological signs of implant mobilisation were registered.

In our small series shoulder replacement seems to be the treatment of choice, in particular for sequelae of intracapsular impacted fractures of the proximal humerus. A larger series and a longer follow-up are still required to clarify these results.


M. de Pellegrin d. Fracassetti G. Fraschini

After gaining experience from 1990 to 2003 using the Cincinnati incision in the surgical treatment of congenital clubfoot, we were able to extend its use to the early surgical treatment of congenital vertical talus (CVT). Eight of the 172 feet were affected by CVT; four were idiopathic, three were associated with arthrogriposis and one with cerebral palsy. The average age of the six children at the time of the operation was 13.5 months (range 6–27 months). We performed a posterior, medial and lateral release of the subtalar joint and of the talona-vicular joint. The reduction of the talus was performed using a K-wire placed through the posterolateral aspect of the talus in its longitudinal axis. After the calcaneus was reduced from its everted position, a second K-wire was placed through the calcaneus and into the talus. The medial talonavicular joint capsule was opened and the redundant capsule reconstructed. Peroneal tendon lengthening was performed in five cases. The radiological evaluation, according to Hamanishi, showed preoperatively a talo-first metatarsal angle of 94° (NV: 3.3 ± 6.4 SD) and a calcaneal-first metatarsal angle of 54° (NV: −9 ± 4.5 SD); postoperatively the values were 24° and 7°, respectively. There were no wound complications or avascular necrosis of the talus.

With the Cincinnati incision we were able to visualise the talo-calcaneal and talo-navicular dislocation in all three spatial planes. It also allowed us to correct the deformity in all three mentioned planes and in a single-step procedure.


D. Regis M. Franchini F. Corallo E. Carità P. Bartolozzi

Preoperative autologous blood donation (PABD) is widely practised in elective orthopaedic surgery, but few data are available as regards recombinant human erythropoietin (rHuEpo) support during a PABD programme in children.

In January 1999 we introduced a PABD protocol with erythropoietin (10000 U s.c. twice weekly during the 3 weeks preceding surgery) in children who were scheduled for corrective surgery of scoliosis. Between January 1999 and November 2003, 23 consecutive patients (five males and 18 females, median age 15.1 years) were enrolled. Preoperative haemoglobin (Hb) levels, the numbers of collected and of autologous and allogeneic blood transfused units were determined. The results were compared with a historical group of 28 consecutive patients (seven males and 21 females, median age 15.4 years) who underwent spinal surgery between January 1994 and December 1998 and who differed from the first group only by the absence of concomitant erythropoietin therapy.

Administration of rHuEpo allowed all patients to complete the PABD programme, whereas 36% of patients in the non-treated group had to stop predeposit because they developed anaemia. Furthermore, significantly higher numbers of collected blood units and haemoglobin levels were measured. A significantly lower requirement for allogeneic blood was observed in the rHuEpo-treated group: 1/23 vs. 9/28 patients (4.3%–32.1%, p < 0.001).

The present study documents the efficacy of presurgical rHuEpo in facilitating autologous blood collection, thus reducing exposure to allogeneic blood, in paediatric patients undergoing corrective spinal surgery.


F. Conteduca V. Masi A. Speranza E. Monaco A. Ferretti

The surgical treatment of typical pathological conditions of the knee combined with deflections along the sagittal axis is complex, especially when the angles of such deflections are considerable in size.

Prior to treatment, the first problem concerns detecting the origin of the deflection, whether it is osseous, ligamentous or mixed, especially in cases of knee recurvation. The possibility of finding patients with what is known as “prophylactic” correction of the deflection is very rare.

Orthopaedic surgeons may encounter some cases in which deformation along the sagittal axis represents the primum movens of the pathology and others in which this deflection represents a further problem in curing the condition. The different situations may require the following different treatments: (a) Correction of the deflection; (b) correction of the deflection and the pathological condition; and (c) correction of the pathological condition and not the deflection.

We believe that, in the most serious cases, the deflection must be corrected and then meticulous pre-operative preparation is required. However, in order to select the most appropriate treatment, it is essential, in our opinion, to determine the cause of the deflection along the sagittal axis.

In our experience, the treatment of pathological conditions of the knee such as ligamentous reconstruction, knee arthroplasty and corrective osteotomies combined with deflection along the sagittal axis increase the difficulties of surgery, especially in cases of relevant knee recurvation, both osseous and ligamentous.


F. Conteduca F. D’Angelo R. Ciardini A. Ferretti

The biomechanical objective in total knee prostheses with mobile bearings was, and still is, to reduce UHMWPE wear and fracture. This does not mean that such prostheses do not produce polyethylene debris.

In our clinical experience we have used several types of prosthesis, in which over time, plastic materials have become diversified and various methods of sterilisation have been used, the prostheses becoming more and more sophisticated.

In our work we present the results of using a posterior cruciate ligament-retaining prosthesis with two mobile bearings (follow up 7–14 years), a posterior cruciate ligament-sacrificing prosthesis with a rotating platform (follow up 10 years to today) and a posterior cruciate ligament-retaining prosthesis with a rear-front translation platform (follow up 7 years to today).

Data on fractures and dislocation are only presented for the posterior cruciate ligament-retaining prosthesis with two mobile bearings. In no other cases were fractures or dislocation observed, except for one patient who had a dislocation after suffering a rotational tendon tear.

Our results show that larger surfaces tolerate the prosthesis stress better, although the type of polyethylene (with or without stearate, more or less crosslinked, sterilisation with or without air, sterilisation by high energy radiation or using gamma radiation, etc.) can influences debris production.


G. di Vico S. Cerciello C. Bussiere T. Ait Si Selmi P. Neyret

This study presents the results of 1188 original and innovative posteriorly stabilized TKA procedures in which the femoral bone stock is preserved with a shallow compartment insofar as possible. The TKA procedure is directly derived from Insall’s original technique, except for the posterior stabilisation design, where a third median condyle starts working at 30° of knee flexion.

A total of 1188 primary TKA procedures were consecutively performed in a university hospital. Average follow-up was 30 months (0–168 months). The implants were cemented (except for 35 femoral components) and the patella resurfaced (except for nine cases). Clinical results were assessed using the IKS Score. The quality of the implantation was analysed on long-leg X-rays (1175 preoperative and 883 postoperative long-leg films available at follow-up). The results showed that 95% of patients were very satisfied or at least satisfied. Knee score and functional scores were 44 and 54 preoperatively and 90 and 78 postoperatively. Mean range of motion was 116°. On X-ray analysis, the average mechanical femorotibial angle was 179° postoperatively. Survival of the implant for revision was 94.2% at 14 years. We performed 83 re-operations (nine patellar fractures, 14 infections, 12 cases of stiffness and 11 clunck syndromes), including 33 component revisions.

Clinical results compared favourably with the literature. This original posterior stabilisation design confirmed the good and excellent results at follow-up. We obtain good range of motion, and no revision was due to polyethylene wear.


C. Doria P. Lisai L. Floris C. Fabbriciani

Seven patients who had malignant proximal femoral tumours were selected for resection and limb salvage with a modular megaprosthesis. Histopathological diagnosis confirmed one solitary bone metastasis from renal cell carcinoma, one dedifferentiated chondrosarcoma, two primary non-Hodgkin lymphomas non-responsive to adjuvant chemo- and radiotherapy and three low-grade chondrosarcomas. The mean age at the time of surgery was 53.5 years. Post-operative survival averaged 54.5 months. The mean functional status score was satisfactory. There was no local tumour recurrence or dislocation of the prosthesis. There were one superficial wound infection and one post-surgical haematoma. Care must be taken in selecting patients to for resection of the proximal femur and implantation of modular megaprostheses. We reserve such treatment only for tumours that, because of the histopathological diagnosis and spread, chemotherapy or radiotherapy alone is not enough. Modular megaprosthesis is currently the method of choice in the treatment of malignant proximal femoral tumours. With this implant joint function can be restored after wide resection, too, offering a valid alternative to the bony massive allografts that are characterised by a high rate of complications and failure.


C. Doria P. Lisai L. Floris C. Fabbriciani

Pain and kyphosis in vertebral body compression fractures (VBCF) impair quality of life. Conservative treatment has been the proposed solution up to now. Kyphoplasty is a new technique that involves the introduction of inflatable bone tamps (IBT) into the vertebral body by a trans-pedicle approach. The purpose of IBT is to restore the original height of the vertebral body while creating a cavity that can be filled with highly viscous methylmethacrylate. We prospectively evaluated the safety and efficacy of kyphoplasty in the treatment of pain related to pathological vertebral body compression fractures resulting from osteoporotic collapse, multiple myeloma, primary malignant tumours (lymphoma) and metastatic cancer. Clinical results show immediate and maintained pain relief in all patients who received this treatment and a more rapid improvement in function. Pain relief may be related to spinal realignment by restoring the weight-bearing on the anterior column and to biological factors such as damage of pain-receptors due to the high temperature of cement polymerisation.


R. Caterini P. Farsetti V. Potenza E. Ippolito

OP-1 is a bone morphogenetic protein which induces bone formation. For this reason, this protein is used to treat congenital pseudoarthrosis and post-traumatic non-union as well as to improve healing of bone grafting in orthopaedic surgery. In the present study we report the results of treatment in 10 patients in whom OP-1 was used to improve bone healing. Four patients were operated because of post-traumatic non-union, one because of congenital pseudo-arthrosis and four because of spinal arthrodesis, whereas one had a tibial lenghthening with poor bone formation. At follow-up, ranging from 6 to 16 months after the operation, we observed satisfactory bone formation in all cases. Although the number of our cases is limited, our results confirm the effectiveness of OP-1 in the treatment of post-traumatic non-union and spinal arthrodesis.


A. Gasbarrini S. Bandiera G. Barbanti Bròdano E. Bertoldi M. Commessati F. De Iure F. Gonella L. Mirabile M. Russo M. Palmisani R. Pascarella S. Terzi S. Boriani

Haematogenous vertebral osteomyelitis (HVO) is a relatively rare disorder which accounts for 2–4% of all cases of infectious bone disease. In recent years, the incidence of spinal infections seems to have increased according to the growing number of intravenous drug users in young people and with the use of intravenous access devices, genitourinary surgery and manipulation in the elderly. Men are more frequently affected than women, with an average age of onset in the fifth and sixth decade of life. The onset of symptoms is typically insidious, with neck or back pain often underestimated by the patient. The early diagnosis is also difficult due to the non-specific nature of laboratory and radiographic findings. The frequent observation of back pain also makes the diagnosis a challenge in most cases. Several studies in the literature report an average delay in the diagnosis of HVO from 2 to 6 months after the beginning of the symptoms. In this article we review the clinical features and the diagnostic approach to HVO in order to optimise treatment strategies and follow-up assessment.

From 1997 to 2003 we treated 153 patients affected by vertebral osteomyelitis. The localisation was cervical in 11.5% of the cases, thoracic in 31% and lumbar in 57.5% cases. In all, 92 CT needle biopsies were performed without any complications. We were able to identify the microbiological pattern in 57% of cases (the most represented bacteria were Staphylococcus aureus and Mycobaterium tuberculosis) whereas in 47% of cases we could not identify any micro-organismus. Treatment was conservative in 112 cases and surgical in 41 cases.

Most of the studies in the literature consider HVO as a challenge for the physician: symptoms are not specific and sub-acute or chronic presentation is most common. In general, a delay in diagnosis is the rule rather than the exception. This is an easily missed infectious process, particularly in the elderly, in whom degenerative radiographic changes and conditions resulting in back pain, such as osteoporotic fractures or spinal metastases, are common and signs of sepsis may not become manifest. However, persisting localised back pain and tenderness with elevated ESR should prompt the physician to also consider HVO, although fever and leucocytosis may often not be present.

Once HVO is suspected, a long series of imaging and laboratory tests, and if necessary surgical procedures, must be initiated. The purpose of this study is to formulate a systematic, comprehensive and simple approach to the management of this disease following the diagnostic algorithm suggested.


J.M. Gennari J.M. Guillaume J.M. Tallet H. Hornung M. Bergoin

Anterior stabilisation has been shown to be superior in the treatment of the lumbar and thoraco-lumbar scoliosis, both in regard to the correction of the curves and to the number of fused vertebrae. Since 1995, with the emergence of third-generation locking devices, we have extended the indication of anterior fixation to double major scoliosis with lumbar predominance, operating exclusively on the lumbar curve and allowing the thoracic curve to correct itself. We report this experience with respect to 12 patients.

The patients consisted of 11 girls and one boy, mean age 16.6 years (range 12–29). The mean preoperative Cobb angle was: lumbar: 51° (41–72), dorsal 28° (range 21–45). All patients showed a lateral deviation of the trunk with asymmetry of the lumbar region.

Of the 12 patients, 11 received stabilisation by EUROS instruments from D11 to L3 and one from D10 to L3. The mean follow-up is 44 months (range 15–77 months).

A vertebral fusion was achieved for 94 % of the spaces (46/49). In the fixation zone, a 72% correction rate was achieved, whereas in the non-treated zone of the dorsal rachis, the rate of spontaneous correction was 32 %. In total the angle loss has been on average 4°. The study assessed the horizontal position of the disk underlying the zone of the arthrodesis; in other words the L3 – L4 disk showed the presence of an average gradient angle of 7° with a range from 0° to 17°. No post-operative complications were observed, but 7 of 12 patients have had immediate and transient sympathectomy after-effects, with a modification of the ipsilateral limb temperature at the level of the instrumental access site.

Anterior stabilization of the thoracolumbar curve in double major scoliosis with lumbar predominance seems to be preferred to posterior correction. This technique, by preserving the posterior musculature, makes it possible to save from 1 to 2 disk downwards. In turn, this makes it possible to correct the lateral translation and the realignment of the trunk starting with fusion limited to the lumbar spine. It is imperative to avoid hypercorrection of the thoraco-lumbar curve and even leave a bit of curve in the in situ modelling of the rod. Then the lumbar curve can be balanced with the dorsal curve and avoid an increase in the lumbosacral counter-curve with the risk in of rotatory dislocation in adult age. Since we have started using this technique, we have not had to perform double correction, anterior and posterior, for double major scoliosis with lumbar predominance.


J.M. Gennari J.M. Tallet M. Bergoin

The object of this work was to retrospectively study the recommendations and the results of cruent reduction of idiopathic congenital displacement of the hip following ineffective orthopaedic treatment.

From 1993 to 2001, 15 cruent reductions were performed in 11 children (seven girls and four boys). Initially, the 15 hips were treated by orthopaedic techniques (Pavlik harness and/or slow reduction according to the Sommerville-Petit method). Four of these have benefitted from surgical treatments after orthopaedic treatment proved to be ineffective (psoas tenotomy, Salter osteotomy). At the time of the cruent reduction the mean age was 24 months (range 9 months to 5 years). For the surgical reduction, always associated with a shortening-derotation osteotomy of femur, the Smith-Petersen antero-medial approach was used. In five of these cases, the cruent reduction was complemented by Salter osteotomy.

The mean post-surgical follow-up is 5.6 years (from 1 to 9 years). In none of the hips studied was recurrence of the dislocation observed. The functional outcome, studied by Mackay criteria, is good for all the hips. No significant dysmetria of the lower limbs was present. According to the radiological criteria in the classification of Severin outcome was good or excellent in 12 hips and average in three hips. According to the Bucholz and Ogden classification, six hips showed signs of necrosis as a result of the orthopaedic treatment. The surgical treatment did not cause necrosis in the remaining nine hips.

Recourse to a surgical procedure can result because of the anatomical obstacles typical of specific dislocations. Surgical reduction must be considered as an operation to preserve the hip; this operation is suitable at about 1 year of age if progressive orthopaedic practices are ineffective. Before 2 years of age, the cotyloid cavity can continue to develop after femoral head reduction, whereas, after this age, it is preferable to integrate a Salter osteotomy with the cruent reduction.


T. Greggi S. Giacomini M. Di Silvestre A. Bassi P.M. Fornasari P. Parisini

Homoplastic bone has been produced and used at the Rizzoli Orthopaedic Institute since 1998. Bone grafts are treated following the “freeze-dry” technique developed by the Rizzoli Bone Bank. Up to now, 111 patients have been surgically managed by using lyophilised bone grafts at the Division of Spine Surgery.

With a follow-up of more than 12 months, the authors reviewed 81 subjects affected with scoliosis (45 cases – group A), lumbar diseases (34 cases – group B) and segmental cervical degenerative stenosis (two cases – group C). Group A consisted of 20 patients, mean age 14 years, affected with progressive or congenital idiopathic scoliosis; 12 patients, mean age 34.5 years, affected with adult symptomatic scoliosis; 10 patients, mean age 14.4 years, affected with neuromuscular scoliosis; and the remaining three, mean age 37 years, who had already undergone surgery) presenting with pseudarthrosis. Surgical technique was circumferential arthrodesis in paediatric congenital scoliosis and posterior arthrodesis in adult and adolescent idiopathic scoliosis. Fusion was extended to the sacrum and iliac crests in five cases of neuromuscular scoliosis. Patients of group B (16 spondylolisthesis and 18 degenerative lumbar instability), aged 42 years on average, underwent posterior arthrodesis with pedicle fixation. Only two patients in group C were treated with bone graft anteriorly placed at the cervical level to supplement the intersomatic fusion with cage. At a mean follow-up of 28 months, solid fusion was observed in 79 cases (97%); a clearly visible pseudarthrosis was seen only in two cases (3%) (an infantile scoliosis and reintervention for neuromuscular scoliosis in an adult patient). A deep infection with Staphlylococcus aureus was encountered in one patient (1.2%) with degenerative lumbar instability treated with arthrodesis and L2-S1 pedicle fusion: the infection resolved after surgical reintervention (leaving the instrumentation in situ) and drainage.

Lyophilised bone, either used as wedge grafts anteriorly or morcellised grafts posteriorly, provides good resistance and integration. Safety, ready availability and possibility to be stored at environmental temperature are further advantages offered by these bone grafts, which make them particularly suitable for application in spinal surgery, above all when surgical times are long and the risk of complications is high.


R. Giancola C. Crippa

Percutaneous compression plates (PCCP) used in the treatment pertrochanteric fractures are made of stainless steel, available in one size only and have two threaded oblique proximal holes for the telescopic cephalic (femoral neck) screws and three distal holes for the shaft self-tapping screws.

The plate is inserted at right angles to the femoral diaphysis through a small incision and rotated so that its axis is parallel to the diaphysis. By means of small movements it is advanced along the bone, positioned between the vastus lateralis muscle and the periosteum and then fixed with the proximal and distal screws. The neck screws are telescopic and they provide a double axis fixation in the femoral neck, which increases rotational stability by allowing fracture compression and preventing collapse of the neck and subsequent cut-out.

Surgery takes about 30 min and consists of two small longitudinal incisions; thus the procedure is associated with only minimal blood loss. From March 2003 to May 2004 we treated 101 patients with PCCP: 73 women and 28 men with an average age of 82 years (range 26–101 years). The average blood loss was 92.4 ml. Of the patients, 31 (29.8%) did not receive blood transfusions and of the remaining 70 patients (70.2%), 26 received one unit of blood, 35 two units and nine two units operatively and two post-operatively. When possible, weight-bearing was allowed on the third postoperative day, thus achieving a functional recovery. The healing times are similar to those of other methods. No incidence of fracture collapse or screw cut-outs was seen in this series.


C. Bevilacqua M. Cappella S. Manzotti A. Gigante

The search for bone substitutes has stimulated the study of growth factors with osteoinductive properties. Bone morphogenetic proteins (BMPs) have been shown to have a central role in endochondral and intramembranous bone formation and are thought to promote normal bone healing. Recent studies demonstrated that platelet-rich plasma (PRP) can provide several growth factors and stimulate osteogenesis. The aim of the present study was to analyse the in vitro effects of rhBMP-7 and PRP on phenotype and proliferation of cells from the site of non-union and from non-affected bone.

During the surgical treatment of seven cases of non-union, normal cancellous bone and tissue from the non-union site were harvested. Osteoblast-like cells and fibroblast-like cells were isolated and characterised. Mesenchymal cells were obtained from bone marrow of the same patients. Each cell type was incubated with rhBMP-7 and PRP at different concentrations. Proliferation rate and alkaline phosphatase activity were assessed at 3, 7, 15 and 30 days. Histochemical and immunohistochemical analyses were performed at 15 and 30 days.

The proliferation rate of osteoblast-like cells and mesenchymal cells wasalways higher than that of fibroblast-like cells from the non-union site. Growth factors induced mesenchymal cells to express osteoblast phenotype markers.

The results suggest that fibroblast-like cells from the site of non-union are poorly responsive to growth factors, even at highest stimulation. In surgical practice these data strongly suggest adding osteoblast-like cells and mesenchymal cells from non-affected sites at the non-union site to enhance the osteogenic response to growth factors.


A. Gigante A. Ricevuto C. Bevilacqua N. Panfoli F. Greco.

The present investigation was undertaken to explore the possible association between lower limb torsional abnormalities and some disorders of the knee, such as patellofemoral malalignment and Osgood-Schlatter disease.

Four groups of patients were subjected to clinical, radiographic and CT evaluation: 20 male and 20 female asymptomatic subjects, 27 girls affected with patellofemoral malalignment and 21 boys affected with Osgood-Schlatter disease. With CT femoral anteversion, patellar congruence angle, patellar tilt angle, condylomalleolar angle, the distance between the anterior tibial tuberosity and the trochlear groove and external tibial rotation angle could be measured. Statistical analysis was carried out by ANOVA and Student’s t-test.

In the patellofemoral malalignment group, the femoral anteversion and rotation were significantly greater than in comparison the other symptomatic or control groups. In the Osgood-Schlatter group the condylomalleolar angle and tibial rotation angle were higher than in controls.

Several authors have demonstrated the influence of changes in the torsional alignment of the leg on the genesis of many disorders of the knee. The present CT study, employing a method that is the most accurate to measure lower limb rotation, documents a close association between patellofemoral malalignment and femoral rotation and between Osgood-Schlatter disease and increased external tibial torsion. These associations does not imply a cause-effect relationship; nevertheless, it is conceivable that these torsional abnormalities, probably in conjunction with other factors, can be predisposing mechanical factors for the onset of anterior knee pain related to patellofemoral malalignment or Osgood-Schlatter disease.


S. Turra C. Khabbaze A. Borgo C. Gigante

Renal failure in children is associated with a wide range of musculoskeletal disorders such as osteonecrosis, stress fractures, brown tumours, epiphysiolysis, joint infections and angular deformities. In this paper the authors report their experience concerning the surgical treatment of the angular deformities of the lower limbs in renal osteodystrophy (RO).

Between 1995 to 2003, 10 children (five girls and five boys) with RO underwent surgical correction of angular deformities of the lower limbs. Of these, seven had femoral osteotomies because of knee deformities (three genu valgum, four genu varum) and three had osteotomies because of tibial angular deformity. The average age at surgery was 5 years (min. 2 years, max. 12 years). Different types of osteosynthesis were used (staples and cast, Ortho-fix and Ilizarov frames) according to the age of the child and the degree and the site of the angular deformities.

All osteotomies healed without complications and the surgical correction was considered appropriate at the end of treatment. At an average follow-up of 4.5 years there was no significant relapse and no need for second surgery.

Simple osteosynthesis (staples and cast) was most appropriate in the youngest children and in mildest deformities (particularly at the distal tibial metaphysis). External devices were more suitable in the oldest children and for genu valgum/varum deformities. To optimise the time of consolidation close collaboration with the paediatricians is required in order to perform surgery under the best metabolic conditions (elevation of the serum alkaline phosphatase concentration above 500/l is a good marker of bone metabolic healthy).


G. Grappiolo A. Camera M. Gramazio

Unstable knee caused by an axial deformity mainly occurs in serious valgus cases, which is the result of a femoral external hypoplastic condylus defect and often seen in association with marked debris of the tibial plate and bone –loss. Tibial rotation related to the deficit causes lateral patellar subluxation, and soft tissue retraction fixes the deformity while the preconditions for an anteromedial ligamentous laxity are being created. On replacement the deformities develop because of bone-stock defects as well as ligamentous defects, which are often secondary to debris and/or to primary component misrotations.

In primary surgery the approach is medial for varus and lateral for valgus, in order to help the release. We use the GAP technique to implant semibonded prostheses. In revisions the previous approach is always followed. From 2000 to 2003 52 LCCK Zimmer were implanted. Tuberosity detachment was required in 20 cases.

The increase in TKS was significant.: from 40 to 180. The radiographic alignment supported by taproots centrage is excellent, and there are no signs of radiographical mobilisation in any of the cases.

There were two cases of intolerance, with decubitus of a screw utilised for the tibial tuberosity synthesis. A flexion-extension defect had to be repaired afterwards by surgery and two cases of endostal reaction to the tibial taproot were observed.

Despite the difficulty of treated cases, results appear promising; the combination between prosthesis type and GAP technique confers high stability to the system.


V. Guzzanti A. Di Lazzaro R.M. Toniolo F. Falciglia G. Milano C. Fabbriciani

Torsional changes in the lower limbs represent a serious clinical problem. The evaluation of the physiological development of the relationship between femur and tibia in the axial plane is necessary for final assessment.

The authors observed 940 patients aged from 4 to 15 years to identify the most important modifications of torsion of the lower limbs during paediatric age. Clinical examination includes assessment in the standing and supine position and observation of the gait features so that the physiological-pathological borderline can be defined, along with peculiar aspects of single and combined deformities, in order to identify indications for osteotomy.

The types of torsion are classified as: (1) isolated augmentation of femoral anteversion; (2) isolated reduction of femoral anteversion; (3) isolated medial tibial torsion; (4) isolated lateral tibial torsion; and (5) combined torsion (femoral anteversion combined with lateral tibial torsion).

The anatomy and the natural progression of femoral and tibial torsion can be assessed by clinical methods. Radiographic methods such as axial CT views are indicated in cases in which clinical examination does not provide clear information and, in particular, if qualitative and quantitative diagnosis is required in order to establish the therapeutic protocol.

The authors conclude by suggesting that the physiological development of torsion should be followed up to skeletal maturity in order to make a general evaluation and to decide on treatment.


V. Guzzanti C. Fabbriciani

The first proposal of high tibial osteotomy to align a varus knee caused by osteoarthritis was ascribed to Steindler in the 1940. The technique was followed by many surgeons because it re-established the load equilibrium in the medial and lateral compartment, reduced the progression of the osteoarthritis and improved the clinical symptoms.

However, as a result of the quick spread of total knee replacement and unicondylar arthroplasty this corrective operation was forgotten. In recent years osteotomies were resumed for two main reasons: (a) the increased diagnosis of knee osteoarthritis in patients of middle age; and (b) the improvement of the technique and improvement of long-term results.

The authors analysed the literature regarding the main techniques utilised in the correction of the axial and torsional deformities of osteoarthritic knee (linear or cuneiform osteotomies). The results of these various methods are similar. This could be due to the importance of common biological effects (early and late) related to the mechanical effect however it is obtained. In conclusion, the authors suggest that osteotomy must be resumed and applied with revised indications (patients in so-called middle age and unicondylar osteoarthritic knee).


V. Guzzanti A. Gigante M. Giordano C. Bevilacqua P. Demaio

Tissue engineering in the treatment of cartilage lesions utilises chondrocytes or mesenchymal stem cells (MSCs) seeded on tridimensional scaffolds. These methods are associated with high costs and two surgical procedures. Aim of this study was to evaluate the healing process of osteochondral lesions treated by drilling (in order to permit the migration of MSCs) and collagen membrane implant (to facilitate cell proliferation and differentiation).

Bilateral ostechondral lesions of the knee were induced in 24 sheep: two lesions 5 mm in diameter at the femoral condyle and two at the throclear groove in each knee. The lesions were treated as follows: drilling and typeI/II collagen membrane implant. Control lesions were treated by drilling alone. Macroscopic, histoimmunohistochemical and histomorphometric analyses were performed at 1, 6 and 12 months after operation.

The treated lesions were repaired with a hyaline-like tissue at 12 months, in comparison to control lesions which showed incomplete filling with fibrous tissue.

The use of collagen membranes covering articular defects avoids cell dispersion and maintains the necessary tissue permeability. Chondrocytes or MSCs seeded on these membranes proliferate and express differentiated phenotypes. The present study showed in an experimental model that drilling and collagen membrane implant represents a surgical approach to osteochondral lesions which produces a hyaline-like scar tissue.


C. Fabbriciani G. Milano V. Guzzanti A. Di Lazzaro

The Q angle is defined as the angle formed by a line passing from the anterior-superior iliac spine and the centre of the patella and another line passing this point to the centre of the tibial tuberosity. Normal values reported in the literature for the Q angle widely range between 12.7° (± 0.72°) and 18.8° (± 4.7°). This variability depends on individual anatomical variations and method of measurement as well. In fact, several factors can affect the measurement of Q angle. The correct evaluation is carried out with a goniometer, in supine position and the knee in full extension. Q angle evaluation can be biased by standing position and quadriceps contraction, which can increase the Q angle; in contrast, knee flexion can reduce it. Furthermore, it has been demonstrated that the Q angle increases from external to internal rotation of the tibia, while it decreases from pronation to supination of the foot. Finally, patellar malalignment in the horizontal plane, such as subluxation or dislocation, causes a decrease in the Q angle, as the centre of the patella is laterally shifted. The accuracy of Q angle measurement can be also affected by an error in identifying the anatomical landmarks. An error in Q angle measurement below 5° requires an error in setting the anatomical landmarks of no greater than 2 mm. Several authors have shown that the Q angle is greater in females, as the proximal landmarks are more lateral and a greater valgus alignment is necessary to reestablish a correct mechanical axis of the limb. According to the side, there is no evidence that Q angle is symmetric.

The clinical significance of the Q angle is controversial. An increased Q angle was considered for a long time as the main cause of anterior knee pain and an important risk factor for patella subluxation or dislocation. Some authors showed a correlation between Q angle increase and symptomatic patellar chondromalacia. However, others showed no significant differences in Q angle values between symptomatic and asymptomatic patients. Presently, there is not sufficient clinical evidence that an increased Q angle predisposes to knee problems. Furthermore, it is impossible to assert that all the alterations of the extensor mechanism are exclusively due to an increase in the Q angle, as they can depend on other factors, such as: functional overloading of the knee, muscle and ligament insufficiency, bone and chondral morphological changes, malalignment or asymmetric length of the inferior limbs and foot alterations.

In conclusion, a homogeneous method of measurement and correct data interpretation are necessary to clarify the conundrum of Q angle. Moreover, it is important to understand that patellofemoral malalignment is not always the cause of knee pain and instability. This can reduce the risk of performing surgical procedures of extensor mechanism realignment that are technically perfect but potentially harmful.


A. Di Lazzaro F. Falciglia V. Guzzanti P. Demaio

In recent years, the use of computed tomography (CT) has made it possible to obtain without distortion images of axial sections of the patella with the knee in the first 15°–20° of flexion.

We performed CT examinations on 27 patients aged between 11 and 17 years. We considered patients who had anterior knee pain with or without a feeling of patellar instability. CT examinations were performed with the knee flexed to 15° with and without quadriceps contraction. The tomograms obtained were analysed considering: (1) the congruence angle (CA), (2) the patellar tilt angle (PTA), (3) the sulcus angle (SA) and (4) trochlear depth (TD). We performed CT examinations on a control group of 20 patients aged between 11 to 17 years. Statistical analysis was performed by using the analysis of variation (ANOVA) test or the Student’s t-test on paired or unpaired data.

The difference between control knees and symptomatic knees was significant for all of the CT variables (unpaired t-test). Malalignment detected with the quadriceps relaxed was typed according to the classification of Schutzer et al. as follows: type I – lateralised patella, 13 knees (24.1%); type II – lateralised and tilted patella, 24 knees (44.4%); and type III – tilted patella, 12 knees (22.2%). In 26 knees (48.2%), CT examination with quadriceps in contraction gave the same findings as CT examination with the quadriceps relaxed, i.e. type and severity of malalignment were identical. In the remaining 28 knees (51.8%), CT examination with the quadriceps in contraction gave different results from the CT examination with the quadriceps relaxed.

The greater sensitivity and specificity of CT as compared with conventional radiographic methods in the diagnosis of patellofemoral malalignment have been demonstrated. Our results show that there is a relationship between clinical findings and CT data. CT assessment with the quadriceps relaxed permitted us to divide the knees into three types of patellofemoral malalignment. To our knowledge, not many studies have been performed with the quadriceps contracted. In the present study, in 48.2% of knees there were no differences between CT assessment with the quadriceps relaxed and with the quadriceps contracted in either type or severity of malalignment. In contrast, in the remaining 51.8% of symptomatic knees we found differences.

Before planning an operation in patients with anterior knee pain with or without patellar instability, CT assessment both with the quadriceps relaxed and contracted permits a reliable documentation of malalignment, permitting the surgeon to select the optimal treatment.


M. Marcacci E. Kon S. Zaffagnini F. Iacono R. Quarto R. Cancedda

Large bone defect repair has always presented a difficult treatment problem. Marrow-derived osteogenic progenitor cells combined with hydroxyapatite (HA) were used for segmental bone reconstruction. The validity of this model has been shown for the repair of bone defects of critical size in large animal models. We used this cell-based therapeutic approach to treat three patients with large bone defects.

The patients were 41, 22 and 16 years old and had large tibial, ulnar and humeral diaphyseal gaps that ranged in size from 3.0 to 28.3 cm3. Marrow samples were harvested from the iliac crest and osteogenic progenitors isolated and expanded “ex vivo”. The expanded cells were then combined with a highly macroporous bioceramic scaffold whose size and shape reflected each individual bony defect. The cell/bioceramic composites were implanted at the lesion sites. External fixation was used to stabilise the grafts.

At present all patients have been followed up for 4–5 years. Already after the first month after surgery an initial integration at the bone/implant interface was evident. Bone formation in the implants, assessed by X-ray, progressed steadily in the follow-up period. Two patients achieved full functional recovery at 6 months after surgery, one patient at 12 months after surgery. The present report shows that large segmental bone reconstruction can be achieved in humans using osteoprogenitor cells. This technique can be improved by a more biodegradable and more biomechanically resistant scaffold use.


M. Marcacci E. Kon S. Zaffagnini M.P. Neri M. Spinel M. Berruto

Autologous chondrocyte transplantation has become a possible solution for the treatment of chondral knee lesions. Recently an autologous tissue engineered cartilage (Hyalograft C), using biodegradable scaffolds for cell proliferation, was successfully developed. In osteochondritis dissecans (OCD) the lesion also involves subchondral bone. For this reason we began to use a two-step technique: arthroscopic autologous bone grafting followed by autologouos condrocyte Hyalograft C transplantation after 4–6 months. We treated five patients affected by OCD.

All the patients were clinically evaluated and analysed according to the International Repair Cartilage Society score at 12 and 24 months. The ICRS score showed highly satisfactory clinical results in all treated patients at 12 and 24 months; CT and MRI evaluation had demonstrated a good articular surface reconstruction with complete bone defect restoration at a short 12-month follow-up period. The autologous chondrocyte transplantation provides highly satisfactory clinical results.

This second-generation autologous tissue-engineered cartilage transplantation avoids the use of periosteal flap, simplifies the surgical procedure and permits use of an arthroscopic approach. In association with autologous bone grafting, bone loss can also be restored in order to recreate a perfect articular surface. The preliminary clinical and histological results are encouraging but longer follow-up is required to better evaluate this technique.


G. La Rosa M. Crostelli

There can be no doubt that bone morphogenetic proteins play a hierarchic role in the osteogenetic cascade. Pre-clinical and clinical trials have confirmed their decisive role in achieving anterior lumbar fusion, as they direct mesenchymal stem cells toward osteoblastic lineages.The present study is concerned with initial experience in the application of autologous mesen-chymal stem cells and various growth factors (BMP-7,VEGF,TGFbeta) in the treatment of paediatric spinal pathologies.

Eleven patients affected by serious forms of congenital infantile scoliosis, idiopathic scoliosis and grade I spondylolisthesis received surgical treatment. In three patients with congenital infantile scoliosis, ages ranging from 3 to 12 years, the surgical procedure was an anterior and posterior fusion at the level of the hemiver-tebra, extending it to a level above and below it by means of in situ decortication of the vertebral plates and laminae on the convex side and delivery of stem cells taken from the iliac bone and applied in situ by means of bovine collagen sponge (Healos system). No fixation device was added. Plaster and brace were used during the postoperative course for 9 months. In two cases of intertransverse in situ fusion for grade I spondylolisthesis the age of the patients was 13 and 16 years, respectively, and the surgical procedure consisted in the standard technique to which was added delivery of a mixture composed of small bone chips obtained from decortication, 3.5 mg of eptotermin alpha (Op-1, BMP7), and autologous stem cells taken from iliac bone. A special form of informed consent was obtained for these two patients because of their incomplete bone maturity. TLSO was used in the postoperative course for 2 months. In the six patients with idiopathic scoliosis, ages ranged from 13 to 15 years and the treatment consisted in posterior instrumentation and fusion by means of rods, transpedicular screws and hooks; standard fusion techniques were supported by local bone chips obtained from decortication, placed on collagen sponges and combined with autologous stem cells taken from iliac bone with the addition of platelet gel derived from the autologous preoperative blood collection. No bone chips were taken from iliac wing. The results were evaluated by X-rays and CT at intervals of 1, 2, 4, 6 and 12 months.

In the cases of congenital scoliosis a solid fusion area was obtained only for posterior hemiephysiodesis, without a parallel bone signal of fusion at the anterior level. In the cases of intertransverse in situ fusions for spondy-lolisthesis there was a beginning fusion already visible on the first X-ray control 1 month postopoeratively, confirmed at successive check-ups and maintained in the follow-up. The cases of idiopathic scoliosis showed an initial ossification of the grafts and signals of fusion at the 6-month check-up.

The isolated use of stem cells, although promising from a theoretical point of view, did not prove encouraging in the cases of anterior fusion. It is most probable that the absence of instrumentation induced a defect in the stable fixation of the fused segments, the latter being a crucial factor.The cases of in situ fusion for spondylolisthesis confirm the hierarchic role of the bone morphogenetic protein 7 in inducing the mesenchymal stem cells, released in situ from decortication, toward osteoblastic lineage. To our knowledge these represent the first two cases of use of OP-1 in patients younger than 18 years. In the fusion areas which are more extensive in length (idiopathic scoliosis) the added use of autologous stem cells mixed with platelet gel seems to improve the physiological processes of fusion. It will be necessary to monitor the long-term results of these procedures with special regard to loss of correction and weakness of the fusion area causing torsional or flexion-extension stress. These possible costs have to be compared with the verified benefits of a better use of blood in its capacity to save on corresponding haemotransfusion, combined with the absence of comorbidity related to the donor site of iliac bone chips.


M. Marcacci E. Kon M. Fiorini D. Pressato S. Zaffagnini L. Marchesini R. F. Iacono

A tissue engineering-based approach has become a possible solution for the treatment of chondral lesions. Actually, autologous chondrocytes seeded on biodegradable scaffolds for cell proliferation were successfully developed. However, these techniques promote cartilaginous but not bony regeneration. Therefore a new experimental approach involving mesenchymal stem cells (MSC) has been introduced.

A 31-year-old man affected by massive osteonecrosis of the right femoral head was selected to begin this study. The MSC were isolated from the bone marrow harvested from the patient’s iliac crest. After a 3-week monolayer expansion, cells were seeded and cultured onto hyaluronan-based three-dimensional scaffolds and DBM spongy chips, used to regenerate the cartilaginous and the bony portion, respectively. After a 2-week cultivation, constructs were implanted inside the osteochondral defect using the transtrochanteric approach under arthroscopic control. The patient underwent clinical, X-ray and MRI control during the first 6 months after operation.

Pluripotent MSC may be a promising strategy for osteochondral defect reconstruction due to their capacity to differentiate in vivo along chondrocytic and osteoblastic lineages. This ability, combined with two different kinds of three-dimensional scaffolds, permits simultaneous bone and cartilage tissue regeneration. The preliminary results are encouraging but a more precise judgement of the effectiveness of this method requires longer follow-up.


P. La Floresta G. Mastroberardino V. Covatta C. Napolitano

In patients younger than 60 years, high tibial osteotomy (HTO) is a satisfactory therapy for varus gonarthrosis. HTO may afford young patients substantial relief of pain and does not restrict activity. However, the indication for HTO is currently under discussion due to the fact that closing (CWO) and opening (OWO) wedge osteotomy produce opposite changes in patellar height and inclination of the proximal tibial articular surface. Consequently this can possibly affect outcome of knee surgery.

The aim of this study was to compare the variations both in patellar height and inclination of the proximal tibial plateau produced by the two more common proximal tibial osteotomy techniques. We analysed 60 patients with unicompartmental osteoarthitis and angular deformity of the knee divided into two groups: group 1 (30 patients) treated with CWO using a plate VCO and group 2 (30 patients) treated with OWO using Puddus’s plate. Patients were comparable in age, gender and knee deformity. Patellar height was evaluated by Caton’s method. The inclination of the proximal tibial plateau was measured as the angle between the articular surface and the lateral longitudinal axis of the tibia.

Patellar height before CWO surgery was 0.98 ± 0.128, after surgery 1.01± 0.195. Patellar height before OWO surgery was 0.99 ± 0.134, after surgery 0.91± 0.125. Posterior tibial inclination before CWO surgery of was 7.5° ± 4°, after surgery 3.5° ± 5°. Posterior tibial inclination before OWO surgery was 7.5° ± 4°, after surgery 8° ± 5°. Unexpectedly, CWO did not modify, wheras OWO significantly decreased the height of the patella. The inclination of the proximal tibial plateau increased after OWO, but decreased after CWO. Lack of variation in patellar height after CWO could be explained by fibrosis and patellar ligament contracture, whereas in OWO, the decreased distance between patella and tibio-femoral joint line was derived from joint line elevation.

Following a tibial osteotomy both the height of the patella after OWO or the reduced inclination of the proximal tibial plateau may have deleterious consequences for patellofemoral biomechanics and complicate subsequent total knee arthroplasty.


V.M. Latte F. Guadalascara A. D’Elia S. Rossi

Osteoporosis is an underdiagnosed and often neglected disease, with a huge impact on social costs arising from fracture management that could be avoided with an appropriate prevention programme. The approach to diagnosis is not always efficacious and cost-optimised, often suggesting instrumental densitometry in a somehow irrational way.

The objective of this study is to evaluate the introduction and use of a simple score system, in order to optimise the access to instrumental diagnosis with quantitative ultrasound (QUS) densitometric technique for those patients at risk.

We used the OSIRIS score system questionnaire in order to have a simple tool to manage the osteoporosis screening of patients in our centre from January to December 2003 (more than 2000 patients in total). The score risk derived for each patient was used to recommend the instrumental densitometric measurement (heel QUS) and the need for vertebral X-ray scan and morphometric evaluation. In a further analysis on a more limited number of patients, we searched for correlations between densitometry with other score systems (O.R.A.I.,N.O.F.,S.C.O.R.E.,A.B.O.N.E.) and with pre-existing fragility fractures (vertebral and non-vertebral).

Our data suggest that a correlation exists between OSIRIS score risk and heel QUS densitometric T-score, suggesting the usefulness and validity of such a score system in order to optimise the access to instrumental diagnosis of osteoporosis.


G. Laurà E. Usellini R. Milani

Tibial and femoral deformities might cause patellofemoral problems, but they do not have to be modified every time to obtain good results. We have evaluated external tibial rotation characterised by an external tibial deformity in varus, worsening in parallel feet position. In these patients the only surgical treatment is tibial osteotomy, justified by a positive effect on the knee joint mechanics. From 1990 to 2002 we performed 25 derotation tibial osteotomies as an isolated procedure or associated with a closed wedge osteotomy. We reviewed 15 patients (16–28 years old at surgery) with special reference to pain, aesthetic criteria and functional assessments, and we reported possible negative effects of derotation (recurvation and external tibial rotation). In all the patients we found an external rotation higher than standard range and moderate varus. All patients had remission of pain; this was complete in five and partial in six. Ten patients showed an increased tibial rotation and eight of those showed even recurvation without functional sequelae. At 2–12 years of follow-up, our results are satisfactory.


G. Logroscino G. Maccauro A. Tampieri F. Larosa G. Lorini

In order to improve hydroxyapatite (Ha) quality as a bone substitute, two types of Ha were developed based on a new and original technique: Ha with graduated porosity (G-Ha) and porous “carbonated” Ha (C-Ha). Ha cylinders were implanted into the femoral diaphysis of NZW rabbits. Before implantation the materials were characterised by XRD, porosimetry, SEM and thermic and mechanical analysis. Macroscopic, radiographic and histologic analysis were performed on the specimens at standard intervals after surgery (1-3-6- and 12 months).

G-Ha proved to be morphologically more similar to bone tissue because of the graduated porosity that mimes the two natural components of bone (cortical-scarce porosity and spongious-high porosity). The C-Ha was chemically more similar to bone because of the CO3- substitution, which is a normal substitute in natural bone.

Both materials achieved good mechanical strength, in particular the pseudo-cortical portion of G-Ha. Interconnected porosity was also observed in both materials. Newly formed bone appeared earlier in C-Ha (1–3 months). At 1 year C-Ha demonstrated quiescent bone and significant degradation. The G-Ha was scarcely reabsorbed but showed active osteogenesis in the surrounding living bone. Graduated porosity improved the mechanical interaction with bone over time, while the carbonation improved the temporal interaction and Ha resorption.

Porous Ha was found to be a promising bone substitute and also a reliable drug-delivery carrier.


G. Laurà E. Usellini R. Milani

Congenital or acquired recurvatum genu might be caused by bone and/or soft tissue disorders. In bone recurvation, tibial deformity is more common; femoral deformity has clinical and X-ray features that are less important and often unidentified. We found this type of deformity in only four of 40 cases of bone recurvation.

Bone recurvation can follow a tibial or femoral fracture as well as injury with no X-ray signs. Some months later an anterior epiphysiolisis might be recognised on X-ray. This fact allows a retrospective diagnosis of fifth type Salter-Harris epiphysiolisis. Clinically a harmonious recurvatum genu would be recognised, which is difficult to distinguish from a capsulo-ligamentous disorder.

According to a subjective profile, it is featured with no objective laxity. On X-rays there are no peculiarities in the anterior view, but on the lateral view femoral condylar flattening with anterior rotation, in particular in the lateral one, can be observed. It might be useful to compare the X-ray findings to define a geometrical point termed the femoral diaphysealintercondylar angle. This has been already described and is measured between two lines, one which represents the axes of the femoral shaft, the other one the Blumensaat line; in a normal knee this angle measures 33° (±3). In knees with femoral recurvation this is higher: in our four patients the range of the angle was 45°–58°.

Procurving femoral osteotomy is the gold standard; in fact femoral closed wedge osteotomy allows a complete correction. Surgeons must avoid an overcorrection with subsequent femoral trochlear rotation and at the same time a tibial osteotomy must be avoided, which would lead to a double articular deformity, wherever it would fit with a capsulo-ligamentous recurvation.


F. Leonardi C.A. Buratti D. Caldo D. Testa G. Delfino

The aim of hip revison surgery is to restore biomechanical parameters: rotation centre, muscle arm lever and leg length; homologous bone grafting is often necessary. It is possible to bioenhance grafts, resulting in better osteointegration speed and quality. We propose the use of our platelet gel protocol. Care was given to assess the cost-benefit rate of the method. We performed densitometric analysis of homologous bioenhanced grafts vs homologous grafts, with a specific acetabular bone loss indication, randomising two groups of patients (rct study). The “intention to treat” was to decide the benefit of the method in order to extend use to all patients. Densitometric analysis was implemented with radiographic analysis using a modified Cook’s scale. We used clinical scores, too. The clinical and plain radiographic results did not differ significantly between the two groups or with our historical group (7 years/23 implants, already published). The synthesis of all instruments used indicates that the use of bioenhanced bone is promising for enhanced osteointegration; however, the study group must be extended and observed for a longer time to achieve appropriate study power.


D. Lup P. Aglietti F. Giron N. Mondanelli M. Losco P. Cuomo

In the last few years the number of women who practise sport activities has substantially increased and this has led to an increase in the incidence of ACL tear in females. The aim of this study is to assess outcome differences at a minimum 3-year follow-up after ACL reconstruction in women using either a patellar tendon (BPTB) or a quadrupled-looped hamstring (DSTG) autograft fixed with modern devices.

Fifty women with a chronic, isolated ACL tear were randomised to receive a DSTG or BPTB graft for ACL reconstruction. Both groups were comparable as to age, injury-surgery, activity level, meniscal tears, surgical technique and reabilitation. All patients were prospectively evaluated by an independent observer using the IKDC form, the FKSAKP Score, the KT-1000 arthrometer and the Cybex NORM dynamometer. A radiographic study was performed to investigate tunnel widening.

All but two patients were satisfied with the reconstruction. The average side-to-side difference in anterior tibial translation was 2.4 mm in the BPTB group and 2.5 mm in the DSTG group. The final result was A (normal knee) in 56% and in 60% of the BPTB and the DSTG knees, respectively. A failure (4%) was present in each group. Muscle strength deficits at 60°/s, 120°/s and 180°/s were within 10% for extensors and within 5% for flex-ors in both groups. No statistically significant differences were found in terms of subjective satisfaction, objective evaluation, knee stability and muscle strength recovery. The BPTB group showed a higher incidence of postoperative kneeling discomfort (p< 0.05) and a larger area of decreased skin sensitivity (p< 0.001). The DSTG group showed a higher incidence of femoral tunnel widening (p=0.02).

Using strong and stiff fixation devices, ACL reconstruction in women is not influenced by the graft choice.


G. Laurà E. Usellini D. Gaietta

Recurvatum genu can develop as a results of both chronic diseases “maladie des enfants alités” (Lefort), though rarely, and after trauma, which occurs more often. Surgical treatment might consist either in a de-epiphysiodesis according to Langenskield, when a bone bridge is present, or by Ilizarov technique, which allows a correction of segmentary shortening.

This kind of trauma often occurs after bone growth has ceased and this is why in our study we performed osteotomies. Femoral osteotomies are all closed wedge procedures with medial access and 90° angle blade-plate fixation. This allows early mobilisation and avoids overcorrection. Without performing this kind of procedure posteriorisation of the trochlea might occur and, consequently, over time, patellofemoral arthritis could develop. For the tibia we applied an anterior open wedge osteotomy with ATT avulsion, according to Lecuire, with which secondary low patella can be avoided. As fixation we first used screws, actually a plate to correct the co-existing valgus.

The good results of this kind of surgery justify autologus bone graft. We have not employed the the procedure described by Bowen.


A.G. MacEachern R. Ramesh

Mechanical methods of deep vein thrombosis (DVT) prophylaxis rely on the prevention of venous stasis – one of Virchow’s triad of cause of DVT. Mechanical methods, such as the A-V Impulse System (Orthofix Vascular Novamedix, Andover, UK) are used widely in orthopaedic surgery for the prevention of DVT, especially after elective orthopaedics.

The evidence for the use of the A-V Impulse System in elective orthopaedics is widely accepted and is considered a Grade A Recommendation by the International Consensus Statement. These data are reviewed and critiqued.

More recent studies show how mechanical methods can offer benefits to the patient outside of hip and knee replacement surgery. Data are presented on how such devices can effectively reduce swelling, DVT, compartment pressure and pain associated with trauma, based on over 20 years of practical experience. The practical implications of using these devices is discussed.


Full Access
F. Macchi

Alumina and zirconia are known for their general chemical inertness and hardness. These properties are exploited for implant purposes, where they are used as an articulating surface in hip and knee joints. Their ability to be polished to a high surface finish make them an ideal candidate for such wear applications, where they compete against materials such as ultra-high-molecular-weight polyethylene.

Alumina is a highly inert material and resistant to most corrosive environments. The term high alumina ceramics refersr to materials that have a minimal content of 97% of alumina. If there is a 99% minimal percentage of alumina it is called high purity alumina ceramics. In its _ phase (more famous than corundum), characterised by its particular structure and stability, high purity alumina has been being used in orthopaedics since 1970, in the articulations of the hip prostheses.

BIOLOX®forte (commercially available since 1994) is high purity alumina (ca 99.7 %) with a small percentage of magnesium oxide (MgO). Approximately 50 years ago, MgO was introduced during the sintering phase of alumina because it was discovered that a small amount of this additive prevented the increase in grains of alumina during the sintering process. It was therefore possible to have a more homogenous and dense microstructure; both characteristics directly correlated with the mechanical resistance. The suffix forte derives from the increased mechanical characteristic and continuous optimisation of the fabrication technology.

One of the main factors involved in wear reduction is the characteristic molecular structure of alumina. Its superficial layer is composed of oxygen atoms that create a residual electric power which interacts with polarized molecules of the lubricant, tying it to the surface by strong Van der Waals ties. Therefore the presence of a fluid film that reduces the coefficient of clutch between the two surfaces involved during the articulation is guaranteed.

The colour of alumina components varies. Originally it is ivory, but it can easily become brown after sterilization with gamma beams that interact with the free valences introduced by the MgO. This change in colour does not change the mechanical characteristics. Currently the systems are completely modular and allow a wide choice of couplings. In 1984 and subsequently in 1995, the introduction of ISO norms for the production of ceramics ball-heads and inserts and the concept of conical fixation has provided higher reliability.

Today, the alumina BIOLOX®forte components are prepared in clean-rooms, sintered with high quality control processes, laser marked and accurately inspected and tested. The tolerances between ceramics (ball-heads and inserts) and metallic parts (taper and metal shell) are fundamental for increasing implant reliability. It is important to control and validate the stems and cups which the ceramic parts are applied on. Correct assembly and the respect of the compatibilities between parts (angle, material, producer) guarantee the longevity of the implants.

Actually, in the orthopaedic field, alumina is mainly used in standard applications of hip prostheses. Ball-heads of 22 mm in diameter, lengths of neck type XL, and the knee prostheses are not possible because the mechanical characteristics of alumina do not allow for the elevated stress values requested for these special applications.

Between 1975 and 1977, it was discovered that the strength and toughness of alumina could endure a remarkable increment by developing composites with oxide of zirconium (zirconia). In zirconia, during the phase of cooling from temperatures over 1170°C, the grains go through a change of phase (from tetragonal to monoclica), with an increase of 3% of volume. At ambient temperatures the monoclica phase is stable. This transformation is martensitic, with energy absorption, and involves a heat-proof change of the symmetry of the structure. In the case of dispersed grains of zirconia in the alumina matrix, the transformation absorbs the energy of the crack and the strength of the ceramics increases. With the use of yttria (Y2O3) to stabilise the zirconia the problem of the structure defects can be resolved.

A percentage of zirconia stabilized with yttria (Y-TZP) was introduced in the alumina matrix and other mixed oxides to counterbalance the reduction of the hardness caused by particles of zirconia and to create lengthened particles during the sintering.

All these studies have been used to create the new ceramic BIOLOX®delta. Tests of biocompatibility in agreement with norms EN 30993 have been carried out, so that implants can be made of these new composite ceramics.

Since 1970, more than 3,500,000 ball-heads and 350,000 inserts of alumina BIOLOX® have been implanted. Owing to the grain size, currently reduced to values under 2 μm, the value of the mechanical resistance has been raised to about 580 MPa. The increase in the mechanical characteristics, the new shapes and the conical fixation have reduced the risk of fracture of the BIOLOX®forte ball-heads and inserts to around 0.01% (Ø28 mm), maintaining the excellent tribology and wear characteristics. Many laboratory tests and clinical cases have shown that the wear rate of the alumina-alumina bearing complex is extremely low (0.001 mm/year). If compared with metal-polyethylene (0.2 mm/year) it shows a drastic reduction of particles of debris and therefore of the osteolysis problem

BIOLOX®delta has a bending strength of around 1000 MPa, which is more than double that of the alumina ISO (400 MPa). In the minimum fracture load test, ball-heads of 28 mm Ø millimeter (neck L) have achieved values of around 100 KN, well beyond the 46 KN requested by the FDA. Multiple cycles of sterilisation in autoclaves have demonstrated that the the mechanical and tribological characteristics of BIOLOX®delta are not altered.

On the basis of these results, BIOLOX®forte can be considered a reliable alternative to other materials in standard applications and the new alumina composite BIOLOX®delta will allow the realization of medical ceramics devices, already in the study phase, such as knee prosthesis, 22-mm ball-heads and thinner wall-thickness of inserts, which could not be developed up to now with the available ceramic materials.


R. Lutterotti A. Agnolutto F. Tomasi F. Mecchia

One hundred-one knees with medial compartmental osteoarthrosis were treated by unicompartmental arthroplasty with the Oxford Knee. The strict selection criteria were: (1) the presence of functioning anterior cruciate ligament, (2) correctable deformity and (3) full thickness of articular cartilage in the lateral compartment. The mean elapsed time from surgery was 28 months. One knee required revision for a loose tibial component; one had meniscal bearing dislplacement 1 month after the operation and was revised succesfully by replacing the meniscal implant with a thicker one. One implant was revised to a tricompartmental prosthesis.

The femoral component has a spherical articular surface. The meniscal bearing is made of high-density polyethylene and is concave superiorly and flat inferiorly to fit exactly the metal femoral and tibial components. The meniscal bearing is not attached to either metal component but is held in place by its reciprocal shape and the tension in the ligaments. The bearing, which is avaliable in nine thicknesses, is inserted after the metal components have been fixed, allowing the ligaments to be restored to their physiologic tension.

No femoral component was radiographically loose. Loosening was observed in two cases only in the tibial component. There were radiolucent lines more than 2 mm thick around two other tibial components, involving less than 15% of the component’s surface in each case. In none of these cases was the leg misaligned. There was no radiographic evidence of disease progression in the lateral compartment of any joint and the Ahlback grades remained unchanged.

All the patients were evaluated 2 years after surgery according to the Oxford Knee Score. Our scores ranged from 40 to 48.

In our opinion medial unicompartmental arthroplasty is the appropriate treatment in approximately one third of patients undergoing surgery for osteoarthrosis of the knee. Key point of this operation is: the surgical technique is less invasive and preserves all the structures of the knee so that a short patient recovery time is allowed. Furthermore, unicompartmental implants cost less than tricompartmental prostheses and revision surgery is relatively easy if performed early and before extensive bone erosion has occurred.


G. Maccauro G. Logroscino F. Muratori M.F. Caporale

Pain is the main symptom of acetabular osteolysis and is frequently associated with pathologic fractures. Surgical procedures requiring an aggressive approach, and as a consequence high morbidity, are rarely indicated. The minimally invasive approach may be effective in treating tumours and is capable of reducing the mechanical pain. PMMA has been widely used in neoplastic and spinal surgery as a bone filler because of its mechanical and biologic behaviours. Recently percutaneous injection of PMMA was proposed for the treatment of neoplastic acetabular osteolysis.

The technique was tested in four patients affected by secondary ostheolytic lesions. The patients were evaluated clinically (HHS, Womac, SF-12) and radiographically (X-ray and CT) at 18 months.

All the patients demonstrated a durable and significant improvement in terms of pain and restoration of function. The radiographic examinations (X-ray and CT) confirm these results. Complications (temporary increase in pain and fever) were only observed in one patient.

The preliminary results demonstrate the reliability and effectiveness of this procedure. Clinical results showed a significant reduction in pain and the capability of restoring function. The indications can be extended also to the acetabular lesion at a distance from the weight-bearing zone, reducing pain and the risk of pathologic fractures.

The technique was demonstrated to be effective and showed only minor and self-resolving complications. It is useful in patients in whom major surgery is contraindicated and clinical improvement is necessary to improve the quality of life.


Full Access
A. Manunta F. Zirattu. P. Lisai M. Fadda G. Zirattu

Arthoscopic biopsy provides adequate tissue for most diagnostic requirements. Examination of endoarticular tissue can assist in the diagnosis of some joint infections; sometimes cultures of synovial tissue may be positive even when blood and synovial fluid cultures have been negative. In chronic infections such as tuberculosis and fungal disease, and characteristic synovial lesions, such as granuloma, it may be advised. Both gout and pseudo-gout can demonstrate tophus-like deposits in synovial tissue. Synovial biopsy can have a major role in the diagnosis of synthetic arthritis after ACL reconstruction with synthetic ligaments to identify a foreign body granulomatous reaction to particulate material implant or to verify the arthroplasty effect after loosening of a knee prosthesis.

There is a lack of association between arthroscopic findings and clinical laboratory and radiological features of arthritis. The general diagnosis of rheumatoid arthritis (RA) is usually based on characteristic clinical, radiological and serological manifestations. Synovial biopsy in RA is not normally required for diagnosis because the appearance is not specific, but it may provide important prognostic information. Synovial chondromatosis and pigmented villonodular synovitis are tumours of the synovial membrane that require biopsy for diagnosis. The biopsy of articular cartilage is useful to evaluate the capacity of chondrocytes to proliferate and to test the regeneration of cartilage after resurfacing by autologous chondrocytes implantation or other techniques. Histological confirmation could improve the prognosis of the knee during arthrofibrosis (percentage of elastic fibres), fibrosis of Hoffa disease and cyclop lesion. Another application is study of ligamentisation phenomena after anterior cruciate reconstruction and the presence in osteoarthritic knees with degenerative changes in posterior cruciate ligament.


B. Magnan D. Regis F. Corallo P. Bartolozzi

The management of infected total hip replacements is a challenging problem in orthopaedic surgery. Two-stage revision procedures usually involve the application of a temporary antibiotic-loaded polymethylmethacrylate spacer. A preformed spacer which allows weight-bearing and joint motion while ensuring a sustained antibiotic release was evaluated.

From September 1996 to March 2002, 26 consecutive patients with an infected total hip arthroplasty were treated by the insertion of an industrially preformed temporary spacer (Spacer-G®). This device comprises a cylindrical stainless-steel rod coated with bone cement supplemented with gentamicin (1.9% w/w) and vancomycin (2.5% w/w). The spacer is currently available in three sizes of head diameter, each size with two stem lengths. Joint mobilisation and assisted weight-bearing were permitted when the bone stock provided adequate mechanical stability of the spacer. Patients’ evaluation included clinical assessment and standard X-ray and laboratory parameters. Reimplantation was performed when serological parameters had normalised.

The spacer remained in situ for an average of 155 (70–272) days, allowing healing of the infection in 24 cases. Five patients required resection arthroplasty (two persistent infections, two inadequate local bone conditions and one acute recurrence of infection). A second spacer was implanted after 4 months in one subject. In four cases the spacer dislocated, because the head diameter was too small or because of a rotational instability of the stem in the femur. The successfully-reimplanted patients (21) were assessed with a mean 53 (22–88) months of follow-up, showing no clinical or bio-humoral signs of infection recurrence. Functional outcome was satisfactory with a mean value of Harris Hip Score of 79 (53–100), and no radiographic aspects of loosening were observed.

The Spacer-G® used in the two-stage revision of infected total hip replacements permitted an effective local antibiotic release together with some range of joint motion, which improved the quality of life of the patients during treatment of infection and accelerated recovery of function after reimplantation.


B. Magnan L. Pezzè N. Rossi E. Samaila P. Bartolozzi

Implantation of metatarso-phalangeal prostheses or spacers has been widely indicated for the replacement of the articular surfaces in severe hallux rigidus. Giannini proposed a reabsorbable device in poly(D-L-lactic acid) (PDLLA) which is dome-shaped with a stem for implantation into the first metatarsal, avoiding any resection of the base of the proximal phalanx.

The rationale for the reabsorbable spacer is to maintain the distance between the articular surfaces for a predictable time and to provide a sliding surface suitable for articulation with the proximal phalanx. It is then reabsorbed by fragmentation and replaced by fibrous tissue, which maintains the articular space, allows motion and relieves pain.

Twenty-three reabsorbable spacers have been inserted for severe hallux rigidus in 20 patients aged from 26 to 76 years (average 58). Patients were reviewed with a follow-up ranging between 24 and 50 months (average 36). The results were assessed using the American Orthopaedic Foot and Ankle Society (A.O.F.A.S), hallux-metata-tarsophalangeal-interphalangeal scale. Anteroposterior and lateral weight-bearing X-rays were made preoperatively and at follow-up, evaluating the dimensions of the articular space and the length of the first metatarsal. The chronology of device reabsorption was studied in 10 patients with M.R.I., assessing complete reabsorption within 4 months of the operation.

Excellent and good results were obtained in 91% of patients. The A.O.F.A.S. score was 43.7±20.6 pre-operatively and 82±10.3 post-operatively. The reabsorbable spacer confirmed the expectations of its supporters. This procedure would appear to be an alternative to arthrodesis of the first metatarso-phalangeal joint or traditional permanent implants and represents an intermediate technique between an implant and resection arthroplasty.


I Mancini S. Forzini G.F. Romano B. Calzolai C. Rovai L. Torma A. Fontanelli R. Capanna

In the period from 1999 to 2003 bacterial contamination of explanted cadaver bones and tendons from the Regional Tuscan Tissue and Cell Bank was studied. During this period 1124 explants from 402 donors were taken, of which 311 donors whose heart was beating and from 91 whose heart was not beating.

The bone explantation procedure followed a standardized protocol.

Al the samples were explanted in the operation room by a team of two surgeons and a nurse during the first 24 hours after death. The protocol concerning the sterility of the explanting procedure was standardized and followed accurately. The bacteriological examination was performed immediately after the explantation and before the samples were treated with antibiotic solution. Three different tests were used: superficial microbiological swabs of the bone surface, one from the medullar canal and a small bone or soft tissue sample. The samples were inoculated immediately in culture medium and incubated for at least 10 days. From 1124 explanted samples 430 were contaminated: 99 with pathological bacteria such as Staphylococcus aureus, Enterococcus, Escherichia coli etc., 331 with nosocomial bacteria such as coagulase neg. Staphylococcus, Corynebacteria, etc. The samples that were contaminated with pathological bacteria were excluded from the study. The other contaminated group was re-processed and re-tested for contamination.

The factors influencing the results of contamination were anatomical location of the explants and the experience of the surgical team. In contrast, the donor type (heart beating vs. heart not beating) did not play any role.

From 1999 to 2003 the University Hospital of Careggi in Florence, Italy, used 721 explants from which 624 were retrieved from the Regional Tuscan Tissue and Cell Bank, 72 from foreign banks and 14 from another national bank. The explants from foreign banks were all re-tested according to our standards. Among those, 699 samples were sterile and 22 samples (3%) were contaminated. Seventeen (2.3%) of the 22 samples were contaminated with pathological bacteria with low morbidity and 5 (0.7%) with medium morbidity. Compared to the control group contamination of the explants retrieved from the Regional Tuscan Tissue and Cell Bank was 2.8%.

However, the contamination of samples of an explant is not necessarily correlated with a true infection of the specimen. This study shows that factors such as retrieval techniques, contamination factors in the operating room and laboratory mistakes can cause false-positive contamination results. In fact, only three of 604 patients who were operated in major orthopaedic procedures using bone and soft tissue allografts developed clinical evidence of infection (0.5%). In conclusion, the infection rate of our allografts in this study is not higher than the standard infection risk of any other major orthopaedic procedure (0.5%).


B. Magnan L. Pezzè N. Rossi E. Samaila P. Bartolozzi

Distal osteotomy of the first metatarsal can be performed by a percutaneous minimally invasive procedure when indicated for the surgical treatment of hallux valgus. The intermediate-term results of percutaneous distal uniplanar osteotomy of the first metatarsal were assessed in 118 feet in 82 patients (36 bilaterally) to determine the effectiveness of the percutaneous procedure.

A modified Lamprecht – Kramer – Boesh technique was performed under distal nerve trunk anaesthesia (ankle block) without a tourniquet, using a K-wire for stabilisation of the osteotomy. No surgical approaches and no soft-tissue procedures were required. Post-operatively adhesive tape was applied and immediate weight-bearing allowed.

The patients were followed for an average of 36 months (range 24 to 78 months). Clinical assessment was based on the American Orthopaedic Foot and Ankle Society, hallux-metatarsal-phalangeal-interphalangeal (AOFAS) scale. Anteroposterior and lateral weight-bearing radiographs were performed pre- and post-operatively, and the hallux valgus angle, the first intermetatarsal angle, the distal metatarsal articular angle (DMAA) and the position of the sesamoid were recorded. The average score according to the AOFAS scale was 86.6±12.9. Patients were satisfied with the result of the procedure in 90.7% of cases. The results confirm the effectiveness of the percutaneous procedure to achieve a satisfactory distal osteotomy of the first metatarsal without the need for soft-tissue procedures in the surgical management of symptomatic hallux valgus.


A. Manunta A. Fiore F. Marras G. Zirattu C. Fabbriciani

The compressive stiffness of cartilage is primarlly determined by proteoglycan, whereas the tensile properties are determined by collagen fibres. The first alteration in cartilage structure during cartilage degeneration is the decrease in proteoglycan content and increase in interstitial water; consequently, cartilage becomes softer and cartilage stiffness decreases. The pupose of our study was to evaluate arthroscopically the compressive stiffness of cartilage in different areas of living human knee joints. Detection of softening is revealed in vivo by using an indentation instrument (artscan 200). The instrument is composed of a measurement rod joined to the handle; in the distal end of the rod, there is an inclined flat surface with a separate plane –ended cylindrical indenter. During measurement the distal end of the instrument is pressed against the articular surface while the indenter imposes constant deformation on the cartilage. The maximal indenter force, by which the tissue resists the constant deformation, is measured with strain gauge transducers. We performed indenter tests in knees joints in which cartilage was diagnosed as normal; stiffness of articular cartilage was also measured during arthroscopy in knees before ACL reconstruction, in knees with closed chondromalacia (ICRS grade 0–1) and in osteochondral lesions (ICRS OCD grade 1) and the data compared with areas of normal cartilage.


N. Confalonieri A. Manzotti K. Motavalli

Nowdays bicompartmental arthritis of the knee in patients younger than 60 still remains a challenge for the orthopaedic surgeon. In these selected cases, the authors present their experience in performing a minimally invasive bi-unicompartmental knee replacement assisted by computer navigation.

From January to December 2003, the authors treated seven patients (seven knees) with bicompartmental arthritis of the knee. The mean age was 66 and in all the cases an arthritis deformity was present but with no ligament deficiency and a pain-free femur-patella joint. The Orhophilot (4.0 version) navigation system was used during the surgery to assist prosthesis placement. In all the cases a minimally invasive surgical approach was used (7- to 9-cm skin incision). The patients were assessed using a UKR dedicated outcome score (GIUM Score), pre-operatively and at the latest follow-up. Pre-operatively the mean GIUM score was 49.1 (range 26–63)

At the lastest follow-up the mean GIUM score was 80.2 (range :75–94). The average femoral-tibial angle was 179° (range 177°–181°). In all the cases a good ligament balancing was achieved using a computer-assisted spreader device. All the patients were satisfied and had returned to their previous occupation soon.

The authors underline how the computer navigation system supports ligament balancing and correct prosthesis alignment. They did not register any fracture of the tibial intercondylar eminence because of wrong balancing and incisions. They emphasise this truly minimally invasive surgical approach to the cure of knee arthritis, above all in young patients with post-traumatic deformities.


N. Confalonieri A. Manzotti K. Motavalli

Tibial opening wedge osteotomy is still a worthwhile surgical procedure in the treatment of tibial varus deformity to prevent knee arthritis. However, it requires a long period without weight-bearing because of the need of bone harvesting substitution at the osteotomy site. The authors present their experience with endoscopic injection of Norian SRS calcium phosphate cement to speed patient recovery and to avoid any potential in soft tissue complications.

From January 2001 the authors performed 13 tibial opening wedge osteotomy in 12 patients. All the patients previously underwent to a knee arthroscopy. The average age was 51 years (range 35–56). In all cases the injection of Norian SRS calcium phosphate cement was controlled arthroscopically and the fixation was maintained with a Puddu’s plate. The patients were assessed using the GIUM Score, pre-operatively and at the latest follow-up.

The authors did not register any problems due to the Norian SRS calcium phosphate cement. Total weight-bearing was allowed after an average of 26 days. Radiographically the bone substitute appeared well integrated at the latest follow-up. Pre-operatively the mean GIUM score was 56.1 (range 36–68). At the latest follow-up the mean GIUM score was 94.2 (range 84–98). All the patients were satisfied and had returned to their previous occupation.

The authors suggest Norian SRS calcium phosphate cement to speed patientrecovery after tibial opening wedge osteotomy


A. Manunta M.L. Manunta* F. Pisanu M. Fadda G. Zirattu

It is well known that articular cartilage in adults has a limited capacity for self-repair. Numerous methods have been devised to augument its natural healing response, but these methods generally lead to filling of the defect with fibrous tissue or fibrocartilage, which lacks the mechanical characteristics of articular cartilage and fails with time. Tissue engineering combines aspects of cell biology, engineering, material science and surgery to generate new functional tissue and provides an important approach to the repair of articular cartilage lesions and, ultimately, functional success. The purpose of our study was to perform experimental resurfacing of articular cartilage in 18 sheep using different techniques: before implantation in all sheep a full-thickness chondral lesion of medial femoral condyle was created; subsequently, autologous chondrocytes seeded into the matrix were implantd into five sheep; a periosteum flap was implanted in five sheep; and, as source of growth factors, adipocytes by vascular peduncle of Hoffa tissue were implanted in five sheep. The reparative tissue of the chondral lesion was compared with uninjured contralateral knee. The results present the bonding between implantation tissue and host tissue, preservation of phenotypic stability of chondrocytes culture, standard dosage of growth factor secreted by adipocytes and characterisation of the histological properties of reparative tissue, comparing different surgical techniques.


M. Massobrio F. Lucarini C. Esposito F. Postacchini

We appraised whether deformity of the inferior limbs, routinely treated with external fixation (EF), can be corrected when synthesis with locked intramedullary nails is associated with the synthesis and what the indications are.

In all, 24 patients with a deformity of the inferior limbs treated between 1997 and 2003 were included in the study and divided into two groups: (1) patients with external fixation, average 23 years, deformity axial 20° (9–28°); and (2) patients with osteotomy and interlocked nailing. average 35 years, deformity axial 16° (10–25°). The indications for treatment with interlocked nail were set according to the following criteria: (a) possibility to correct the deformity with only restoration of the anatomical axis without necessity of lengthening; (b) previous use of EF; (c) EF refused by the patient, and (d) physeal closure.

In both groups complete correction of the deformity was achieved. In the group of patients treated with EF the time of consolidation was on average 5.5 months (range 4–8 months). In this group the time of consolidation proportionally increased to time required to effect a bone lengthening.

In the group of patients treated with osteotomy and nailing the times of consolidation were different with respect to age, to the side and the type of osteotomy and to the type of deformity. The time of consolidation was 7 months (range 3–12 months). The most rapid consolidation corresponds to the congenital deformities treated with oblique osteotomy.

Correction of deformities by osteotomy and interlocked nail introduces the advantage of not limiting joints and immediate correction of the angular and rotatory deformity. The indication for this technique is that there is no residual hypometry. In this case the treatment of choice is corticotomy and external fixation.


Giancarlo Melis Giuseppe Melis Paolo Sailis

Osteogenic protein 1 (OP-1) is involved in physiologic bone formation during development and promotes normal healing process after fractures. The protein has been produced in cells with genetic engineering techniques: recombinant human OP-1 (rhOP-1). The safety and effectiveness of rhOP-1 in healing tibial non-unions has been demonstrated in a clinical study: OP-1 provided clinical and radiographic results comparable with those achieved with iliac crest autograft, the gold standard in the treatment of non-unions. Furthermore, several publications have shown its efficacy in resistant long bone non-unions, too.

OP-1 was introduced into clinical routine in Italy in August 2002. In the Ospedale Marino of Alghero the authors have utilised OP-1 since October 2002 and present the first eight patients treated up to October 2003. The eight patients had a diagnosis of non-union dated from 4 to 20 months. Three patients had diaphyseal humeral non-union, three diaphyseal radial non-union, one meta-epiphyseal tibial non-union and one femoral non-union at 1/3 distal segment. Non-unions were exactly divided into atrophic and hypertrophic. In all patients synthesis was suitable (IM nail, n=5; plates, n=2; and staple, n=1). In six out of eight cases the synthesis was substituted for a non-suitable one. All but one patient (not previously treated fracture) had undergone one or two previous operations. In four cases OP-1 was mixed with fibrin glue (Tissucol) to help the placing. In all patients union was achieved after a mean of 5.5 months. No adverse event has been recorded.


A. Merolli M. Santin L. Ambrosio L. Nicolais C. Gabbi P. Tranquilli Leali

A new class of soybean-based biomaterials has been presented to the scientific community (patent PCT/GB01/03464) that shows good mechanical properties and an intrinsic anti-inflammatory potential, probably related to the phyto-hormone Genistein. This plant iso-flavone is also reported to inhibit osteoclastic activity.

De-fatted soybean curd was prepared into granules which were subsequently implanted in a cylindrical cavity drilled into the femoral canal of New Zealand White rabbits. Retrieved femurs were embedded in polymethyl-meta-acrylate and samples were analysed by back-scattered electron microscopy (BSEM). Retrieved, operated femurs showed a macroscopic appearance similar to the non-operated controls. BSEM showed that granules were still present at the site of implantation after 8 weeks, but a clear progressive degradation took place from the periphery to the centre of the femural canal already after 3 weeks. The degradation of the granule was accompanied by the production of new trabeculae apposed to the surface of the material.

It can be hypothesised that the released Genistein shifts the metabolic balance towards bone production by inhibiting the macrophagic and osteoclastic activities and that the material degrading surface supports the apposition and mineralisation of the newly formed bone.


A. Merolli M. Santin L. Ambrosio M. Cannas L. Giannotta P. Tranquilli Leali

Coatings for endo-osseous implants have been developed based on phospholipids. Such coatings promote the formation of a very thin superficial rim which is highly enriched with calcium phosphates.

Two phospholipid-based preparations have been compared with a standard hydroxyapatite coating. Preparation S was based on phosphatidyl-serine; preparation C was based on a mixture of phosphatidyl-serine, phosphatidyl-choline and cholesterol. Titanium cylinders spammed with titanium foam were the metallic substrate for the coatings; they were implanted in the femoral canal of New Zealand White rabbits and retrieved after 4, 8 and 26 weeks. A back scattered electron microscopy analysis followed.

Both phospholipid preparations were shown not to have any inhibitory action on bone apposition and growth and did not elicit any adverse fibrous reaction. Pictures of bone in-growth into the cavities of the titanium foam are present. A truly tight apposition between bone and coating was evident only in the comparative group sprayed with hydroxyapatite, but this latter coating was often fragmented and its constituent granules were evident. The phospholipid-based coatings did not show inhibitory action on bone apposition and growth and did not elicit any adverse fibrous reaction.


A. Merolli C. Gabbi B. Locardi M. Santin L. Giannotta P. Tranquilli Leali

The rationale for a degradable bioactive glass coating is to lead the bone to appose gradually to the metal without the release of non-degradable particles. Two formulations of bioactive glasses, already described in the literature, have been studied: bg A and bg F. A non-bioactive glass (glass H) was sprayed as a control. Glass-coated Ti6Al4V cylinders were implanted in the femoral canal of New Zealand White rabbits. Samples were analysed by back scattered electron microscopy (BSEM) and electron dispersive analysis (EDX).

Bone was in tight apposition with the coating. As time progressed, images were found where bone showed features of physiological remodelling (newly formed bone filling areas of bone resorption) close to the coating. At the interface the apposition was so tight that it was not possible to discern a clear demarcation, even at higher magnification (more than 2500x). There was a gradual degradation during time and at 10 months bone was found apposed directly to the metal in more than half of the samples. In contrast, the non-bioactive glass coating showed complete integrity at any time examined and a clear demarcation with the coating was evident. Two peculiar features of the behaviour of bioactive glass coatings in vivo are: (a) degradation during time; and (b) promotion of a tight apposition with the newly formed bone.


A. Merolli R. De Vitis A. Militerno P. Tranquilli Leali F. Catalano

A case is reported of an 18-year-old man with a post-traumatic radial shortening of about 10 cm with 40° of radial deviation as a consequence of an epiphyseal arrest that occurred when the patient was 8 years old. In the past the patient and his parents had refused all corrective treatment which would result in a permanent shortening; then a treatment by the Ilizarov external fixator was proposed. The forearm assembly was made by two fixed rings (one proximal and one medial) and one hinged distal ring. A closed corticotomy was performed parallel to the distal ring, whose fulcrum was at the ulnar styloid. Correction and lengthening were obtained by elongating two opposite threaded bars about 0.5 mm per day. Minor revisions were made on an out-patient basis. Time of correction and lengthening was 113 days, followed by 70 days in the fixator and a further 44 days of plaster cast after fixator removal. The complete correction of deformity and concurrent lengthening showed that Ilizarov‘s method is a definite but very demanding option in the treatment of severe deformities of the upper limb.


Antonio Merello Giovanni Cilli

Distal radius fractures characterised by the destruction of cortico-cancellous bone at a meta-epiphyseal site represent an extreme instability with possible secondary displacement. Therefore, in order to increase the surgical implant stability, we have started to use Norian SRS, this also because of the encouraging results obtained with bone graft. This material is like a paste; when injected in a site presenting loss of bone, it hardens within 10 min in a crystallisation process and after 24 h achieves a compressive strength equal to 55 Mpa. Norian is similar to the mineral phase of human bone and it is able to undergo remodelling and replacement by host bone through normal biological processes.

From January 1998 to August 2003 we have treated 57 distal radius fractures in patients between 30 and 77 years old; 36 were women and 21 men. Fractures were classified using the AO classification. The results were evaluated using the Mayo Wrist Score and the DASH questionnaire. Norian has been associated with different hardware. At first we used a percutaneous pinning, then the external fixation and lastly the internal synthesis with Tri-Med technique. With this a stable synthesis can be obtained that neutralizes the shear strengths that are the main causes of Norian destabilisation. Norian’s mechanical and biological features (osteoinductivity and osteoconductivity) and the synthesis stability complement each other and provide an extremely stable implant, which promotes early rehabilitation.


A. Zandri L. Memè M. Marinelli L. Gabrielli

Many surgical techniques based on a distal osteotomy are used for the treatment of the symptomatic hallux valgus. We review the results of percutaneous distal osteotomy retrospectively.

Between 1998 and 2003, 52 patients were operated on using a distal osteotomy for symptomatic hallux valgus. We investigated 35 females and nine males for a mean follow-up time of 4.6 years. We performed a percutaneous distal osteotomy (PDO) with a 2-mm Kirschner wire. Radiological analysis consisted of measuring the hallux valgus angle (HV) and the angle between the first and the second metatarsal (M). Clinical evaluation was performed with the AOFAS scale.

Good bony contact was achieved and all the osteotomies united and no aseptic necrosis was found. According to the questionnaire, the pre-operative AOFAS score was 44.3 and 92.5 at the follow-up examination. Radiological analysis showed that the pre-operative HV angle was 13.7° and 9.8° at follow-up. The pre-operative M angle was 24.1° and 13.6° at follow-up.

The PDO technique gives good results at a mean follow-up of 4.6 years. The positive aspects of this technique are: short surgical time, low incidence of complications and high patient compliance. A single 2-mm Kirschner wire is enough to achieve adequate stabilisation of the osteotomy, is less expensive than other surgical instruments for hallux valgus and is very easy to remove.


A. Merolli L. Giannotta G.E. Bellina F. Catalano P. Tranquilli Leali

In the past, the clinical outcome of earlier types of resurfacing hip arthroplasty was often characterised by a high percentage of failures and early mobilisations. An implant retrieval of a Co-Cr head and UHMWPE cup cemented resurfacing hip prosthesis was analysed. The implant was in place 11 years, without any clinical problem for nearly 10 years. The cup was highly worn. There was a complete fracture of the interface between cement and bone at the base of the femural neck. A significant hyperplastic reaction was present at the level of the synovial membrane, with fibrin deposits, hyperplasia of lining cells and a cellular infiltrate formed mostly by macrophages, with occasional giant cells and localised groups of perivascular lymphocytes. Immunohistochemical analysis showed that all lymphocytes were of the T type and that the largest part of macrophages containing debris were not activated. Inside the prosthetic head there were only traces of ossified tissue. This picture indicated that for a long time no viable bone tissue had been in contact with the cement and bone rarefaction was massive.

The study shows an important cause of the failure of earlier types of hip resurfacing arthroplasty, namely the abnormal stress distribution that caused the complete bone rarefaction.


A. Merolli A. Militerno R. De Vitis S. Caputo L. Mancini P. Tranquilli Leali G. Ghirlanda

We performed 55 operations in 40 patients affected by diabetic foot and referred to the Diabetic Day Hospital from 1998 to 2003. Surgical procedures can be grouped as: (a) emergency operations: mostly for surgical debridment; (b) operations such as functional amputation of the limb at various levels; and (c) conservative operations such as preventive correction of deformities or restoration of morphology and function.

We performed 39 amputations; 15 conservative procedures (including ring external fixation in “Charcot foot”); and one emergency procedure (sepsis). We never used local ischaemia while operating diabetic patients. Patients follow-up ranges from 6 months to 6 years. One fourth of patients died for reasons not directly associated with diabetic foot but often related to the diabetes. The vast majority of patients mantained adequate control of the disease, wore special “diabetic shoes”, and judged the result of the operation very positively and consider their situation much improved after the operation. Surgical wound closure took from 2 to 20 weeks (mean 6 weeks). More than half of the patients can walk without support. It is relevant to note that about half of the patients had previous operations for the same problem but about 90% of the patients required no further operation after the one we performed.

Orthopaedic surgical treatment may effectively restore walking ability in those patients who lost it because of diabetic foot problems.


A. Merolli P. Tranquilli Leali F. Fanfani F. Catalano

The authors studied the characteristics that would be desirable for a metacarpo-phalangeal joint prosthesis to be used in patients with rheumatoid disease. In these patients the severe destruction of the capsulo-ligamentous structures of the joint often makes prosthetic substitution dissatisfactory, particularly for the index finger.

Such a prosthesis should be restricted in its range of motion, actually abolishing any ulnar deviation. Axial rotaion should be coupled to flexion-extension and radial deviation to gain an adequate stress dissipation at the interface. Both distal and proximal stems should be conical, for the best possible distribution of shear stresses at the interface. A flattening surface should accommodate properly the externsor apparatus without interfering with it. The greatest possible congruence should be required for the articulated components.

The rationale of such a design for a rheumatoid patient lies in the fact rheumatoid arthritis is the most important indication for a metacarpo-phalangeal joint arthroplasty, due to the highly incapacitating condition that may ensue. Then, despite limitations required by the proposed design, an improvement in the functional ability of the rheumatoid patient will be obtained.


J.C. Messina C.L. Romanò R. Chiapparino M Gallazzi M. Castellani GP Garbagna E. Meani

A prospective study on 24 patients (33 hip arthroplasties) affected by painful total hip replacement was conducted. All patient had a blood test, X-rays, ultrasound scan, cultures, Tc 99m bone scan (SPECT), and F18FDG-PET. Fifteen patients were operated on (nine two-stage revisions, six débridements). During operation, cultures were repeated and bone biopsy was performed at the sites of increased PET uptake. Bone and soft tissue débridement was specifically performed at the site of PET uptake with maximal preservation of bone stock.

There were 20 infected prostheses. Infection was demonstrated by positive culture in all cases and positive biopsy in operated cases. Sensibility and specificity of PET were 100% and 92%, respectively. All patients who were operated on were reviewed with a mean follow-up of 7 months. The nine patients who had revision were free of infection at follow-up.

In our experience PET is easy to perform, has an excellent sensitivity and good specificity and can be placed at the end point of the flow-chart for diagnosis of total hip replacement infection. Moreover, PET scan could be useful in pre-operative planning of revision surgery as it has better anatomical definition than traditional scans. Presently, it involves high costs and should only be used in selected cases. Its real usefulness in revision surgery has to be confirmed by a longer follow-up of treated cases.


L. Labianca E. Monaco F. Conteduca A. De Carli A. Ferretti

The purpose of this paper is to investigate the relative contribution of each component in the ultimate strength and stiffness of the Evolgate (Citieffe), which is presently a widely used fixation device in DGST ACL reconstruction. The three components of the Evolgate were tested using fresh frozen animal tissue stored at −20° Celsius. Common extensor tendons were harvested from 20-month-old bovine forelimbs. Twenty-four tests were performed for each of the following configurations: six tests using Evolgate complete, six tests using screw alone, six tests using screw and washer and six tests using screw and coil. A randomised t-test was used; differences were considered significant when p< 0.05. The mean strength was: Evolgate complete 1314±194N; coil and screw 700±152N; screw alone 408±86N; and screw and washer 333±93N. There was a significant difference between fixation strength of Evolgate and the other devices, none between screw alone and screw and washer. The mean slippage of the Evolgate was significantly lower than the other devices. The mean stiffness of the Evolgate (269±14 N/mm) was significantly greater than the other devices. On the basis of the results of the present study, the coil appears to be the most important component of the Evolgate, resulting in a significant increase of the fixation strength of the screw. However, it is important to note that, as the washer alone does not improve the strength of the screw, if a washer is associated with a coil a further significant increase in strength and stiffness of the device is observed.


L. Milano G. Peretti

Valgus deformity is a relatively common occurrence in rheumatic or degenerative disease of the tarsus. Frequently the angular deformity can exceed 25° ; in these situations dislocations of talo-calcaneal and/or talo-navicular joints can be observed. These conditions are usually progressive and affect the walking ability of the patient The goal of the study is to present a series of patients surgically treated in order to evaluate the best solutions and the problems of the surgical technique.

In the period 1996–2002, 22 patients were treated for significant valgus deformity of the rearfoot; 16 were affected by rheumatoid arthritis and six by a degenerative pathology. In all cases combined talo-navicular and talo-calcaneal arthrodesis was performed. In seven patients a bone graft was used to fill bone defects. The follow-up was 5.3 years. The results were evaluated using the AOFAS score for rearfoot; fusion was achieved in all but one case (talo-navicular joint). All patients were satisfied regarding subjective results (pain and function).

Combined arthrodesis of talo-calcaneal and talo-navicular joints is an effective method of treating significant valgus deformity of the hindfoot; fixation by screws for talo-calcaneal joint and by staples or screw for talo-navicular joint is the recommended method for synthesis.


P. Tranquilli Leali A. Merolli L. Giannotta

Our clinical experience in treating lower limb deformities by external fixation started in 1982 by applying an Ilizarov external fixation frame. Correcting lower limb deformity by gaining the proper length and the optimal mechanical performance is of the outmost importance and essential for valid restoration of the articular function. We treated 145 patients: 25 patients affected by post-traumatic deformities; 12 patients affected by axial deviation of the knee; 82 patients affected by limb shortening and associated limb deformities; eight patients with lower limb deformities and shortening following pathological hip alterations; and 18 patients affected by severe foot deformities.

It is important to stress that in congenital lower limb deformities both axial deviation and limb shortening contribute to the final picture of the deformity. Combined (hybrid) external fixation provides an adequate correction of the mechanical axis and a proper lengthening of the shorter limb by a corticotomy followed by a gradual distraction.


A. Ferretti A. De Carli F. D’Angelo E. Monaco L. Labianca F. Conteduca

The purpose of our study was to determine the effect of 4 weeks and 12 weeks of implantation on the strength of a tendon graft in a bone tunnel using a low-profile fixation device, Evolgate, in an extra-articular ovine model. Moreover, we evaluated the histological changes.

The common digital extensor tendon was detached from the lateral femoral condyle and fixed with the Evolgate device in a 30-mm-long tunnel placed obliquely across the dense metaphyseal bone of the proximal tibia. We performed either biomechanical or histological study. Three sheep were sacrified at time 0 and their posterior limbs were used for biomechanical tests. Six sheep were used for biomechanical tests at time 1 (4 weeks) and at time 2 (12 weeks). The other three sheep were used for histological evaluation after 4 and 12 weeks of implantation. The biomechanical tests included a 50 N preload applied for 10 s and a cyclic load test in 50-N increments until failure to evaluate the ultimate failure load. We used a paired t-test to evaluate the difference between group at T1 and group at T2 with the control group at time 0, respectively. Tests were performed using an electromechanic machine (Zwick-Roell Z010, Zwick-Roell, Ulm, Germany). Data were recorded with dedicated software (Textexpert 8.1, Zwick-Roell).

The biomechanical results show an improvement of about 50% in strength after 4 and 12 weeks post-implantation, respectively. The histological evaluation shows a layer of cellular, fibrous tissue between the tendon and the bone, along the length of the bone tunnel; this layer progressively matured and reorganised during the healing process. The collagen fibres that attached the tendon to the bone resembled Sharpey fibres.

The strength of the interface was noted to have significantly and progressively increased between the second and the 12th week after the transplantation. The progressive increase in strength was correlated with the degree of bone ingrowth, mineralisation, and maturation of the healing tissue, noted histologically.


A. Ferretti F. Conteduca E. Monaco L. Labianca G. Camillieri

The purpose of this study is to biomechanically compare Evolgate and Intrafix using cyclic loading with final pull-out tests. Five pairs of double looped bovine digital extensor tendons and 10 porcine tibias were used. We evaluated the displacement at 1, 10, 100, 250, 500, 1000 and 1500 cycles. We used cyclic tests (1500 cycles between 50 and 200 N with final pull-out). Biomechanical tests were performed with use of a Zwick-Roell Z010 mechanical testing machine (Zwick-Roell, Germany), and the testing data were recorded with the accompanying software package (Testexpert 8.1, Zwick-Roell). A paired t-test was performed for statistical evaluation. There was no statistically significant difference in slippage between the two devices. The mean ultimate failure load at pull-out after 1500 cycles was 832±156 N for Intrafix and 1058±130 N for the Evolgate.The mean stiffness at pull-out was 269±86 for Intrafix and 247±44 for the Evolgate, and there were no statistically significant differences (p> 0.05). At statistical evaluation there was a difference in ultimate failure load between the IF and the EV (p< 0.05). Although further studies are needed to investigate bone growth into the tibia tunnel, Evolgate seems to be a good choice for tibial fixation of hamstring tendons. Moreover, Evolgate has higher values of strength than Intrafix.


G. Montemurro L. Di Russo G. Ficola P. Fanelli

Unicompartmental knee prosthesis (UKP) has been used for 40 years but it is still controversial. Nevertheless, this procedure is positive and it can be a good alternative if it is correctly indicated.

From January 2001 we implanted 51 UKP in 47 patients. The diagnoses were: primary arthritis in 45 cases, post-traumatic degeneration in five and arthritis secondary to meniscectomy and ACL reconstruction in one. The mean age was 64.5 (range 49–81), 32 women and 15 men. Mean follow-up was 26 months (range 6–36). Post-operative recovery starts with physical rehabilitation, rarely with kinetics, and full weight-bearing walking the first day. DVT is prevented by treatment with low-molecular-weight heparin for 25 days and elastic stockings. From September 2002 we performed this procedure by minimally invasive surgery with an 8-cm incision and extramedullary intraoperative tools. We did not observe any infections or loosening: we performed just one revision of the femoral component because of a technical error. In four other cases a malpositioning of the femoral component was reported that was pain-free at follow-up.

Current studies are starting to show valid and encouraging results at mid- and long-term follow-up, too. The best candidates for UKP are patients over 60 years who are not overweight, with asymptomatic patellar degeneration and no anterior instability and who perform light sport activity. In comparison with high tibial osteotomy (HTO), UKP shows some advantages, such as faster recovery and better mid-term results. In comparison with total knee arthroplasty (TKA), UKP gives better range of motion, faster postoperative recovery and an easier operation in case of infection or loosening. Some features should be evaluated and the surgical technique should employ state-of-the-art hardware. We evaluate the advantages of this procedure with particular emphasis on the minimally invasive technique.

In conclusion, although our study is still in progress, correct patient selection, the surgical technique and the updated design of the new prosthesis can give satisfactory results and represent a valid alternative to HTO and TKA. In addition, compared to TKA, UKP shows a real economic advantage.


L. Di Russo G. Montemurro G. Ficola P. Fanelli

Acetabular loosening is often dangerous because the patient is pain free for several years. The subsequent bone loss may represent the greatest challenge in revision surgery. The extension of the bone loss may be small or wide, but it could also be associated with several defects. Usually, the most affected district is the dome, especially because the cup leans to migrate proximally. The object of this study is to evaluate the use of an iliac stem cup (Link®) associated with impacted bone grafts in acetabular loosening and congenital hip dysplasia (CDH).

The surgical technique requires a posterolateral approach, dedicated cannulated hardware tools to improve iliac stem positioning, intraoperative C-arm and bone grafts to enhance primary stability. We performed 21 implants in 18 cases of acetabular loosening (10 grade 2 and 8 grade 3 according to Paprosky) and three CDH: average age was 68 years old in 14 women and seven men. Mean follow-up was 21 months. We used bone grafts in 17 cases. In one case we cemented the McMinn cup because of poor initial stability with no complications at 18 months. We noted radiolucency lines < 2 mm in one case and bone resorption in two cases. Mean Harris Hip Score (HHS) was 60 preoperatively and 88 postoperatively. The complications were: malpositioning of the stem (1%), sacroiliac pain (4%), superficial infection (2%) and DVT (1%).

The primary cementless stability is achieved by the aid of an iliac palpator checked by fluoroscopy: the palpator works as a guide for the iliac stem to avoid malpositiong or wrong inclination. In addition, the dedicated cup trials could also function as an impactor for chips bone grafts in the so-called “impaction grafting technique”. In conclusion, we confirm that the McMinn cup, despite a demanding surgical technique, represents a valid alternative to acetabular revision surgery because of the good initial stability and the respect of loading lines and it also allows the use of pressurised bone chips. Furthermore, the hip centre is restored in acetabular loosening and CDH.


A. De Carli E. Monaco A. Vadalà L. Labianca A. Ferretti

Secure tendon-to-bone fixation is essential for successful rotator cuff repair. Thus, the biomechanical properties of devices used in rotator cuff repair should be better understood. This controlled laboratory study was performed to evaluate response to incremental cyclic loading of six different anchor-wire complexes commonly used in rotator cuff repair.

Two absorbable anchors 5 and 6.5 mm in diameter and one metallic anchor, coupled with both ethibond or fibrewire (FW) were tested on five pairs of fresh-frozen human cadaveric shoulders. An incremental cyclic load was applied until failure using a Zwich-Roell Z010 electromechanical testing machine. The ultimate failure load and mode of failure were recorded. A t-test was used for statistical analysis.

The FW suture coupled both with absorbable and metallic anchors provides a statistically significant stronger fixation. However, while the metallic anchors in most cases fail due to the slippage of the anchor, absorbable anchors fail due to rupture of the loop. The FW seems to increase the strength of fixation devices under cyclic load both using absorbable or metallic anchors with relevant differences in failure mode (slippage of the metallic anchor and loop failure in absorbable ones). Using a FW suture, the risk of metallic anchor migration might increase.


A. Ferrett L. Labianca E. Monaco G. Camillieri A. De Carli

The purpose of this study is to biomechanically evaluate how four different fixation devices (two femoral and two tibial) associated in three different combinations, using cyclic loading with final pull-out test, affect the strength and the stiffness of the femur-graft-tibia complex.

We conducted a controlled laboratory study and tested, using cyclic loading with final pull-out, two femoral devices (Swing- bridge and Endobutton CL) and two tibial device (Evolgate and BioRCI screw) in three different combinations: Group A, EB-Bio RCI; Group B, EB-Evolgate; and Group C, SB- Evolgate.

We used porcine knees and bovine digital extensor tendons and evaluated the stiffness and strength at the final pull-out, and the displacement at the 1st, 100th, 300th, 500th and 1000th cycle.

A t-test was used for statistical evaluation.

There was a statistically significant difference in ultimate failure load between group A and group B (p=0.03) and group A and group C (p=0.0007) but no difference between group B and group C (p=0.72). There was a statistically significant difference in ultimate failure load between group A and group C (p=0.02) and group B and group C (p=0.01) but no difference between group A and group B (p=0.88).

Due to the biomechanical properties of the F-G-T complex the combination of Swing-Bridge and Evolgate seems to be a good alternative when an accelerated post-operative rehabilitation is planned after ACL reconstruction using DGST.


M. Muto

The evaluation of the lumbar spine by CT or MR in supine position provides excellent information about the morphology of the spinal structures (inside and outside the spinal canal) but of course cannot give dynamic information. By Newton’s Third Law we know that every axial vector acting on a functional spine unit corresponds a second vector of equal intensity but of opposite direction that counterbalances the first one and brings all the structures in a dynamic equilibrium. The definition of spinal instability by White and Panjabi is well known and X-ray plain film with dynamic testing is not always satisfactory for diagnosis.

From April 2003 through May 2004 we evaluated 45 patients with with a dedicated device able to produce an axial load on the patient with a dynamometer to measure the load applied. The study can be performed in all patients in whom spinal instability is clinically suspected, even if the patients underwent spine surgery. The study was performed by CT or MR but always before in rest and stress conditions. The applied load is 60–70 % of body weight, based on literature data regarding orthostatic load at the L3 S1 level. A spiral multi-slice acquisition technique must be used to obtain thin scans with which excellent 2D multiplanar (MPR) and 3D reconstructions can then be achieved.

Under normal conditions, under an axial loader, we do not see significant changes in spine morphology except for pseudo-protrusion of the disks. In pathologic conditions (38 patients) we must pay attention to the following: disc modifications (appearance or disappearance of vacuum phenomenon, volumetric increasing/appearance of protrusions or herniations); intersomatic findings (increment of the lysthesis, narrowing or widening of disc space, rotational movements, posterior translation of the vertebral body); interarticular joints modifications and neural foramina narrowing; and thickening of the ligamenta flava and narrowing of interspinous spaces and hypermobility of the spinous process.

We believe the CT/MR axial loader currently represents the only way to gain dynamic information in patients in whom spinal instability is clinically suspected.


M. Muto S. Vallone F. Baruzzi P. Carpeggiani G. Anselmetti L. Manfrè G. Bonaldi

The utility of vertebroplasty in the treatment of spinal pain has been accepted worldwide. In this co-operative study we show the success and failure rates related to the pathological condition treated (porotic, metastatic or angioma), the incidence of new vertebral fractures adjiacent to the previously treated one, and the incidence of symptomatic and asymptomatic side effects.

In all, 898 patients were treated from April 2001 through January 2004 for a total of 1796 vertebral bodies. Of these, 654 patients (73%) were treated for porotic abnormalities, 213 patients (24%) had neoplastic disease and 27 patients (3%) presented with compressive or painful angioma. Different types of cement were used. All patients were treated after MR and CT examination or, as an alternative to MR, bone nuclear medicine scan, always associated with clinical evaluation. The patients were treated under CT and C-arm fluoroscopy control (2 centres) or under fluoroscopy in an angiography suite (five centres). We never perfomed general anaesthesia, only local sedation or administration of neuroleptic drugs. Blood tests were always performed before the treatment to exclude coagulopathy. Only the presence of local or systemic infection was considered to be a real contraindication.

We had a 93% success rate in patients with porotic abnormalities, one of 73% in patients with neoplastic disease and of 100% in patients with angioma. Asymptomatic venous leak was seen in 135 patients (15%) and CT demonstrated asymptomatic pulmonary embolus in eight patients (0.9%). No symptomatic venous and pulmonary emboli were identified. New fractures adjacent to a previously treated vertebral body developed in 14 patients (1.3%) while six patients showed radiculopathy (0.6%) due to posterior leakage in the lateral lumbar recess that was treated and resolved with medical therapy in 3 weeks. In six patients we also had psoas haematoma treated with medical therapy; no instance of cord compression was found. Mild disc leakage developed in 90 patients (10%) but we did not find any relation with new adjacent vertebral fracture.

Vertebroplasty represents a safe technique in the treatment of spinal pain related to porotic, neoplastic changes or angioma. The technique must be performed with high performance technology. The incidence of symptomatic effects and new fractures related to previously treated vertebrae or disc leakage is very low.


Pier Paolo Mura Mauro Costaglioli Daniela Castangia

Surgical treatment of adult kyphosis is an old procedure (Ferguson, Hallock, Roaf, Moe). According to conventional concepts, surgery should be reserved for adolescents with curvatures exceeding 75° or with rapidly progressive kyphoses despite treatment with braces or casts and adults with symptomatic curves greater than 65°. Therefore, it is important to evaluate these factors, in addition to the angular level of the kyphosis, to determine the most suitable type of treatment.

The presence of pain should not be considered an absolute indication for treatment in view of the disease’s benign natural evolution. Thus, the only true indication for treatment is the severity of the angle of the curvature, which has been shown to progress over time. Generally, in Scheuermann kyphosis it is suggested that three or four double pedicular transverse or laminar hook configurations be used on the spine above the apex of the kyphosis; this gives an excellent hold on the posterior arch and minimises the risk of neurologic impairment. The use of a transpeduncular screw in the first two lumbar levels increases the stability of the assembly.

In cases of extreme vertebral rigidity posterior multilevel osteotomy is also indicated. In cases of extreme vertebral rigidity anterior arthrodesis is indicated. This is performed by means of an intrathoracic approach or thoracoabdominal retropritoneal approach. The technique makes it possible to resect the anterior longitudinal ligament and to perform multiple discectomies at apical vertebral levels. It is also possible to perform combined anterior and posterior arthrodesis.


R. Mora. L. Pedrotti B. Bertani G. Tuvo

Compression-distraction techniques (or circular external fixation methods) are a good alternative to other surgical methods based on bone grafts or bone substitutes, allowing “bone regeneration” through distractional osteogenesis and leading to a substantial advantage in the correction of long bone deformities, in selected bone tumours and in many types of non-unions.

Monofocal compression-distraction osteosynthesis is applied to correct long bone deformities in orthopaedics, basically through distraction epiphyseolisis, in which a gradual elongation of the epiphysis at the growth plate level is produced, and corticotomy-distraction, in which the gradual distraction is performed at metadiaphyseal level, after cortical osteotomy. In cases of hypertrophic non-unions (usually associated with limb shortening) the use of monofocal osteosynthesis basically relies on osteosynthesis with gradual distraction of the non-union site. These are cases where the fibrous or fibrocartilaginous tissue lying between the bone fragments is biologically active and gradual distraction highly affects its potential for regeneration.

Bifocal or plurifocal compression-distraction osteosynthesis is applied to correct wide bone defects through the technique of “internal lengthening” or “bone transport”. A corticotomy is performed at one of the two metaphyses of the affected long bone and the bone segment obtained by this corticotomy is gradually moved to fill the gap. In orthopaedics this technique shows its highest advantages in cases of bone tumours treated with segmentary resection, and in traumatology in atrophic non-unions and in infected non-unions with bone loss.

Between 1986 and 2003, distraction osteogenesis techniques were applied in 753 cases (638 patients) for several orthopaedic or traumatological problems. There were 430 men and 323 women. The average age was 24 years (min 3 years, max 48 years). The anatomical and functional results have been highly satisfactory, with a very low complication rate, and confirm the effectiveness of these techniques in selected cases in orthopaedics and traumatology.


R. Mora L. Pedrotti B. Bertani G. Tuvo

Planning of surgical correction in sequelae of vitamin D-resistant rickets preliminarily requires the management of the metabolic defect with appropriate measures. In fact, surgery perfomed with the patient in a compensated metabolic condition greatly contributes to the prevention of recurrences.

The deformity most frequently observed is genu varum (where femur, tibia and fibula are usually all deformed), often combined with internal torsion. Compression-distraction systems (or circular external fixators) provide an easy control of the corticotomy fragments and a gradual correction of all kinds of deformity during the operative and post-operative phases. Careful pre-operative planning is necessary, which may require a multi-stage and/or a sequential strategy of management.

Between 1988 and 2002, 16 cases of sequelae of vitamin D-resistant rickets, with combined angular and torsional lower limb deformities, were treated with monofocal or bifocal tibial or femoral corticotomy and gradual correction with compression-distraction devices. There were nine men and seven women, with a mean age of 15 years. The Ilizarov system was used in 14 cases; in two cases the Volkov-Oganesian system was employed. The mean follow-up time was 8 years (range 1 – 15 years).

The anatomical and functional results have been highly satisfactory, with a very low complication rate. These techniques thus represent an excellent option in the management of such complex diseases.


D. Notarfrancesco L. Russo V. Monteleone

In acquired knee deformations the usefulness of arthroscopy is strictly correlated with the degree of axial defomation and cartilaginous degeneration. The authors comparatively consider two groups of patients (the first one Albach I and II and the second one Albach III and IV) treated with arthroscopic débridement (washing and curettage), in relation to the joint’s degeneration stage. A minimum 6-month follow-up, using KSKSS grading revealed satisfactory medium-term results.


P. Parisini M. Di Silvestre T. Greggi S. Giacomini G. Bakaloudis L. Abati

This study was undertaken to evaluate the efficacy and reliability of posterior intra-operative reduction and fusion by pedicle screw fixation in the treatment of children and adolescents for severe lumbosacral spondy-lolisthesis.Researchers identified 21 patients who underwent reduction of their high-grade spondylolisthesis at our Institution between 1993 and 2000. Recent clinical and radiograph data were available for all patients. Indications for surgery were severe back pain in 21 patients, leg pain in 17, cosmetic appearance in 16 and progression of slippage in 15. There were 11 females and 10 males, aged 16 years on average (range, 11–18 years). Seven patients had grade III slippage, nine grade IV and five grade V. The slippage was at L4-L5 level in one patient and at L5-S1 in the remaining cases. The instrumented levels were 2 (L4-S1) in 12 patients and 1 in nine (L5-S1). The patients underwent surgery using a single posterior surgical procedure. After removal of the loosened arch and complete discectomy, gradual distraction and posterior translation of the anteriorly displaced vertebral body were performed using a temporary device (Harrington rod) placed bilaterally between L1 and the sacral wings. Reduction was followed by a posterior interbody strut graft or placement of titanium cages and pedicle segmental fixation.

At a mean follow-up of 5 years (range, 1–10 years) a complete remission of back pain was observed in 18 cases and incomplete in three; all presented solid fusion radiographically. The mean correction of the slippage was 33.1%.(from 78.3% to 41%) and that of the slippage angle 51% (from 35.2° to 17°). Complications included two skin protrusions of a sacral screw, two transitory neurological deficit (L5-S1). Two patients with screw pullout underwent instrumentation revision and reinsertion of screws; another two patients underwent anterior interbody fusion since slippage exceeded 50% after posterior reduction.

Reduction of high-grade spondylolisthesis may be considered for patients with a high degree of lumbosacral kyphosis, an unacceptable clinical appearance, and/or neurological deficit. With the advent of pedicle screw fixation, posterior instrumentation and reduction appears feasible. We found that using the gradual reduction by temporary Harrington rod incurs less risk than other options for treating high-grade spondylolisthesis. This procedure provides a controlled method of reduction where continuous visualisation of nerve roots is possible and internal fixation is achieved.


L. Pandolfo F. Grilli L. Bonioli F. Pipino

The authors review the currently available treatments according to analysis of the literature. In the event of prosthetic infection, protocols available at the moment are: specific antibiotic therapy without débridement, débridement with conservation of the prosthesis, one-stage replacement of the prosthesis, débridement with definitive prosthesis removal, arthrodesis,amputation or disarticulation. The choice of the treatment must be based on the analysis of local and general factors: type of infection, clinical presentation, quality of soft tissues, prosthetic implant condition, pathogens involved, function of the knee extensor mechanisms and patient’s expectations and functional requirements.

We re-evaluated the literature reports. Antibiotic therapy in infected hip prostheses yielded a successful outcome in 64% of the cases. Arthrotomic débridement in total hip prostheses showed a successful outcome in a variable percentage from 74% to 14%; in contrast, arthroscopic débridement showed a successful outcome in 100% of cases. In total knee replacement the arthrotomic débridement showed a success rate of 32.6% and arthroscopic débridement 52.2%.

The mean percentage of success in replacement in one stage with antibiotic cement and preoperative antibiotic therapy was 82% in THA [1], and 71% in TKA [6]. The mean percentage of success in replacement in two stages with spacer cement and perioperative antibiotic therapy was more than 90% in THA and 91% in TKA. Prosthesis replacement in two stages showed the best rate of positive results. The antibiotic therapy was effective in all patients with positive cultures intraoperatively.

Arthrotomic or arthroscopic débridement is a valid procedure, but must be performed within 2 weeks from the appearance of the symptoms. Knee arthrodesis is preferable in the presence of pathogens resistant to antibiotics and is indicated in patients with high functional requirements. The Girdlestone arthroplasty is indicated in hip treatment when antibiotic-resistant pathogens are involved. Amputation and disarticulation are indicated only in patients with a poor survival prognosis.

The management of prosthetic infections represents a challenge to the entire multi-disciplinary team (i.e. specialists in microbiology, radiology, infectious diseases and orthopaedics) both in achieving a correct diagnosis (infection versus aseptic loosening) and in choosing an adequate therapeutic strategy.


P. Parisini M. Di Silvestre S. Giacomini T. Greggi G. Bakaloudis L. Abati

We considered three different device systems for the treatment of lumbar and lumbosacral instability. From a prospective database in use in our Institution, we obtained a 45-patient cohort of individuals who received a one-level lumbar or lumbosacral fusion procedure between 1995 and 1998. All patients had presented with disabling back and/or radicular pain and severe degenerative changes at one disc level or low-grade spondylolisthesis.

First group: 15 patients, six male and nine female, with an average age of 41 years, were treated by an interbody fusion using cylindrical threaded cages; the levels fused were L5-S1 in 10 patients and at L4-L5 in five.

Second group: 15 patients, eight male and seven female, with an average age of 39 years were treated by nine cylindrical, threaded cages and seven square cages, combined with posterior pedicle screws; the levels fused were L5-S1 in 11 and L4-L5 in four.

Third group: 15 patients, eight male and seven female, with an average age of 40 years, underwent posterolateral fusion with posterior pedicle screws instrumentation alone; the levels fused were L5-S1 in 10 and L4-L5 in the remaining five.

At a mean follow-up of 8 years in the first group, eight patients (53%) required a second operation (five posterior instrumentation, two root decompression and one repair of dural tear). The clinical results were fair in six patients (40%) and poor in three (20%); five patients (33%) presented uncertain fusion signs. In the second group, two patients (13%) required a second operation (one root decompression and one dural repair). All patients (100%) presented definite fusion signs. The clinical results 6.5 years after primary surgery were fair in two (13%) patients and poor in two (13%). In the third group, two patients (13%) required a second operation (one dural repairand one implant removal). The clinical results were fair in two cases (13%) and no poor results were seen. At a mean follow-up of 6.5 years, 14 patients (93%) showed definite fusion signs.

According to the present data, we can conclude that in terms of fusion success, clinical outcome and complication rates, the use of posterior interbody cages alone is not as safe and effective for the management of one level degenerative disc disease or low-grade spondylolisthesis as the posterior pedicle screw instrumentation combined with two posterior cages or the stand-alone pedicle screw instrumentation.


C. Origo N. Portinaro

The aim of this study is to present and discuss some preliminary applications of tricalcium phosphate “Norian” in children and adolescents with different skeletal disorders. From 1997 to 2002 Norian was used as a biological bone substitute in 10 patients (six girls and four boys; mean age 11 years). The indications were four calcaneal cysts, one phalangeal enchondroma of the hand, one chondromyxoid fibroma of the tibia, one eosino-philic granuloma of the femur and one aneurysmal cyst of the tibia. Norian was also used as a bone graft in two Dega’s pelvic osteotomies. Follow-up was performed radiologically and clinically.

There was one deep infection in a calcaneal cyst which completely healed after curettage and antibiotic therapy and one soft tissue transitory painful reaction to Norian. All cases healed without complication and there was progressive osteointegration at radiological follow-up.

This preliminary study, even with different pathologies and a short follow-up, shows good biocompatibility of the material in the short- and mid-term, with satisfactory clinical results. Mechanical stability under compressive and shearing loads was detected when load bearing was allowed after 30 days in all cases.

Norian tricalcic phosphate is a good and strong bone substitute when a large autologus graft is needed as seen with distal fractures of the radius, tibial plateau and Dega’s pelvic osteotomy.


V.F. Paliotta M. Lillo A. Piccioli

The authors present their experience in bone fusion with blood stem cells, growth factors, AlloMatrix Injectable Putty (Wright Medical Technology, Inc, Arlington, Tenn) and cancellous chips allograft combined in the treatment of compressive vertebral fractures (VCFs).

Eight traumatic vertebral compression fractures at risk of kyphosis were treated by means of transpedicular bone fusion with blood stem cells, growth factors, AlloMatrix Injectable Putty (Wright Medical Technology, Inc, Arlington, Tenn) and cancellous chips allograft. In five patients (group A), mean age 34 years, mean follow-up 13 months, a minimal transpedicular screw fixation was added (two levels). In the other three patients (group B), mean age 26 years, mean follow-up 8 months, the percutaneous fusion was performed by means of vertebroplasty instrumentation. All patients underwent X-ray examination and CT at 45 days, 3 months and 6 months after surgery. In all cases fusion was reached earlier with excellent clinical outcome, especially in group B.

Blood stem cells, growth factors, AlloMatrix Injectable Putty (Wright Medical Technology, Inc, Arlington, Tenn) and cancellous chips allograft combined in the treatment of compressive vertebral fractures seem to be an excellent method even though further studies and more detailed statistical validation are needed.


B. Pavolini A.M. Ginese M. Maggi D. Tiana

Treatment with external fixation in lower-limb deformities is quite effective, even in severe deformities, since the progressive distraction and/or rotation strongly reduce risks for soft tissues, nerves or arterial lesions.

We have employed the Ilizarov circular frame in 53 patients affected with multi-planar deformities and a uni-lateral fixator in 21 patients affected with angular deformities only from 1984 to 2000 in the Orthopaedic Clinic of the University and C.T.O. of Firenze and from 2001 up to the present in the Poggibonsi Hospital.

Multi-planar deformities include various associations of angulation also in different planes, rotational malalignment and length discrepancies in congenital, post-traumatic or neurological disorders.

A uni-lateral fixator was used mainly for varus tibia or valgus femur deformities in patients under 30 years of age for severe angular deviation following congenital, post traumatic or rickets pathologies.

The results obtained in our series were better, regarding both the treatment time and achieving the desired correction, for uni-planar deviations than for more complex deviations where shortening and rotational defects were combined. These cases require longer treatment time and show a 9% rate of fair results. We did not achieve poor results and bone consolidation was always seen at the follow-up.


G.M. Peretti V. Zaporojan M.A. Randolph L.J. Bonassar W. Albisetti G. Fraschini M.J. Yaremchuk

The purpose of this study was to assess the physical, biochemical and biomechanical properties of a cartilage matrix-chondrocyte-fibrin glue composite as biological tool for cartilage repair.

Chondrocytes were enzymatically isolated from pig joints and resuspended in fibrinogen solution. Articular cartilage was harvested from pig joints, chopped into small chips and lyophiliaed. Cartilage chips were rehydrated and mixed with the cell/fibrinogen solution and with thrombin, in order to form a fibrin glue gel composite with cells and chips (group A). Control composites were made from lyophilised cartilage chips assembled with fibrin glue, but not containing chondrocytes (group B). Other control groups included fibrin glue/chondrocyte specimens without cartilage chips (group C) and specimens made of the fibrin glue alone (group D). All samples were weighed and implanted into subcutaneous pouches of nude mice. Animals were sacrificed at 2 and 9 weeks. Samples were evaluated grossly and the final/initial mass ratio was calculated. Samples were evaluated histologically, biomechanically, and biochemically.

Upon retrieval, only the samples in experimental group A retained their original pre-implantation mass. Histological analysis showed newly formed cartilage matrix in the specimens from group A and C. Biomechanical analysis showed significantly higher modulus in experimental samples, with respect to the other groups at the latest time point. Analysis of hydraulic permeability showed significantly decreasing values for all groups throughout the experimental times and lowest values for the experimental samples of group A in the latest time point, although there was no statistically significant difference among the groups. Biochemical analysis demonstrated higher values in the latest time point for samples prepared with cells for water and GAG content, whereas highest values for hydroxyproline were recorded for samples assembled with cartilage chips. DNA analysis showed higher values of samples prepared with chondrocytes and fibrin glue and also an important increase in values of the samples made of fibrin glue only, indicating a possible host fibroblast growth inside the samples over time. This tissue-engineered composite presents cartilaginous appearance and biomechanical integrity after 9 weeks in vivo.


A. Pascarella A. Toro G. Iervolino G.F. Trinchese

The Authors report the early results of endoscopic curettage with bone grafting to treat aneurysmal bone cysts. Four patients with aneurysmal bone cysts (one located in the femur and three in the humerus) received curettage with homologous bank bone grafting by endoscopy. In one case we used homologous bank bone in chips with osteoconductive properties and in three cases we used homologous bank bone in paste with osteo-inductive properties. The follow-up showed complete improvement in pain, new bone formation and remodelling at 2 years. Even if we do not yet have final results about recurrence, these early data encourage us to continue this study so that a longer follow-up will confirm the benefits of this procedure.


A. Toro A. Pascarella G. Calabrò G. Iervolino A. Russomando F. Tripodi G.F. Trinchese

The authors report the results of the use of autologous growth factors in a patient affected by systemic sclerodermia. Two total hip prostheses were implanted in this woman. Because of the delayed wound healing in this patient, either because of the long-term corticosteroid therapy or the basic connective dissease, she decided not to have surgery. Some time later the patient decided positively for surgery, as her condition was becoming serious. Therefore, as part of a pre-operative protocol, she discontinued corticosteroids for 8 months beforehand and increased pharmacological therapy to improve blood perfusion in soft tissues. During surgery, we injected in the periprosthetic zone and in both sides of the surgical wound. Our patient had a normal period of healing and after 2 weeks the result was so good that we were able to remove the skin suture easily.


P. Parisini T. Greggi M. Di Silvestre G. Bakaloudis L. Abati

The purpose of this review is to evaluatei the clinical and surgical aspects of lumbar disc herniation in paediatric and adolescent patients. Between 1975 and 1991, a total of 5,160 lumbar disc operations were performed at the Rizzoli Orthopaedic Institutes. We included in this study only 129 patients (2.5%), aged from 9 to 18 years, with a mean age of 16.2 years (S.D. 1.7). Almost half of the patients (66 cases) ranged from 17 to 18 years of age and 49% (63 cases) from 9 to 16. Only three subjects were aged 9, 11 and 12 years.

This group consisted of 84 boys and 45 girls. Eleven had noted the onset of symptoms after a trauma and 15 during athletic activities or after lifting heavy objects. Almost all of the patients (106 cases, 82%) had low-back pain with radiculopathy, 13% (17 cases) complained of lumbar pain alone, 5% (six cases) had sciatica and 16% (21 cases) presented with a radicular neurological deficit.

Posterior discectomy by conventional procedure without fusion was performed in all patients, except for three cases with associated spondylolisthesis, treated by a posterolateral artrodesis, supplemented in two cases by pedicle screw fusion. Patients were followed in a short-term assessment using medical records. Long-term follow-up was conducted by a mailed, self-report questionnaire that quantified leg and back pain and scored the ability to return to normal activities and satisfaction.

Short-term results were excellent for 120 patients (93%) and postoperative complications included one superficial wound infection and one discitis. A total of 98 (76%) long-term responses were obtained with a mean follow-up time of 12.4 years (range, 6-19.4 years). Mean age at long-term follow-up was 28.7 years whereas the functional outcomes were excellent in 56%, good 30% and poor 14%. Eight patients (6.2%) required additional surgical treatment at a mean interval from the first surgery of 9 years (range 2 to 16). Three of them had a re-exploration for a herniated disc at the same level, five at a different level.

Our results have confirmed, as in adult patients, a negative trend between the short-term and long-term functional outcomes in young patients treated by discectomy. Furthermore, they have suggested that young individuals with lumbar Scheuermann-type changes are at great risk of experiencing herniation of intervertebral discs (10% in our series).


C. Pasquali S. Moalli

The cause of intermetatarsal neuromas is unclear even if there is a mechanically induced degenerative neuropathy of the intermetatarsal nerve. Treatment of Morton’s neuroma includes conservative methods such as steroid or local anaesthetic injection, orthotic devices and surgical therapy. Surgical therapy has a reported failure rate of between 7% and 24%, depending on the case histories. Dockery in 1999 and Masala et al. in 2001 presented their results on alcoholisation of Morton’s neuroma. The aim of this study is to prove the reproducibility of the aforementioned procedure and its results.

Between December 2001 and March 2004, 30 patients with Morton’s neuroma were examined with US and treated with alcohol injections under US guidance by the same operator. Among these 23 were women and seven men with age ranging between 37 and 70 years. Fifteen patients presented with more than one neuroma in the same foot or in both feet. The standard US was followed by a 3D US in order to extend the diagnosis in treated patients. Alcohol-sclerosing intralesional treatment was performed in 45 neuromas. The treatment consists of an injection cycle (minimum 1, maximum 4), composed of 50% ethyl alcohol (95%) and 50% of a 2% aqueous solution of carbocaine. A total of 90 injections were performed, with an average of two for each neuroma. The patients were examined after the treatment by both authors. On 31 (69%) neuromas, the alcohol-sclerosing intralesional treatment was successful; 14 (31%) neuromas had only a partial improvement and therefore the patients underwent a surgical excision. No procedure-related complications were observed.

The results of this study indicate that, even considering the failure rate, compared to surgery the alcoholisation treatment of neuroma under US guidance is a valuable conservative procedure because of its low morbidity and cost-effectiveness. Alcoholisation under US guidance thus could be a useful tool for orthopaedic surgeons in order to determine whether surgical excision is really necessary.


G.M. Peretti C. Sosio F. Boschetti A. Gigante A. Passi C. Bevilacqua L. Mangiavini S. Biressi G. Fraschini

The purpose of this work was to create an in vitro model of tissue-engineered cartilage structure produced by isolated swine articular chondrocytes, expanded in culture and seeded onto a biological scaffold.

Swine articular chondrocytes were enzymatically isolated from pig joints and expanded in monolayer culture. When confluence was reached, cells were resuspended and seeded in vitro onto biological collagen scaffolds for 3, 4 and 6 weeks. Samples were retrieved from the culture and analysed macroscopically and biomechanically by compressive test. Gross evaluation was performed by simple probing, sizing and weighing the samples at all time periods. A baseline of the values was also recorded at time 0. Then, samples were biomechanically tested by unconfined compression and shear tests. Finally, the samples were fixed in 4% paraformaldehyde and processed for histological evaluation. Some samples were stained with Safranin-o, and some others subjected to immunostaining analysis for type II collagen.

Upon retrieval, samples showed dimensional enlargement and mass increase over time and gross mechanic integrity by simple probing. A biomechanical test demonstrated an initial reduction in the values of compressive and shear parameters, followed by a consistent increase throughout the tested time points. Histology showed cartilage-like tissue maturing over time within the biological scaffold.

The results from this study demonstrate that isolated chondrocytes could be seeded onto a biological collagen scaffold, producing cartilage-like matrix with tissue-specific morphology and biomechanical integrity. This tissue-engineered cartilage structure is easily reproducible and it could represent a valuable model for studying the behaviour of different variables on the newly formed cartilage.


G. Perrucchini P.A. Daolio F. Lazzaro P. Zacconi R. Zorzi S. Mapelli

There is more than one option for proximal humerus reconstruction after oncological resection but we believe osteochondral allografts provide a good biological solution for these defects. We report three cases with different histological diagnoses and different results following such reconstruction. The aim is to highlight the advantages and disadvantages of this surgical procedure.

The first case report concerns a 15-year-old boy (M.P.) with Ewing’s sarcoma of the proximal humerus. The gleno-humeral articulation and most of the rotator cuff were not involved by the disease. An allograft was used for the reconstruction after satisfactory resection. This allowed good restoration of the function quickly. At 12 months there was a fatigue fracture in the allograft, which required revision with a modular prosthesis. In another patient, a young woman (E.C.), a proximal humeral defect was reconstructed following resection of a benign lesion, fibrous dysplasia. She does not have complete restoration of function but there are no complications at 3 year follow up. The last case is a 49-year-old woman (M.M.), who had osteochondral allograft reconstruction of the proximal humerus after resection of a completely destroyed head by a giant cell tumour. She had good initial results but required revision surgery with Kuntscher nail and vancomycin was added to the cement due to infection.

The biological articular reconstruction after oncological wide resection allows good functional results when rotator cuff tendons are available and allografts permit a good and fitting reinsertion. The reported early restoration of function in the young boy (case 1) has to be considered in the stress-fracture genesis. The authors consider that the lack of motion in case 2 was due to a non-aggressive and careful rehabilitation: a quite poor functional result to avoid complications. The case 3 failure is due to an infection, one of most frequent complications in allograft implants. The choice of using an osteochondral allograft must be considered as a useful alternative with prosthetic replacements.


L. Pisano M. Stopponi L. Costarelli G. Ferretti

Autogenous bone grafting is widely used. In particular cancellous bone is osteoconductive, but the morbidity at donor sites is a reason to use bone substitutes.

In 5 years we have treated 64 patients affected by orthopaedic (arthrodesis of the ankle or the foot, THP revision) or traumatologic problems (acute fractures of tibial plateau, non-union or malconsolidation) with mineral bone substitutes (Pyrost or Osteoplantl). In a prospective clinical study, these substitutes were implanted as follows: the bone defect was filled by bone substitute (usually 5 ml)and we evaluated regeneration of bone defect by X-ray, MR and histological evaluation of osteogenic cells (at removal of osteosynthesis). In 85% of cases the regeneration of the bone defects was complete; in the other cases a partial or insufficient regeneration was found.

In different animal investigations Pyrost has been shown to have osteoconductive and osteostimulative effects: these substitutes have no antigenic propriety. In conditions of low osteogenetic potency, the combination of bone substitutes and autogenic bone marrow affects bone formation. In disadvantageous bone bed, bone substitutes must be augmented with bone marrow and in large segmental defects combination with autogenic bone grafts is recommended. A prerequisite for the application of bone substitutes in large defects is a sufficient primary stability of the bone bed. The application in infected tissue is not favourable.


G. Pilato A. Bini A. Bruno L. Murena P. Cherubino

Non-union of the radius and/or ulna is comparatively common in the treatment of forearm fractures. Bone graft from the iliac crest secured by rigid plate fixation under compression is indicated in non-unions with a bone defect longer than 2 cm. The aim of the study is to compare the results with the current literature.

Thirteen patients (female: 1; males: 12), mean age 44 years (23–75 years), were treated in our department between 1993 and 2003. In 10 patients the original injury involved both radius and ulna; in the remaining three only the ulna was affected. All the fractures had been internally fixed, except for a radius fracture. Non-unions involved the ulna in eight cases, the radius in one case and both radius and ulna in four cases. A cortico-cancellous graft was used to fill a defect of the ulna in 11 cases and of the radius in two cases. In the non-unions of both bones only one bone was operated (one radius and three ulna); a different treatment was performed in the other bone. The mean time between the original injury and the indexed procedure was 7 months (3–14 months). The mean bone defect was 4 cm (2–6 cm). A T-shaped cortico-cancellous graft was always used. All the patients were evaluated clinically and radiographically with a mean follow-up of 4 years (1–10 years).

Bony union was achieved in all the patients at an average time of 4 months (3–6 months). At the follow-up the mean elbow flexion was 130°, the mean extension lag 4°, the mean pronation 71° and the mean supination 61°. The mean grip strength was 38 kg, 81% of the contralateral side.

Cortico-cancellous bone graft from the iliac crest is an effective technique to fill a bone defect of between 2 and 6 cm. Up to this length the mechanical properties of the graft are optimal for a rigid plate fixation under compression; moreover, biological conditions allow ready integration of the graft. Rigid fixation with cortico-cancellous bone graft from the iliac crest is a useful technique for forearm non-unions with a bone defect of between 2 and 6 cm.


M. Fadda A. Manunta C. Doria F. Pisanu G. Zirattu

This study was conducted to evaluate the clinical and radiographic results on titanium stems that were similar in design but differed with regard to proximal grit-blasted surface texture with and without a hydroxy-apatite (HA) coating. We evaluated 40 patients who had undergone primary total hip replacement by a postero-lateral approach. The stems, all made of titanium alloy, tapered, grit-blasted, collarless, with anterior-posterior fins, did present some differences: in a group of 20 stems a proximal hydroxyapatite coating (thickness: 50 μm) was implanted; in another group of 20 stems the proximal surface was without HA coating. Clinical and radiographic evaluations were performed pre-operatively at 3, 6 and 12 mounths during the first year; than once for the following years.The mean duration of follow-up was 6 years.

At the final follow-up examination the Harris hip scores in the HA-coated group (mean, 96 points) and non-HA coated group (mean, 94 points) were similar. Bone-remodelling patterns were similar in the groups and the fast bone integration of the HA coated group. In both groups only two cases of aseptic loosening of the stems were found.

After 6 years of follow-up, the clinical and radiographic results among grit-blasted titanium tapered stems with or without Ha coating were perfectly similar. The optimum final bone integration was due just to the singular shape of femur (type B Dorr’s) with an excellent proximal bone stock. The micromotion of implants reduced the bony-anchored stems in two cases.


P. Piscitelli F. Fitto P. Camboa G. Termini A. Angeli G. Guida

Benefits for the patients and for the Health Care System could rise from the adoption of a global clinical approach (“disease management approach”) for osteoporosis and its fracture complications vs the current “component-based approach”. Disease management is a kind of method aimed to manage (from a clinical and managerial perspective) highly prevalent and expensive diseases from the prevention to treatment and rehabilitation in order to improve patient outcome and to lower costs in general.

Osteoporosis and its fracture complications in the Italian population meet the criteria of being highly prevalent and expensive. Four million women and 800,000 men in Italy suffer from osteoporosis. Furthermore, incidence and costs of hip fractures in the elderly Italian population (> 65 years old) are comparable to those of acute myocardial infarction in people aged > 45. Accordingly, we built a simulation model to evaluate potential benefits of a disease management approach.

Incidence and costs (including drug-related costs) of hip fractures registered in Italy in 2001 were compared to those predictable in the hypothesis of treating all individuals who have at least one vertebral fracture with bisphosphonates. Almost 1.5 million people in Italy are supposed to have a vertebral fracture and consequently an increased risk of hip fracture. We considered a NTT value of 40 (“Number To Treat”: number of patients to treat in order to prevent one hip fracture), according to the FIT study (Fracture Intervention Trial, involving 6,500 patients).

Only 6.4% of subjects with a vertebral fracture is currently receiving treatment with bisphosphonates. In this simulation, the extension of this anti-resorptive therapy to all individuals with vertebral fractures would produce a 48% reduction in the incidence of hip fractures (NTT=40) among people aged > 65 and increase global costs to an acceptable 21% rate.

The number of hospitalisations for hip fractures in the elderly would be reduced from 78,350 (2001) to 40,850 (simulation); direct costs for hospitalisation and surgery would pass from 438 million (2001) to 236 million Euros (simulation); general costs for rehabilitation from 416 million (2001) to 224 million Euros (simulation); indirect costs from 171 to 93 million Euros; drug-related costs would rise from 46 million (0.29% of the national pharmaceutical expenses) to 750 million Euros (4.4% of the national expenses). This study seems to confirm the benefits (with regards to health and cost of illness) of a disease management approach for osteoporosis and its fracture complications.


E. Pola S. Astolfi G. Zirio C. A. Logroscino

Lim mineralisation protein (LMP) is a new positive regulator of the osteoblast differentiation programme. In humans three “splice variants” of LMP have been identified: LMP-1, LMP-2 and LMP-3. Recent studies demostrated that LMP-1 gene acts as a transcriptional factor inside the cells and is able to induce expression of specific bone genes, like the bone morphogenetic proteins (BMPs), to improve bone formation in vitro and ectopic bone formation in vivo and seems to induce spinal fusion in several animal models.

In order to evaluate the osteoinductive properties of the shorter variant of LMP, plasmidic and adeno-viral vectors expressing the optimised sequence of human LMP-3 have been generated. The osteogenic activity of LMP-3 was evaluated in vitro with experiments of transfection and infection of mesenchymal stem cells, fibroblasts and pre-osteoblasts; in vivo we investigated whether direct gene transfer of LMP-3 in the triceps muscles of immunocompetent mice was able to induce ectopic bone formation. All the animals were studied by histology and X-rays at different time points. In all the experiments BMP-2 was used as positive control.

These experiments demonstrated that the “gene transfer” of LMP-3 in fibroblasts and pre-osteoblasts stimulates production of specific bone proteins, such as osteocalcin, osteopontin and bone sialoprotein, and induces bone mineralisation in vitro. It was also demonstrated that LMP-3 is able to induce, in a dose-dependent manner, bone mineralisation and expression of specific bone genes (BMP-2, OSX, RunX2, alkaline phosphatase) in mesenchymal stem cells. Finally, the experiments showed that direct gene transfer of LMP-3 in the triceps muscle of mice induces ectopic bone formation in all the animals treated more efficiently than BMP-2.

These data demonstrate that gene transfer of LMP-3 could be used, more efficiently than BMP-2, in inducing bone formation in several cell lines and in vivo, establishing the osteoinductive ability of LMP-3. Thus, LMP-3 could represent, in the near future, a therapeutic alternative in several clinical conditions.


R. Nardacchione V. Pozza C. Khabbazè M. Pavan D. Bertolini

Stimulation of bone healing and bone formation through local application of growth factors may improve the clinical outcome in high tibial osteotomy in varus knee. The goal of the present study is to evaluate the effectiveness of autologous growth factors asscociated with or without granular coralline hydroxyapatite used to fill open wedge defects after tibial osteotomy for valgisation in 13 patients with medial femorotibial degeneration.

The integration of the coralline hydroxyapatite was complete in every case; we did not encounter any general or local problems, nor were there any intra-operative, peri-operative or post-operative complications. We conclude that local application of autologous growth factors associated with coralline hydroxyapatite is a good solution to stimulate callus formation and ossification in the early phase of bone healing and can substitute bone graft to fill bone defects.


Full Access
C. Romanò J.C. Messina D. Romanò E. Meani

Bone loss, either due to a septic process or to surgical débridements, is frequently associated with bone infections. Bone loss may be present in septic non-unions, osteomyelitis or septic joint prosthesis. In each of these conditions the use of bone or bone substitutes may be indicated. However, the risk of septic recurrence makes the choice of the right implant in these patients particularly difficult.

Clinical cases are presented to show the different choices available. Attention is focussed on: (1) when, in the presence of bone loss, a bone graft can be avoided and with which suitable procedures good results can be obtained; (2) when and how autologous bone grafts should be used; (3) when homologous bone grafts or bone substitutes are indicated; (4) how bone grafts should be protected against bacterial adesion and proliferation; and (5) the role of new technologies, such as bone growth factors. In this regard the clinical results are presented of the use of platelet-rich plasma (PRP) added to autologous or homologous bone after bone débridement in six patients treated with two-stage non-cemented revision of septic hip prosthesis and in two patients with septic non-union of the femur. At a minimum follow-up of 6 months (max. 1 year), we did not observe any infection recurrence, while bone remodelling and clinical outcome were favourable.

The use of bone growth factors such as PRP possibly added to autologous or homologous bone appears to be a promising technique to achieve bone reconstruction in débrided bone infections. However, with the limited numbers of patients and the short-term follow-up conclusions cannot be drawn and the use of growth factors with this indication should be limited to selected cases: patients with wide bone loss and with no signs of active infections.

No international guidelines are available concerning bone reconstruction in infections. Clinical experience shows that different surgical procedures are effective and the choice should take into considerations the type and site of bone defect, the host type and the pathogenesis of the bone loss. Growth factors may be a useful tool in these conditions and further studies are indicated.


P. Cherubino M. Ronga F.A. Grassi M. Protasoni E.A. Genovese P. Bulgheroni

We prospectively evaluate clinical results and MRI findings on a series of 47 patients, with an average age of 31.7 years, treated by matrix-induced autologous chondrocyte implantation (MACI) for knee and ankle chondral defects.

As isolated lesions, the joints affected were 37 knees and five ankles. As combined lesions, there were four knees and one kissing lesion in the ankle. The average size of the defects was 3.5 cm2. Clinical-functional evaluation was carried out according to ICRS, modified Cincinnati knee, Lysholm II and Tegner scales. The AOFAS score was used for the evaluation of the ankle. MRIs were taken before the operation as well as at 6, 12 and 24 months postoperatively. Among 10 second arthroscopic studies (four knees, six ankles), two biopsies were carried out after 2 years, from the medial femoral condyle and the patella, respectively. These specimens were evaluated by light microscopy, immunohistochemistry (type I and II collagen), SEM and TEM analysis.

Follow-up averaged 25.6 months. At the latest follow-up, knee scores improved after surgery. AOFAS did not improve in the patient with the kissing lesion. MRIs showed hyaline-like cartilage at the site of implantation in all treated joints with exception of the kissing lesion; four knees showed recurrence of subchondral bone oedema 1 year after surgery. Histological analysis on the biopsies revealed good definition of the tidemark and presence of type II collagen.

Clinical results and MRI findings support the efficacy of the MACI technique. Morphological findings are indicative for hyaline-like tissue formation in the implant site.


M. Ronga P. Bulgheroni F.A. Grassi P. Cherubino

Matrix-induced autologous chondrocyte implantation (MACI) is a tissue engineering technique which requires the use of a collagen membrane on which the cultured chondrocytes are seeded. We report on the arthroscopic MACI technique for the treatment of chondral defects in the lateral tibial plate of the knee.

The implantation procedure was performed on two male patients affected by traumatic chondral lesions, 2.5 and 2 cm2 in size, respectively. The procedures were performed through traditional artrhoscopic portals and the seeded membrane was fixed with fibrin glue. Clinical-functional evaluation was performed according to ICRS score, modified Cincinnati knee score, IKDC, Lysholm II and Tegner scales. MRIs were taken 6, 12 and 24 months postoperatively.

After 2 years all the clinical scores were improved in both patients. MRI showed filling of the defects with hyaline-like tissue with reduction of subchondral bone oedema and restoration of a regular articular surface.

Even though the MACI technique is mostly performed with an open procedure, the site of these lesions could not be reached without sacrifying tendinous and ligamentous structures of the knee. With the arthroscopic approach an optimal view of the lesion could be achieved and appeared to be the best solution for these patients. The size of these defects was too large for bone marrow stimulation techniques and/or osteochondral grafts to be successful. By using fibrin glue for fixating the seeded membrane the procedure could be performed arthroscopically in a simple and safe way. No specifically designed instruments were used in these cases.


Full Access
D. Rosa F. Troisi S. Troisi I. Bonifacio E. Soscia

New magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) techniques for imaging cartilage have an ever-increasing role in the evaluation, diagnosis and monitoring of joint disorders. Relatively few studies have been undertaken to determine the long-term response of the cartilage to different treatments such as microfractures, osteochondral autograft, osteocondral mosaicplasty and autologous chondrocyte transplantation.

Intravenous administration of gadolinium diethylene-triamine-pentacetic acid (GdDTPA) on MR represents an exciting possility to explore and validate strategies for repairing cartilage. GdDTPA is an ionic contrast agent that is administered and is given time to penetrate cartilage where it is distributed according to the concentration of the charged molecules in cartilage matrix. The main macromolecular constituents of cartilage are glycosaminoglycans (GAG) and collagen. GAG have abundant negatively charged carboxyl and sulphate groups that by osmotic effect give the cartilage stiffness. GdDTPA enhances the cartilage that is depleted of GAG, then is distributed in an inverse relation to the concentration of the negatively charged GAG. In the normal articular cartilage tissue GAG has a lower concentration at the articular surface and a higher concentration in the deeper zone as histological and GdDTPA on MR studies have confirmed. Many problems we can consider to be the choice between i.v. contrast administration and intra-articular injection, which is an invasive route. Furthermore, the time course of penetration of Gd-DTPA into cartilage depends on the cartilage thickness. The time for maximum signal enhancement may vary from 45 min. for the thin ventral femoral condyle to about 4 h in patellar cartilage. Progress has also been made in evaluating the distribution of GAG in patients with osteoarthrits.

Our goal is to gain information regarding the state of the cartilage in follow-up of autologous condrocyte transplantation correlated with the clinical implications. The severity of the focal defect of cartilage in one negative result is estimated from the morphologic appearance of the hyperintense lesions on contrast-enhanced MR images. In agreement with Gillis et al. we could observe clear time-associated differences of GAG density in the patients who received autologous chondrocyte implants.


P. Bulgheroni M. Ronga F.A. Grassi E.A. Genovese P. Cherubino

We report the clinical results and MRI findings observed in 50 patients who underwent collagen meniscus implant (CMI) between March 2001 and October 2003. Fifty patients affected by irreparable meniscal lesions or who had previously undergone partial medial meniscectomy were arthroscopically treated with CMI, a tissue engineering technique designed to promote meniscal regeneration. Average age at the time of surgery was 38.4 years. The average size of the lesion/defect was 4.3 cm. Additional procedures included 16 ACL reconstructions, eight high tibial osteotomies and two autologous chondrocyte implantations. All knees were evaluated according to the Lysholm II and Tegner activity scales. MRI was performed 6, 12 and 24 months postoperatively. Six arthroscopic examinations of the implant were performed at different times (6 to 16 months postoperatively).

Postoperative complications included saphenus neuroapraxia in three patients and CMI rupture in one patient who presented with persistent knee swelling. Follow-up averaged 16.5 months, with a minimum of 6 months. At the most recent evaluation, 46 patients showed an improvement in the clinical scores. A progressive, uniform signal was evident by MRI. At the second arthroscopic study, free fragments of the implant were observed in cases of CMI rupture. In another patient, partial resorption of CMI was observed at the posterior horn. The remaining four arthroscopic examinations demonstrated regeneration of meniscal-like tissue.

Clinical results achieved with CMI are promising. MRI proved to be an effective tool for monitoring the evolution of the implant and showed good correlation with clinical outcomes and arthroscopic findings at follow-up.


M. Ronga A. Manelli A. Passi G. Porta

Collagen meniscus implant (CMI) is a tissue engineering technique for the management of irreparable meniscal lesions. In this study we evaluate morphological and biochemical changes occurring in CMI after implantation. Gene expression technique was also adopted to characterise the phenotype of the invading cells.

Light microscopy, immunohistochemistry (type I and II collagen), SEM and TEM analysis were performed on five biopsy specimens harvested from five different patients (range, 6 to 16 months after surgery). Fluorophore-assisted carbohydrate electrophoresis (FACE) and real-time PCR evaluation were carried out on two biopsy specimens harvested 6 and 16 months, respectively, after implantation. All these investigations were also applied on non-implanted scaffolds for comparison.

Scaffold sections appeared to be composed of parallel connective laminae, connected by smaller connective bundles surrounding elongated lacunae. In the biopsy specimens, the lacunae were filled by connective tissue with newly formed vessels and fibroblast-like cells. Immunohistochemistry revealed exclusively type I collagen in the scaffold, while type II collagen appeared in the biopsy specimens. FACE analysis carried out in the scaffold did not detect any GAG disaccharides. Conversely, disaccharides were detected in the implants. Real-time PCR showed a signal only for collagen type I. In the scaffolds no gene expression was recorded.

The morphological findings demonstrate that CMI is a biocompatible scaffold available for colonisation by connective cells and vessels. Biochemical data show a specific production of extracellular matrix after implantation. The absence of signal for type II collagen gene can be attributed to different maturation stages of the in-growing tissue.


D. Rosa P. Leopardi G. di Vico V. Iacono M. Di Costanzo

Autologous chondrocyte implant (ACI) is a very effective technique in the treatment of chondral lesions in order to restore normal hyaline cartilage. This technique, reported for the first time by Peterson in 1994, is advised for young or middle-aged. active patients with a single painful chondral injury (3/4 grade of Outerbridge scale), starting from more than 2 cm². New tissue engineering techniques with the use of biomaterial derived from hyaluronic acid (HYAFF matrix) provide ideal support for the culture and proliferation of chondrocytes, allowing at the same time arthroscopic implant. There are many advantages of arthroscopic techniques: easy implant and less pain post-operatively; however, the indications for arthroscopic technique are still restricted: single chondral inury, 2–6 cm² in size and localisation at the femoral condyles.

At the Department of Orthopaedic Surgery of the University “ Federico II ” of Naples starting from January 1996 to the present, 29 patients were treated with ACI. Eight patients (six men and two women) had an arthroscopic implant. Median age was 18; in seven patients an OCD of the medial femoral condyle was present and just one patient had a post-traumatic injury of the medial femoral condyle. Hyalograft was used in all cases. All patients underwent CPM starting from the second post-operative day and full charge was allowed after 2 months. All patients were evaluated by clinical examination with IKDC score and functional score (Tegner) at 3, 6 and 12 months after surgery and with a MNR at 6 and 12 months after surgery and then every year.

Good results were found subjectively in 88% of the patients, with a complete lack of pain in 70% cases. Using the IKDC score good results were found in 85% of the cases (average score 90). With the Tegner score we reported an improvement in the level of activity in 60% of the cases.

The MNR images, performed with standard sequences, fat-suppressed and in the last cases with dGEMRIC, showed the presence of regeneration tissue inside the chondral defects, with a signal very similar to that of the cartilage tissue, sometimes slightly deeper.

Our experience shows that ACI is an effective way of treating chondral lesions with excellent results. We think that progress in the field of biomaterials will extend the indications for arthroscopic techniques, also allowing implants in larger lesions and at other sites.


F. Cigala D. Rosa G. di Vico S. Guarino M. Cigala

Chondral injury has become one of the most difficult problems to solve in orthopaedics. This pathology is very common: Curl et al. founded an incidence of 63% of chondral lesions (2.7 lesions for knee in 31,156 knee arthroscopies) with a 20% rate of lesions of grade IV of Outerbridge.

During the past few decades many techniques were developed: with these techniques the lesion is just reparied with the formation of fibro-cartilage tissue with biochemical and bioelastic characteristics very different from the hyaline cartilage tissue.

Microfracture technique : This technique, proposed by Steadman et al., utilises hand-drills to create numerous perforations in the subchondral bone at 3–4 mm apart. Indications for this techniques are lesions from 0.5 to 2 cm2 with an outlined border in patients with low functional demand. Osteochondral autograft transplantation (OATS, mosaicplasty): Osteochondral autograft transplantation is indicated for isolated lesions from 1 to 3 cm2 or in OCD. Outerbridge et al., in a study of 10 patients with 6.5 years of follow-up, achieved good functional results in all pateints treated with this technique. Autologous chondrocyte implant: ACI, reported for the first time by Peterson and colleagues in 1994, is advised for young or middle-aged, active patients with a single painful chondral injury (3–4 grade of Outerbridge scale), starting from more than 2 cm2. They. reported good results in the treatment of chondral lesion with a long follow-up (2–10 years). New tissue engeneering techniques with the use of biomaterial derived from hyaluronic acid provides ideal support to the culture and proliferation of chondrocytes, allowing at the same time arthroscopic implant.

Today there are many options in the treatment of chondral lesions, but no one technique can be considered the gold standard. ACI in arthroscopy is a more promising technique in the treatment of the chondral lesions, but the indications are still too restricted.


D. Rosa N. Maffulli A. Corriero V. Iacono P. Leopardi

Neglected rupture of quadriceps tendon is an infrequently occurring lesion resulting from sport, but it is very interesting as regards the physiological and functional repercussions. The lesion is common in football players. The pathogenesis is a flexion trauma of knee. Many authors point out the importance of a pre-existent degeneration due to exogenous and endogenous factors. Pain, inextensible knee, ecchymosis, axe hit are a common presentation in acute events, difficult knee extension and pain in chronic. X-ray study shows calcification at the tendon-bone junction.

The treatment of neglected rupture of quadriceps tendon is surgical. If a defect of 5 cm or more is present between the ends of tendon the fascia lata can be used to correct the gap. When the ends can be apposed an end-to-end repair is possible. We treated a neglected rupture of quadriceps femoris muscle tendon in a bodybuilder with a particular technique: we stripped and harvested the semitendinosus and gracilis tendon and sutured them together. Then we made a transverse hole in the mid-portion of the patella; the tendons were passed through the transverse hole in the patella and sutured with the lateral, medial and intermendial vastus, and with the rectum femoral. At 6-month follow-up the patient has no pain and stability is improved, a practical range of knee motion regained. Full forceful extension is not completely restored.


G. Fargnoli C. Ruosi B. Di Giorgio A. Rea G. D’Eletto P. Saltalamacchia P. Ruo

It is well known that tibial osteotomy of arthritic painful genu varum in patients younger than 70 years of age has advantages both for the mechanical effect of symmetrical distribution of joint loading and for the biological effect produced by the bone section on the local venous intraosseus pressure which reduces pain. Patients were selected according to pre-operative X-ray evaluation of the limbs taken with the patient bearing weight on one foot: varus deformity not greater than 25°, knee flexion not greater than 15°, joint movement not less than 90° and absence of femorotibial subluxation or other instabilities. Surgery consists in application of three proximal and two distal screws into the medial side of the tibia. An Orthofix Fixator with self-aligning body is applied and an oblique osteotomy performed medially through a 3-cm skin incision using a drill bit and an osteotome to keep the lateral cortex intact in order to avoid lateral translation of the distal segment.

The patient can correct progressively the deformity himself by distracting the compression-dsistraction unit with an allen wrench. Once the desired correction has been achieved (8°–10°), a control X-ray is taken and the central body locking nut of the fixator tightened. Patients can bear full weight with crutches 4–5 days after surgery.

We have treated a total of 163 patients (92 men, 71 women). Their average age was 60 yearsand average healing time 75 days. Results were excellent in 60%, good in 25%, fair in 10% and poor in 5%. The average post-operative valgus was 9%. The technique and the clinical results are discussed.


D. Rosa P. Leopardi G. di Vico M. Di Costanzo G. Melucci.

The authors present their experience with high tibial osteotomy for the correction of varus knee, performed wih an open wedge technique (Puddu). This technique allows correction of varus knee with a medial tibial osteotomy open wedge, using a special tibial plate; this plate is fixed with two cortical screws and two spongious screws and is formed by a tooth that prevents the correction from loosening. The aim of our work is the retrospective clinical and radiographic evaluation of 18 patients treated with Puddu technique at the University of Naples.

Indications for this technique are: constitutional varus knee, chondral damage after medial meniscectomy and medial gonarthrosis. From June 1999 to the present we treated 18 patients (13 women, five men), median age 54, with high tibial osteotomy with Puddu technique at the department of Orthopaedics and Traumatology of the University of Naples. Before the osteotomy we normally perform a knee arthroscopy to achieve a correct articular balance (evaluation of articular cartilage, menisci and ligaments) and to treat associated lesions. All patients were evaluated by clinical examination with IKDC score and X-rays. Median follow-up was 30 months.

Results are very good with an important improvement in pain and disability. Vascular and neurological complications were not found in any of the patients; all the osteotomies had a strong consolidation and showed good correction of the deformity.

High tibial osteotomy with Puddu technique in our opinion seems to be an effective technique in the treatment of medial knee arthritis and in the correction of femoral-tibial axis. It is an easy, reproducible and trusted technique and in our opinion recommended over the traditional tibial osteotomies (closed wedge osteotomy, dome osteotomy and osteotomy with external fixation, etc).


C. Ruosi G. Santoro A.S. Corriero D. De Felice G. Persico

Adolescent idiopathic scoliosis is known to aggregate within families; however, the pattern of inherited susceptibility is unclear. A genomic screen and statistical linkage analysis of a genetic isolate including individuals with idiopathic scoliosis is being performed to identify variants responsible for this disease.

Scoliosis does not demonstrate a characteristic pattern of classical genetic (inherited) disorders. The severity of the disease within families can change and sometimes generations are skipped. However, the role of hereditary or genetic factors in the development of this condition is widely accepted. Numerous investigators are currently attempting to locate these genes. Studies based on a wide variety of populations have suggested an autosomal dominant mode of inheritance or sex-linked inheritance pattern. Other authors state that the “genetics link” may be complex, with an interaction of several genes rather than just one.

To identify chromosomal loci encoding genes involved in susceptibility to idiopathic scoliosis and the trasmission way of scoliosis we are studing a genetic isolate. We have generated a 10,600 individual pedigree of the village of Campora, in the Cilento area, starting from the beginning of the 17th century connecting all the 1200 living inhabitants. The actual population of Campora derives from a few founders; therefore, the living inhabitants are all related to each other. The population will undergo clinical and radiographic evaluation for the presence and degree of scoliosis. A genomic screen and statistical linkage analysis of the families with individuals having idiopathic scoliosis will be performed. With this approach we can identify variants responsible for this complex disease and genetic links of scoliosis.


L. Russo D. Notarfrancesco V. Monteleone

Pes planus is a complex syndrome whose origin can be quite different. Knowledge of the causes is essential for optimal treatment. Clinical and radiographic examinations are the basis for a correct diagnosis. Arthroreisis of the sub-astragalic joint, extrasenotarsum, represents the gold standard for surgical correction of idiopathic pes planus in childhood. The rate of excellent and good results has been 98% in the authors’ experience. We conclude that the arthroreisis of the sub-astragalic joint is an easy, fast and efficacious operation in the management of idiopathic pes planus.


V. Salini C. A. Orso

In the reconstruction of the anterior cruciate ligaments of the knee, early loading of the leg is usually desirable. Thus, it is of a great interest to evaluate the early stability of screws used for tibial fixation of the ligament, rather than long-term stability of such devices when the neoligament is certainly integrated. The purpose of this study (controlled laboratory study) was to investigate the early osteointegration and biodegradation of hydroxyapatite (HA)/poly(L-lactide)(PLLA) (HA/PLLA) composite screws compared with tricalcium-phosphate (TCP)/PLLA (TCP/PLLA) composite screws used for tibial fixation in the reconstruction of the anterior cruciate ligaments.

We used two types of resorbable screws: BioRCI (Smith& Nephew) composite screws (30% HA and 70% PLLA) and Biocryl (Mitek) composite screws (30% TCP and 70% PLLA) that were inserted into the distal femur of three skeletally mature sheep. Each animal received one HA/PLLA composite screw and one TCP/ PLLA composite screw. The three sheep were sacrificed 20, 40 and 60 days after surgery. Results were evaluated by radiological (RX, TC and RMN), histological and microradiographic analyses.

The amount of bone tissue osteointegrating the screw was higher for TCP/PLLA screws than for HA/PLLA screws. No sign of real biodegradation was observed in any of the specimens.

In conclusion, TCP/PLLA composite screws provide a favourable early osteointegration compared to HA/PLLA composite screws; this could provide an early loading of the leg, which is the primary goal of clinicians and patients in this case. In addition, this could provide a considerable reduction of medical expenses, due to the decrease in hospitalisation and rehabilitation time.


E. Dutto M. Ferrero I. Fassola A. Sard I. Pontini

Enchondroma of the hand is a common benign tumour composed of mature cartilage; it is usually asymptomatic and found accidentally or after pathologic fractures. Malignant transformation may occur, though only very rarely. The age of the patients varies widely. The small bones of the hand are the most frequent anatomic site for this pathology.

Enchondromas are conventionally treated by curettage and the bone defect is then filled with morceellised autologous bone chips from the iliac crest or with an allograft. Recently, bone substitutes have also been used instead of autologous or allogenic bone graft.

Calcium phosphate cement is a promising injectable biomaterial able to increase the number of osteoblasts without inducing a marked de-differentiation, an effect that is useful when a high number of bone forming cells are required. This bone substitute has been used successfully for the treatment of distal radius fractures and or mal-unions, femoral neck fractures, tibial plate fractures, complex calcaneal fractures and enchondromas.

From 2001 we treated 12 patients who were diagnosed as having solitary enchondromas, nine in the hand (four metacarpal bones and five finger bones); 6 patients had an associated pathologic fracture that occurred as a result of simple trauma. A surgical treatment with a complete removal of the tumour and the injection of Norian SRS cement into the cavity and fluoroscopic control was performed as a standardised procedure in all cases. The patients allowed to perform complete range of motion 3 weeks after surgery. At follow-up they were evaluated by clinical examination, X-ray and the DASH questionnaire.

None of the patients had swelling or deformity or tendon injuries or wound infection. Four patients had a slight loss of flexion at the MF joint but none considered this a functional limitation; all the others regained a complete ROM. All the patients returned to their presurgical occupation. Five of them complained of a hypertrophic scar. The X-ray showed a complete fill of the bone gap. They were satisfied and the mean DASH score was 6.06.

Clinical results have been reported with simple curettage without bone grafting or bone substitutes, but these two elements minimise the volume of the bone defect, maintain bone strength and promote new bone formation. Autologous bone graft caused pain in the donor site. Reconstruction of the tumour cavity provides immediate mechanical stability and good functional outcome.


M. Salvi G. Piu F. Caputo C. Velluti

Patello-femoral tracking and polyethylene wear are strongly dependent on rotational alignment of the components in total knee arthroplasty. In the current literature four methods to obtain correct axial femoral alignment are reported: the transepicondylar axis method, Whiteside’s method, the tibial axis method and 3° external rotation of posterior condyles method. Because of its simplicity the last of these is the most popular method used at present. But it is also the most accurate? The purpose of this study was to investigate the accuracy of the 3° external rotation method, comparing it to the transepicondylar axis and the White-side’s A-P line.

We performed a CT scan examination of the hip and the knee of 40 patients scheduled to undergo a total knee arthroplasty. Seven cases of valgus deformity were excluded from the study, leaving 34 cases. The mean age was 72.4 and the left knee was involved in 23 cases. The mean height was 159 cm and the mean weight was 76.6 kg. The mean varus deformity was 14° (min 5° – max 30°). CT scan was conducted using a Picker PQCT machine. Two axial images were obtained in all the patients: one of the femoral neck and one of the knee with good visualisation of the posterior aspect of the condyles of the femur and epicondyles. We measured the following angles: the femoral anteversion angle (between the femoral neck line and the posterior condylar line), the posterior condylar angle (between the posterior condylar line and the transepicondylar axis) and the Whiteside’s angle (between the posterior condylar line and the perpendicular line to the White-side’s A-P line).

The mean femoral anteversion angle was 5.5°± 13.7° (min -24°; max 33°). The mean posterior condylar angle was 6.1°± 2.5° (min 1°; max 14°). In 20 cases (60.6%) the posterior condylar angle was greater than 5°. The mean Whiteside’s angle was 6°±3.5° (min 1°; max 16.5°). In 17 cases (51.5%) it was greater than 5°.

Both the posterior condylar angle and the White-side’s angle showed average values, which doubled the 3° proposed as standard for external rotational alignment of the femoral component, with maximum values of 14° and 16.5° respectively. More than 50% of the cases showed a posterior condylar angle grater than 5°. The two methods (transepicondylar and Whiteside’s line) are complementary. The posterior condylar axis and the Whiteside’s line were not altered by severe varus deformity or femoral neck retro- or anteversion. The 3° external rotation of the posterior condyle line is not recommended as a standard procedure to determine the degree of external rotation of the femoral component in total knee arthroplasty.


U. De Nicola P. Santoriello

The frequent association of patellofemoral pain and malalignment of the extensor mechanism is well known. In our experience, lateral hypertorsion of the tibial metaphysis (enough to cause excessive compression on the external facet of the patella) is a common finding in patients with anterior knee pain, and is even observed with computed tomography (CT).

Many surgical procedures have been described, both for the realignment of the extensor apparatus and for the reduction of the excessive patellar compression. The technique of tibial tuberosity derotation consists of a distal realignment on the frontal plane with consequent reduction of the external patellofemoral pressure. This latter, based on studies on anatomic preparations, can achieve a reduction of about 50% if the tibial extra-torsion is reduced surgically. In our study, the results obtained with this surgical procedure in the medium term have been evaluated in a group of 26 patients with patellar maltracking. Our study concerned 10 men and 16 women, aged 17–42 years. These patients were affected by a painful patellar syndrome that had persisted for a period between 8 and 18 months. They underwent surgery during the period between September 1992 and June 1995. Preoperatively, each patient underwent a cycle of physiokinesiotherapy, for at least 6 months.

The pain disappeared in 15 patients; it developed after moderate activity in four patients and appeared only occasionally in five patients. In only two cases did the pain remain unchanged. Seven patients reported difficulty in assuming or maintaining a kneeling position. After surgery, the Lysholm score increased from 43 to 79. When questioned about the degree of satisfaction with the corrective surgery, 16 patients declared themselves to be very satisfied, six patients were fairly satisfied, and four patients were not satisfied.

We propose this procedure as a treatment for anterior knee pain resistant to conservative therapy, in young patients with external hypertorsion of the proximal tibial metaphysis and without significant chondro-pathology.


A.E. Salvi G.P. Metelli A. Barbaro

Although endomedullary nailing is a reliable and quick method of treating long bone fractures, permitting an early load, it presents some risks and some problems due to rotational, flexion and compressions forces on its structure. In prematurely permitted loading, an operated limb that is not fully healed may be incompetent in weight-bearing and thus entirely supported by the nail, causing it to bend or break. We encountered this in two patients treated with a Kuntscher nail for femoral fracture who fell on the affected limb while walking on crutches after about 40 days after surgery. They suffered violent pain and a significant deformity of the limb in the area of the fracture. One patient was a 42-year-old man and the other a 19-year-old woman. A closed manipulation to straighten the bent nails according to the Patterson and Ramser method was performed in order to remove them and a guide-wire was introduced in the cavity of the nails during extraction. A new Kuntscher nail was inserted along the wire, shortening the time of operation and reducing the risks of X-ray exposure. Since it can be difficult to find the exact path along the medullary cavity when inserting a new nail and in order not to disturb the fracture healing, we recommend using a guide-wire as illustrated and not to ream the cavity.


M. Sbardella P. Cellocco S. Lori

Unlike tri-compartmental arthroplasty, unicompartmental knee arthroplasties (UKAs) correct only osteochondral condylar defects and do not include any ligament balancing. Pre-operative deformities of more than 20° strongly suggest that UKA is not indicated. Best results are generally obtained by avoiding hypercorrection and not exceeding 5° of residual deformity post-operatively. Since 1997, 112 UKAs have been implanted. We performed tibial osteotomies with respect to tibial plateau inclination in the frontal plane (metaphyseal axis). Our patients were pre-operatively studied and then re-evaluated after a mean follow-up of 4 years. We used the GIUM (Gruppo Italiano Utilizzatori Monocompartimentali) scoring system. Pre-operative and post-operative radiograms from all patients were collected, and then we correlated the amount of correction of lower limb mechanical axis with GIUM score for each patient. Mean pre-operative mechanical axis of the lower limb showed a varus deformity of 7.43°, whereas post-operative values averaged 5.56° of varus deformity, with a minimal valgus correction of the deformity. Thus, correction of angular deformity was statistically negligible (p> 0.5). Mean pre-operative GIUM score was 20.3, whereas mean post-operative score was 71.6 (p< 0.001). Correlation between entity of correction and GIUM score was significant (r=0.76). The amount of angular correction of the mechanical axis of the lower limb was statistically significant in influencing functional outcomes (p< 0.05). The best results are obtained by correcting excessively valgus knees to a physiologic range, while varus knees have to be minimally corrected. The worst results are obtained with greatest modifications of the mechanical axis of the lower limb.


G. Solarino L.M. Dell’Aera O. De Carolis D. Guglielmo V. Savino L. Scialpi

Pronatus syndromes of the hindfoot often represent a deformity in patients of developing age. They are characterised by internal valgus rotation and adduction of astragalus, calcaneous pronation and valgus tibial-calcaneous axis. During the walking phase, the astragalic leaning phase is increased with a consequence of wider pronation of the forefoot. This often creates a functional compensation of the joint and of the myotendinous structures of IMF and progressive valgus deviation of the hallux.

In the last few years, many different techniques to correct and to stabilise the altered alstagalus-calcaneous relation have been introduced. This altered relation represents the ‘primum movens’ of this deformity through the stimulation of the endotarsal proprioreceptors; this evokes some inputs that allows the capsular ligaments a retraction structure during the development.

In the period between April 2001 and December 2003, in the 1st Clinica Ortopedica of the Bari University, 30 patients (16 males and 14 females; age range between 7–12 years, median age 9.6 years) with pronatus syndrome were treated with surgical astragalus-calcaneous arthrorisis according to Pisani; 27 patients were operated bilaterally. All patients (57 feet) were evaluated at a median follow-up of 15.3 months (range 2–32 months). Clinical and radiological results have shown alignment of the hind-foot and normal plantar part of the foot.

These data confirms that the astragalus-calcaneous arthrorisis represents a valid technique in the pronatus syndrome.


M. Ferrero E. Dutto A. Fenoglio A. Sard I. Pontini

Various kinds of bone have been used as a donor for vascularised bone grafts (VGF) to the upper extremities; among them the fibula has been widely used because of its structural characteristics and low donor site morbidity. Vascularised fibular graft is indicated in patients with large bone defects, bone tumour resection, established or infected non-union, congenital pseudarthrosis, avascular necrosis or bone defects surrounded by scarred, infected and poorly vascularised soft tissue or failure of conventional techniques.

Between 1994 and 2003 nine patients were treated with vascularised fibular graft (VFG) and five for reconstruction of upper extremities defects, following trauma of the forearm with failure of conventional treatments. Four were male and one were female; the mean age was 32 years; the reconstructed sites were four radius and one ulna. The mean lengths of the bone defect was 9 cm. All patients were evaluated pre-operatively with angiography and/or magnetic resonance imaging. Two patients had a concomitant arthrodesis of the wrist. The bone graft was stabilised with plates (AO/LCP), screws, K-wires and the forearm was immobilised in plaster or with external fixation for several months. Cancellous iliac bone graft was packed about the proximal and distal junctions. In two recent cases autologous platelet gel was added at the sites of fixation.

Bone healing was assessed clinically by the absence of pain and mobility on stress, and radiologically. Patients’ satisfaction and function results were assessed by the DASH questionnaire. After an average duration of follow-up of 48 months (from December 1996 to December 2003), all but one of the patients had radiographic evidence of osseous union of both bone junctions. All wounds healed primarily and no patient had problems related to the donor leg. Three patients had returned to their pre-injury occupation.

Vascularised fibula transfer is a valuable technique for the reconstruction of extensive long-bone defects in the upper extremities. The fibula allows a transfer of a bone that is structurally similar to the radius and is of sufficient length for the reconstruction of most skeletal defects in the forearm. In these serious forearm injuries, rapidity of fracture healing is not the primary issue, but rather control of infection and bone stability. The only disadvantage of VFG is that it is more costly; because more technical expertise is required for the microvascular work and the operating time is extended. The reliability and the value of vascularised fibula transfer will increase, with further experience, careful patient selection and appropriate pre and post-operative technical details.


Full Access
*M.C. Sbernardori *A. Montella C. Fabbriciani

As the digital venous system in foetus has received little attention by researchers, a morphological study regarding appearance, localisation and differentation in the foetal hand during the first 3-month period of pregnancy has been conducted. Eighteen fingers from six human embryonic hands of 6, 9 and 12 weeks of gestation, derived from voluntary abortions, were the object of this study. Transverse sections obtained from the tip of the third digit to the base and perpendicular to the digital axis were alternatively stained with haematoxylin-eosin or blue of toluidine. At the sixth week a widespread presence of venous capillary vessels is masked by the mesenchymal cells. At 9 weeks a widespread presence of capillary vessels persists both on the ventral and on the dorsal part of the digit; at this stage it is possible see lacunar areas dividing the finger into compartments. At 12 weeks the neurovascular bundles are perfectly differentiated; in the anterior part there is a widespread presence of capillary vessels and in the posterior part, close to the extensor apparatus, we still see a wide venous area semicircular in shape, going from the apex of the finger till its base.

At the end of the first 3 months of intrauterine life the digital venous system is in its basic pattern already perfectly differentiated. It is possible to describe in the anterior digital part the presence of the superficial and deep venous system. In contrast, in the dorsal part we still see a wide venous lacunar area close to the extensor tendons.


E. Dutto M. Ferrero M. Bertolini A. Sard I. Pontini

In the last few years the study of the biology of fracture repair processes has isolated chemical mediators that induce and modulate bone repair. In orthopaedic surgery and traumatology, in cases of unsuccessful fracture setting, loss of bone and in the treatment of bone cavities it is advisable to associate a biological substitute in order to restore bone continuity and to maintain the mechanical properties of the skeletal segment.

Platelets contain several growth factors (PDGF, TGFβ, EGF, IGF) capable of stimulating the proliferation of mesenchymal and mature cells such as fibroblasts and osteoblasts. The autologous platelet gel is obtained by separating and concentrating platelets from 450 ml of a patient’s blood. This procedure is simple, with a low risk of infections. It is free of immunogenic risk and it is comparatively cheap, considering the risk connected with a possible graft of homologous bone or with the use of allo- or xenograft.

From 2003 we applied autologous platelet gel in eight patients: two cases of humerus pseudoarthrosis for exposed and plurifragmentary fractures, one with vascular and nerve injury; one forearm infected pseudoar-throsis with loss of bone and soft tissues caused by local drug injections; one infected ulnar pseudoarthrosis for high energy exposed proximal forearm and elbow fracture; one distal radius non-union after sub-amputation of distal forearm; one distal radius resection for TGC and implant of allograft epiphysis; one massive osteomyelitis of entire forearm after exposed distal radius fracture; and one humerus fracture in re-implanted arm with elbow arthrodesis.

The patients were treated with surgical curettage of bone, iliac bone graft and autologous platelet gel; two received a vascularised fibular graft, all stabilised with internal fixation and six stabilised also with external fix-ation. They were immobilised for a mean of 3 months; then with a partial tutor they started physiotherapy. At the follow-up they were evaluated clinically and radiologically and with the DASH score.

None of the patients had local or general post-operative complications; X-ray showed the restoration of regular skeletal filling. Only in one case was bone reabsorption seen in the distal humerus. All patients were satisfied and four of them returned to their pre-surgical occupation.

The results of this application are difficult to standardise because of the complexity of each case. Imaging techniques are currently the only means to validate the remodelling process and to demonstrate its faster pace with platelet gel application. We are satisfied by the use of autologous platelet gel as a possible co-treatment in cases characterised by multiple surgical treatments with inactive pseudarthrosis and osteoepenia. The application is also simple, and the cost is relatively low with respect to the results obtained.


A. Scorrano F. Biggi C. D’Antimo A. Maffei

The autologous chondrocyte implantation (ACI) technique described by Peterson, which we adopted in 1997, is not suitable for an arthroscopic application. Since November 2000 we have been moving towards a system based on a solid collagenic scaffold (MACI®, Verigen) which allowed us to develop an entirely arthroscopic procedure applicable to all knee joint areas.

A total of 47 patients (mean age 31 years), accounting for a total of 52 focal, non-degenerative chondral defects with an average size of 4.7 cm2 (range: 3.2 – 6.2 cm2), have been treated arthroscopically. All were mobilised on the first and discharged on the second day after surgery. Partial weight-bearing was introduced after 4 weeks and increased to the full extent after 8 weeks. They were clinically evaluated by Modified Cincinnati, IKDC and Visual Analogue Scale (VAS). In two cases, after specific informed consent, an arthroscopic second look was performed1 year after surgery. The regeneration was assessed macroscopically (ICRS Cartilage Repair Assessment score) and histologically (histomorphometry and immunochemistry).

We re-assessed the first 30 knee joints with a mean follow-up of 23 months (min 12, max 36). Cincinnati Scores improved from 2.8±1.14 (baseline Clinician) to 9.4±0.73, and from 2.5±0.90 (baseline Patient) to 9.7±0.50 at 3 years, respectively. IKDC and VAS results paralleled the Cincinnati scores. The two second- lookprocedures performed showed a regenerated tissue assessed as normal according to ICRS, a finding also supported by the histological evaluation.

The arthroscopic technique can be considered an established approach for second-generation ACI application, even in case of multiple lesions, and mainly for medial femoral condyle localisations. Our approach, based on traditional arthroscopic tools and procedures, can be easily performed by other adequately trained surgeons, thanks to the optimal mechanical properties of the membrane, characterised by a high resistance to tears, also after prolonged exposure to the intra-articular perfusion fluids. From the surgical perspective, the procedure is easy and fast, also when compared to the open-ceiling techniques, and in particular for non-condylar localisations (patella, trochlea and tibial plate), with clinical and histological outcomes that seem comparable to those obtained with liquid-suspension systems.


GP Bagliani1 F. M. Senes2 S. Becchetti2

The authors comment on the treatment of patients suffering from spina bifida. The indications to surgical-orthopaedic approach for lower limb correction in patients with spina bifida are outlined. According to the authors’ experience, the therapeutic approach should be aimed at treating deformities of the lower extremities in order to apply orthotic devices, particularly for higher levels of medullary lesion, and to obtain standing and/or gait with support. In the natural history of spina bifida, this purpose has become more and more important, since reduced complications, longer average life, and improved clinical, therapeutic and technological knowledge have radically changed the life expectancy of these patients.

The analysis of a series of 71 patients with spina bifida, treated over 20 years, has enabled the authors to evaluate the main sites of deformities. They examined the surgical procedures carried out in relation to the levels of damage and observed the resulting functional autonomy. The foot was the site which offered the most frequent opportunities for treatment at all levels. Knee deformities were treated in a few cases. In particular, difficulties arose when treating L3-L4-L5 neurosegmental levels of the hip, with the result that today bone correction of this joint is performed in association with muscle transposition (external oblique abdominis m. pro medio gluteus m.) in order to ensure a dynamic correction.

The authors emphasise the need for a more cautious surgical approach, since lower limb alignment, often achieved using orthopaedic aids and splints, is more important from a functional point of view than the anatomic and radiographic correction of the deformities. From a functional point of view, apparently positive neurosegmental levels for functional recovery are damaged by the lack of early training using splints. Actually, even severe clinical conditions can acquire increased functional autonomy if splints are early introduced to aid walking. Moreover, there are increased indications for spinal surgery in patients suffering from severe paraplegia in order to improve cardio-respiratory function. A correct alignment and an adequate application of orthotic devices reduce the frequency of pelvic obliquity, which favours spine deformities.


L. Scialpi D. Guglielmo L.M. Dell’Aera O. de Carolis V. Savinoa G. Solarino

In the correction of hallux valgus, there are many different treatments with the aim to resume angular values I MF (metatarsal-phalangeal), I IM (intermetatarsal), PASA (proximal articular set angle), sesamoid position, to improve transferring metatarsal pain and the aesthetics of the forefoot.

From November 2001 to November 2003, in the 1st Clinica Ortopedica at Bari University, 40 patients were treated for hallux valgus (nine males and 31 females). The age ranges from 17 to 82 years of age (median age: 50 years).

The correction technique is based on a distal metatarsal osteotomy (modified Chevron techniques) and fixation with ‘hallux splint’ interfragmentation dynamic and compression device (Waldemar Link GmbH & Co Hamburg, Germany). This technique give intra-operative stability of the osteotomy, giving free weight-bearing from the beginning in the post-operative phase and the complete resumption of daily activities in a short period of time.

At a median follow-up of 2 months, a significant improvement in the angular values is shown by radiological evaluation. Therefore, the result shows that this surgical technique is valid in the correcting hallux valgus.


F. Falez F.V. Sciarretta

Although various treatment options are available, which include shaving, microfractures, abrasion arthroplasty osteochondral allografts and autografts, chondrocyte grafts and unicondylar prostheses, symptomatic articular cartilage defects represent a therapeutic challenge.

Since November 2002, as a non-biological answer to the problem, we started using synthetic cartilage implants made of polyvinyl alcohol- hydrogel (PVA – H) (SaluCartilage). This is a transparent synthetic polymer with a molecular weight of 308,000 daltons and 20% of water content, available in cylindrical shape of various diameters. Following the second part of the OATS technique, under arthroscopic control and by mini-arthrotomy, or completely arthroscopically assisted, the cylindrical implant is inserted, using press-fit technique, into previously punched out and dilatated osteochondral defects.

Our patients, whose mean age was 56 years (range 48–68 years) have been post-operatively reviewed clinically and by serial MRI exams. Patients showed significant improvement over pre-operative values in the IKDC score, with an average increase of 20 points. Follow-up MRI images revealed a normal healing process, without signs of osteolysis or wear.

As complications we had one case of implant dislocation 1 year after surgery and one case of progressive loosening due to osteoarthritic disease, both of which have required a knee prosthesis.

Our experience has led us to emphasise the use of this type of treatment only in cases that fullfil precise indications: (a) Third and fourth degree chondral or osteochondral symptomatic defects; (b) focal unicompartmental defects with 15 mm maximum extent; (c) patient’s age limited from fourth to seventh decade of life; and (d) absence of angular deformities or articular instabilities.

The synthetic cartilage resurfacing technique has the advantages of no donor defect, one short-step surgical procedure, immediate weight-bearing and no extensive rehabilitation programme. Early results of first 15 patients are being presented, expecting a longer observation follow-up study.


F. V. Sciarretta P. Zavattini

After previous experience with hip screws and gamma nails, based on recent biomechanical studies, we started treating femoral neck fractures with PFN nail. The proximal femural nail is made of titanium, has two lengths, and a distal flexible component of various diameters with which the femoral neck area can be stabilised with an 11.5-mm cephalic screw and an anti-rotation 6.5-mm screw, both of variable lengths.

From January 2002 to January 2004, 80 of 100 trochanteric fractures were treated with PFN nail. Most fractures were of the 31.A2 and 31.A3 AO type. Mean surgery time was 40 min. Patients began ROM exercises on the first post-operative day and assisted weight-bearing on the fourth and were controlled at 1, 2, and 6 months and then yearly.

No important intra-operative complications and no post-operative fractures have been encountered. However, we do report one case of screw cut-out. About 80% of results were good-excellent.

We can state that the use of PFN nail is of particular value since its unique technical features seem to reduce post-operative complications and surgical stresses, due to less invasiveness, intra-operative complications, and, due to the enhanced stability granted by additional cephalic screws and reduced size and increased flexibility of the distal part of the nail. Finally, we emphasise some surgical tips for best results: respect of correct nail introduction point, minimal proximal reaming, gentle introduction of the nail and particular attention to cephalic screw position and length.


Peter M. Stevens

The purpose of this study is TO describe and illustrate a new method of reversible hemi-physeal tethering utilized for correcting various angular deformities of the extremities. Since hemi-physeal stapling was first introduced by Dr. Blount in 1950, this method has waxed and waned in popularity. Some associated problems include staple migration or breakage necessitating premature revision surgery. The author has devised a new construct comprising a two-hole plate and two screws to achieve gradual correction of deformities while averting the problems of hardware migration or breakage. In a pilot study, 25 children with 40 physeal deformities have been treated since 2001 utilizing the plate method. The children ranged in age from 19 months to 15 years and had a variety of underlying diagnoses. The plate is placed extraperiosteally and is removed upon attaining a neutral mechanical axis. No postoperative immobilization or limitation of weightbearing is required. In all cases short-term follow-up reveals improvement or resolution of deformity without need for osteotomy. Complications have included two early migration of short screws (< 16 mm) necessitating exchange for longer screws. There have been no premature or permanent physeal closures and no other significant peripoerative complications. Growth guidance employing a two hole plate and screws offers a secure and flexible means of redirecting the physis (es) in order to accomplish safe and gradual correction of angular deformities in children. Growth is reversible; the treatment is modular and may be repeated prn.


J.M. Taglioretti V. Tantalo R. Facchini

From Urist’s studies (1965) to the following observations by Sampath and Reddi (1981) on the role of BPM morphogenetic protein and, more particularly, BPMs/ Ops in the complex mechanism of bone regeneration to recent studies (Solheim, 1998) on the properties of the single elements belonging to the superfamily of AGF of platlet derivation to activate the specific receptors of stem cells, considerable progress has been made in research and clinical application. The non-specificity of the present evaluation methods of patient outcome prevent us from singling out which element has activated the osteogenetic process, and when and which one has affected the course favourably.

In order to answer all these questions, we have carried out a prospective study between autologous AGF and stem cell application in orthopaedics and the ex vivo evaluation in vitro of platelet activation of osteoblasts. From March 2002 to January 2004, we treated 21 cases of osteolysis (in mobilisations due to pros-thesis of hip and knee, necrosis of bone head femur, pseudoarthrosis of the humerus and ulna, and aneurysmal relapsing cyst). The procedure consisted in using stem cells+AGF+autologous bone graft (two cases) or bank bone graft (13 cases)-or hydroxyapatite (two cases)+autologous fibrin glue and at the same time, in vitro culture of the patient’s osteoblasts+AGF. Among the AGF, PDGF is an important mitogenous factor. Among the isoforms of PDGF, the PDGF-AA and PDGF-AB are stored in alpha –granules and released when platelets are activated. PDGF-AA is preferentially secreted by osteoblasts and fibroblasts. PDGF-AA and PDGF-AB were measured in supernatants of osteoblasts in culture media, activated platelet culture media, osteoblasts plus activated platelet culture media at day 0, day +4, after adding platelet and day +8. At the end a cytological test was performed. The study has proved that the PDGF-AA increases remarkably after adding platelet gel to the osteoblasts, more than in control cultures which are lacking in platelet gel, which might mean the platlets activate the osteoblast and activate the osteogenetic process.

The use of autologous fibrin glue enriched in AGF has demonstrated a better recovery of the tissue scar, as well as emathic save and better stop of grafts. The range of cases is not homogeneous and prevents us from drawing any statistical conclusions, but the quick bone recovery leads to great satisfaction both for patients and their physicians.


Full Access
R. Biscaglia G. Spagnolli P. Odorizzi A. Cescatti P. Tripepi

Surgical treatment of epicondylitis is still a topic of discussion mainly with regard to timing and type of therapy and to long-term results. Many surgical techniques have been suggested (and used by us, too), such as: tendon scarification, possibly in association with bone drilling, epicondylar muscle detachment and sensory deafferentation. Nevertheless, these techniques show some limits: general or peripheral anaesthesia, invasive approach, post-operative immobilisation (requiring rehabilitation), and a long time for recovery (2 months in our experience) with a delay in working activities.

For more than a year we have been using radiofrequency treatment: in day-surgery, with minimally invasive technique and local anaesthesia in case of failure of non-surgical and/or infiltrative treatments. Patients were selected after differential diagnosis with other diseases (fibromyalgia, polymyalgia rheumatica, and thoracic outlet syndrome). Even if our follow-up is quite short, the results of the evaluation of the 54 treated patients show: immediate disappearance of pain, fast functional recovery, return to working activities after 3 weeks, no short-term recurrence and absence of complications.


W. Thomas L. Lucente N. Mantegna

In primary total hip arthroplasty in patients affected by congenital dysplasia of the hip, stabilisation of the cup because of the altered shape of the acetabulum presents a problem. We have obviated this by creating a standard protocol with a press-fit classification that helps us to resolve such problems. In 269 cases (from 1994 to 2004) of patients affected by congenital dysplasia of the hip, we have always reconstructed the acetabulum using autologous bone grafts. After the right preparation of the acetabulum, when the cover of the metal back is complete and the stability is optimal (type I), bone grafts are not required (106 cases). After positioning of the cup, if we find defects that leave less than 30% of the external surface of the metal back uncovered but the stability is good (type II) (138 cases), we reconstruct such defects with small bone grafts (bone chips) captured by the femoral head of the patient. Greater bony defects that, after positioning of the metal back, do not allow an adequate stability and leave more than 30% of the cup (type III) uncovered (25 cases), we reconstruct the acetabulum with part of the femoral head fixed with screws. The follow-up at more than 5 years is between good and excellent (89–100) in all pateitns according to the Harris Hip Score.


A. Solini G. Gargiulo

Since 1985 an original cementless, stainless prosthesis for C3-C7 cervical vertebral body substitution has been in use, fixed to contiguous vertebral bodies with screws. The prosthesis was employed in 151 patients, who were mostly affected by cervical metastases involving intractable pain with signs of nerve-root and/or myelon compression, using a permanent collar.

The use of this kind of prosthesis allowed a easy and quick surgery with early post-surgical mobilisation of the patient without any external support. Cervical pain resolution was very evident in all patients. Cervical substitution did not affect the prognosis of tumour but allowed a better nursing and quality of life of these patients. At a follow-up of 2.5 years we have not observed any prosthesis mobilisation.

In the last year some modifications were added to the prosthesis. Overall the prothesis was made of titanium, produced in two fashions, closed and open, and different lengths. The closed prosthesis is employed according to the indications of the previous prosthesis (in cases of corporectomy in neoplasms). The second one, open and empty, is filled with bone chips (autologous or etherologous) to achieve fusion with sorrounding vertebral bodies. Indications for the last type was corporectomy for discoarthrosis at two contiguous levels in patients in whom the intermediate vertebra were removed to assure a complete and safe cord decompression. The open prosthesis could also be used in burst fractures, avoiding other systems that require an anterior plate. The implantation technique presents no difficulties and can be easily incorporated into the group of standard surgical procedures for anterior interbody fusion.

We have used the prosthesis in 11 cases. The new titanium prothesis was easy to handle and provided immediate stability in all cases. Clinical and radiological follow-up examinations were performed at the time of discharge from hospital, and 3 and 6 months postoperatively. The clinical outcome was good or excellent in all the cases performed. On X-rays there was no implant migration or dislocation at the last follow-up and, to date, in CT reconstruction no insufficient fusion or pseudarthrosis has been observed. We cannot report any local complication. Results were promising and encouraging at a short-term control. Follow-up will be continued.


G. Spagnolli MP. Pasquali A. Meyer M. Malavolta I. Celli.

We report our 4 years’ experience using of demineralized human bone matrix (DBM) in the treatment of complex pathology characterised by bone loss or less regenerating ability, such as congenital or secondary bone mal-union, osteomyelitis, aseptic prosthetic failure, complex bone loss fractures, etc.

Considering the known limitations of autologous transplants (limited quantity, infections and fractures of donor sites, operative and bleeding time increase, abdominal herniations, etc.), we have searched in the literature for alternative materials that would be as similar to the osteoconduction and osteoinduction ability of autologous transplant as possible, respecting bio- and immunocompatiblity.

Since May 2000 we have used DBM in 50 cases: the first 15 patients with mixed technique (DBM and autologous transplant) and then the other 35 only with DBM. We have controlled each patient clinically and by X-ray: average follow up 34 months.

With the same type of pathology and operative technique we have observed a similar recovery with both techniques (DBM with or without autologous transplant); in addition, in patients treated with rigid osteo-synthesis or in patients with osteoporosis we have noted early bone regeneration and no complications with respect to rejection or to osteolysis at the surgical site. In our opinion, this confirms the good osteoconduction and osteoinduction ability of DBM.


B. Battiston P. Tos L.G. Conforti N.L. Chirila

For decades the treatment of chronic post-traumatic osteomyelitis associated with bone exposure has been one of the most serious problems in the field of orthopaedic surgery. “Sterilisation” of the osteomyelitic site, that is radical débridement of all infected tissue, is the basic requirement of the treatment; in the past, the remaining defect of the débrided area was closed with skin grafts, which were removed in a further stage when the infection had cleared; then the defect was filled with muscle flap and bone graft of various types. Both soft tissue and osseous reconstruction took a relatively long period of time, requiring several-stage treatment. Over the years, introduction of microsurgery led to free muscle flaps and skin graft in one reconstruction setting in the 1970s and thin fascio-cutaneous flap reconstruction in the 1980s, allowing a shorter period of hospitalisation and an improvement in patients’ lifestyle.

We performed a retrospective study of 22 patients treated for chronic osteomyelitis (middle or distal 1/3 of the leg, n=10; tarsus, n=6; forearm, n=6) by means of free vascularised bone graft or composite grafts between 1992 and 2003. In most of them a two-stage treatment was performed (resection and sterilisation in the first stage and bone transfer in the second one); in others a one-stage treatment was performed.

In 78.5% of cases the infection was cured without requiring secondary procedures; revision of the flap was carried out in 12.3% of cases. In only one case leg amputation under the knee was necessary.

In spite of advanced treatment protocols, persisting infection and residual functional deficit is not rare. Over the years the approach has changed. The application of microsurgical tissue transfers for reconstruction of the extremities allows repair of significant bone and soft-tissue defects. A wide variety of free flaps offers the potential to reconstruct nearly any defect of the limbs. The total array of flaps and their indications is beyond the scope of a single discussion, but this paper focuses on a few flaps that have found application for coverage and functional restoration of the limbs.

Microsurgical transfers allow more radical débridement of the area affected by osteomyelitis with low peri-operative morbidity, reducing the number of procedures required to obtain bony union and subsequently effect a quick “return to work”. In management of chronic, post-traumatic osteomyelitis with soft-tissue loss, we prefer a well-vascularised muscle flap rather than a fascio-cutaneous flap (its important vascular supply helps reduce bacterial contamination).


G. Vadalà E. Denaro S. Sobajima J.D. Kang L.G. Gilbertson

Current therapies for intervertebral disc degeneration are aimed at treating the pathologic and disabling conditions arising from discopathy rather than directly treating the underlying problem of disc degeneration. Our group is exploring the potential of cell therapy to repopulate the disc and stop the progressive loss of proteoglycans. Stem cells appear to be excellent candidates for this purpose, based on their ability to differentiate along multiple connective tissue lineages. The purpose of this study is to investigate the interaction between stem cells and nucleus polposus cells to test the feasibility of stem cell therapy for the treatment of disc degeneration.

Human nucleus polposus cells (NPCs) were isolated from patients undergoing disc surgery and were co-cultured for 2 weeks with muscle-derived stem cells (MdSCs) from 3-week-old mdx mice in monolayer culture system at different ratio with or without added TGF-β1. Each well contained an admixture of cells with NPC-to-SC ratios of 0:100, 25:75, 50:50, 75:25, and 100:0. Proteoglycan synthesis and DNA content were measured.

Co-culturing of NPCs with MdSCs in the monolayer culture system resulted in vigorous increases in proteoglycans synthesis as compared with NPCs alone and MdSCs alone both with and without TGF-β1. The increases were on the 200% for an NPC-to-MDSC ratio of 75:25. Addition of TGF-β1 to the NPC and MDSC co-cultures resulted in further increases up to 400%. DNA content also increased with co-culture.

The data from this study show that there is a synergistic effect between stem cells and nNPC resulting in upregulated proteoglycan synthesis in vitro. The observed benefits of co-culture might be due either to stem cell plasticity, the stem cells trans-differentiation towards chondrocyte-like cells, or the stimulation of NPC by agents synthesised by stem cells or other mechanisms. Elucidation of the precise mechanisms of action may permit development of strategies to optimise the synergistic effects in vivo. These results support the feasibility of developing a stem cell therapy approach to treat and prevent intervertebral disc degeneration.


W. Thomas L. Lucente N. Mantegna

In cementless joint arthroplasty, the first goal is stabilisation of the prosthetic components, due to bone ingrowth. In the past, to achieve the best fixation, orthopaedic surgeons used osteoconductive materials (HA, TriCa-Ph). To accelerate the fixation process, we have developed an osteoinductive procedure with growth factors. A product created from cancellous bone (BMP’s), bone marrow (stem cells) and platelet-rich plasma (growth factors) is applied to the tri-dimensional fixation surface (spongiosametal) of the prosthesis. Since June 2003, we have treated 15 arthroplasties with this procedure (11 THA, four TKA). The average duration of clinical follow-up was 6 months (range from 2 to 9 months). In case of THA, the average Harris Hip Score was 96 (Range from 91 to 100). In case of TKA, the average of HSS scoring was 90 (range from 85 to 100). The radiographic examinations were good. DEXA and RSA evaluations are underway.


D. Tigani E. Rimondi P. Trentani F. Trentani D. Antonioli A. Giunti

Patellar tracking is the most common complication observed following total knee arthroplasty. It may constitute a minor disorder or even frank dislocation. Its main cause is a rotation defect in the prosthetic components. CT is the most reliable instrumental test to assess this rotation defect, and an excellent aid for planning a possible revision operation.

From January 1999 to November 2003 we treated 33 patients with a total of 35 painful knees using TC prostheses. Ten patients were male and 33 female. Mean age was 66 years. We performed CT scanning using a modified Berger technique. The lower limbs were extended and scans were performed perpendicular to the mechanical axis of the knee from the supracondylar region of the femur to the plane passing under the distal end of the tibial component up to the anterior tibial tuberosity. Reference lines to assess the rotation of each prosthetic component were drawn electronically on the scan planes.

Adding together the rotation values of the prosthetic components, we observed that when total internal rotation was between 10° and 4°, there was subluxation or frank dislocation. When total internal rotation was between 1° and 4° the disorder was not severe, such as patellar tilt. When total internal rotation was less than 1° or when the components were externally rotated, no femorotibial compartment disorders were observed. The modified Berger technique enabled us to correlate the degree of prosthetic internal rotation with the severity of the disorder and further demonstrate the benefits of femoral component external rotation on patellar glide and ligament balance of the prosthesis.

The authors believe that using CT with the helicoidal technique, by modifying Berger’s technique, enables an accurate assessment of prosthetic component rotation, subsequent correlation with femoro-patella symptoms, and adequate pre-operative planning in case of revision surgery.


Full Access
D. Tigani F. Trentani P. Trentani G. Dolci A. Giunti

Valgus knee is a complex deformity, characterised by varying degrees of flexion, external rotation and valgus deviation. Contracture of external ligamentous structures makes correction and soft tissue balance often difficult and may lead to persistent post-operative instability. Further problems include patellar tracking, bone defects, especially at the external femoral condyle, and the risk of external popliteal sciatic (EPS) nerve palsy after surgery. Krackow distinguished three types of valgus knee: type 1 with integral medial peripheral structures; type 2 with severe medial structure laxity and impossibility to correct passively; and type 3 which is the sequela of over-correction tibial osteotomy.

From 1996 to 2003 we performed 64 fusions due to valgus knee in 41 females and 23 males, aged between 55 and 76 years (mean 67.5). Of these, 52 deformities were type 1, nine type 2, and three type 3. For type-1 lesions we always used prostheses with posterior stabilisation (PS), and balanced the capsulo-ligamentous structures. In type-2 lesions we used a vincolo condilare prosthesis with CCK in two cases and a cerniera prosthesis in two cases, whereas in the remaining five cases we used a PS prosthesis. In type-2 deformities we used a PS prosthesis with a modular tibial component with metal augments. Mean follow up was 45 months.

Radiographically, valgus deformity fell from 22.4° (10° min – 35° max) to 5.4° (3° min – 9° max). Post-operative results, according to the HSS score, were excellent in 51 cases, fair in 11 cases, and poor in two cases, due to the need to perform revision in two stages in an infected prosthesis 6 months after surgery in one case, and aseptic loosening in another.

Valgus knee due to arthritis can be successfully treated by total knee arthroplasty using various techniques, according to the clinical severity. EPS nerve palsy has been cited as a potential problem in total knee arthroplasty. We did not observe this complication in our series, probably because we maintain the knee in continuous slight flexion for the first 18–24 h.


E. Vaienti G. Concari F. Pogliacomi

Reaming intramedullary nailing, possibly associated with autologous bone grafting, is an effective procedure for the treatment of uninfected non-union and limited post-traumatic segmental bony defects. The main purpose of the treatment is to remove the causes responsible for the pathological evolution of fracture healing and to create proper vascular and mechanical conditions in the lesion site.

Hypertrophic non-union, which is considered a biologically active pathological condition, can be effectively treated by reaming of the medullary canal and by introducing a new nail of a larger diameter locked in a dynamic configuration; the purpose of this procedure is to help osteogenic compressive forces at the non-union site. In contrast, for the treatment of atrophic non-union it is necessary to avoid all mechanical stresses on the non-union site and give a new proper biological input. Cancellous and cortical-cancellous autologous bone grafting has undoubtedly well-known osteoinduc-tive and osteoconductive properties as well as introducing new osteogenic bone marrow cells to the non-union site.

Non-union site exposure, essential to remove pathological tissues and to open medullary canal, must be performed by gently dissecting the soft tissues to lower the infection risk and to save the periosteal vascularisa-tion.

The authors report their experience using locked reamed intramedullary nailing combined with cancellous and/or cortical-cancellous autologous bone grafts for the treatment of uninfected non-union, non-biologically active delayed union and limited post-traumatic bony defects in 15 cases. Based on our experience, such a procedure is reliable and with excellent biological and mechanical properties, as all of the lesions healed at the end of the treatment without complications. In these “bone callus” diseases, which always provide clinical and psychological discomfort, this procedure has demonstrated good results and, because of this, in our series, has also been used for the treatment of delayed union.


M. Marcacci S. Zaffagnini F. Iacono M. P. Neri E. Kon M. Lo Presti A. Russo

Rotational defects of the lower limb are frequently encountered and often underestimated. In fact, many symptoms in the lower joint can be related to rotational alteration in the lower leg. These problems are often more visible in the knee joint because they reflect the rotational problems of proximal and distal femur and tibia, respectively. The extensor apparatus, due to the fact that it interacts with both bones, is the more affected joint. Many authors have demonstrated that femoral anteversion increases stress on the patello-femoral joint due to excessive lateralisation of the patella. In the same manner, distal femur internal rotation increases the stress due to altered tracking of the patella during ROM.

Valgus knee places stress on the patello-femoral joint, increasing the Q angle and determining a retraction of the lateral structure that causes stress on the lateral patellar face and altered patellar scratch during ROM. External tibial rotation also has been documented to increase the Q angle and patellar tilt, causing excessive stress on the patello-femoral joint. Valgus pronation of the foot, increasing the valgus stress on the knee, can contribute to patello-femoral symptoms, increasing the muscle imbalance at this level.

These documented alterations contribute together with other anatomical abnormalities, such as trochlear dysplasia or muscle hypoplasia, in creating the high variability of patello-femoral symptoms that are observed. Rotational deformity of the lower leg therefore represents a frequently encountered pathological condition that must be taken into account when treating patello-femoral symptoms.


G. Sessa S. Avondo R. Varsalona F. Carluzzo G. Condorelli

The arthritic varus knee (AVK), charaterised by an overloaded medial compartment of the joint, shows different clinical patterns with corresponding distinctive pathological signs. The surgical approach with opening wedge high tibial osteotomy is indicated in less demanding cases. Transferring the stress in the cartilage and bone of lateral compartment it may represent a definitive solution for both the deformity and the mechanical axis.

Between 1995 and 2003 we treated 52 patients, 60 knees, with distractional osteogenesis using external fixators. The mean age was 51 years (range 45 to 68 years). Radiographic findings showed a third-degree condition according to the Ahlback classification, while pathologically the condition was considered second degree according to the Outerbridge classification. The mean initial varus angle was 8.2°. We analysed the clinical results using the Hospital for Special Surgery score scale and the radiographic result by standing standard X-rays and Rosemberg X-rays.

We followed 38 of 52 patients for 3, 6, 9 and 12 months and then conducted a yearly control with a mean follow up of 4.2 years. The clinical score was 78.5 versus 45.5 in the pre-operative evaluation. At the follow-up radiographic evaluation shows a valgus angle of 2.98° even if there was less of initial correction (mean angle at 6 month 3.53°).

The technique used, moving the weight to the normal compartment of the knee, gives a definitive solution to varus of the femoral-tibial joint, correcting both the deformity and the mechanical axis. The treatment showed several advantages for possible new correction in the late post-operative period and and a minimally invasive operation, even though patient compliance is not good. The best results were obtained thanks to rigorously following the indication for this treatment. In these patients we consider distractional osteogenesis using external fixators a definitive treatment for AVK and not only a way to gain time and to postpone total knee replacement, which is always possible after an osteotomy.


M. Marcacci S. Zaffagnini F. Iacono M. P. Neri E. Kon M. Lo Presti A. Russo

Valgus deformity of the knee in relation to femoral dysplasia and post-traumatic varus deformity in relation to supracondylar fracture often needs to be corrected with varus or valgus distal femoral osteotomy. This procedure must be very precise to avoid compartimental overstress. However, in valgus knee the deformity is very often not only bi-planar but also tri-planar. In fact, the rotational defect of the distal femur can play an important role in determining the clinical symptoms and in altering the pathway of patello-femoral joint.

Therefore, correcting only the valgus deformity does not solve the clinical symptoms related to incorrect rotation of distal femur. The same problem is often encountered in distal femoral deformity in relation to supracondylar fracture. The bad alignment of the healed fracture is very often on the three planes and this fact has always to be taken into account during the pre-operative planning.

The pre-operative planning is fundamental and CT of the knee joint with reference to hip and ankle must be performed to evaluate the degree of rotational deformity that must be corrected. During surgery after the correction of valgus or varus deformity is fundamental to re-check the femur rotation, because the osteotomy automatically changes also the rotation of the distal femur. However, this correction may be insufficient to correct the rotation that can maintain clinical symptoms in the patello-femoral joint. If this is the case, an additional correction in external rotation is usually necessary to achieve an overall correction of distal femoral deformity.

In our opinion, the difficulties and accuracy necessary to correct this type of pathology are often underestimated.


M. Fadda A. Manunta F. Milia F. Zirattu G. Zirattu

With the plasma–spray technique of applying a hydrox-ylapatite (HA) coating bone ingrowth can be enhanced and early migration of hip prostheses reduced. The significance of coating resorption is controversial. In this study the bone growth and the degradation of the HA coatings were evaluated and compared by SEM.

Premature loosening was identified in four cups with an Ha coating over a porous-coated surface 3 years post-operatively.The Ha coating has a thickness of up to 50 μm. The cup specimens were soaked in 6% sodium hypochlorite to render them anorganic, dehydrated, and sputter-coated with gold-palladium. Secondary electron images of all specimens were obtained by field emission SEM (Zeiss:DSM.962).

Ultrastructural analysis showed that all porous-coated Ha-coated cups had bridges of lamellar bone in direct contact with the implant surface (30% bone in-on growth). Different types of coating degradation were observed. Delamination between the coating and implant surface releases numerous particles or fragments; the resorption by osteoclasts of the amorphous phase was shown to expose the crystalline phase of the coating grains.

This study suggests that resorption disintegrates the Ha coating and reduces the bonding strength between implant and bone and the strength of the coating-implant interface, which might lead to implant loosening,coating delamination and acceleration of third-body wear processes.


C Cunningham C Blake T Flynn

Background: Most research regarding low back pain (LBP) amongst health service workers has tended to focus on single occupational groups rather than conducting occupational group comparisons.

Purpose: This study aims to compare the prevalence of LBP, associated sick leave and the proportion of LBP attributed to a work incident between various subgroups of workers in the Irish health service.

Methods: Hospital employees (n=2237) were stratified according to the five Department of Health and Children occupational clusters (Administration, Medical, General Support, Nursing and Professionals). A disproportional stratified sample (n=400) of employees was taken. Postal questionnaires and subsequent reminders were administered.

Data were analysed using descriptive statistics. Subgroup comparisons were made using chi square tests.

Results: A response rate of 61.5% (n=246) was achieved of whom 52% (n=128) had experienced LBP. There was no significant difference in lifetime prevalence between groups (χ2 = 3.874, p= 0.423). However, the difference, between groups, in the proportion of staff with LBP who had taken sick leave in the previous year was significant (χ2 =12.070, p=0.017) with the highest level of sick leave among nursing staff ( 57%) and the lowest level among medical staff (14%). The proportion of staff attributing LBP onset to a work incident was no different between groups (χ2 = 6.551, p= 0.586).

Conclusions: While no difference in LBP prevalence or attribution of LBP onset to work was found between the occupational groups, the variance in LBP related sick leave suggests that occupation specific factors influence back related work loss.


V Morton A Farrin K Burton J Klaber Moffett M Underwood

i Background and Purpose. Typically systematic reviews and guidelines consider chronic and acute/sub-acute back pain (< 3 months). However, LBP’s clinical course is often untidy, making this distinction difficult to apply in practice. We did a secondary analysis of the UK BEAM data-set to decide pain duration affected treatment outcome.

ii Method and results: We recruited 1,334 participants with four weeks or more of LBP to a trial of manipulation and exercise for low back pain. We found small sustained benefit from the manipulation package and a small short term benefit for the exercise package. One third of our participants reported that their pain had lasted for less than 90 days (range 4 weeks to 40 years). For this analysis the dependent variable was the Roland Morris Disability Questionnaire score at 12 months. Independent variables were treatment group and episode length, an interaction term between treatment (usual care, exercise, manipulation, and manipulation followed by exercise) and duration of current episode. Preliminary analysis indicates that the significance of the interaction terms for manipulation vs GP care, exercise vs. GP care and manipulation followed by exercise vs GP care are, 0.409, 0.037 and 0.889 respectively. The statistically significant result for the interaction between exercise and episode duration is a positive interaction, indicating that exercise may be more effective for those with shorter episodes of back pain and GP care more effective for longer episodes.

iii Conclusion: It is possible that duration of episode affects effectiveness of the UK BEAM exercise package, but not the UK BEAM manipulation package.


A Manca M Underwoodd

i Background and purpose Although there are now many trials of the effectiveness of back pain treatments, there are few robust cost effectiveness analyses of these treatments.

ii Methods and Results: We analysed the cost-effectiveness of adding to ‘best care’ in general practice for patients consulting with low back pain: spinal manipulation; exercise classes; or manipulation followed by exercise (‘combined treatment’) alongside the UK BEAM trial. We collected health care resource use and health-related quality of life data at baseline, 3 and 12 months from 1334 trial participants. We estimated participant-specific quality-adjusted life-years (QALYs) and costs over the 12 months study period. Over one year mean treatment costs relative to ‘best care’ were: £195 (95% credibility interval £85 to £308) for manipulation; £140 (£3 to £278) for exercise; and £125 (£21 to £228) for combined treatment. All three active treatments increased participants’ average QALYs compared with ‘best care’ alone. For each extra QALY that combined treatment yielded relative to ‘best care’, it cost £3,800; in economic terms it had an ‘incremental cost-effectiveness ratio’ (ICER) of £3,800. Manipulation alone had an ICER of £8,700 relative to combined treatment. If the NHS were prepared to pay at least £10,000 for each extra QALY (lower than previous recommendations in the UK), manipulation alone would probably be the best strategy. If manipulation were not available, exercise would have an ICER of £8,300 relative to ‘best care’.

iii Conclusions The UK BEAM spinal manipulation package is a cost-effective addition to ‘best care’ for back pain in general practice.


M Plant R Chadwick R Strachan M M Murray C G Greenough K Milligan E Carter S Puttick

Introduction: Referrals for Low Back Pain (LBP) are common and many patients appear to see more than one specialist. In one acute trust, a dedicated Spinal Assessment Clinic (SAC) run by nurse practitioners was developed.

Objective: To determine patterns of referral for LBP from primary to secondary care.

Method: All new referrals to the hospital for LBP in an index period June–November 1998 were included. Consultations for these patients in the preceding six months and the subsequent two years were studied.

Results: A total of 801 patients were referred in the audit period. The patients were seen in the SAC 75%, orthopaedics 5.5%, rheumatology 4.5%, neurosurgery 12% and the pain clinic 4%. Onward referrals made after the initial appointment from the SAC 4.9%, from orthopaedics 26.7%, from rheumatology 8.6%, from neurosurgery 33.7% and from the pain clinic 10.3%. Subsequent repeat referrals made by the GP occurred in 3.7%of patients initially seen in the SAC, 11.1% from orthopaedics, 2.9% from Rheumatology, 3.2% from Neurosurgery and 17.2% from the pain clinic. The average wait in days for a first appointment was SAC 42, orthopaedics 103, Rheumatology 82, Neurosurgery 78 and pain clinic 77.

Conclusion: The SAC offers a shorter wait for patients and an extremely low “churn” rate, implying high rates of satisfaction in patients and GP’s. The wait for other specialities is longer, and in orthopaedics and neurosurgery the re-referral rate is almost one third. Referral procedures to secondary care might need to be streamlined for more efficiency.


A C Askey A Farrow L De Souza

Purpose and background of the study The occupational health department for the London Ambulance Service (LAS) had numbers of employees reporting low back pain (LBP). The purpose of the study was to determine the lifetime, and point prevalence of LBP and to report the Fear Avoidance Beliefs of this study population within the LAS.

Summary of the methods used and the results The cross-sectional study involved 2448 Accident & Emergency (A& E) operational employees (Paramedics and Qualified Ambulance Technicians). A questionnaire with covering letter was posted to a randomly selected number of A& E staff (n=1000). The questionnaire included a validated version of the Fear Avoidance Beliefs Questionnaire (FABQ) and the General Health Questionnaire (GHQ).

The response rate was 50% (n= 504). 91% of the responding sample had a lifetime prevalence of LBP and also answered the modified FABQ questions. The mean of the activity fears scale was 4.18 (SD = 1.14) and the mean of the work fears was 4.91 (SD = 1.08), indicating that most respondents held very negative beliefs regarding LBP in relation to work and activities. Those who had experienced LBP reported more psychological problems on the GHQ.

Statement of conclusion The prevalence of low back pain amongst responding A& E staff is high compared to National surveys. This population also demonstrated very negative fear avoidance beliefs for LBP. Responses to the GHQ indicated the sample population to be just on the positive side of mid-point. The reporting of LBP was significantly associated with psychological problems.


T Pincus S Vogel R Santos AC Breen NE Foster M Underwood

Purpose and background: Practitioners’ beliefs about their professional role, their patients and the nature of back pain can impact on clinical decisions. These attitudes are likely to affect their choice to implement guidelines, whether they engage with their patients’ psychological problems, and their decisions about referral. We aimed to develop, test and explore the underlying dimensions of a new questionnaire, ‘The Attitudes to Back Pain Scale’ (ABS), in a specific group of clinicians, practitioners who specialise in musculoskeletal therapy: chiropractors, osteopaths and physiotherapists (COPs).

Methods and Results: We used a mixed methods study design. Using transcripts of interviews with 42 practitioners, we constructed 54 attitudinal statements, grouped theoretically into six sub-headings. We tested the validity of our categorization on 14 practitioners, who carried out a sorting task, including a rating of difficulty in cat-egorising each item. We sent the draft questionnaires to a large random sample of practitioners (300 COPs). 546 questionnaires were returned (61%). Exploratory and confirmatory factor analyses were performed on split samples of the dataset. Separate exploratory analyses were done for attitudes concerned with personal interaction (34 items) and attitudes about treatment orientation (18 items), producing six domains ‘Limitations on sessions’, ‘Psychological’, ‘System and Void’, ‘Clinical Limitations’, ‘Reactivation’, and ‘Biomedical’. Confirmatory analyses indicated that the model tested presented a good fit. Validity interviews revealed high agreement of categorisation and low levels of difficulty in categorising the items.

Conclusions: A new questionnaire for measuring clinicians’ attitudes towards back pain has been developed. Further work is required to assess the impact of these factors on practitioners’ behaviour and patient outcomes.


C. Cunningham C. Blake

Background: Current evidence emphasises the need for workplace managers to become more involved in the case management of the worker with low back pain (UK Guidelines , 2000).

Purpose: To establish health service managers’ needs in relation to the management of the worker with low back pain (LBP).

Methods: A self administered questionnaire was distributed to all departmental managers (n =63) at a major Irish teaching hospital. The questionnaire comprised of a series of quantitative and qualitative questions relating to aspects of management of the worker with LBP including facilitation of return to work and organisational support for managers.

Quantitative data were summarised using descriptive statistics. Qualitative data were transcribed, coded and analysed using the qualitative data analysis approach of Miles and Huberman (1994).

Results: A response rate of 76% (n =48) was achieved. Of these 63%(n=30) had experience of managing LBP related sick leave among staff. Common themes which emerged from the qualitative data included lack of staff resources to accommodate return to work of a worker at less than full physical work capacity, lack of specific guidance from the occupational health department regarding expected work capacity of the worker with LBP and difficulty dealing with attitudes of colleagues towards the worker with LBP.

Conclusion: Strategies aimed at improving the management of the worker with LBP and facilitating earlier return to work need to give consideration to improving staff resources, provision of clear guidelines from occupational health departments and guidance for managers regarding ways of supporting both the worker with LBP and his/her colleagues.


C McCarthy

Introduction Non-specific low back pain (NSLBP) is an extremely heterogeneous condition with many attempts at sub-classification having been made over the years.

Background and Purpose of the Study This study developed UK physiotherapy, professional consensus on the items to be included in a list of important “discriminatory” examination features. These features will be subsequently tested in a large cluster analysis with a view to generating a valid sub-classification of NSLBP.

Material and Method Thirty UK Chartered Physiotherapists, representatives from Clinical Interest Groups, attended a focus group and subsequently undertook a Delphi consensus technique. Participants were purposively sampled from all clinical interest groups to represent as broad a clinical experience as possible. The focus group established the areas of the examination that were to be included in the Delphi process. The Delphi consensus process involved an initial round of statement generation. The physiotherapists were asked to list the examination items, from the history and physical examinations that they rated as important discriminators of different “types” of NSLBP. A content analysis was undertaken to establish common features within the statements and the examination features were then rated for inclusion in the list. A priori, consensus was considered to have been gained when > 80% of participants agreed on inclusion of an examination feature and following a third round of rating consensus was achieved.

Results Eighty examination items were included in the list by participants, following three rounds of the Delphi technique. Fifty items were from the history and thirty items from the physical examination. Items included were from the biomedical, psychological and social domains.

Conclusion This study provides valuable insight into the items of the clinical examination considered important in the discrimination of sub-groups of NSLBP by UK physiotherapists.


D Carnes D Ashby M Underwood

Background and Significance: Pain drawings could be a means of easily identifying sub-groups of patients who might benefit from different treatment approaches. In particular it has been suggested that they can be used to identify the psychological ‘state’ of patients in terms of distress, depression, somatisation and anxiety.

Purpose/Hypothesis: To systematically appraise data from the literature about the validity and reliability of using pain drawings to evaluate psychological ‘state’.

Method: We searched 12 medical and social science databases, using key words and their derivatives; pain; drawings; diagrams; vis(z)ualisation; body mapping; mannequins and homunculi. We appraised studies directly evaluating the utility of pain drawings and psychological state.

Results: We selected 19 for final inclusion. The majority of studies reviewed focused on low back pain (79%) and secondary and tertiary care (90%). Pain drawings were evaluated against psychological tools testing personality (MMPI), somatisation (MSPQ, IBQ) and psychological states such as depression (Zung) anxiety (SF36) and distress (GHQ).

11/19 studies reported inconclusive results, 8/19 showed a statistical association between drawings and the psychological assessment tool. However the more clinically relevant, sensitivity data ranged from 24–93%, specificity 44–91%, positive predictive values 28–93%, and negative predictive values 35–92%. The range of this data is too wide to be acceptable clinically as predictive of psychological state.

Conclusions: There is insufficient evidence to support the assumption that unusual pain drawings indicate a disturbed psychological state, therefore pain-drawing use as a psychological assessment tool is not recommended.


S Parsons M Underwood A Breen N Foster T Pincus S Vogel

Background: Chronic musculoskeletal pain (CMP) is a major health problem for the individual and the NHS. It is important to examine the prevalence of and factors associated with it, to identify unmet need and inform the development of interventions.

Purpose: To describe the prevalence of CMP in a community based sample, overall and by location; To describe the factors associated with presence of CMP.

Methods: Population questionnaire survey to 4100 patients registered with 17 Medical Research Council General Practice Research Framework practices. We collected questionnaire data on demographics, presence and location of pain, pain severity, health related quality of life, care seeking and beliefs about pain. We then did univariate and multivariate analyses to identify factors associated with CMP.

Results: Survey response rate was 61% (2509/4100); mean age 52 years (range 18–101); 56% female. CMP prevalence was 47%. One month period prevalence by area was; Lower back 23%; Knee 19%%; Shoulder 16%; Hip/thigh 14% and Upper back 6%. The majority of sufferers consulted their GP (61%), but a large minority (21%) consulted no-one. Factors associated with presence of CMP were being older, leaving school aged 16 or less, not working, having poorer quality of life and experiencing psychological distress (P< 0.05). In a multivariate analysis no factors were independently associated with presence of CMP.

Conclusion: Results demonstrate the significant burden CMP presents in the community and the need to focus interventions on those individuals who may be more likely to suffer. It may be particularly important to consider the needs of those who have not consulted anyone.


S Parsons G Harding M Underwood A Breen N Foster T Pincus S Vogel

Background – Chronic musculoskeletal pain (CMP) is a major health problem, for which patients consult a wide range of practitioners often with little success. This may be due to the sometimes different explanatory models for pain held by patients and practitioners. Gaining an understanding of these models may improve care. An area of conflict may be the identification and management of the psychological aspects of pain.

Purpose – To explore patients’ and practitioners’ beliefs and expectations of treatment for CMP, in relation to the identification and management of the psychological aspects to pain.

Method – In-depth qualitative interview study of 24 practitioners (osteopaths, chiropractors, physiotherapists and GPs) and 24 patients with CMP which explored their beliefs about causation and treatment of CMP. Maximum variety purposive samples of both groups were selected. All interviews were audio-taped and transcribed for analysis. Data was analysed using FRAMEWORK.

Results – Patients and practitioners believed that stress influenced pain perception, however some patients believed that stress could also cause pain. In terms of the consultation, practitioners felt pressure from patients to provide them with emotional / psychological support which on the whole they felt ill-equipped to provide. Patients operated with a physical model of illness and felt dismissed if practitioners focused too much attention on the psychological aspects of their pain.

Conclusion– Practitioners expressed confusion over what they were expected to provide patients in terms of psychological support. They also expressed a need for training in the management of behavioural / psychological aspects to pain. Patients may also require education to increase their awareness of the psychological aspects to their pain.


S Parsons M Underwood A Breen N Foster T Pincus S Vogel

Background – Chronic musculoskeletal pain (CMP) is a major health problem treated by a wide range of health professionals. Complementary therapies are likely to become more readily available on the NHS. Therefore a greater understanding of current service use may be helpful in ensuring appropriate targeting of services in the future.

Purpose – To describe current service use for CMP in a UK representative population. To examine predictors of CMP use.

Methods – Population questionnaire survey to 4100 patients registered with 17 Medical Research Council General Practice Research Framework general practices. The questionnaire collected data on demographics, presence of pain, pain location and severity, health related quality of life (HRQOL), care seeking and beliefs about pain. Univariate and multivariate analyses was undertaken to examine predictors of care seeking.

Results – Response rate of 61% of whom 47% reported CMP use. 77% consulted for their CMP; 60% mainstream medicine only, 17% mainstream and / or complementary and 22% no-one.

Patients who consulted complementary practitioners were more likely to be female, to be psychologically distressed, to work, to have left school aged over 16 and to have severe pain (p< 0.05 in all cases). Working was independently associated with consulting a complementary practitioner (Exp (B) = 2.0, p=0.00)

Conclusion – Complementary therapies are currently only available to those patients who can afford them. If such therapies become available on the NHS it may be important to provide patients and health professionals with appropriate information to inform their choices about these care options.


DW Evans NE Foster S Vogel AC Breen M Underwood T Pincus

Background The three professional groups of chiropractic, osteopathy and musculoskeletal physiotherapy are involved in the management of 15–20% of people with low back pain (LBP) in the UK (CSAG 1994). Exploratory and descriptive research suggests that the management of non-specific low back pain (LBP) by some members of these groups does not follow best available evidence (RCGP 1999).

Purpose To test the short-term effectiveness (at 6 months) of a directly-posted, contextualised, printed educational package about the evidence-based management of acute back pain on changing UK chiropractors’, osteopaths’ and musculoskeletal physiotherapists’:

1) beliefs and attitudes about LBP

2) reported practice (using a clinical vignette)

Methods A prospective, pragmatic randomised trial was designed to test the effectiveness of the printed educational package versus a no-intervention control. MREC approval was gained and a questionnaire was developed and piloted (n=150). Information was gathered on practitioners’ demographics, their beliefs about LBP (using the HC-PAIRS, Rainville et al 1995) and reported practice based on a vignette of a patient with non-specific LBP (adapted from Bombardier et al 1995, Buchbinder 2001).

A total of 3602 questionnaires were posted to simple random samples of UK registered chiropractors (n=611), osteopaths (n=1367) and physiotherapists (n=1624). Intervention packages were sent to consenting practitioners in March 2004, and the follow-up is planned for September 2004.

Results Good response rates to the baseline questionnaire were obtained, and most respondents were willing to participate in the RCT. Following exclusions based on a priori criteria, 1773/3402 (52.1%) participants were recruited for the RCT: chiropractors 335/604 (55.4%), osteopaths 600/1338 (44.8%) and physiotherapists 838/1460 (57.4%). The RCT methodology and some baseline data will be presented.

Conclusions It is possible to recruit large numbers of healthcare practitioners, within and outside the NHS, to RCTs conducted by post. Whilst the results will be specific to these three professional groups in the UK, this study is believed to be the largest RCT of printed, evidence-based educational material in healthcare, to incorporate a no-intervention control group.


JD Flint S Roberts SM Eisenstein MJ Marshall DC Mangham A Cartwright BA Ashton WEB Johnson

Background: Growth and development of the intervertebral disc and its adjacent vertebrae is regulated via relative levels of cell proliferation, cell death and hypertrophy, and through extracellular matrix synthesis or degradation [1]. The synthesis of matrix molecules in the growing spine of embryonic rats has been reported in some detail [2,3]. In addition, increased levels of apoptotic disc cell death have been described in normal ageing, disc degeneration and in a murine model of disc spondylosis [4,5]. However, levels of cell proliferation in the developing spine have not been formally investigated.

Methods/Results: BALB/c mice were injected with the thymidine analogue, bromodeoxyuridine (BrdU), at weeks 1–4 postnatally and killed 1 or 24 hours later. The lumbar spines were decalcified and tissue sections immunostained for BrdU-incorporation. The intervertebral disc was fully formed at weeks 1–4, consisting of a notochordal nucleus pulposus, lamellar anulus fibrosus, and cartilaginous endplates between the disc and vertebral growth-plates. BrdU-immunopositivity was most marked in 1 week old mice, particularly in the proliferative zone of the growth-plate and the apophyseal ring. By 4 weeks, few, if any, BrdU-labelled cells were present in the disc, but some positivity remained in the apophyses. There were more paired BrdU-labelled cells at 24 hours than 1 hour post-injection in all regions, indicating likely clonal growth of these cells.

Conclusions: Cell proliferation forms an important part of the growth of the vertebrae, but also features in the early postnatal growth of the murine intervertebral disc. An understanding of how proliferation in these cell populations is regulated will help augment repair and regenerative responses in damaged adult discs or scoliosis.


Dr M Arnander Mr S Karmani Mr G Marsh

The purpose of the study and background. Advances in biotechnology have led to the development of demineralised bone matrix (DBM). This is a soup of cellular molecules extracted from cadaveric bone material, from which the minerals of the donor bone have been removed. The resulting material is described as having both osteoinductive and osteoconductive properties. Clinically this material is attractive as it could provide a framework to allow fusion between suitably prepared bones, thereby potentially avoiding the morbidity associated with autologous bone grafts.

There is published evidence of the efficacy of DBM in animal spine models, but at present there is scanty evaluation of its use in the human spine in routine clinical practice.

The purpose of our pilot study has been to observe the radiological evidence of fusion rates in lumbar spine transverse process fusions, using DBM.

Methods A retrospective pilot study of 21 patients who underwent posterolateral lumbar spinal fusions using DBM. AP L spine radiographs were graded according to degree of fusion mass seen.

Results We analysed radiographs from a range of 13 – 28 weeks post op (average 4.5 months post op), and found that 50% of our study population did not have any radiological evidence of fusion mass, 45% had scanty evidence of fusion mass and only 5% had clear fusion mass.

Conclusion These early results suggest that the use of expensive DBM may not be cost effective, as we would have expected more radiological evidence of fusion mass forming.

This findings of this study have led us to design a randomised prospective study which will compare using stringent experimental design the use of DBM with using the more traditional autologous graft.


FD Zhao P Pollintine MA Adams P Dolan

Introduction Vertebral fractures in the elderly frequently involve the anterior and superior regions of the vertebral body. We hypothesise that vertebral fracture patterns reflect regional variations in bone mineral density (BMD).

Methods Nineteen motion segments (aged 48–90 yrs) were obtained from thoracic and lumbar regions of cadaver spines. Specimens were compressed to failure while positioned in moderate flexion (to simulate someone lifting in a stooped posture). Superior and inferior vertebrae were dissected and the site of fracture identified by visual inspection. The volume of each vertebral body was measured by water immersion, and BMD was measured using dual X-ray absorptiometry (DXA). BMD was also calculated for the following regions: superior and inferior end-plates; upper, middle and lower thirds of the vertebral body between the end-plates; anterior, middle and posterior thirds of the vertebral body.

Results In 16 of the 19 specimens, an obvious fracture was located in the anterior or central region of the superior end-plate of the inferior vertebral body, accompanied by collapse of supporting trabeculae. BMD of the superior end-plate was significantly lower than that of the inferior end-plate. Similarly, BMD of the upper third of the vertebral body was less than that of the lower third, and BMD increased significantly from anterior to posterior regions in the vertebral body.

Discussion Low BMD in the superior and anterior regions of old vertebral bodies predisposes them to fracture. Altered load-sharing in old spines secondary to disc degeneration may explain these regions of low BMD.


M.J.H. McCarthy C.E.W. Aylott M.P. Grevit M.C. Bishop

Objective: To determine the factors which influence outcome after surgery for cauda equina syndrome. Particular attention has been given to sphincteric recovery.

Study Design: Retrospective cohort study with prospective clinical follow up.

Subjects: 56 patients with evidence of a sphincteric disturbance who underwent urgent surgery between 1994 and 2002 were identified and invited for follow up.

Outcome Measures: History and examination, Oswestry Disability Index, Short Form 36 Health Survey Questionnaire, Visual Analogue Score, Low Back Outcome Score, Modified Somatic Perception Score, Modified Zung Depression Score, International Prostate Severity Score, Male Sexual Health Questionnaire and Sheffield Female Pelvic Floor Questionnaire.

Results: 42 patients attended with a mean follow up of 60 months (Range 25–114 months). Mean age at onset was 41 years (Range 24–67 years) with 23 males and 19 females. 25 patients had sudden onset of symptoms in less than 24 hours. 26 patients were operated on within 48 hours of onset. At presentation urinary retention was associated with acute onset of less than 24 hours (p< 0.01), leg weakness (p< 0.01), abnormal leg sensation (p< 0.05) and abnormal rectal tone (p< 0.05). Bilateral radiculopathy was associated with leg weakness (p< 0.005). All patients with abnormal rectal tone (21) had abnormal rectal sensation.

At follow up significantly more females had urinary incontinence (p< 0.001) and bowel disturbance (p< 0.05), higher VAS scores (p< 0.05) and lower SF36 Pain and Energy scores (p< 0.05) than males. Urinary disturbance at presentation did not affect the outcomes. Bowel disturbance at presentation was associated with sexual problems (< 0.005) and abnormal rectal tone (p< 0.05) at follow up. Objective reduced perianal sensation at onset persisted in a significant number at follow up (21/32 patients; p< 0.05) as did leg weakness (14/23; p< 0.005). There was a weak association between delay to operation and bowel disturbance (p< 0.05) at follow up. Eight patients had faecal soiling and faecal incontinence at follow up and this was associated with sudden onset of symptoms, initial abnormal rectal tone and time to operation (p< 0.05). The SF36 scores at follow up were reduced compared to age matched norms in the population. The mean ODI was 29, LBOS 42 and VAS 4.5.

Conclusions: In our series the duration of symptoms and speed of onset prior to surgery appears to influence bowel but not bladder outcome two years after surgery. Based on the SF36, LBOS and ODI scores, patients who have had CES do not return to a normal status. Patient counselling about this would therefore be appropriate.


JR Braybrooke PJ Sell

The purpose of the study and background: The effect a claim for whiplash has on somatic symptoms, psychological state and prognosis is very complex. The severity of the injury predicts both the prognosis and the likelihood of suing. The use of psychological tests to predict prognosis is controversial and they have never been used to predict those who will claim or if they change after settlement.

The methods and the results: This prospective study recruited patients attending the Accident and Emergency department. All were reviewed one week following their injury. Accident data, Visual Analogue Score (VAS), Distress Risk Assessment Method ((DRAM – modified Zung Depression Index (MZDI) and Modified Somatic Perception Questionnaire(MSPQ)) and clinical findings were recorded. At 2 years follow-up a further postal questionnaire was sent including a VAS, MZDI, MSPQ and whether or not they had recovered and /or made a claim. We reviewed 57 patients with a mean follow-up of 31 months. Ten patients were lost to follow-up, 35 made a claim and 12 did not. All claims had been settled at review. 24/35 who claimed fully recovered compared to 5/12 who did not. Initially, the mean VAS in the claimants was 5.8 compared to 3.6 in the non-claimants. The MZDI and MSPQ were 31 and 11 and 13 and 8 respectively. Post-claim the VAS was 2.6 and 1.4, the MZDI 20 and 13 and the MSPQ 7 and 2.

Conclusion: The DRAM is a good predictor of claimants and shows they are an ‘at risk’ group. The outcome is not affected by claiming.


M Underwood G Harding S Parsons A Rahman

Background – Patients with unexplained chronic musculoskeletal pain (CMP) can be difficult to help, consulting a range of services before consulting specialist pain services. Conflicts between the explanatory models for illness used by patients and health professionals might contribute to this complex ‘career path’, increasing the likelihood of unsatisfactory outcomes for both practitioners and patients.

Purpose – To explore the understanding of the experiences of diagnosis and management amongst patients who attended a specialist musculoskeletal pain clinic.

Method – Potential participants were sent a postal questionnaire 6–20 months after their first clinic attendance. Data was collected on pain presence, severity and location, health related quality of life and care seeking behaviour. Questionnaire data was used to inform combined purposive and theoretical sampling. In-depth interviews were conducted which probed participants’ understanding of their CMP and its management. Data was analysed using FRAMEWORK.

Results – 15 patients were interviewed. Four main themes were identified; a) spoiled identity – were pain limited patients activities so much that this affected their sense of self; b)Diminishing faith in medicine – Patients were disappointed with aspects of their care seeking experience; c) Making sense of pain – Patients made sense of their pain by locating their pain within the context of their lives; d) Learning to live with the pain – An issue for all patients was whether or not their pain would go.

Conclusion – Developing, implementing and evaluating approaches to address patients’ spoiled identity might allow us to improve patient centred outcomes in CMP.


A Garrett M Underwood

Background and Significance. The minimally important difference (MID) in outcome, at an individual patient or population level, is crucial to interpreting the outcome of randomised controlled trials (RCTs). We have used the UK BEAM dataset to define a minimally important difference in outcome for the Roland Morris Disability Questionnaire (RMDQ) for different baseline values of the RMDQ.

Method and Results: . We recruited 1,334 participants to UK BEAM. In addition to the RMDQ we included a specific health transition question on satisfaction with current health state that consists of a five point ordinal scale.. We used mean changes and ROC curves to identify the whole number of points change in RMDQ that represented a MID, defined as an improvement of one category on the satisfaction scale, using six bands of baseline RMDQ score 4–24, 4–7, 5–12, 9–16, 13–20 & 17–24, three months after randomization. Rounding up our data give values for the MID, for improvement, in each of these groups of 2,1,2,4,4,6 respectively

Conclusions: The MID, to an individual, is different at different baseline values of RMDQ. Interpretation of MID at high baseline values is difficult because of small numbers. Because of difference in methodological approach our analysis has produced smaller values than the previous study of MID. However, different values for MID should be used at different levels of baseline severity. The use of this approach would allow the number of individual gaining at least a minimally important benefit (or harm) from interventions tested in randomised controlled trials.


T Pincus AK Burton S Vogel A Field

Purpose and Background: Despite widespread clinical belief, a previous systematic review found insufficient evidence to substantiate fear avoidance beliefs (FAB) as a risk factor for long-term problems in low back pain. This updated review explores whether there is stronger evidence supporting the role of fear avoidance in early stages of low back pain as a predictor of outcome. In addition, this evidence was examined in reference to current models and knowledge about fear avoidance.

Methods and Results: A systematic literature search for all prospective inception cohorts of low back pain that included psychological factors at baseline between 2000 and 2003 was made. We searched MEDLINE, psychINFO, AMED, CINAHL, Social Science Citation Index, Science Citation Index databases. Included studies had early recruitment of up to three weeks since onset of back pain and an absence of back pain in the previous three months. These studies were coded according to criteria adapted from Pincus et al (2002) blindly by two researchers. A sample of these was coded by a third blinded reviewer. An independent statistician performed statistical conversion of reported results to effect sizes. Out of the six included studies, four included valid and reliable measures of fear avoidance. There was only weak evidence implicating fear avoidance as a predictor of disadvantageous outcome.

Conclusions: There is insufficient evidence to support or refute the basic concept of fear avoidance as a risk factor for poor outcomes in low back pain. Experimental studies indicate that those with high FAB benefit from targeted intervention. To explain this we propose a model of FAB containing two distinct groups.


Full Access
I P Wright R D Fraser

This study was carried out in order to document the indications, methods, complications and results of revision lumbar disc replacement surgery.

Out of a total series of 29 disc replacement operations carried out by the senior author 8 patients have required revision (10 operations). All of these patients have been followed prospectively since their initial operation and data was extracted from the case notes, theatre logs and radiographs.

The primary indications for revision were recurrence of, or failure to relieve back pain. Of the 8 patients requiring revision for their symptoms, 3 had prostheses that had clearly failed on CT. Four patients had the pros-thesis removed and were revised to a circumferential fusion using iliac crest autologous bone graft anteriorly and pedicle screws posteriorly. Three patients had a posterolateral fusion only using pedicle screw fixation with retention of the prosthesis. Two patients had a posterior procedure carried out which failed to resolve the situation satisfactorily, and subsequently had the prosthesis removed and interbody cage fusion. Out of the 6 anterior cases there were 2 injuries to the great veins requiring vascular repair. There were few complications with posterior surgery. Although numbers are small, the patients who had anterior surgery seemed to do better than those retaining their prosthesis with posterior surgery alone.

We conclude that a posterolateral fusion is a safe but symptomatically unsatisfactory revision strategy for failed disc replacement, and that anterior revision with conversion to inter-body fusion is a better option but has a higher rate of surgical morbidity.


M Cassells A Curley DA Hurley F Dowling G Cooke

Background: Patients assessed at the clinic are classified and managed according to the guidelines from The Royal College of General Practitioners. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the differences in initial assessment findings between patients with ‘simple’ LBP and those with probable ‘Nerve Root Pain’ (NRP).

Methods: All 1949 new patients attending over two years were assessed using a range of valid and reliable questionnaires to establish generic health status (Short-Form 36; SF36), self reported disability (Oswestry Disability Index; ODI) and psychological status (Hospital Anxiety and Depression Scale; HADS). The spinal examination was carried out by a Senior Physiotherapist and patients were triaged into the various categories of back pain. Differences between groups were assessed for the questionnaire scores and physical examination findings (SLR and lumbar flexion) using Chi-Square Analysis and unrelated T-Tests.

Results: 908 patients were classified as having ‘Simple’ LBP and 302 were classified as having probable ‘Nerve Root Pain’. A significant difference was detected between the two groups for the mean ODI scores (mean difference: −8.73; 95% CI –11.3 to –6.2; P< 0.001). (mean ODI of 36.73 % (SD 18.88%) for ‘Simple LBP’ and 45.46% (SD 22%) for NRP group. Significant differences were also detected for the SF36-Physical Component scores, lumbar flexion and SLR.

Conclusion: The ODI was found to be the strongest discriminator between the two groups. These findings support the inclusion of this condition specific outcome measure in the triage of back pain patients, as it appears to be sensitive to those patients with ‘NRP’.


M.J.H. McCarthy D. Annesley-Williams A. Brodie A. Jones M.P. Grevitt

Introduction: Current evidence suggests CES should be operated < 48 hours from onset. MRI scanning is often not available 24 hours a day.

Objectives: (1) Determine whether MRI findings correlate with clinical outcome. (2) Study the reproducibility of MRI measurements of large disc prolapses. (3) Estimate the ability to predict CES based on MRI alone.

Study Design: 31 CES patients were identified,contactedand invited to follow up. Clinical outcome consisted of history and examination, and validated questionnaire assessments. 19 patients who underwent discectomy were identified. T2 mid-sagittal and axial digital photographs of all 50 MRIs were obtained. Observers did not know the number of patients in each group (1 Consultant Radiologist, 2 Consultant Spinal Surgeons and 1 SHO). They estimated the percentage spinal canal compromise on each view (0–100%) and indicated whether they thought the scan findings could produce CES. Measurements were repeated after 2 weeks.

Results: 26 patients attended clinic (mean follow up 51 months). There were no significant correlations found between MRI canal compromise and clinical outcome. Kappa values for the measurements ranged 0.52–0.85 and 0.61–0.75 for intra- and inter-observer reproducibility. Based on MRI alone correct identification of CES has sensitivity 67%, specificity 81%, positive predictive value 85% and negative predictive value 60%.

Conclusions: Canal compromise on MRI does not predict the outcome of patients with CES. Reproducibility of MRI measurements of large disc protrusions has substantial agreement. MRI could be of help in equivocal cases if the scan shows a large disc.


I P Wright R D Fraser

This prospective study was carried out to document the efficacy of lumbar disc replacement using a viscoelastic prosthesis in the medium term.

Eleven patients were included in the pilot study of this prosthesis, with an average age at surgery of 41, and these have now reached 5 years follow-up. They have been followed up prospectively with clinical and radiological evaluation, and outcome assessment using the Oswestry Disability Index (ODI), Visual Analogue pain scales (VAS), and the Low Back Outcome Score (LBOS).

There have been 3 revision operations in patients who failed to get lasting symptomatic relief. Two patients have had their prosthesis removed with revision to an inter-body fusion supplemented with pedicle screw fixation, and one has been revised to a posterolateral fusion while retaining an apparently well functioning prosthesis.

In the 8 ‘survivors’ the improvement in the ODI, VAS and LBOS seen at the 2 year follow-up has been maintained in the longer term. Fine cut helical CT scan has shown that the prosthesis has undergone mechanical failure in 3 patients, without significant clinical problems. One patient (with a virtually perfect ODI and LBOS) appears to have undergone ‘autofusion’ with significant heterotopic ossification anterior to the disc prosthesis.

In conclusion, despite some successes, the rate of early failure of this prosthesis, both radiologically and clinically, is unacceptable, and its use has therefore been abandoned.


P Pollintine FD Zhao BD Hole AS Przybyla P Dolan MA Adams

Introduction : We have shown previously that, in the presence of severe disc degeneration, the neural arch can resist up to 80% of the compressive force acting on the spine. We hypothesise that the inferior articular processes can then act as a “pivot” during backward and lateral bending movements.

Materials and Methods: Twenty-one motion segments (T8–9 to L4–5) were obtained from spines aged 48–90yrs. Specimens were loaded rapidly to simulate flexion, extension and lateral bending, while vertebral movements were tracked using an optical MacReflex system. The varying position of the centre of rotation (CoR) during these movements was calculated. Experiments were repeated after a treatment designed to simulate two effects of severe disc degeneration: creep loading to dehydrate the disc, and compressive overload to fracture a vertebral endplate and decompress the nucleus.

Results: In flexion, the CoR was usually located just below the inferior endplate of the disc, close to the antero-posterior midline, and in extension it moved an average 4.6 mm posteriorly. The additional “disc degeneration” treatment increased the variability of the CoR within and between specimens. It also moved the CoR an average 10.7mm posteriorly during extension movements (P< 0.001), so that in some specimens it was near the tip of the inferior articular processes.

Discussion: Severe disc decompression and narrowing increase translational (gliding) movements between adjacent vertebrae so that the effective CoR becomes more variable. During extension movements, the CoR can move so far posteriorly that the vertebrae can effectively “pivot” about the inferior articular processes.


FD Zhao P Pollintine BD Hole AS Przybyla P Dolan MA Adams

Introduction: We hypothesise that disc degeneration is a major cause of segmental instability in elderly spines. Accordingly, we simulated two mechanical features of disc degeneration on cadaveric spines, and measured their effects on spinal movements.

Methods: Twenty-one motion segments (T8–9 to L4–5) were obtained from spines aged 48–90yrs. Specimens were loaded rapidly to simulate full spinal bending movements in vivo, while vertebral movements were tracked using an optical MacReflex system. Intradiscal stresses were investigated using “stress profilometry”. Experiments were repeated following compressive creep loading (which reduced disc water content by an amount similar to the aging process) and again following a compressive overload cycle which fractured a vertebral endplate and decompressed the nucleus. MacReflex data were used to quantify the neutral-zone (NZ), the range of motion (ROM), and the range of translational (gliding) movements.

Results Creep and endplate fracture both reduced disc height, and generated stress concentrations within the posterior annulus. Both treatments increased NZ, ROM and translational movements in flexion and lateral bending, but not in extension. Endplate fracture markedly increased the “instability index” (NZ/ROM) in flexion.

Discussion Disc “degeneration” increased all measures of spinal instability during flexion and lateral bending. Disc decompression in particular created a large NZ in which the spine had negligible resistance to bending. In life, muscle action would prevent the spine “wobbling” within this range of movement. Results in extension suggest impaction between the neural arches. Back pain associated with spinal instability could arise from stress concentrations in the annulus and neural arches, or from abnormal muscle activity.


B Balain SM Eisenstein GO Alo AJ Darby V C Pullicino SE Roberts DC Jaffray

Problem Chronic disabling pain in the sacrococcygeal region is regarded by clinicians with great dismay because of unpredictability of the treatment outcome. The subject is under- represented in the literature.

Method Thirty eight patients with intractable coccydynia had imaging investigations for the spine other than X-rays. Six of these patients were also investigated by means of sacrococcygeal and intercoccygeal discography. The excised specimen with intact sacrococcygeral joint was sent for histological examination in 22 patients. Patients’ assessment of the benefit of coccygectomy was conducted by telephonic interview.

Results After a mean post surgical follow up of 6.75 years (range 2–16 yrs), results were available for 31 out of 38 patients.

16 patients benefited greatly from the surgery and 6 benefited to some extent, giving an overall good result of 71%. 7 patients had no or little relief from surgery (29%).

Moderate to severe degenerate changes in SC and IC joints on histology were found in 59% of patients. 91.6 % of these patients did well with surgery. Only 60 % of those with mild changes did well.

Discography was possible in five out of six attempted cases. Two were positive and both did well from surgery. Three patients had negative discographies and two of them had a poor result and one had only some relief.

Conclusions Degenerate changes in sacrococcygeal discs give rise to pain. Surgical results are better in those with a severe degree of degenerative change. It is possible to identify these with discography, though a larger study needs to be carried out.


R. W. Kulkarni K. Nagendar C. G. Greenough

Aim: The aim is to assess the accuracy of post-contrast imaging in identifying recurrent disc prolapse (RDP).

Material and methods: 246 revision discectomies performed between January 1994 and June 2004 were considered. Of these, for 192 LIRDs, post-contrast scans (95 CTs and 97 MRIs) within 6 months of operation, and adequate operation records were available. Original scan reports and scan interpretation of an independent observer were taken into account.

Results: Of 95 post-contrast CTs, 88 showed RDP (29 large-contained, 12 large-sequestrated, 39 moderate-contained, and 8 small-contained), 2 hypertrophic epidural scar (HES), and 5 lateral recess stenosis but no RDP or HES. From operation records, 30 of these 88 were found to have HES, but no RDP. Also, operation records confirmed presence of RDP in 21 of 29 large-contained (72.4%), 10 of 12 large-sequestrated (83.3%), 16 of 39 moderate-contained (41%) and 2 of 8 small-contained (25%). Of the 5 which did not show RDP, 2 (40%) were found to have RDP (1 moderate-contained and 1 large-contained) during operation.

Of 97 post-contrast MRIs, 85 showed RDP (18 large-contained, 22 large-sequestrated, 26 moderate-contained,4 moderate-sequestrated,13 small-contained, and 2 small-sequestrated), 5 HES, and 7 lateral recess stenosis but no RDP or HES. From operation records, 31 of these 85 were found to have HES, but no RDP. Also, operation records confirmed presence of RDP in 10 of 18 large-contained (55.6%), 19 of 22 large-sequestrated (86.4%), 8 of 26 moderate-contained (30.8%), 4 of 4 moderate-sequestrated (100%), 6 of 13 small-contained (46.2%) and 1 of 2 small-sequestrated (50%). Of the 7 which did not show RDP, 1 (14.3%) was found to have moderate-contained RDP during operation.

Conclusion: Accuracy of post-contrast scans is proportional to the size of RDP. MRI has high accuracy for sequestrated RDP.


M. Khatri H Norris ERS Ross

Aim: To analyse clinical, radiological & survival results of Charite III Disc Replacement.

Study Design: Ethical committee approved retrospective study.

Methodology: 160 patients (Av. Age 46yrs; Std.Dev 8.06; 62 Males & 98 Females) who underwent disc replacement surgery through transperitoneal approach using a midline incision, between Jan1990 and Dec2000 were identified from hospital records. An independent observer administered Oswestry Disability Index, Pain Score by telephone at the time of review (Aug2003) and reviewed Clinical and radiographic features that were recorded in pre designed form.

Results: Clinical: At an average follow up of 79 (range 31 to 161) months, mean improvement in ODI and pain score were 18.01(p< 0.001) and 1.69(p< 0.001) respectively. Radiological: Movement between the disc spaces, defined as greater than 4 degree on flexion-extension lateral view was preserved after surgery at L4L5 (4.01 degree) & L5S1(4.8 degree) level but not at L3L4( 1.5 degree) level. Average disc height was 19.7mm, and gross radiological loosening was observed after 04, Facet osteoarthritis after 65 and Heterotrophic ossification after 23 operations. Survival: Kaplan-Meier survival analysis showed mean survival time of 147(95% C.I. 140 to 154) months with cumulative survival of 55% at 156 months with implant removal as an endpoint. A mean survival time of 124(95% C.I. 116 to 133) months with cumulative survival of 35% was observed with all radiological failures as an endpoint. Complications: Commonest complication was post-operative incisional hernia seen in 17(10.6%) patients. Other complications were: post-operative ileus 4(2.5%), wound infection 9(5.6%) and retrograde ejaculation in 5(3.1%) patients.

Conclusion: Charite III Disc Replacement results in a clinical significant (> 15, p< 0.001) improvement in ODI, it however does not result in clinical significant (> 2 points) improvement in back pain.Preservation of motion is of questionable clinical significance and it has low survival. Prospective studies are required to confirm the efficacy of this technique


S Tafazal L Ng N Chaudhary P Sell

Objectives: To assess whether peri-radicular infiltration of corticosteroids has any effect on the need for subsequent interventions such as additional root blocks and/or surgery.

Study Design: A double blinded randomised controlled trial

Methods: 81 patients with unilateral radicular pain and failed conservative management were randomised to two groups (B and S). Group B received a single peri-radicular injection with bupivacaine and group S received bupivacaine and methylprednisolone. Both patient and surgeon were blinded to the method of treatment. Statistical analysis involved the use of a Chi Square test.

Outcome measures: 1. Number of additional root blocks required and 2. Requirement for surgery.

Results: At a median follow-up of 20 months (range 12–31 months) follow-up data was available for 70 patients (86%) with 35 patients in each group. There were an equal number of males and females in the groups. In group B, 10 patients required a further root block (29%) compared with 6 patients in group S (17%) [p=0.39]. Similarly 8 patients in group B required subsequent surgery (23%) compared with 3 in group S (9%) [p=0.19]. These differences did not achieve statistical significance probably due to the modest size of this study.

Conclusion: Our findings suggest that adding corticosteroid to bupivacaine nerve root blocks may reduce the need for further root blocks and surgery.


M M Murray M. Khatri C G Greenough M Holmes S Bell

Introduction: the NHS places emphasis on outcomes and patient partnerships but measuring these factors is problematic. In 2003 the Spinal Assessment Clinic (SAC) moved from an old style hospital to a new PFI building providing an opportunity to audit the influence of environment on operational activity.

Objective: Does environment influence satisfaction with care and objective outcome in patients with LBP?

Method: Patients attending the SAC two months prior to relocation and two months following completed a Low Back Outcome Score (LBOS) and a satisfaction survey.

Results: The analysis of the satisfaction surveys demonstrated that the patients did not perceive any real difference in the two locations despite the significant age difference, layout and internal standards of the buildings.

The satisfaction of patients at both sites was analysed using a number of factors- the care provided was 79% before the move and 82% afterwards, their understanding of a nurse led service was rated as 73% and 85% respectively. Evaluation of the quality of information demonstrated that their questions had been answered well 78% and 75% respectively and the confidence and trust in the person providing the care was 91% and 89%.

Failure by the IT department in delivering effective links to hospital computer system resulted in the LBOS data not being completed in the period following the move with logistical difficulties in clinic organisation.

Conclusion: despite the difficulty of moving and problems encountered by staff from the SAC the patient did not perceive any alteration in quality.


M Nicol F W Smith D Wardlaw

Introduction Conventional MRI scanners require the patient to lie in a supine position within the bore of the magnet; positional MRI (pMRI) scanners allow patients to be scanned in any position. This is of particular value when patients have postural dependent symptoms.

Here we discuss the evaluation of two spinal devices: Dynesys, a spinal stabilisation system for back pain, and X STOP, an interspinous process distraction device for spinal stenosis.

Materials, Methods & Results For each device, patients underwent pre and post-operative scans in standing, lying and seated in neutral, flexed and extended positions and the ranges of movement at the operated levels and across the whole lumbar were measured.

For Dynesys, 30 patients with lower back pain were recruited. The first 20 patients have completed their 9 month scan, and the results show that the device reduces the range of movement at the operated segments, with a small increase in movement at adjacent segments and an overall reduction in the range of movement of the lumbar spine.

For X STOP, the first 10 of 45 have reached their second scan at 6 months post surgery. The scans demonstrate a net increase in the cross-section of the spinal canal of 21% when flexed to 35% whilst standing, and an increase in the surface area of the exit foramen of 23% flexed and 51% standing at operated levels.

Conclusion These studies demonstrate the value of pMRI for the evaluation of lumbar spine prosthesis. pMRI allows for the assessment of the devices in their functional (i.e. upright) position.


P J McKenna J Hegarty M P Grevitt

Purpose of study. To compare the cost and outcome of Intradiscal Elecrothermal Therapy (IDET) with fusion (anterior lumbar interbody fusion with posterior translaminar screws) at one year, in single level lumbar disc disease.

Methods. 49 patients were prospectively enrolled for IDET. The 49 fusion group patients had either a Syncage or Femoral Ring Allograft. All patients had at least 6 months of LBP with single level disease on MRI or positive discography.

Results. The two groups were demographically similar. Pre-treatment ODI, VAS and SF-36 for physical function were significantly worse in the fusion group (p< 0.05). At 1 year, IDET patients had clinically important improvement in ODI (47 to 37, p< 0.001), SF-36 pain (26 to 42, p< 0.001) and physical function (40 to 54, p< 0.001), with a significant drop in VAS (5.4 to 4.2, p=0.012). Fusion patients had clinically important improvement in ODI (54 to 44, p< 0.001) and SF-36 pain (25 to 37, p< 0.001) but not in physical function (32 to 39, p=0.08), with a significant improvement in VAS (7.2 to 5.7, p=0.001). Within 1 year, 11 patients in the IDET group had further interventions (4 nerve root blocks, 1 fusion, 2 disc replacements, 2 posterior interbody fusions) and 9 further procedures were carried out in the fusion group (2 epidurals, 1 facet injection, 4 wound washouts, 1 revision posterior instrumentation, 1 repair pseudomeningocoele). Cost per patient at 1year, including all secondary procedures, was £7,545 for fusion and £2,851 for IDET patients.

Conclusions. Fusion is substantially more expensive than IDET with comparable clinical outcome.


L J Potter C McCarthy J A Oldham

Introduction A reliable biomechanical diagnosis is necessary to justify the use of spinal manipulative treatment to correct it. Palpation is considered to be one of the most informative aspects of physical examination of patients with musculoskeletal pain and is the most commonly used method for the examination of the spine for joint dysfunction. Previous studies into reliability of palpation of joint dysfunction are confounded by the clinician having first to correctly identify the appropriate spinal segment, introducing a further measurement error. The purpose of this study was to examine the intra-observer reliability of identifying a manipulable lesion in the lumbar and thoracic spine.

Methods 12 asymptomatic subjects were examined by an experienced osteopath and the selected joint marked on two occasions using a ultra-violet marker rather than by naming the spinal level. The marks were recorded on acetates by a separate researcher and intra-rater reliability was assessed by measuring the agreement between the two markings. Using the palpation examination protocol resulted in an excellent level of intra-rater agreement in the lumbar spine ICC (1,1) .96 but poor reliability ICC (1,1) .70 in the thoracic spine.

Conclusion Intra-rater reliability for identifying a spinal segment exhibiting signs of segmental dysfunction was excellent in the lumbar spine, but poor in the thoracic spine. The examiner was experienced in the examining method for the lumbar spine, but less so in the thoracic spine, highlighting that experience improves palpatory agreement.


I Pitman A Aldlyami A J Stirling

Objective To describe the initial clinical and radiological results of a minimally invasive technique of lumbar fusion

Study Design Prospective review of 16 consecutive patients with degenerative lumbar disease who underwent a mini posterior lumbar interbody fusion using the operating microscope and B- twin expandable cages and titanium facet screws and facet fusion .

Subjects 16 patients with degenerative lumbar disease, average age 41(33–48) 5 male 11 female. This was the primary procedure in 11 patients , 5 had previously had a microdiscectomy . 14 patients L5/S1 level 2 patients 2 level L4/L5 L5/S1

Outcome Measures Oswestry disability index and VAS of back and leg pain were perfomed pre-operatively and at 3/12, 6/12, 12/12 Average follow up was 8.1 months (3–17).

Results 1 patient had persistent bone graft donor site pain ,no other complications. Preoperative mean ODI 55 (40–76) Post operative ODI 33 (2–64) Pre op back pain 7.1 (0–8) post op at last follow up 3.7(0–6) Pre op leg 3.9 (0–8) 1.6(0–5) All patients who had reached 12 months follow up had evidence of bone formation at the level in question. All patients improved in terms back pain and leg pain scores and all but 1 patient had a significantly improved ODI score.

Conclusions This has proved to be a safe method of achieving a 360degree stabilisation and probable fusion. It maximally preserves the paraspinal muscles and their innervation in contrast to posterolateral fusion and conventional PLIF using pedicle screws .The small diameter of the implant prior to expansion minimises the degree of neural retraction required .


R. W. Kulkarni K. Nagendar C. G. Greenough

Aim: The aim is to correlate intra-operative findings such as epidural fibrosis (EF), size and type of disc fragment, lateral recess stenosis and dural tear with postoperative residual radiculopathy (RR) and residual low back pain (RLBP).

Material and Methods: 246 revision discectomies performed between January 1994 and June 2004 were considered, of which adequate records were available for 215 (201 ipsilateral and 14 contralateral). Of 201 LIRDs, 85 were at L5S1, 101 at L45, 10 at L5S1+L45, 3 at L34 and 2 at L23 level. Patients who had had fusion or instrumentation in addition to LIRD were excluded. For 201 LIRDs average follow-up was 18.5 months (range −1 to 96 months) and 100 LIRDs had a minimum of 12 months’ follow-up.

Results: Of the 179 first-time LIRDs, 65 (36.3%) had significant RR, 73 (40.8%) significant RLBP, 3 (1.7%) cauda equina syndrome, 2 (1.1%) infective discitis, and 1 (0.6%) foot-drop. Of the 21 second-time LIRDs, 15 (71.4%) had significant RR, 17 (81%) significant RLBP, 2 (9.5%) infective discitis and 1 (4.8%) cauda equina syndrome. EF was classified as abundant, moderate and scant. Incidence of RR and RLBP was proportional to amount of EF and size of hypertrophic scarred ‘disc’ bulge, but it correlated poorly with size of ‘soft’ disc prolapse. Lateral recess decompression in addition to LIRD did not significantly alter the incidence of RR and RLBP.

25 (12.4%) patients who had dural tear had worse results.

Conclusions: Large proportion of LIRDs result in significant residual symptoms. Second-time LIRDs have higher complication rates and even poorer outcomes.


J. Gilbody H. Dashti N. Birch E. R. S. Ross

Background and purposes of study The objective of this study is to report the preliminary clinical data from a stand-alone interbody fusion cage (Stabilis™) from two centres.

Methods and results This was a retrospective group comparative study. Anterior lumbar interbody fusion was performed using Brantigan (n=6) or Stabilis™ cages (n=19). Clinical assessment was performed using standardised questionnaires. Lumbar flexion/extension views were used to assess union and implant subsidence. There were no significant differences between the groups for ODI, VAZ, MZ and MSPQ pre-operatively. The Stabilis group showed an improvement in ODI (pre: 49.4; post: 39.3; p=0.024), VAS (pre: 76.1; post: 47.8; p< 0.01) and MZ (pre 32.9; post: 20.6; p< 0.01).

There was no statistical improvement in the Brantigan cage group. Despite clinical improvement, five patients in the Stabilis group failed to unite and six demonstrated subsidence of the implant. The relationship between non-union and subsidence was statistically significant (p = 0.017). Furthermore, the change in ODI between patients who united and those who did not was both statistically significant (p=0.03) and the difference in mean ODI between the two groups was considerable (21%).

Conclusions: Stand-alone cages show promise, involve a shorter operating time and less tissue trauma for the patient. This study has identified a high rate of non-union and implant subsidence. This did not appear to be clinically relevant.


S Apsingi PL Sanderson

Decision to operate for lumbar nerve root compression is usually based on the clinical findings and MRI scan evidence of nerve root compression. Decision-making is difficult in the subset of patients with pain in the groin, buttock or thigh with L5 and S1 nerve root compression as evidenced by MRI scan. We retrospectively studied 125- diagnostic nerve root injections, of which there were 12 patients who had pain in the groin, thigh or buttock and their MRI scans were reported as nerve root (11 L5 & 1 S1) compression by the radiologist. All these 12 patients were subjected to injection of the affected nerve root with bupivacaine and methylprednisolone under the guidance of image intensifier. Of these 5 (42%) of them had temporary relief of the symptoms; and all of them underwent surgical decompression of the affected nerve root. They were followed for an average of 12 months with satisfactory results. This demonstrates the importance of nerve root injections as a diagnostic tool in patients with atypical symptoms with a positive MRI scan.